^OJITVDJO^ 


^OFCAllFORto 


^Aavaan-^ 


^OFCAllFORfo, 


^Auvaan^ 


^OFCALIFORfc,       ^OF-CAllF(%. 


%U0NY'So#     "^siHAiNfl-ii^      ^AavaaiR^      y0A«vaaiH^ 


^rtE-UNIVB?% 


•<(JUDNVS0^ 


1/ 


"SfclBAJNMK^ 


^S-UBRARYOc. 
f  1   ll^^ 


%ojnvD-jo^ 


^lUBRARY^ 


OJIWDJO^ 


.^EUMVERS/A 


<A«UNIVER%. 


<rjU3NVS0V«* 


■%bainm«^ 


^Aavaani^ 


<&B3NVS0V^ 


^.      ^lOSANGElfr^.         ^OFCAIIFOB^      ^OFCAUFOfy*         ^EUNIVER% 


<ttl»S01^ 


^UJS-AMCElft. 


"%MIHftV 


^lOS-AKElfife 


s 

^/MAINIHV^ 


■^HlBRARYfl?. 


<$HJBRARY0/ 


^OJIlW-jtf^ 


^OFfAllF0% 
£5 


^aojnvDjo^ 

^OFCAIIFOS^ 


y0Aavaain^ 


<^1E-UNIVFJ% 


%1WW$ 


^EUNIVER%, 


^Aavaani^       ^todnvsov^ 


^lOS-ANCElfl^ 


<tfHlBRARYQ<.       ^EUBRARYQc. 


%a3AiNniv^ 


^sWB-AMCHfl^ 


%-    1 

"vaiBAIIBHI^ 


^OFCAUFO/?^,      ^OFCAllFORfc 


^Aavaan^    ^?Aavaan# 


AtfEUNIVERy/A. 


^tji»so# 


^EUNIVERS^ 


^udwso# 


^clDS-ANCHQ^ 


^lOSANCEl^ 


% 


•I 


^E-UBRABYQc 


^•IIBRARY^ 


^OFCAIIFOR^ 


^OFCAUFOff^ 


^Aaviian^ 


^Aavaan^ 


^EUNIVERS^ 


<fJUQNVSOV^ 


^tmNWiju 


^lOSANCElfr* 


^SfflAJHH^ 
^UKANGElfo. 


CO 


^5%a3AINn  3V\V^ 


<$U)BRARY0/>        «$UIBRARY0/. 


^\EUNIVERy/A       vjcWB-JWOlflu  ^UIBRARY^K       -otfllBRARY0A 

iPc/B  l^i§  ivfT^I  ivdAjf 

^ojuvdjo^    %witvd-jo^      %uDNVsm^    %a3Awn3\\vN      ^ojitvdjo^    ^ojiivjjo^ 


hi  ! 

v/jaJAiNIHttV 


^OFCAUFOfy^     ^OF-CALIFOfc 


*%hvibiih&5'     ^AavaaiH^ 


j.nFCAIIFOPy/. 


Y0A       ^UBRARYQ^ 


AWEUNIVER% 


JO^      ^OJITVDJO^         <IJl3DNVS0l^ 


^VOSANCELCr- 


ifofflAlNMI*^ 


<$IUBRARY£ 


<v 


% 


ORfc,      ^OFCAllFOfy* 


B^     "S&ahvmm^' 


AtiEUNIVERS/A       **IDS-Ah 


CO 


VfiPs  I  iSPl  S^ 


C>  < 


jjcUB-AHCEUfe 


%BAIMn-»v 


^HIBRARY^.       ^UIBRARYQ^ 

0  m  U  LNo  m 


o- 


^lOS-WJl 


^I  !G\ 


^OJITVD-JO^ 


^lOSANCElfj-- 
*/Sa3AIHQ-3«^ 


^OF-CAUFQRfc      ^OFCAIIFO^ 


C3- 


#■     ^Aavaain^       "tftmwsov^ 


^OF-CAtlFOfifc 


tsCl  §(TG§  l\f 


Y0A       ^UBRARYO^ 


jo^    ^ojiivho^ 


.^EUNIVEfiy/A 


"^UONVSOV^ 


v^lOSANCElfj; 


"%1A]|M& 


m 


m 


"^Pninui/fm^ 


<3> 


38^      ^OFCAIIFO^ 


^IHINIVEBS5&. 


^lOSANCElfr*. 


^tow-sav^    ^bajnihi^ 


^OFCAUFOR^ 


^OFCAIIFOSV 


y<?A«vaani^ 


"'JJUDHWOl'^       % 


»%.       AjcWS-ANCEiau, 


^lUBRARYQ^      ^UIBRARY^         <^IEUNIVE1%       ^UB-ANGHSfe        ^HIBRARYQ 


V/smim^ 


^ojrrvDjo^    tyoum-iti*      %imvN&    "^hhainihW^      %oumiti*y 


.itw.»urni>. 


.  nc.r«iicn».. 


.rtt.rtiicnn. 


rfUr.nuiv/cDr/^ 


L.tnt.Aurfiri«. 


.  nffAiimD,. 


SPECIFICATIONS 


FOR 


THE    EQUITABLE    BUILDING 

BROADWAY  AND  NASSAU  STREETS 

BETWEEN  CEDAR  AND  PINE  STREETS 

NEW  YORK  CITY,  N.  Y. 


E.  R.  GRAHAM,  Architect 

RAILWAY  EXCHANGE  BUILDING,  CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS 


b 


1\ 


SPECIFICATIONS 


FOR 


THE    EQUITABLE    BUILDING 

BROADWAY  AND  NASSAU  STREETS 

BETWEEN  CEDAR  AND  PINE  STREETS 

NEW  YORK  CITY,  N.  Y. 


E.  R.  GRAHAM,  Architect 

RAILWAY  EXCHANGE  BUILDING,  CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS 


JULY     3,     1913 


1913 


INDEX. 


PAGE. 

Boilers 286 

Carpentry  and  cabinet  work 122 

Cut  stone   55 

Elevators 271 

Engines 292 

Foundation  and  masonry 9 

General  conditions 1 

Generators 298 

Glass  and  glazing 141 

Hardware 146 

Hollow  tile  fireproofing 61 

Lighting  fixtures  153 

Mail  chutes  144 

Marble  and  tile  work , 133 

Mechanical  equipment 160 

Ornamental  iron  and  bronze  work 89 

Painting 157 

Plastering 114 

Plumbing,  sewers,  gasfitting,  ejectors  and  refrigerating  plant 163 

Roofing  and  sheet  metal 74 

Steamfitting,  steam  heating  and  ventilating,  stack  and  ceiling  lin- 
ing,  205 

Structural  steel  46 

Terra  cotta  69 

Wiring 242 


SPECIFICATIONS 


FOR 


THE  EQUITABLE  BUILDING 

BROADWAY  AND  NASSAU  STREETS 

BETWEEN  CEDAR  AND  PINE  STREETS 
NEW  YORK  CITY,  N.  Y. 


GENERAL  CONDITIONS. 

For  the  several  dimensions,  the  arrangement  and  construction  of 
this  building,  particular  reference  shall  be  had  to  the  accompanying 
design  prepared  by 

E.  R.  GRAHAM,  ARCHITECT, 
Chicago,   Illinois. 

consisting  of  all  drawings  necessary  to  fully  explain  the  work  in  detail. 

Definitions: 

Where  the  term  "Owners"  is  used  it  shall  be  understood  to  refer 
to  Equitable  Building  Company. 

Where  the  term  "Architect"  is  used  it  shall  be  understood  to 
refer  to  E.  R.  Graham,  Architect,  1417  Railway  Exchange  Building, 
Chicago,  or  his  representatives. 

Where  the  term  "Contractor"  is  used  it  shall  be  understood  to 
refer  to  Thompson-Starrett  Co.,  No.  51  Wall  street,  New  York  City. 

Where  the  term  "Sub-Contractor"  is  used  it  shall  be  understood 
to  refer  to  the  individual  or  firm  contracting  with  the  Thompson-Star- 


rett  Co.,  51  Wall  street,  for  the  work  covered  by  these  plans  and  speci- 
fications. 

Drawings  and  Specifications: 

The  drawings,  with  such  writings,  interlineations  and  details  as 
may  be  upon  them,  shall  be  considered  as  part  of  and  illustrations  to 
these  specifications. 

These  specifications  are  intended  to  supplement  the  drawings,  the 
two  being  considered  co-operative,  and,  therefore,  it  will  not  be  the 

PROVINCE  OF  THE  SPECIFICATIONS  TO  MENTION  ANY  PORTION  OF  THE  CON- 
STRUCTION  WHICH   THE  DRAWINGS  ARE  COMPETENT  TO   EXPLAIN,   and    SUCh 

omission  will  not  relieve  the  contractor  from  carrying  out  such  portions 
only  indicated  on  the  drawings,  and  should  items  be  required  by  the 
specifications  not  indicated  on  the  drawings  they  are  to  be  supplied, 
even  if  of  such  nature  that  they  could  have  been  indicated  thereon. 
Any  items  which  may  not  be  indicated  on  the  drawings  or  mentioned 
herein,  or  work  and  materials  required  by  the  New  York  City  Build- 
ing Laws,  which  are  necessary  to  complete  the  entire  work,  as  shown 
and  intended,  must  be  supplied  in  place  without  additional  cost.  The 
decision  of  the  Architect  as  to  the  proper  interpretation  of  the  draw- 
ings and  specifications  shall  be  final. 

The  Architect  will  furnish  full  size  details  for  such  portion  of 
the  work  as  in  his  judgment  require  it  to  explain  the  design  more 
fully  or  govern  profile,  ornamentation  and  minor  detail  of  design,  and 
all  work  shall  be  executed  in  strict  accordance  with  said  details. 

The  general  character  of  the  detail  work  is  shown  on  scale  details 
in  the  General  Drawings,  but  minor  modifications  may  be  made  in  the 
full  size  details,  and  the  contractor  must  not  get  out  any  part  of  the 
work  requiring  details  until  the  same  have  been  furnished. 

Figures  shall  have  precedence  over  measurements,  and  details 
over  small  scale  general  drawings.  Should  any  discrepancies  or  am- 
biguities be  found  in  the  drawings  or  specifications  the  same  shall  at 
once  be  reported  to  the  Architect  for  correction. 

Designation  of  Materials: 

As  a  general  guide  to  the  Contractor  in  the  execution  of  the 
work,  the  following  colors  are  adopted  to  designate  materials,  although 
all  such  materials  may  not  be  colored: 


3 
Bine — Stone,  Marble. 
Red — Brick,  Hardwood  on  Details. 
Purple — Concrete,  Fireproofing. 
Yellow — Wood. 

Green — Iron,  Bronze,  Sheet  Metal. 
Brown — Terra  Cotta. 

Liability  Insurance: 

The  Contractor  shall  maintain  such  insurance  as  will  adequately 
protect  itself  and  the  Owner  and  Architect  from  all  liability  under 
the  laws  of  the  State  of  New  York,  and  from  the  claims  for  damages 
for  personal  injuries  arising  directly  or  indirectly  from  operations 
under  the  contract,  and  the  Contractor  shall  be  liable  to  the  Owner  for 
failure  to  maintain  such  insurance. 

Personal  Supervision: 

The  Contractor  shall  give  its  personal  supervision  to  the  work 
and  shall  have  at  all  times  some  competent  person  on  the  work  to  act 
for  it. 

Public  Ordinances: 

The  Contractor  hereby  binds  itself  to  protect  the  Owner  and  save 
it  harmless  from  all  damages  arising  from  violations  of  the  public 
ordinances  of  any  kind  resulting  from  its  operations  during  the  erec- 
tion of  this  building. 

Protection  Against  Fire: 

The  Contractor  and  its  men  are  strictly  forbidden  to  smoke,  or 
light  fires  of  any  kind,  in  or  about  this  building. 

Protection  Against  Damage: 

The  Contractor  shall  use  all  care  and  diligence  to  protect  its  work 
from  damage  resulting  from  carelessness  or  otherwise  until  the  build- 
ing is  completed  and  accepted. 

The  Contractor  shall  also  be  responsible  for  any  and  all  damage 
to  its  work  by  reason  of  the  action  of  the  elements  until  the  entire 
building  is  complete  and  accepted. 


Hoisting,  Staging  and  Runways: 

The  Contractor,  unless  otherwise  specified,  shall  do  all  hoisting 
of  its  materials,  and  shall  provide  and  maintain  proper  staging,  etc., 
for  the  erection  and  completion  of  its  work.  When  the  Contractor 
has  completed  its  work  it  shall  remove  promptly  from  the  building 
all  such  apparatus. 

Materials  and  Workmanship: 

All  materials  and  labor  mentioned  in  these  specifications  under 
the  various  subheads  shall  be  provided  and  put  in  place  complete. 

All  materials  shall  be  new  and  the  best  of  their  respective  kinds. 

Should  it  become  necessary  to  substitute  material  different  from 
that  called  for,  the  written  consent  of  the  Architect  must  be  obtained 
before  the  change  is  made,  and  the  material  used  shall  be  equal  in 
every  respect  to  that  called  for. 

All  work  shall  be  executed  in  a  neat  and  skillful  manner  exactly 
as  specified  or  detailed,  and  if  not  mentioned  or  detailed,  then  to  the 
approval  of  the  Architect.  In  all  cases  the  work  shall  be  executed 
to  the  entire  satisfaction  of  the  Architect. 

All  rejected  and  condemned  material  shall  be  at  once  removed 
from  the  premises  and  shall  not  be  used  in  this  work. 

Sub-Letting : 

The  Contractor  shall  not  sub-let  any  portion  of  its  work  without 
the  written  consent  of  the  Architect. 

A  list  of  all  sub-contractors  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Architect 
for  approval  before  entering  into  contract  with  such  sub-contractor; 
however  the  General  Contractor  will  not  be  relieved  from  any  obliga- 
tions under  his  contract,  by  the  approval  or  disapproval  of  the  names 
of  the  sub-contractors. 

Removing  Scaffolding  and  Other  Apparatus: 

At  the  completion  of  the  work,  or  at  any  other  time  the  Architect 
may  direct,  the  Contractor  shall  remove  any  and  all  scaffolding  appa- 
ratus, and  other  temporary  apparatus  required  during  the  building 
operations,  from  the  building,  and  should  it  neglect  to  do  so  imme- 
diately after  being  notified,  the  Architect  may  have  the  work  executed 
at  its  expense. 


Patents : 

The  Contractor  hereby  agrees  to  protect  and  save  harmless 
the  Owner  from  loss  or  damage  cansed  by  suit  or  otherwise  for 
infringements  of  patents  for  materials  or  methods  used  in  the  construc- 
tion of  any  work  called  for  in  the  specification. 

Signs: 

The  Contractor  shall  not  place  or  maintain  any  signs,  bills  or  post- 
ers, in  or  about  this  building,  except  by  written  permission  of  the 
Architect. 

Watchmen : 

The  Contractor  shall  employ  and  maintain  a  corps  of  day  and 
night  watchmen  during  the  construction  of  the  building,  which  shall 
be  under  tbe  direction  of  the  Architect. 

Electric  Lights: 

Wherever  electric  lights  are  found  necessary  in  the  progress  of 
the  work  the  Contractor  shall  supply  and  maintain,  such  light  as  may 
be  required  to  properly  execute  the  work. 

Insurance : 

All  work  is  at  the  Contractor's  risk  until  the  same  is  completed 
and  accepted  by  tbe  Architect.  The  Contractor  is  to  furnish  insur- 
ance from  time  to  time  as  certificates  are  issued,  in  a  company  or  com- 
panies acceptable  to  the  Owner,  same  being  made  payable  to  the 
owner  for  an  amount  equal  to  the  certificates  so  isseud.  This  insur- 
ance shall  remain  until  the  completion  of  the  work  and  its  acceptance 
by  the  Architect. 

Additional  Work  Ordered  During  Construction: 

No  claim  for  additional  compensation,  on  account  of  extra  labor 
or  materials  furnished,  will  be  entertained  unless  in  each  and  every 
instance  said  extra  labor  or  materials  are  furnished  upon  written  or- 
der signed  by  the  Architect. 

In  case  of  extra  work  ordered,  the  total  compensation  for  which 
is  not  previously  agreed  upon  and  stipulated  in  the  order,  the  Con- 
tractor shall  report  to  the  Architect  at  each  daily  meeting,  the  labor 
and  material  expended  in  sucli  extra  work  on  the  previous  day  and  at 


the  end  of  each  week  shall  present  for  the  approval  of  the  Architect, 
itemized  bills  covering  said  extra  labor  and  material;  otherwise  no 
claim  for  compensation  on  account  thereof  will  be  allowed. 

Extras  and  Credits  Due  to  Revised  Drawings: 

Whenever  revisions,  changes,  alterations,  additions  or  omissions 
are  made  for  which  drawings  and  details  have  been  prepared  and  sub- 
mitted to  the  contractor,  the  contractor  shall  submit  promptly  to  the 
Architect  an  itemized  statement  of  quantities  and  prices  incident  to 
such  revisions,  changes,  alterations,  additions  and  omissions,  to  facili- 
tate the  checking  of  quantities  involved  and  the  prompt  issuance  of  an 
order  covering  the  extra  or  credit  as  the  case  may  be. 

Barricades: 

The  Contractor  shall  properly  barricade  the  work  at  all  times  and 
erect  proper  shelters  wherever  necessary  so  as  to  properly  protect  the 
work  from  damage.  All  such  barricades  shall  be  so  arranged  as  to 
insure  the  safety  of  the  workmen  and  passers-by. 

Office,  Telephone  and  Stenographic  Work: 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  labor  and  materials  and  erect  an 
office  on  the  grounds,  as  per  plans  and  directions  of  the  Architect, 
and  shall  move  this  office  at  any  time  and  to  any  place  directed  by  the 
Architect. 

This  office  shall  be  kept  clean  of  debris  and  shall  be  considered 
the  office  of  the  building,  in  wbich  the  general  drawings  shall  be  stored. 
This  office  shall  be  subject  to  the  control  and  direction  of  the  Architect. 

The  Contractor  shall  equip  the  office  with  a  telephone  and  employ 
a  stenographer  on  the  work  to  do  the  writing  that  may  be  necessary 
for  the  Architect  and  his  Superintendent. 

Building  Inspector's  Office: 

The  contractor  shall  furnish  the  labor  and  materials  and  erect 
an  office  on  the  premises  for  the  exclusive  use  of  the  Society's  In- 
spector of  Construction  and  his  assistants.  The  office  shall  be  made 
and  constructed  as  per  plans  and  directions  of  the  Architect. 

The  office  shall  be  provided  with  telephone,  chairs,  desks,  drawers 
and  plan  tables  for  the  proper  accommodation  of  the  plans  and  speci- 
fications. 


During  cold  weather  the  office  shall  be  hooked  up  with  the  steam 
heating  system  of  the  building,  keeping  the  office  warm  and  habitable 
at  all  times  to  give  the  inspector  every  facility  for  performing  his 
duties.  All  necessary  wiring  for  the  proper  lighting  of  the  offices 
shall  also  be  installed  and  provided  with  the  necessary  fixtures. 

Models: 

Furnish  any  and  all  models  that  may  be  required  for  the  execution 
of  the  ornamental  and  decorative  work  of  every  description  for  the  com- 
pletion of  the  building,  employing  for  this  work  only  the  very  best 
and  most  skillful  modelers  and  sculptors  who  may  be  selected  by  the 
Architect  at  his  option. 

Photographs  in  triplicate  of  the  models  shall  be  submitted  to  the 
Architect  for  his  review  and  approval  not  executing  any  work  until  ap- 
proval of  same  has  been  obtained. 

Models  shall  be  changed,  altered  or  new  models  made  until  satis- 
factory to  the  Architect  in  every  respect. 

Models  shall  be  submitted  in  place  should  the  Architect  direct  it  to 
be  necessary  for  their  proper  inspection. 

Samples: 

Samples  of  the  various  materials  entering  into  the  construction  of 
the  building  as  herein  specified  or  as  required  shall  be  submitted  to 
the  Architect  for  approval.  The  approved  samples  shall  be  filed  in  the 
Architect's  office  and  shall  be  taken  as  a  standard  for  the  materials 
entering  into  the  construction  of  the  building. 

Shop  Drawings: 

It  is  understood  that  before  the  manufacture  or  installation  of 
the  work  under  this  contract  is  carried  forward,  shop  drawings  shall 
be  prepared  and  prints  in  triplicate  of  same  submitted  to  the  Archi- 
tect for  approval,  executing  no  work  until  such  approval  has  been 
obtained. 

The  Architects '  approval,  however,  shall  not  relieve  the  Contractor 
of  responsibility  for  errors,  as  the  Architects'  approval  of  the  drawing 
is  only  general  and  is  not  intended  to  serve  as  a  check,  and  does  not 
in  any  way  relieve  the  Contractor  from  the  necessity  of  furnishing  the 
materials  and  performing  the  work  as  required  by  the  drawings  and 
specifications. 


8 

All  shop  drawings  previous  to  submission  to  the  Architect  for  re- 
view and  approval  shall  be  completely  checked  by  the  Contractor  and 
it  must  be  distinctly  understood  that  drawings  which  do  not  bear  evi- 
dence of  such  checking,  or  are  incomplete  will  be  returned  without  ap- 
proval for  correction  and  preparation  to  comply  with  these  require- 
ments. 

Each  consignment  of  drawings  sent  for  approval  must  be  accom- 
panied by  a  letter  of  transmission  giving  a  list  of  the  number  of  the 
drawings.  Each  drawing  must  be  marked  with  the  name  of  the  build- 
ing, and  each  series  numbered  consecutively  for  ready  reference  and 
convenience. 


9 

FOUNDATIONS   AND   MASONRY. 

In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  material  required  to  execute  and  install  com- 
plete the  foundations,  concrete  work  and  masonry  in  accordance  with 
the  accompanying  drawings  and  as  required  by  this  specification. 

Scope  of  Contract: 

This  contract  includes  the  wrecking  of  such  portions  of  the  old 
buildings  and  clearing  of  the  site  as  hereinafter  specified;  the  excava- 
tion and  back  filling;  all  foundations,  and  retaining  walls  and  all  stone 
and  cinder  concrete  work  of  every  description,  plain  or  re-enforced ;  all 
column  concrete  enclosures ;  all  brick  masonry  of  every  description, 
including  backing  of  cut  stone,  ornamental  iron,  steel  and  terra  cotta ; 
all  cinder  filling  and  cinder  foundations  for  floors  and  roofs ;  all  cement 
floors  and  sidewalks ;  all  waterproofing  or  damp  proofing  of  basements, 
pits,  walls,  floors  and  sidewalks;  and  all  other  work  of  a  masonry 
nature  shown  upon  the  drawings  or  hereinafter  specified. 

Permits : 

Take  out  the  water  permit  necessary  for  the  work  included  in  this 
contract,  together  with  the  sidewalk  vaults  and  street  obstruction  per- 
mits and  any  others  that  may  be  necessary  to  prosecute  the  work  for 
the  entire  building,  assuming  all  responsibility  and  paying  all  costs. 

The  Owners  will  take  out  and  pay  for  the  building  permit. 

Time: 

Time  is  of  the  essence  of  this  contract.  Therefore  the  Contractor 
shall  provide  an  adequate  plant  and  shall  employ  as  many  men,  wag- 
ons and  teams  as  practicable  on  the  work  of  erection  of  the  new  build- 
ing, and  shall  prosecute  the  work  with  the  utmost  dispatch,  hastening 
the  same  forward  to  completion  as  rapidly  as  possible  consistent  with 
good  work. 

Structural  Steel  Drawings: 

A  careful  study  should  be  made  of  the  foundation  plans  in  both 
Steel  Diagrams  and  General  Drawings.  Any  work  of  a  concrete  or 
masonry  nature  required  by  the  Steel  Diagrams  which  the  General 


10 

Drawings  do  not  show  shall  be  executed  by  the  Contractor  the  same 
as  though  shown  by  General  Drawings. 

Wall  Bearing  Beams: 

All  steel  beams  and  girders  resting  on  concrete  or  brick  walls 
shall  be  provided  with  bearing  plates  and  anchors  which  shall  be 
bedded  in  cement  mortar  on  the  wall,  bringing  them  to  proper  levels 
to  receive  the  beams,  building  the  beams  and  their  anchors  solidly  and 
securely  into  the  walls. 

Sidewalk  angle  guards,  size  as  shown  by  the  drawings,  shall  be  fur- 
nished, be  accurately  located  and  built  in  with  the  sidewalk  concrete 
and  cement  construction  as  the  work  progresses. 

Grounds  and  Anchors: 

All  grounds,  bolts  and  anchors  which  it  may  be  necessary  to  build 
into  concrete  or  brick  masonry  for  the  placing  and  anchorage  of  all 
subsequent  work  shall  be  furnished,  located  and  disposed  and  built  into 
the  masonry  in  a  solid  and  secure  manner. 

Waterbars : 

Waterbars  for  all  window  frames  shall  be  set  and  bedded  in  cement 
mortar  in  the  waterbar  raggles  as  the  frames  are  placed  in  position. 

Slots  and  Chases  in  Walls: 

Build  all  slots,  chases,  recesses  and  openings  in  concrete  and  brick 
walls,  piers  and  foundations  which  are  required  for  the  proper  instal- 
lation of  subsequent  work. 

Examine  the  plumbing,  heating  and  ventilating  and  other  dia- 
grams to  secure  a  full  understanding  of  what  will  be  required  in  this 
respect,  as  slots  and  openings  are  not  in  all  cases  shown  on  the  general 
drawings. 

Grade : 

All  beights  shall  be  figured  from  an  elevation  35.62"  above  New 
York  City  datum,  the  inside  grade  of  the  sidewalks  at  the  intersection 
oT  the  building  lines  at  the  corner  of  Broadway  and  Pine  Street,  as 
shown  on  Architects'  drawings,  which  level  shall  be  known  as  "Grade" 
in  this  specification. 


11 

Allowance  for  Settlement: 

Make  all  due  allowance  in  construction  for  such  settlement  as  is 
likely  to  occur  in  the  work,  so  that  after  it  has  taken  place  the  various 
points  will  be  at  the  elevations  figured  on  the  drawings.  The  amount 
of  such  allowance  must  be  approved  by  the  Architect. 

Foundation  Work. 

Scope  of  the  Work: 

The  work  covered  by  the  drawings  and  this  specification  includes : 

1.  All  general  excavation  and  disposal  of  excavated  material  for 
all  basements,  vaults  and  retaining  walls  as  shown,  including  the  re- 
moval of  all  rubbish,  old  walls,  footings,  or  other  construction  still 
remaining,  and  also  any  back-filling  which  may  be  required  in  any  part 
of  the  work. 

2.  All  sheeting,  shoring,  bracing  and  protection  required  in  mak- 
ing all  excavations. 

3.  All  excavation,  concrete  or  other  work  required  to  construct: 

(a)  A  continuous  cofferdam  and  foundation  wall  around  the 
outside  of  the  property. 

(b)  A  retaining  wall  between  the  high  and  low  level  of  the 
general  cellar  excavation. 

(c)  All  foundation  piers  for  all  interior  columns  and,  if  re- 
quired and  called  for  later,  additional  piers  or  founda- 
dations  for  safe  deposit  vaults,  etc. 

(d)  A  reinforced  concrete  curb  wall  around  the  entire  prop- 
erty as  shown  on  drawings. 

4.  All  work  necessary  to  maintain,  safeguard  and  restore  to  orig- 
inal condition:  ' 

(a)  All  adjoining  streets. 

(b)  All  constructions  contained  in  said  streets. 

(c)  All  neighboring  buildings,  insofar  as  same  may  be  af- 
fected by  reason  of  work  done  under  this  contract. 

5.  All  pumping  required  for  the  execution  of  this  work. 

6.  All  temporary  work  such  as  fences,  sidewalk  bridges,  plat- 
forms, runways,  staging,  scaffolds,  derricks,  concrete  forms,  sheet  pil- 


12 

ing,   shores,   bracing,   temporary   buildings,   conveniences,   etc.,    etc., 
as  may  be  required  for  the  proper  execution  of  this  work. 

7.  Furnishing  and  placing  all  steel  reinforcement  shown  in  the 
drawings  or  as  called  for  in  these  specifications. 

8.  Placing  and  grouting  all  anchor  bolts,  and  the  four  columns  ex- 
tending into  cassions  as  shown  on  drawings. 

9.  Payment  of  all  charges  for  water,  electric  current  or  other 
service  incurred  for  this  work. 

10.  Obtaining  all  street  permits,  other  than  vault  permit. 

11.  Kemoval  and  disposal  of  all  excavated  material  and  of  all 
rubbish  incident  to  this  work. 

12.  Furnishing  all  labor,  tools,  machinery,  derricks  and  other 
appliances  or  equipment  of  whatsoever  description  necessary  and  to 
the  extent  required  for  the  prompt  and  proper  performance  of  this 
work. 

13.  Removal  of  all  temporary  work  as  soon  as  the  necessity  for 
it  has  passed  and  the  shifting  and  adjustment  of  braces  and  other  tem- 
porary work  as  may  be  required  for  the  execution  of  all  work. 

Wrecking  of  Old  Buildings  on  Site: 

All  old  buildings  on  the  site  to  the  level  of  the  basement  floor,  with 
the  exception  of  curb  walls  and  sidewalks  and  such  portions  of  the 
outer  walls  of  the  buildings  as  support  sidewalks  have  been  wrecked 
to  the  basement  floor.  Take  the  work  at  this  point  and  execute  all 
further  wrecking,  clearing  the  site  of  all  obstructions  preparatory  to 
the  erection  of  the  new  structure  as  shown  and  required  by  the  draw- 
ings. 

Contractor's  Liability: 

The  Contractor  shall  assume  all  responsibility  in  regard  to  the 
proper  shoring-up,  underpinning,  bracing  and  protection  of  the  ad- 
joining or  neighboring  structures,  and  all  liability  for  injury  and  dam- 
ages to  said  structures  and  their  premises  arising  out  of  any  operation 
connected  with  this  contract. 

The  Contractor  shall  indemnify  the  Owner  and  save  it  harm- 
less from  all  loss  or  expense  and  from  all  damages  for  which  it  may 
become  liable  in  consequence  of  such  injury  or  damage  to  adjoining 


13 

or  neighboring  structures  and  their  premises,  and  in  case  the  Owner 
is  sued  the  Contractor  shall  defend  such  suit  or  suits  at  its  own  ex- 
pense, to  final  decree,  judgment  or  compromise. 

Repairs  to  Adjoining  Property: 

Execute  all  repairs  to  the  adjacent,  adjoining  and  neighboring 
structures  and  their  premises  that  may  be  necessitated  by  any  opera- 
tion connected  with  this  contract  and  leave  said  structures  without  ex- 
ception in  as  good  condition  as  they  were  at  the  commencement  of  this 
work. 

Compliance  With  Law  and  Protection  for  Workmen: 

The  Contractor's  attention  is  called  to  the  requirements  of  the 
law  as  to  safeguarding  men  employed  to  work  in  compressed  air. 
The  Contractor  will  be  required  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  the 
law.  If  a  hospital  lock  is  required  it  shall  be  arranged  to  accommo- 
date at  least  two  patients  at  the  same  time  and  shall  be  furnished 
with  double  entrance  doors  arranged  for  the  ingress  and  egress  of 
attendants  without  affecting  the  pressure  carried  in  the  hospital  cham- 
ber. This  lock  must  be  ready  for  instant  operation  at  all  times  when 
work  under  air  is  in  progress. 

The  Contractor  shall  observe  all  state  and  municipal  laws  and  all 
Building  Department  and  Sanitary  Department  rules  and  require- 
ments. 

Day  and  Night  Work: 

If  necessary,  all  work  covered  by  this  specification  shall  be  pros- 
ecuted continuously  day  and  night,  working  double  shifts  of  men  until 
the  completion  of  same,  except  that  it  is  optional  with  the  Contractor 
whether  it  works  or  not  on  Sunday  or  holidays,  but  if  the  Contractor 
elects  not  to  work  on  Sundays  or  holidays  it  shall  not  be  held  in  any 
way  to  relieve  it  of  the  obligation  to  finish  the  work  within  the  con- 
tract time. 

Survey  and  Marks: 

The  Owner  shall  furnish  the  Contractor  with  a  copy  of  the  sur- 
vey of  the  property  showing  lot  lines  and  the  location  of  the  necessary 
bench  marks  for  levels,  and  the  location  of  two  main  axis  lines.  The 
Owner  shall  have  permanent  marks  established  at  the  site  from  which 


14 

the  building  and  property  lines  may  be  located,  and  also  a  permanent 
bench  mark  or  marks  for  determining  the  levels  of  the  building.  The 
Contractor  shall  verify  and  work  from  these  and  shall  be  held  en- 
tirely responsible  for  the  accuracy  of  the  placing  of  the  work;  to  this 
end  the  Contractor  shall  employ  a  licensed  surveyor  or  city  engineer 
acceptable  to  the  Architect  to  establish  and  verify  all  lines  and  levels 
in  connection  with  this  work.  The  approval  of  the  engineer  selected 
to  do  the  work  shall  not  relieve  the  Contractor  of  responsibility  as  to 
the  correctness  of  the  location  and  levels  of  the  finished  work.  Re- 
ports of  surveyor  so  employed  shall  be  furnished  in  triplicate  to  the 
Architect  and  the  Owners'  Consulting  Engineer  for  their  information. 

In  case  any  doubt  should  arise  as  to  the  accuracy  of  the  surveys 
and  levels  made  by  the  above  mentioned  surveyor,  the  Architect  re- 
serves the  right  and  privilege  to  call  in  another  surveyor  to  verify  all 
previous  work  and  make  such  additional  surveys  and  levels  as  may 
in  his  judgment  be  necessary  to  establish  beyond  doubt  all  points 
in  question.  The  expense  of  such  additional  surveys  shall  be  borne 
by  the  Contractor. 

Checking  Measurements: 

The  Contractor  before  commencing  work  shall  carefully  check  the 
survey  of  the  lot  and  all  other  measurements  controlling  his  work,  and 
shall  inform  the  Architect  of  any  discrepancies. 

Examination  and  Photographs  of  Adjacent  'Work: 

The  Contractor  before  commencing  operations  shall  carefully  ex- 
amine the  condition  of  all  neighboring  structures,  and  shall  take  levels 
on  the  front  of  all  buildings  facing  the  proposed  building  and  shall 
make  a  record  of  any  existing  cracks,  settlements  or  defects  in  same, 
and  a  copy  of  this  record  shall  be  filed  with  the  Architect.  The  Con- 
tractor shall  not  be  relieved  of  the  responsibility  of  supporting  and 
maintaining  any  neighboring  building  by  reason  of  any  defect  existing 
in  same. 

Photographs  of  the  facades  of  the  adjacent  buildings  facing  the 
Equitable  Building  site  shall  be  prepared  by  the  Contractor,  furnish- 
ing a  complete  set  of  prints  properly  mounted  and  bound,  to  both  the 
Architect  and  the  Owners  for  their  files  and  records. 


15 

Excavation: 

The  Contractor  shall  take  over  the  premises  in  the  condition  ex- 
isting, and  shall  remove  all  old  footings,  walls  or  other  construction 
remaining  on  the  site  and  such  portions  of  the  sidewalk  and  vault  con- 
struction as  is  necessary  for  the  execution  of  the  work,  make  all  exca- 
vation necessary  for  the  construction  of  all  work  covered  in  this  speci- 
fication, and  as  required  for  all  vaults,  vault  walls  and  vault  floors 
and  for  all  basement  and  boiler  room  floors,  as  indicated  on  the  draw- 
ings. 

Cut  and  cap  or  otherwise  take  care  of  all  street  connections  en- 
countered in  excavating  on  the  street  or  curb  line  and  mark  the  loca- 
tion of  same  so  that  they  can  subsequently  be  located  and  reconnected 
as  required. 

Perform  all  excavation  as  shown  by  the  drawings  required  to  ex- 
ecute the  work  and  remove  from  the  premises  all  surplus  earth  and 
debris. 

The  entire  area  within  the  curb  retaining  and  the  cofferdam 
walls  to  be  occupied  by  the  building  shall  be  excavated  to  the  vari- 
ous levels  of  the  bottom  of  the  cinder  foundation  for  the  concrete 
floors,  as  shown  by  the  drawings.  All  trenches  shall  be  excavated 
to  such  sizes  as  to  admit  of  the  installation  and  construction  of 
the  foundation  and  shall  be  left  level  on  the  bottom  to  receive  the  con- 
crete work.  No  trenches  shall  be  excavated  deeper  than  required  to 
receive  the  footings,  as  no  filling  under  footings  will  be  permitted,  and 
if  the  excavation  is  carried  too  deep  the  depth  of  the  concrete  work 
must  be  correspondingly  increased  without  extra  charge. 

If  any  quicksand  pockets  or  other  soft  spots  are  encountered  be- 
neath foundations,  piers,  walls  or  footings,  the  same  shall  be  exca- 
vated and  filled  in  solidly  with  concrete  to  meet  the  approval  of  the 
Architect. 

Timber  'Work  and  Bracing  Excavations: 

In  prosecuting  the  excavations  for  this  building  the  Contractor 
shall  do  all  timber  work,  shoring  and  bracing  necessary  to  retain  the 
earth  banks  and  prevent  caving  in  and  displacement  of  the  adjacent 
streets  and  soil,  furnishing  all  necessary  braces,  timbers,  wales,  crib- 
bing, planking  and  sheet  piling  for  the  purpose. 

All  earth  banks  and  the  sides  of  all  pits,  trenches  and  other  ex- 


16 

cavations  shall  be  most  thoroughly  braced  and  protected  in  a  manner 
to  prevent  any  settlement  whatsoever. 

All  timber  used,  whether  for  caissons,  sheeting,  timbering,  bra- 
cing, platforms  or  for  temporary  work,  shall  be  sound,  merchantable 
material  suitable  for  the  purpose  for  which  it  is  intended. 

Bailing  and  Pumping: 

Perform  all  bailing  and  pumping  necessary  to  drain  and  keep  all 
excavations,  pits,  trenches,  column  foundation  wells,  and  the  whole 
basement  entirely  free  of  water  during  the  progress  of  the  work  under 
all  circumstances  and  contingencies  that  may  arise,  using  such  means 
as  may  be  best  adapted  to  conditions  and  approved  by  the  Architect. 

Sheeting,  Bracing  and  Protection  of  Street: 

The  Contractor  shall  drive  wood  or  steel  sheet  piling  on  the  line 
of  the  curb  to  a  sufficient  depth  below  the  bottom  of  the  excavation  re- 
quired for  the  vault  wall. 

This  sheeting,  if  of  wood,  shall  be  of  new,  sound,  long  leaf  yellow 
pine,  not  less  than  3"  thick,  tongue  and  grooved  and  driven  close, 
plumb  and  true  to  line.  If  required,  a  power  hammer  shall  be  used 
in  driving  same. 

This  sheeting  shall  be  well  braced,  and  the  bracing  shall  be  so  ar- 
ranged, and  if  necessary  shall  be  shifted,  so  as  not  to  interfere  with 
the  sinking  of  the  caissons  nor  the  placing  of  the  steel  work,  the  con- 
struction of  the  vault  wall  or  any  other  operation  of  this  or  other 
branches  of  work. 

In  case  any  vault  wall  now  in  position  is  permitted  to  be  utilized 
in  the  new  building,  the  Contractor  shall  brace  and  maintain  same. 

When  the  shoring  and  bracing  is  no  longer  required,  the  Con- 
tractor shall  promptly  remove  same  from  the  work. 

Subway  on  Broadway: 

The  Contractor's  attention  is  called  to  the  existence  of  a  subway 
on  Broadway  and  the  necessity  of  maintaining  and  safeguarding  same 
not  only  against  settlement,  but  also  against  fire,  water  or  other  mis- 
chance. 


17 

Curb  Wall: 

The  Contractor  shall  construct  a  vault  or  curb  wall  around  the 
entire  property  with  recesses  where  necessary  for  catch  basins,  hy- 
drants or  other  street  constructions.  Otherwise  the  outer  face  of  the 
wall  shall  be  flush  with  the  curb,  and  shall  have  a  uniform  thickness 
of  three  feet  down  to  the  footing.  The  top  of  wall  will  conform  to  the 
street  gi'ade  and  be  finished  approximately  one  foot  below  curb  level 
and  ready  to  receive  the  curb  and  sidewalk  beams.  The  bottom  of  the 
3'  0"  wall  will  be  at  an  elevation  plus  8.000'.  The  wall  shall  be  built 
of  Class  "B"  concrete,  reinforced  with  J"  square  deformed  or  twisted 
bars,  set  vertically  4"  back  from  the  inner  face  of  the  wall  and  spaced 
9"  center  to  center. 

Interior  Retaining  "Wall: 

The  Contractor  shall  construct  an  interior  retaining  wall  as  shown 
on  the  plans,  extending  from  Column  123  on  the  Pine  street  front  north 
to  Column  89,  thence  east  to  Column  91,  thence  north  to  Column  7  on 
the  Cedar  street  front.  This  wall  and  its  footing  shall  extend  from 
elevation  plus  3.000'  down  to  elevation  minus  16.0',  except  that  over 
the  piers  for  Columns  105,  89,  90,  91,  75,  59,  43  and  25  the  footing  shall 
extend  down  to  the  concrete  around  the  grillages  on  these  piers. 

This  wall  will  be  composed  of  Class  "B"  concrete.  Any  required 
openings  or  recesses  shall  be  formed  in  this  wall  or  in  the  curb  wall, 
and-  the  Contractor  shall,  if  required,  set  in  these  walls  pipes,  ducts, 
anchors  or  other  connections,  same  to  be  furnished  by  other  contract- 
ors. 

Cofferdam  Wall  and  Foundations,  for  Exterior  Columns. 

The  outside  cofferdam  wall,  surrounding  the  entire  property,  shall 
consist  of  four  corner  caissons  and  connecting  walls,  6'  0"  thick  (con- 
crete size),  and  shall  be  constructed  in  sections,  each  section  to  be  of 
length  as  hereafter  determined. 

All  sections  shall  consist  of  concrete  piers.  The  ends  of  adjoin- 
ing sections  shall  subsequently  be  connected  for  their  entire  height 
by  concrete  joints,  so  as  to  form  a  complete  and  substantially  water- 
tight cofferdam,  continuous  around  the  entire  lot  and  extending  from 
the  cut-off  levels  shown  to  solid  rock  and  making  therewith  a  satis- 
factory joint.  All  piers  forming  this  cofferdam  wall  shall  be  con- 
structed by  the  pneumatic  method.     In  sinking  the  caissons  for  the 


18 

cofferdam  the  cutting  edge  must  in  all  cases  be  carried  down  until  a 
satisfactory  joint  is  made  with  the  hardpan  or  rock.  If  satisfactory 
joint  is  made  in  hardpan,  the  sinking  of  the  caisson  may  be  discon- 
tinued, but  the  excavation  shall  be  continued  of  the  full  width  until 
satisfactory  rock  is  encountered.  The  bottom  of  the  excavation  shall 
then  be  carefully  inspected,  all  loose  or  decayed  rock  shall  be  removed 
and  the  surface  of  the  rock  cleaned,  and  if  necessary  leveled  or  stepped 
off  as  directed  to  receive  the  foundation  concrete. 

Pneumatic  Caissons: 

Caissons  shall  be  so  constructed  that  no  wood  remains  in  the  fin- 
ished piers  or  walls. 

Working  chambers  may  be  built  of  wood,  steel  or  reinforced  con- 
crete. 

The  lower  edge  of  the  working  chamber  walls  must  be  provided 
with  a  steel  shoe  and  cutting  edge,  securely  attached  to  the  bottom  of 
the  wall. 

Side  walls,  if  of  concrete  and  forming  part  of  the  finished  pier  or 
wall,  shall  be  reinforced  with  steel  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Architect, 
and  must  not  have  inclined  surfaces  showing  in  the  working  chamber. 
Any  changes  in  the  thickness  of  the  walls  must  be  by  horizontal  offsets 
or  steps. 

Side  walls,  if  of  wood,  must  not  encroach  on  finished  size  for  the 
concrete  pier. 

No  timber  cross  braces,  wall  timbers  or  nailing  strips  will  be  al- 
lowed to  remain  in  the  finished  concrete. 

Caisson  Roofs: 

The  roof  of  the  working  chamber,  if  of  timber,  shall  be  entirely 
removed  before  completing  the  filling  of  the  working  chamber. 

The  roof  of  the  working  chamber,  if  of  concrete,  shall  be  rein- 
forced, and  all  forms  must  be  entirely  removed  before  filling  the  work- 
ing chamber  with  concrete.  The  under  surface  of  the  roof  must  be 
smoothly  and  accurately  finished  to  facilitate  filling  the  working  cham- 
ber. In  all  cases  where  the  roof  extends  more  than  4  feet  hori- 
zontally from  the  working  shaft,  it  shall  be  formed  with  steps  having 
a  vertical  drop  of  not  less  than  3  inches  for  each  2  feet  of  horizontal 
distance. 


19 

Vent  or  Grout  Pipes: 

In  all  caissons  the  roof  of  which  is  not  removed,  provision  shall 
be  made  for  grouting  any  voids  which  may  be  left  after  filling  the 
working  chamber.  To  this  end  the  Contractor  shall  provide  vertical 
vent  or  grout  pipes  not  less  than  3  inches  inside  diameter,  extending 
from  the  roof  of  working  chamber  vertically  to  the  top  of  the  pier  or 
wall.  There  shall  be  at  least  two  of  these  grout  pipes  for  each 
wall  caisson,  and  one  for  each  of  the  small  cylindrical  or  square  piers. 
These  vertical  pipes  shall  connect  at  the  level  of  the  working  chamber 
roof  with  horizontal  or  inclined  ducts  or  chases  formed  in  the  roof 
concrete,  so  arranged  as  to  provide  passageways  for  the  grout. 

The  number,  size  and  location  of  these  grout  ducts  and  the  loca- 
tion and  arrangement  of  the  vertical  pipes  to  be  subject  to  the  ap- 
proval and  direction  of  the  Architect. 

Forming : 

The  concrete  forming  the  main  body  of  the  pier  or  wall  above  the 
roof  level  may  be  placed  inside  of  a  crib  or  cofferdam,  or  it  may  be 
cast  in  removable  forms. 

In  all  cases  the  construction  must  be  square  and  true  to  line  and 
size  and  in  correct  relation  to  the  working  chamber,  and  the  exterior 
surfaces  must  be  smoothly  finished  without  projections  or  roughness 
to  interfere  with  the  smooth  sinking  of  the  structure. 

The  planking,  joints,  parts,  sections,  etc.,  of  all  concrete  forms  or 
of  construction  in  which  concrete  is  to  be  cast  shall  be  tight  against 
any  leakage  of  water  from  the  concrete  and  all  surfaces  used  as  re- 
movable forms  shall  be  papered,  waxed  (not  oiled)  or  otherwise  pre- 
pared so  that  the  concrete  will  not  adhere  to  them. 

Special  care  shall  be  taken  Avherever  concrete  is  used  in  the  con- 
struction of  these  piers  and  walls  to  produce  a  structure  as  nearly 
monolithic  as  possible.  The  deposition  of  the  concrete  must  be  as 
nearly  a  continuous  operation  as  possible.  The  forms  or  enclosing 
structure  must  be  strong  enough  and  high  enough  to  allow  a  section 
of  20  feet  height  of  wet  concrete  to  be  added  in  one  continuous  op- 
eration. Upon  the  completion  of  a  section  the  upper  surface  must 
be  leveled,  or  if  required  a  key  depression  formed  in  the  upper  surface 
before  set  has  commenced.  Before  starting  a  new  layer  on  a  con- 
crete surface  which  has  set  for  over  one  hour  the  surface  shall  be 


20 

scrubbed  with  stiff  wire  brooms  and  water  and  a  layer  of  thin  cement 
mortar  not  less  than  \"  thick  shall  be  spread  over  the  entire  surface. 

Design  of  Caissons: 

The  Contractor  must  submit  to  the  Architect  for  his  approval, 
drawings  showing  the  proposed  dimensions,  construction  and  reinforce- 
ment of  the  caissons  and  piers. 

Position  of  Joints: 

Submit  a  drawing  showing  the  proposed  length  of  caissons  form- 
ing the  cofferdam  wall  and  the  location  of  all  joints ;  and  detail  draw- 
ings showing  the  caissons,  piers,  method  of  forming  joints,  reinforce- 
ment of  caissons,  and  piers,  etc.,  subject  to  the  approval  and  ac- 
ceptance of  the  Architect. 

Reinforcement : 

In  all  cases  where  the  concrete  forming  the  pier  is  placed  before 
the  caisson  is  in  its  final  position,  the  concrete  in  the  body  of  the  pier 
shall  be  reinforced  as  follows : 

First  Vertical  Reinforcement: 

Vertical  reinforcing  composed  of  1"  square  or  equivalent  area 
of  deformed  steel  bars  shall  be  set  on  the  four  sides  of  each  cais- 
son forming  part  of  a  cofferdam  wall.  These  bars  shall  be  spaced 
24"  center  to  center,  except  as  otherwise  shown.  All  of  these  bars 
shall  be  set  three  (3")  inches  from  the  face  of  the  concrete.  Each 
line  of  reinforcement  shall  be  continuous  or  if  necessarily  in  sec- 
tions then  the  sections  shall  be  lapped  or  connected  so  as  to  de- 
velop the  strength  of  a  continuous  bar  extending  from  the  level 
of  the  cutting  edge  to  the  top  of  the  finished  pier. 

Second  Circular  Reinforcement: 

Spliced  or  continuous  circular  horizontal  reinforcing  rings 
shall  be  placed  concentric  with  the  opening  for  the  working  shaft. 
The  rings  shall  not  approach  such  opening  closer  than  4"  and 
shall  be  spaced  not  more  than  V  apart  vertically,  and  shall  have 
sufficient  cross  section  to  safely  provide  for  the  internal  pressure 
due  to  the  pressure  of  the  air,  figured  at  25  lbs.  per  square  inch 
on  the  shaft  opening. 


21 

Third  Horizontal  Reinforcement: 

All  caissons  forming  the  cofferdam  wall  shall  be  reinforced 
by  horizontal  bars  1"  square  (or  of  equivalent  area)  laid  parallel 
to  the  long  sides  of  the  caisson  as  follows : 

(a)  Above  the  roof  four  bars,  two  on  each  side  of  the  shaft 
opening  2'  shorter  than  caisson  length. 

(b)  Four  bars,  six  inches  below  the  top  and  four  bars  six 
inches  above  the  bottom  of  each  build  up  or  section  of  concrete. 
These  bars  to  be  one-half  of  the  caisson  length.  In  case  the  depo- 
sition of  concrete  in  forming  any  section  is  interrupted  for  any 
reason  for  more  than  one  hour,  four  additional  bars  shall  be  used 
as  soon  as  the  concreting  is  resumed. 

Position  of  Caissons: 

All  caissons  must  be  sunk  as  close  to  position  and  to  the  perpen- 
dicular as  possible.  To  this  end  the  Contractor  must  provide  well 
braced  guides  and  sliding  blocks.  No  caisson  will  be  accepted  if  it  is 
more  than  6"  out  of  plumb  in  any  direction  or  if  more  than  6"  out 
of  position  at  any  point  or  level.  If  on  completion  any  caisson  does 
not  come  within  such  limits  the  Contractor  shall  without  additional 
charge  of  compensation  supply  such  additional  construction  or  do  such 
additional  work  (even  to  the  removal  and  replacement  of  the  caisson) 
as  may  be  required  by  the  Architect  to  rectify  the  matter. 

Acceptance  of  Bottom: 

When  the  excavation  for  a  caisson  has  reached  a  satisfactory  bot- 
tom, acceptable  to  the  Architect,  he  shall  issue  to  the  Contractor  a 
written  acceptance  of  the  bottom,  and  a  signed  record  of  the  depth  of 
excavation. 

The  filling  of  the  working  chamber  shall  not  be  commenced  before 
the  bottom  is  accepted. 

Filling  Working  Chamber: 

In  all  cases  provisions  shall  be  made  for  filling  all  voids  in  work- 
ing chamber  with  concrete. 

The  Contractor  shall  afford  the  Architect  all  possible  assistance 
and  information  in  order  to  insure  the  best  possible  results. 

The  Contractor  may  dump  soft  concrete  until  the  working  cham- 


22 

ber  is  filled  to  within  two  feet  of  the  roof.  If  the  Architect  so  directs, 
the  Contractor  shall  hold  air  on  the  caisson  until  this  concrete  has  fully- 
set  before  continuing  the  filling  of  the  working  chamber,  which  shall 
be  done  by  benching  and  ramming  concrete  against  the  roof  or  as 
otherwise  directed.  If  required,  leave  a  sump  for  observation  directly 
below  the  shaft. 

After  the  completion  of  the  operation  of  filling  the  working  cham- 
ber (except  for  the  sump  or  observation  chamber)  the  Contractor  un- 
der the  direction  of  the  Architect  shall  fully  and  completely  grout 
the  voids  (if  any)  remaining  in  the  working  chamber  and  for  this 
purpose  shall  provide  suitable  grout  mixing  machines  in  duplicate 
so  as  to  permit  of  a  continuous  supply  and  a  grout  pump  capable  of 
producing  a  pressure  of  100  lbs.  and  delivering  no  less  than  50  gallons 
per  minute,  and  shall  provide  suitable  connections  to  the  grouting  or 
vent  pipes  hereinbefore  specified. 

During  the  operation  of  grouting  there  shall  be,  if  required,  a  com- 
petent man  in  the  observation  chamber  to  observe  the  results,  and  if 
possible  to  direct  the  flow  of  the  grout. 

The  operations  of  placing  concrete  under  the  roof  and  of  grout- 
ing may  be  carried  on  before  air  is  taken  off  the  caisson  or  the  Archi- 
tect may  direct  that  air  pressure  be  taken  off  before  these  operations, 
in  which  case  the  Contractor  shall,  if  necessary,  keep  the  shaft  and 
sump  free  from  water. 

After  the  completion  of  the  filling  of  shaft  and  the  grouting  of 
same  the  Contractor  shall  bring  the  concrete  forming  the  pier  or  wall 
to  finished  grade. 

All  cofferdam  caissons  shall  be  constructed  of  Class  "A"  concrete. 

Joints  for  Caisson  Wall: 

Each  caisson  forming  part  of  the  continuous  wall  around  the  lot 
must  be  provided  at  its  ends  with  vertical  grooves  or  chases  corre- 
sponding to  similar  vertical  grooves  or  chases  in  adjoining  caissons. 
These  grooves  and  the  spaces  between  the  adjoining  caissons  must  be 
filled  solidly  with  concrete,  the  concrete  to  extend  without  break  for 
at  least  the  central  75  per  cent,  of  the  full  width  of  the  wall  and  for 
the  full  distance  between  caissons,  and  it  must  extend  vertically  from 
top  of  the  wall  down  to  the  rock. 


23 

The  excavation  for  this  joint  must  be  done  by  some  method  which 
will  exclude  all  water  and  permit  of  the  inspection  of  the  work. 

No  timber  will  be  permitted  to  remain  in  the  joint  and  the  con- 
crete forming  the  joint  must  connect  with  the  concrete  forming  the 
ends  of  adjoining  caissons,  and  must  completely  fill  the  grooves  or 
chases  thereof. 

Forming  Pockets  and  Chases  in  Face  of  Cofferdam  Wall: 

Where  required  the  Contractor  shall,  without  charge,  form  chases 
or  pockets  in  the  concrete  forming  the  cofferdam  for  the  reception  of 
work  to  be  subsequently  done  as  herein  specified. 

Cntting  Pockets  in  Face  of  Cofferdam  Wall: 

The  Contractor  shall,  after  the  completion  of  the  cofferdam  wall, 
cut  pockets  for  the  reception  of  beams,  girders,  etc.  Each  pocket  will 
be  30"  high,  12"  wide  and  12"  deep. 

General  Excavation  and  Interior  Pier  work: 

The  Contractor  may  defer  commencing  the  foundations  for  interior 
columns  until  after  the  completion  of  the  cofferdam  wall.  The  Con- 
tractor has  the  option  of  using  the  pneumatic  caisson  method  or  other 
methods  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Architect  for  these  interior 
piers. 

The  Contractor  shall  defer  that  portion  of  the  general  excavation 
below  elevation  plus  13  feet  until  after  the  completion  of  the  coffer- 
dam and  the  interior  piers  and  until  the  steel  columns  and  floor  con- 
struction for  the  basement  floor  have  been  erected.  The  Contractor 
must  provide  cofferdams  extending  from  the  various  cut-off  levels 
up  to  elevation  plus  13  feet  for  all  exterior  and  interior  piers  and 
also  pits  for  the  cantilevers  at  the  4  corners,  so  as  to  permit  of  the 
convenient  erection  of  the  steel.  It  must  also  thereafter  and  when 
permitted  complete  the  general  excavation  promptly  in  such  a  way  as 
to  pei'mit  of  the  erection  of  the  steel  work  above  the  basement  floor 
level.  It  must  also  supplement  the  bracing  effect  of  the  basement  floor 
by  temporary  braces  as  may  be  necessary  and  be  responsible  for  the 
sufficiency  of  the  operation  and  the  means  of  bracing  the  cofferdam 
wall  until  the  completion  of  all  work. 

The  Contractor  must  assume  all  responsibility  for  the  safeguard- 
ing of  the  work,  and  the  installation  of  structural  steel  or  other  per- 


24 

manent  construction  will  not  relieve  it  from  responsibility  for  the 
bracing  and  maintenance  of  all  walls  and  banks. 

Interior  Piers: 

The  interior  piers  will  consist  of  rectangular  piers  and  square  or 
circular  piers,  having  areas  as  indicated  on  the  plan.  The  piers  will 
have  the  cross  section  shown  by  the  solid  lines  on  the  plan  down  to 
the  point  at  which  the  bell  commences.  If  hardpan  of  good  quality 
and  of  considerable  thickness  is  encountered,  the  bell  will  start  one 
foot  (1')  below  the  top  of  hard  pan  and  flare  with  a  slope  of  ^  horizon- 
tal to  1  vertical  until  the  required  area  indicated  by  dotted  lines  on 
the  drawings  is  reached,  below  which  point  the  excavation  will  con- 
tinue of  the  same  dimensions  for  a  depth  of  6". 

If  for  any  reason  the  Architect  decides  to  carry  the  excavation 
to  rock,  the  bell  will  be  reduced  or  entirely  omitted.  The  Con- 
tractor may  be  required  to  carry  all  these  foundations  for  the  in- 
terior columns  down  to  rock,  in  which  case  the  excavation  in  the 
hardpan  will  be  substantially  of  the  same  size  as  the  top  of  the  pier 
or  with  a  relatively  small  bell.  In  any  case  the  Contractor  must 
provide  substantial  curbing  or  lining  for  the  excavation  down  to  and 
connecting  with  the  hardpan.  This  curbing  or  lining  must  be  of 
such  dimension  and  so  arranged  as  to  provide  for  the  construction  of 
the  entire  pier  of  the  dimensions  shown,  including  the  bell  or  the  ex- 
tension to  rock  as  a  monolith,  and  a  method  providing  for  the  deposi- 
tion of  all  of  the  concrete  required  for  the  complete  pier  in  a  contin- 
uous operation  will  be  required. 

Interior  piers  shall  conform  to  the  same  specifications  as  pre- 
viously given  for  the  piers  or  caissons  forming  the  exterior  wall  so 
far  as  care  to  be  taken  in  sinking,  conformity  to  correct  size  and 
position,  workmanship,  etc. 

All  interior  piers  shall  be  constructed  of  Class  "A"  concrete. 

Pipes  and  'Wires  in  Ground: 

Support,  shore  up  and  protect  all  water,  sewer  and  gas  pipes  and 
electric  light,  telephone  and  telegraph  wires  and  conduits  encountered 
in  this  work  and  immediately  notify  the  proper  officials  or  the  persons 
or  corporations  owning  same  and  allow  them  or  their  agents  entrance 
and  opportunity  to  take  such  additional  measures  as  they  may  deem 
necessary. 


25 

Fire  Hydrants  and  Lamp  Posts: 

Shore  up,  protect  and  maintain  in  condition  for  use  all  fire  hydrants 
and  street  lamps  that  may  be  on  or  aboui  the  premises,  and  allow  the 
Department  of  Public  Works  access  to  same  at  all  times. 

Hydrants  shall  be  kept  at  all  times  free  and  clear  of  all  obstruc- 
tions that  would  interfere  with  their  use  by  the  Fire  Department. 

The  chambers  in  which  the  hydrants  are  set,  where  coming  within 
the  curb  wails,  shall  be  rebuilt  with  masonry  of  sewer  brick  laid  in 
mortar,  composed  of  one  (1)  part  Portland  cement  and  two  (2)  parts 
of  sand,  in  the  manner  below  specified. 

The  circular  wall  and  arched  bottom  of  chamber  shall  be  nine  (9") 
inches  thick,  of  two  rings  of  brick  laid  with  full  joints,  the  walls  begin- 
ning IS"  below  the  top  of  the  finished  basement  iloor.  The  drain  from 
this  chamber  shall  be  cleaned  and  the  inner  ring  of  brick  in  the  bottom 
and  eight  courses  on  the  sides  shall  be  laid  in  hot  asphalt  mastic.  The 
lower  part  of  the  hydrant  sball  be  coated  to  the  same  heigbt  with 
asphalt  mastic. 

Back  Filling: 

Execute  all  back  filling  required  after  installation  of  column  foun- 
dation piers  and  other  foundations,  footings,  walls,  piers  and  pits, 
to  bring  the  earth  to  proper  level  and  grades  for  subsequent  work. 
All  filling  shall  be  well  flooded  and  solidly  tamped  in  layers,  to  pre- 
vent settlement. 

Repairing  Pavements: 

Carefully  repair  any  and  all  damage  to  the  street  and  avenue 
pavements  adjacent  to  the  premises  that  may  have  resulted  from  any 
operation  connected  with  the  erection  of  this  building,  including  repairs 
necessitated  by  the  making  of  service  connections  to  sewers,  water  and 
gas  mains  and  other  public  utilities. 

Repairs  shall  be  made  with  first  class  materials  in  a  manner  to 
place  the  streets  without  exception  in  as  good  condition  as  that  in 
which  they  were  at  the  commencement  of  the  work,  and  to  the  approval 
of  the  city  authorities  having  control. 

Temporary  Enclosure  Shelter  and  Sidewalk: 

fcuild  a  temporary  wood  construction  enclosure,  sidewalk  and 
shelter  surrounding  the  premises  along  the  street  fronts  as  a  protec- 


26 

tion  for  the  public,  maintaining  the  same  during  building  operations 
and  until  the  Architect  consents  to  their  removal. 

The  enclosures  and  shelters  shall  be  of  wood  construction  built 
in  accordance  with  details  shown  by  the  drawings,  substantially  erected, 
firmly  and  solidly  braced,  and  so  located  and  arranged  as  to  afford 
proper  protection  from  falling  material  and  debris.  All  exposed  por- 
tions of  the  wood  work  forming  the  sidewalk  passages  shall  be  con- 
structed of  surfaced  lumber,  and  after  erection  shall  be  treated  to  two 
coats  of  white  lead  and  linseed  oil,  color  as  directed. 

The  roof  and  the  posts  supporting  the  shelter  shall  be  strong 
enough  to  carry  a  load  of  600  pounds  per  square  foot,  so  that  all  con- 
tractors on  the  building  may  use  it  in  handling  their  materials  and  to 
work  from. 

The  passage  ways  shall  be  properly  wired  by  the  Contractor 
for  electric  lighting  and  provided  with  lamps  spaced  not  to  exceed  12 
feet  apart,  or  as  approved  by  the  Architect,  and  the  Contractor  shall 
furnish  all  current  and  maintain  such  lighting  as  long  as  the  sidewalk 
shelters  remain  in  place,  keeping  the  lamps  lighted  after  dark  through- 
out the  night. 

At  completion  of  the  building,  and  when  approved  by  the  Archi- 
tect, the  shelters  shall  be  taken  down  and  removed  from  the  premises, 
the  materials  becoming  the  property  of  the  Contractor. 

Temporary  Water  Closets: 

Build  an  approved  temporary  water  closet  enclosure  in  basement, 
eighth,  sixteenth,  twenty-fourth  and  thirty-second  stories  for  the  use 
of  all  workmen  engaged  on  the  building,  and  move  same  from  time  to 
time  during  the  progress  of  the  work  as  may  be  necessary  in  the  judg- 
ment of  the  Architect,  and  when  no  longer  needed  take  down  and  remove 
from  the  premises. 

Lights : 

Furnish,  install  and  maintain,  as  long  as  required,  a  sufficient 
number  of  arc  or  incandescent  lamps  to  illuminate  the  premises  to 
permit  working  a  force  of  men  over  the  entire  area  throughout  the 
night,  to  advance  the  work  in  the  contract.  The  number  and  location 
of  lamps  shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Architect.  All  ex- 
pense in  this  connection,  including  cost  of  current,  shall  be  included 
in  the  contract. 


27 


Concrete  Woek. 

Extent  of  Stone  Concrete  Work: 

All  cofferdam  walls,  column  foundation  caissons  and  other  founda- 
tions, footings,  piers,  retaining  walls,  curb  walls,  dwarf  walls,  pits  and 
similar  work  below  grade,  the  filling  between  and  encasing  of  all  grillage 
beams,  girders  and  steel  work  in  foundations,  and  all  spandrel  beams 
and  girder  concrete  enclosures  in  walls  and  cornices,  the  encasing  and 
fireproofing  of  beams,  girders  and  columns  not  enclosed  with  brick  or 
fireclay  tile,  the  reinforced  concrete  floor  and  sidewalk  construction  and 
the  filling  around  pipes  and  conduits  through  floors,  the  base  for  all 
granolithic  sidewalks,  the  concrete  foundations  for  the  bedding  of  cut 
stone  and  terra  cotta  work  and  all  other  work  shown  stone  concrete  on 
the  drawings  shall  be  executed  with  stone  concrete. 

The  furring  and  pitching  of  the  surfaces  of  all  roofs,  decks  and 
gutters,  and  such  other  work  as  is  so  shown  by  the  drawings  shall  be 
executed  with  cinder  concrete. 

Forms  and  Centers: 

Furnish  and  place  all  necessary  forms  and  centers,  moulds,  brac- 
ings and  supports  for  the  execution  of  the  stone  and  cinder  concrete 
work  throughout,  together  with  all  necessary  ties,  rods,  bars,  bolts, 
nuts  and  washers,  to  properly  secure,  brace  and  anchor  the  forms  and 
prevent  their  springing  and  giving  way. 

Forms  and  centers  shall  be  provided  in  sufficient  quantity  to  per- 
mit the  work  to  progress  as  rapidly  as  required  without  the  necessity 
of  removing  the  forms  from  the  concrete  before  it  has  properly  set. 

All  forms  shall  be  made  of  surfaced,  matched  lumber  put  together 
in  a  most  rigid  and  substantial  manner,  well  braced,  bolted  and  tied 
together  wherever  necessary  to  prevent  springing,  set  plumb,  level  or 
inclined,  true  to  the  lines  and  radii  required  to  produce  in  the  fin- 
ished concrete  work  the  forms,  sections,  outlines  and  profiles,  and  to 
have  it  in  the  position  and  of  the  thickness  required  by  the  various 
plans,  elevations  and  details. 

Extraordinary  precautions  shall  be  taken  to  insure  that  forms 
are  securely  bolted,  clamped  and  anchored  to  prevent  bulging  or  giv- 
ing way  while  the  concrete  is  being  deposited. 


28 

Concrete : 

Stone  concrete  for  all  work  in  this  contract  shall  be  made  of  Port- 
land cement,  sand  and  broken  stone  in  the  proportions  hereinafter 
specified.  For  cinder  concrete  work  cinders  shall  be  substituted  as  an 
aggregate  in  place  of  broken  stone. 

Cinders : 

All  cinders  for  concrete  work  shall  be  clean,  black  cinders  from 
which  all  clinkers  have  been  removed,  free  from  all  vegetable  or  other 
unsuitable  matter. 
Sand: 

All  sand  shall  be  clean,  silicious  sand,  free  from  clay,  loam,  or 
other  deleterious  material.  It  shall  pass  a  J"  screen  and  not  more 
than  six  per  cent.  (6%)  shall  pass  a  sieve  having  100  meshes  per  linear 
inch. 

Stone : 

Crushed  or  broken  stone  shall  be  clean  granite,  trap  or  limestone 
free  from  pyrites  or  other  deleterious  impurities  and  except  as  other- 
wise herein  specified,  of  a  size  that  will  pass  through  a  2"  screen.  The 
run  of  the  crusher  may  be  used  but  all  dust  must  be  extracted.  For  the 
filling  of  the  working  chamber  and  elsewhere  as  required  the  Con- 
tractor shall  furnish  small  size  stone. 

Gravel : 

Gravel  for  concrete  shall  be  clean  washed  quartz  gravel  varying  in 
size  from  V  to  1\"  in  greatest  dimensions  and  shall  be  free  from  sand, 
loam  or  other  impurities. 

Water: 

All  water  used  in  mixing  concrete  shall  be  from  the  city  water 
Bupply. 

Cement: 

All  cement  for  concrete  work  must  be  the  best  quality  of  Amer- 
ican Portland  cement,  of  a  manufacture  that  will  meet  the  tests  here- 
inafter specified. 

All  cements  shall  be  delivered  on  the  premises  in  original  pact 
ages,  bearing  the  brand  and  name  of  the  manufacturer. 


29 

Inspection  and  Testing  of  Cement: 

All  Portland  cement  shall  be  subject  to  inspection,  the  Architect 
reserving  the  right  to  take  samples  for  testing,  say,  six  (6)  samples 
from  each  carload  lot.  Tests  shall  be  made  representing  one  hundred 
barrels  of  cement.  Sufficient  cement  shall  be  kept  on  hand  in  suitable 
store  rooms,  well  protected  against  dampness,  to  allow  for  seven  days' 
tests  without  interfering  with  the  progress  of  the  work. 

All  rejected  lots  shall  be  at  once  removed  from  the  work  by  the 
Contractor  . 

The  tests  shall  be  made  by  a  responsible  and  experienced  labora- 
tory engineer  selected  by  the  Architect,  and  shall  conform  in  all  re- 
spects to  the  recommendations  of  the  Committee  of  the  American  So- 
ciety of  Civil  Engineers  on  a  "Uniform  System  for  Tests  of  Cement." 

All  expenses  incurred  in  making  tests  shall  be  borne  by  the  Con- 
tractor. 

Specific  Gravity: 

The  specific  gravity  of  Portland  cement,  thoroughly  dried  at  100 
degrees  C,  shall  be  not  less  than  3.10. 

Fineness: 

It  shall  leave  a  residue  of  not  more  than  8  per  cent,  by  weight  on 
the  No.  100,  and  not  more  than  25  per  cent,  on  the  No.  200  sieve. 

Time  of  Setting: 

It  shall  develop  initial  set  in  not  less  than  thirty  minutes  and  must 
develop  hard  set  in  not  less  than  one  hour  nor  more  than  ten  hours. 

Color: 

Color  shall  be  uniform  throughout. 

Tensile  Strength: 

The  minimum  requirements  for  tensile  strength  for  briquettes  one 
inch  square  in  section  shall  be  within  the  following  limits,  and  shall 
show  no  retrogression  in  strength  within  the  period  specified : 


30 

Neat  Cement.  Minimum 

Age.  Strength. 

24  hours  in  moist  air  150-200  lbs. 

7  days  (1  day  in  moist  air,  G  days  in  water) 450-550  lbs. 

28  days  (1  day  in  moist  air,  27  days  in  -water) . . .       700  lbs. 

One  Part  Cement,  Three  Parts  Sand : 

7  days  (1  day  in  moist  air,  6  days  in  water) 200  lbs. 

28  days  (1  day  in  moist  air,  27  days  in  water) 300  lbs. 

The  sand  in  these  tests  shall  be  the  kind  intended  to  be  used  in  the 
actual  work.  Cement  failing  to  meet  the  seven-day  requirements  shall 
be  held  awaiting  the  results  of  the  twenty-eight  day  test  before  rejec- 
tion. 

Constancy  of  Volume: 

Pats  of  neat  cement  about  three  inches  in  diameter,  one-half  inch 
thick  at  the  center,  and  tapering  to  a  thin  edge,  shall  be  kept  in  moist 
air  for  a  period  of  twenty-four  hours. 

(a)  A  pat  shall  then  be  kept  in  air  at  normal  temperature  and 
observed  at  intervals  for  at  least  twenty-eight  days. 

(b)  Another  pat  shall  be  kept  in  water  maintained  as  near  70 
degrees  Fahr.  as  practicable,  and  observed  at  intervals  for  at  least 
twenty-eight  days. 

(c)  A  third  pat  shall  be  exposed  in  any  convenient  way  in  an 
atmosphere  of  steam,  above  boiling  water,  in  a  loosely  closed  vessel 
for  five  hours. 

These  pats  to  satisfactorily  pass  the  requirements  shall  remain 
hard  and  show  no  signs  of  distortion,  checking,  cracking  or  disinte- 
gration. 

Sulphuric  Acid  and  Magnesia: 

The  cement  shall  not  contain  more  than  1.75  per  cent,  of  anhy- 
drous sulphuric  acid  (SO,),  nor  more  than  4  per  cent,  of  magnesia 
(MgO). 

Composition  of  Concrete: 

Concrete  for  the  various  purposes  shall  be  mixed  in  the  following 
proportions : 


31 

Class  "A"  concrete  shall  be  composed  by  volume  of  one  part  of 
cement,  two  parts  of  sand  and  four  parts  of  broken  stone  or  gravel. 

Class  "B"  concrete  shall  be  composed  of  one  part  of  cement,  two 
and  one-half  parts  of  sand  and  five  parts  of  broken  stone  or  gravel. 

Class  "C"  concrete  shall  be  composed  of  one  part  of  cement,  three 
parts  of  sand  and  five  parts  of  broken  stone  or  gravel. 

Class  "D"  concrete  shall  be  composed  of  one  part  of  cement,  three 
parts  of  sand  and  five  parts  of  crushed  hollow  tile  or  brick. 

Class  "E"  concrete  shall  be  composed  of  one  part  of  cement, 
three  parts  of  sand  and  five  parts  of  clean  cinders. 

The  above  proportions  are  by  volume,  the  cement  measured  com- 
pacted as  in  original  packages. 

In  proportioning  the  concrete  four  cubic  feet  shall  be  considered 
the  equivalent  of  four  bags  or  one  barrel  of  cement,  95  pounds  of  ce- 
ment shall  be  furnished  in  each  bag. 

All  concrete  shall  be  mixed  in  a  revolving  batch  mixer.  Materials 
shall  be  measured  accurately  in  boxes,  if  required.  Sufficient  water 
should  be  added  to  make  a  plastic  mixture. 

For  all  caissons  and  cofferdam  walls  Class  "A"  concrete  shall  be 
used. 

For  all  curb  walls  and  interior  retaining  walls  Class  "B"  con- 
crete shall  be  used. 

For  filling  between  and  encasing  grillage  beams,  girders,  and  other 
steel  in  foundations,  the  concrete  shall  be  Class  "A"  concrete,  stone  of 
a  size  to  pass  a  f"  mesh.  For  bedding  grillage  beams  use  a  grout  of 
one  (1)  part  cement  to  one  (1)  part  sand. 

For  filling  of  columns  enclosed  in  hollow  tile  masonry,  the  con- 
crete shall  be  Class  "D." 

For  the  concrete  base  for  all  cement,  marble,  quarry  and  ceramic 
tile  floors,  Class  "E"  concrete  shall  be  used. 

Mixing: 

The  concrete  for  this  work  shall  be  machine  mixed,  using  for  this 
purpose  rotary  mixers  of  a  type  permitting  the  definite  proportioning 
of  the  materials  before  they  enter  the  mixer,  and  which  makes  a  suffi- 
cient number  of  revolutions  per  minute  to  thoroughly  mix  and  incor- 


32 

porate  the  entire  mass.  The  mixers  must  be  of  sufficient  capacity  to 
insure  rapid  handling  of  the  concrete  work.  The  mixing  must  continue 
until  the  mass  is  thoroughly  worked,  the  grout  evenly  distributed 
through  the  stone,  and  each  stone  thoroughly  coated  therewith. 

The  concrete  shall  be  deposited  in  the  forms  immediately  after 
mixing,  before  it  has  begun  to  set,  and  no  more  shall  be  mixed  at  one 
time  than  can  immediately  be  used. 

Retempering  Concrete: 

Under  no  circumstances  will  the  Contractor  be  permitted  to  re- 
temper  and  use  concrete  or  grout  which  has  taken  an  initial  set.  All 
such  concrete  will  be  rejected  and  shall  at  once  be  removed  from  the 
premises.  i 

Depositing  Concrete: 

The  concrete  shall  be  deposited  in  the  forms,  evenly  distributed 
and  sufficiently  worked  to  ensure  a  compact  and  homogenous  body. 
It  shall  be  deposited  quite  wet  so  as  to  require  no  tamping.  In  close 
quarters,  especial  care  shall  be  taken  to  work  the  concrete  into  all  voids 
and  cavities  and  between  and  around  beams  and  reinforcements,  to 
prevent  lodgment,  secure  perfect  contact  with  the  metal  and  obtain 
a  mass  of  uniform  density  free  from  voids  and  cavities.  Concrete 
shall  not  be  thrown  into  the  forms  from  a  height  but  deposited  care- 
fully in  a  manner  that  will  not  cause  a  separation  of  the  stone  from 
the  grout. 

Depositing  shall  be  continuous  and  uninterrupted  as  far  as  prac- 
ticable and  in  case  of  any  suspension  of  the  operation  the  surface  shall 
be  properly  protected,  and  before  depositing  is  resumed  shall  be  made 
clean,  dampened  and  slushed  over  with  a  grout  of  neat  cement  to  insure 
the  adhesion  of  the  fresh  concrete. 

As  far  as  possible  all  concrete  shall  be  deposited  in  a  continuous 
operation.  The  trough  method  of  distributing  or  conveying  concrete 
will  not  be  permitted. 

Concrete  Surfaces: 

All  surfaces  of  concrete  which  are  to  be  plastered  shall  be  left 
rough  to  receive  the  plaster.  Other  surfaces  of  concrete  shall  be  fin- 
ished smooth. 


33 

Steel  in  Foundations: 

Set  and  bed  all  grillage  beams  and  girders  in  grout  on  tbe  con- 
crete foundation  and  fill  between  and  enclose  beams  and  girders  witb 
concrete  so  tbat  all  portions  of  the  steel  work  will  be  completely  im- 
bedded in  concrete  witb  tbe  concrete  in  no  case  less  tban  four  inches 
beyond  the  edge  of  the  metal. 

The  caissons  and  walls  which  are  to  receive  the  grillage  beams 
and  sboes  shall  be  brought  to  proper  elevations  and  made  perfectly 
level  and  true,  and  the  steel  members  shall  be  blocked  up  and  set 
to  the  correct  levels  for  grouting,  which  sball  be  executed  witb  a  one 
and  one  cement  and  sand  mortar  as  hereinbefore  specified.  Great 
care  must  be  taken  to  insure  that  all  the  shoes  and  beams  have  a  full 
and  perfect  bearing  below  and  a  level  surface  on  top,  and  that  they 
are  set  accurately  to  proper  levels. 

Filling  and  enclosure  of  the  beams  and  girders  on  foundations 
shall  be  executed  in  a  most  careful  manner  to  insure  a  uniform  contact 
between  steel  and  concrete. 

Concrete  mixture  shall  be  Class  "A"  stone  to  pass  §"  mesh. 

New  Connections  Through  Walls: 

At  such  points  in  the  exterior  walls  and  curb  walls  as  shall  be 
deemed  proper  by  the  Architect,  the  Contractor  shall  build  openings 
or  furnish  and  build  in  suitable  sleeve  pipes  for  the  admission  through 
the  wall  of  water,  sewer  and  gas  pipes,  electric  and  other  conduits. 
These  openings  shall  be  temporarily  closed  with  brick,  laid  dry,  and 
finished  on  the  outside  with  asphalt. 

Dwarf  Walls: 

Build  dwarf  walls  in  basement  wherever  necessary  to  retain  earth 
at  the  meeting  of  a  higher  and  a  lower  floor  level. 

Concrete  mixture  shall  be  Class  "B"  stone  to  pass  2"  ring. 

Footings: 

Footings  of  concrete  for  all  walls  throughout  which  rest  on  ground 
shall  be  built  as  shown,  of  size,  form  and  section  as  indicated  by  the 
drawings. 

Concrete  mixture  shall  be  Class  "B"  stone  to  pass  2"  ring. 


34 

Pits  and  Trenches: 

Build  all  trenches  and  all  pits  for  elevators  as  shown  and  required. 
Concrete  mixture  shall  be  Class  "C"  stone  to  pass  2"  ring. 

Conereete  Fireproofing : 

Wherever  so  shown  by  the  drawings  the  steel  beams,  girders, 
and  other  structural  members,  including  spandrel  steel  work,  shall 
be  filled  in,  encased  and  fireproofed  with  concrete,  which  shall  be  de- 
posited with  great  care,  to  insure  perfect  contact  between  concrete  and 
metal. 

Concrete  mixture  shall  be  Class  "C"  stone  to  pass  a  £"  mesh. 

Encasing  of  Columns: 

All  columns  so  shown  shall  be  fireproofed  with  stone,  the  concrete 
work  finishing  square  or  circular,  or  of  irregular  form  as  designated. 

Where  so  shown  or  required  for  the  installation  of  vent  pipes,  the 
outline  of  the  concrete  fireproof  enclosure  shall  follow  the  section  out- 
line of  the  steel  columns,  leaving  chases  between  the  column  flanges  for 
the  installation  of  pipes  and  ducts. 

The  surfaces  of  column  fireproofing  shall  finish  straight  and  plumb, 
true  to  the  form  indicated. 

Where  the  column  enclosures  are  shown  to  be  of  concrete,  carry 
the  concrete  enclosure  entire  height  of  story. 

Concrete  mixture  shall  be  Class  "C"  stone  to  pass  f"  mesh. 

Beam  and  Girder  Encasing,  Spandrel  Concrete  Work: 

Steel  beams,  girders,  channels,  angles,  and  other  members,  which 
are  to  be  fireproofed  with  concrete,  shall  be  provided  with  proper 
anchors  and  shall  have  the  lower  flanges  or  the  entire  beam  surrounded 
with  No.  18  wire  cloth,  or  expanded  metal  lath,  as  may  be  necessary 
to  properly  secure  the  concrete  to  the  steel,  which  shall  be  placed  in 
position  before  the  concrete  is  deposited  around  same.  Great  care 
shall  be  taken  in  depositing  the  concrete  to  see  that  the  wire  cloth  re- 
tains its  position  and  is  thoroughly  embedded  in  the  concrete  in  a 
manner  to  give  the  greatest  efficiency. 

The  concrete  for  the  soffit  protection  of  beams  shall  be  run  in  place 
wet,  poured  from  one  side  only,  and  not  applied  in  the  form  of  made- 
up  slabs. 


35 

Execute  all  concrete  enclosure  work  with  care,  in  strict  conformity 
with  details,  and  in  a  manner  to  thoroughly  and  completely  fireproof 
the  members  throughout. 

Concrete  mixture  shall  be  Class  "D"  aggregate  brick  or  crushed 
tile. 

The  concreting  of  beams  and  girders  in  1st  floor  spandrels  shall  be 
executed  as  ahove  and  as  the  drawings  indicate,  with  the  concrete 
brought  to  the  proper  levels  for  the  bedding  of  brick,  terra  cotta  and 
other  work,  and  where  so  shown  the  concrete  shall  be  filled  in  between 
beams  and  girders,  brought  to  the  proper  levels  for  the  bedding  of  the 
cut  stone  and  other  materials  as  shown. 

Concrete  mixture  shall  be  Class  "C,"  the  stone  being  of  a  size  to 
pass  a  \"  mesh. 

Pipes  and  Ducts  Through  Floors: 

After  the  installation  of  the  telephone,  telegraph,  electric  lighting 
and  other  conduits  in  shafts,  and  of  thimbles  and  ducts  through  floors, 
fill  in  the  openings  through  floors  around  conduits  and  ducts  the  entire 
thickness  of  the  floor  with  concrete,  bringing  same  to  the  proper  level 
for  the  marble  floors  or  the  cement  floor  finish  hereinafter  specified. 

Wherever  individual  pipes  of  any  character  pass  through  floors, 
fill  in  all  voids  around  same,  so  as  to  thoroughly  fireproof  all  struc- 
tural members. 

Concrete  mixture  shall  be  Class  "D." 

Sprinkler  Pipe  Enclosure: 

This  Contractor  shall  enclose  all  horizontal  sprinkler  pipes  with 
a  Class  "D"  concrete. 

The  enclosure  shall  be  made  so  as  to  completely  encase  the  pipes 
with  concrete  over  and  around  all  pipes. 

Bedding  and  Backing  for  Other  Materials: 

Bring  all  concrete  walls,  concrete  enclosures,  spandrel  and  other 
concrete  work  to  correct  heights  for  the  proper  bedding  of  the  cut  stone, 
brick  work,  terra  cotta,  ornamental  iron,  and  other  inaterials,  and  back 
6ame  up  in  a  solid  and  workmanlike  manner,  as  shown  by  the  drawings. 


Grounds  in  Concrete  Work: 

All  grounds,  bolts,  anchors,  sleepers,  etc.,  required  to  properly  se- 
cure wood  trim,  and  other  work  will  be  furnished  as  specified  under 
Carpentry,  and  where  same  engage  or  are  to  be  built  into  concrete 
work,  will  be  installed  or  so  disposed  that  they  will  be  built  into  the 
concrete,  thus  making  the  anchorage  solid  and  substantial. 

Reinforced  Sidewalk  and  Floor  Construction: 

The  sidewalks  on  the  four  street  fronts  shall  be  of  reinforced  con- 
crete construction,  carried  by  the  steel  beams  as  shown  by  details  in 
the  general  drawings  and  steel  diagrams,  which  shall  be  strictly  fol- 
lowed as  regards  constructive  details  and  reinforcement.  Similar  con- 
struction as  detailed  shall  be  employed  for  the  floors  over  the  elevator 
shafts  in  elevator  machine  rooms  and  pent  houses  and  for  any  other 
floors  shown  to  be  reinforced  concrete. 

All  reinforcing  rods  shall  be  of  the  sizes  called  for  by  the  details, 
located  and  spaced  as  shown,  hooked  over  beams  or  otherwise  an- 
chored wherever  possible. 

Cement  grout  shall  be  used  for  that  portion  of  the  slabs  below 
the  reinforcing  rods  and  concrete  for  the  balance  of  the  slabs.  The 
concrete  shall  be  carefully  deposited  so  that  the  reinforcing  rods  will 
retain  their  proper  position  in  the  concrete  and  become  thoroughly 
embedded  in  a  manner  to  give  the  greatest  efficiency. 

All  steel  beams  occurring  in  reinforced  concrete  construction  shall 
be  encased  with  concrete  as  shown  by  the  details  and  hereinbefore  de- 
scribed under  the  head  of  "Beam  and  Girder  Encasing." 

All  slabs  shall  be  of  the  thickness  shown,  made  level  on  top  to  re- 
ceive the  asphalt  waterproofing  course  hereinafter  specified  finished 
on  top  with  a  one  and  one-half  inch  (1-J")  cement  finish  as  hereinafter 
specified  for  floors  to  give  the  thickness  of  slab  as  shown  by  the  draw- 
ings. 

The  reinforced  slabs  in  floors  over  elevator  shafts  shall  have  a  1" 
cement  finish  as  herein  specified  for  floors. 

Concrete  mixture  shall  be  class  "C,"  stone  to  pass  \"  mesh. 

Reinforcing  Rods: 

All  rods  and  other  reinforcing  material  for  reinforced  concrete 
sidewalk  and  floor  construction,  reinforced  concrete  walls,  and  where- 


37 

ever  shown  or  required,  shall  he  of  medium  steel  of  ultimate  tensile 
strength  56,000  to  64,000  pounds  and  of  the  several  sizes  shown  by  the 
various  details. 

Reinforcing  rods  shall  not  he  painted,  hut  shall  be  cleaned  and 
freed  from  scale  and  rust  before  embedding  in  the  concrete. 

Cinder  Foundation  for  Floors  in  Sub-Sub  and  Sub-Basement, 
Cinder  Fill: 

All  floors  in  the  sub-sub  and  sub-basement  resting  on  the  ground 
shall  have  a  cinder  foundation  or  bed  not  less  than  6"  thick. 

The  Contractor  shall  first  see  that  all  sewers,  pipes  and  other 
ground  work  are  in  place,  execute  the  back  filling  and  bring  the  earth 
to  proper  subgrade,  and  shall  then  spread  in  place  a  layer  of  clean 
black  cinders  free  from  all  vegetable  and  other  unsuitable  matter, 
which  when  solidly  tamped  shall  be  no  less  than  the  thickness  shown 
by  the  details. 

All  slopes  to  drain  shall  be  provided  for  in  the  formation  of  the 
cinder  bed  so  that  the  concrete  base  will  be  uniformly  of  the  required 
thickness. 

In  lieu  of  cinders,  clean  coarse  gravel  may  be  substituted  subject 
to  the  Architect's  approval  and  if  used  the  gravel  layer  must  be  of 
the  same  thickness  as  shown  for  cinders. 

Concrete  Base  for  Floors: 

Furnish  in  place  cinder  concrete  base  for  all  cement  floors,  the 
ceramic  and  quarry  tile,  and  marble  floors  throughout. 

For  the  cement  floors  the  concrete  shall  be  deposited  on  top  of 
the  cinder  foundations,  tile  arches  or  concrete  slab  construction,  as 
the  case  may  be,  in  layers  of  the  thickness  required  by  details,  with 
the  upper  surface  parallel  to  and  one  (1)  inch  below  the  finished  floor 
line  preparatory  to  the  cement  finish  hereinafter  specified. 

For  the  marble,  the  ceramic  and  quarry  tile  floors  the  concrete 
shall  be  deposited  on  the  tile  arches  or  concrete  slab  construction  and 
brought  parallel  to  and  within  two  (2)  inches  below  the  finished  floor 
line. 

For  the  quarry  tile  floors  in  the  engine  and  pump  rooms  the  con- 
crete shall  be  deposited  on  the  cinder  foundation  and  brought  parallel 


38 

to  and  within  two  inches  of  the  finished  floor  surface,  thickness  as 
shown. 

For  the  brick  paving  in  the  boiler  room  the  concrete  shall  be 
brought  parallel  to  and  within  (3"  of  the  finished  floor  surface,  thickness 
as  shown  by  drawings. 

The  Contractor  shall  study  carefully  the  details  of  the  various 
floor  constructions  and  execute  the  work  in  accordance  therewith. 

Concrete  mixture  for  this  purpose,  Class  "E." 
Concrete  Base  for  Sidewalk: 

For  the  cement  sidewalks  the  concrete  shall  de  deposited  on 
top  of  the  asphalt  course  over  the  reinforced  slab  construction,  bring- 
ing same  parallel  to  and  within  one  and  one-half  inches  of  the  finished 
sidewalk  surface,  all  preparatory  for  the  cement  finish. 

Cement  Finish: 

The  top  finish  or  wearing  surface  for  all  cement  floors  shall  be 
composed  of  two  (2)  parts  of  Portland  cement  and  three  (3)  parts 
of  sand,  cement  and  sand  as  specified  for  concrete  work,  thoroughly 
mixed  dry,  screened  and  wetted  to  the  proper  consistency,  using  no 
more  water  than  is  necessary.  The  sprinkling  of  dry  cement  on  the 
surface  while  troweling  will  not  be  permitted. 

The  finish  shall  be  one  (1)  inch  in  thickness  unless  otherwise 
shown  or  specified.  It  shall  be  spread  on  the  concrete  immediately 
after  mixing  and  before  the  concrete  has  commenced  to  set,  and  floated 
and  troweled  to  a  perfectly  smooth,  hard  and  even  surface,  finishing 
neatly  against  all  walls,  columns,  bases,  etc.,  to  make  a  first  class  job. 

The  floor  shall  be  divided  up  in  sections  approximately  four  feet 
square,  the  joints  cut  clear  through  the  cement  dressing  finish  after 
which  the  exposed  top  edge  of  joints  shall  be  smoothed  over  and  fin- 
ished perfectly  flush  to  present  a  floor  without  joints. 

All  floors  shall  be  neatly  finished  against  all  walls,  columns,  etc., 
engaging  with  the  plaster  wall  surface,  and  preparatory  for  the  wood  or 
cement  base  as  the  case  may  be. 

All  joints  shall  be  run  with  an  approved  jointer. 

Granolithic  Finish: 

The  top  finish  or  wearing  surface  for  all  sidewalks,  the  sub-sub 
and  the  sub-basement  floors,  except  where  otherwise  shown  or  specified, 


39 

shall  be  composed  of  two  (2)  parts  Portland  cement  as  specified  for 
concrete  work  and  three  (3)  parts  perfectly  clean  granite  screenings, 
commonly  known  as  No.  5,  thoroughly  mixed  dry,  wetted  to  the  proper 
consistency  and  applied  in  the  manner  herein  specified  for  cement 
finish. 

Floor  Gutters: 

Gutters  shall  he  formed  in  the  cement  floor  of  the  sub-sub  and  sub- 
basement  along  the  inner  side  of  the  exterior  walls,  properly  pitched 
and  connected  to  drains  as  shown  by  details. 

Roof  Furring: 

All  roof  surfaces  shall  be  furred  with  cinder  concrete,  forming  all 
counter-roofs,  saddles,  slopes,  hips,  valleys  and  pitches  to  downspouts 
as  the  drawings  indicate;  and  before  the  concrete  has  begun  to  set 
it  shall  be  finished  with  a  cement  top  dressing  the  same  as  above  speci- 
fied for  cement  floors,  but  one-half  (i)  inch  in  thickness,  troweled 
smooth  to  receive  the  tile  roofing  work. 

Concrete  mixture  "E"  cinder  aggregate. 

Gutter  Furring: 

The  "built  in"  gutters  the  offset  between  the  exterior  building 
walls  at  the  36th  floor  and  wherever  so  shown  or  required  by  the  draw- 
ings shall  be  furred,  pitched  and  graded  to  downspouts  with  Class  "E" 
concrete  as  indicated  by  the  details  and  finished  with  cement  top  dress- 
ing as  above  specified  for  roofs,  preparatory  for  the  copper  lining 
specified  under  Roofing  and  Sheet  Metal  Work. 

'Waterproofing  of  Sidewalks: 

Three  and  one-half  (3-})  inches  below  the  finished  sidewalk  surface 
on  the  reinforced  concrete  construction  lay  a  five-ply  membraneous 
water-proofing  of  a  type  and  character  satisfactory  to  the  Architect, 
carrying  same  in  a  continuous  sheet  over  the  entire  surface,  flashed  and 
properly  connected  at  walls  in  a  manner  to  absolutely  prevent  leakage 
of  surface  water  into  the  basement. 

Waterproofing  of  Basement: 

The  Contractor  shall  waterproof  in  a  most  thorough  and  complete 
manner  all  portions  of  the  basements  below  street  grade,  carrying  the 


40 

waterproofing  through  all  walls,  floors,  sumps,  pits  and  trenches  so 
as  to  make  the  entire  basements  watertight  and  moisture  proof. 

The  waterproofing  shall  be  accomplished  by  methods  and  with 
materials  satisfactory  to  the  Architect.  The  Contractor  will  be  re- 
quired to  furnish  a  satisfactory  written  guaranty  warranting  the  work 
against  all  leakage  for  and  during  a  period  of  ten  (10)  years  from 
and  after  completion  and  acceptance  of  the  work,  as  evidenced  by  the 
final  certificate,  and  binding  himself  to  repair  and  make  good  at  his 
own  expense  any  and  all  leaks  that  may  develop  in  the  waterproofing 
within  said  period. 

Brick  Work. 

Extent  of  Brick  "Work: 

All  backing  for  cut  stone,  marble,  terra  cotta,  iron  and  steel  and 
all  piers,  walls,  spandrels,  arches,  column  enclosures,  fireproofing  and 
similar  work  not  shown  or  specified  to  be  of  concrete  or  fire  clay  tile 
shall  be  executed  with  brick  of  the  various  kinds  indicated  and  herein- 
after specified. 

Terra  Cotta  Work: 

All  terra  cotta  for  this  building  will  be  furnished  and  set  as  herein 
specified  under  Terra  Cotta.  Back  up  all  terra  cotta  and  build  in  all 
anchors,  making  the  work  absolutely  solid  and  substantial. 

"Wood  Centering: 

Arched  openings  in  brickwork  shall  be  turned  on  wood  centers, 
furnishing  all  centers  required,  which  shall  be  strongly  constructed, 
made  to  fit  accurately  to  the  work,  well  supported  and  rigidly  braced 
so  as  to  carry  all  loads  until  the  brickwork  is  set.  Centers  shall  not  be 
struck  until  the  Architect  approves. 

At  completion  of  the  work  remove  all  centers  from  the  premises. 

Pressed  Brick: 

The  exterior  wall  surfaces  of  all  street  fronts,  courts,  and  pent 
house  walls  except  where  terra  cotta,  granite  and  marble  are  shown, 
shall  be  faced  with  a  standard  size,  impervious,  vitrified  pressed  brick 
of  a  color  as  selected  by  the  Architect,  for  which  purposes  samples  shall 
be  submitted  to  Architect  for  approval. 


41 

All  parapet  walls  shall  be  faced  on  the  side  toward  the  roof  with 
pressed  brick  as  above  specified. 

The  exposed  wall  and  column  surface  of  the  boiler  room  shall  be 
faced  with  a  vitrified  impervious  pressed  brick,  color  as  selected  by 
the  Architect. 

Enamel  Brick: 

The  exposed  wall  and  column  surfaces  of  the  engine  room  shall 
be  faced  with  the  4"xl2"  size  enamel  brick,  of  color  approved  by  the 
Architect.    Use  2"  radius  brick  at  all  outer  corners. 

All  enamel  brick  shall  be  uniform  in  size,  even  and  perfect  in 
surface  finish  and  color,  free  from  cracks,  craze,  spawls  or  other  im- 
perfections, and  the  enamel  shall  be  guaranteed  for  a  period  of  ten 
years  not  to  craze  or  spawl  off.  All  brick  that  develops  defects  within 
(5)  five  years  from  and  after  the  completion  and  acceptance  of  the 
work  shall  be  replaced  by  the  Contractor  at  his  own  expense. 

Hollow  Brick: 

The  inner  four  inches  of  all  exterior  brick  walls,  except  where 
indicated  as  filled  with  tile  or  expanded  metal  lath  and  plaster,  shall 
be  laid  up  with  a  first-class  hollow  brick,  equal  to  brick  manufactured 
by  the  Delaware  (Ohio)  Hollow  Brick  Company. 

Paving  Brick: 

The  boiler  room  floor  shall  be  paved  with  hard  vitrified  paving 
brick,  the  brick  costing  not  less  than  $30  per  M.  The  brick  shall  be 
bedded  on  the  concrete  foundations  on  a  two-inch  sand  cushion,  well 
tamped  into  place  with  the  joints  reduced  to  a  minimum  and  after  the 
brick  are  laid,  the  joints  shall  be  grouted  with  a  Portland  cement  grout, 
flush  with  the  top  surface.  Floors  when  finished  shall  be  absolutely 
level  and  sound. 

Common  Brick: 

All  work  tinted  or  cross-hatched  in  red  on  the  drawings,  or  other- 
wise indicated  to  be  brickwork,  which  is  not  shown  or  specified  to  be  of 
pressed  or  hollow  brick,  shall  be  laid  up  with  a  selected  first  quality, 
sound,  hard,  common  brick  of  a  make  approved  by  the  Architect. 


42 

Samples : 

Samples  of  all  the  various  kinds  of  brick  herein  mentioned  shall 
be  submitted  to  the  Architect  for  approval  and  the  samples  selected 
and  approved  shall  be  filed  with  the  Architect  and  taken  as  a  stand- 
ard of  the  materials  which  are  to  be  furnished  for  this  work. 

All  brick  brought  on  the  premises  for  the  work  must  be  equal  in 
every  respect  to  the  approved  samples. 

Mortar: 

Furnish  all  mortar  necessary  for  all  masonry  work  of  every  de- 
scription. 

The  mortar  for  all  hollow  and  common  brickwork  above  grade, 
except  as  otherwise  specified,  shall  be  composed  of  one  (1)  part  of 
Portland  cement  of  same  brand  as  used  for  concrete  work,  and  four 
(4)  parts  of  clean,  sharp,  coarse  sand  thoroughly  mixed  dry  in  a  box, 
wet  to  the  proper  consistency,  tempered  with  6  %  lime  paste  (Limoid) 
to  make  it  work  smoothly  and  immediately  used.  No  pump  sand  shall 
be  used  for  making  mortar. 

Below  grade  the  mortar  shall  be  as  above  specified,  omitting  the 
lime  paste  or  limoid. 

The  mortar  for  all  terra  cotta  work,  enameled  and  pressed  brick 
work  and  for  the  brick  backing  of  granite  and  marble  work  shall  be  com- 
posed of  one  (1)  part  Portland  cement  as  specified  for  concrete  work, 
one  (1)  part  lime  putty  and  two  parts  fine,  sharp,  clean,  white  sand  of 
the  very  best  quality,  the  sand  and  cement  mixed  dry  and  wetted  to 
proper  consistency  and  the  lime  putty  then  added. 

"Where  required  the  mortar  shall  be  colored  with  mineral  pig- 
ments to  match  the  materials. 

For  the  backing  up  of  granite  and  marble  work  the  mortar  shall 
be  made  of  non-staining  cement,  brand  as  approved  by  the  Architect. 

All  lime  putty  used  in  mortar  for  pointing  shall  be  screened 
through  a  very  fine  sieve  to  remove  all  lumps 

No  more  mortar  shall  be  mixed  at  one  time  than  can  immediately 
be  used.  The  retempering  of  mortar  which  has  commenced  to  set  will 
not  be  permitted.  All  such  mortar  which  has  frozen  in  the  box  shall 
be  thrown  out  and  not  used  in  the  work. 


43 

Bricklaying: 

All  brick  work  shall  be  laid  to  the  proper  lines,  each  pier  and  i'all 
kept  plumb,  each  course  level,  with  the  joints  accurately  kept,  all  brick 
well  bedded  with  full  mortar  joints  throughout. 

All  common  and  hollow  brick  shall  be  laid  with  shove  joints  on 
full  mortar  beds,  all  interstices  being  thoroughly  filled  with  mortar; 
whole  brick  shall  be  used  and  all  brick  shall  be  well  wetted  before 
being  laid  except  in  freezing  weather. 

A  header  course  of  whole  brick  shall  be  laid  every  sixth  course  the 
whole  length  of  the  wall  and  lapped  through  the  wall  in  every  case; 
hollow  brick,  where  used,  shall  be  built  in  and  bonded  with  the  com- 
mon brick  in  the  regular  manner. 

Where  necessary  to  level  brick  courses  to  meet  face  brick  work, 
chipped  courses  shall  be  used  if  the  difference  in  level  is  more  than 
£  inch,  and  tile  courses  when  less  than  f  inch.  All  mortar  joints  ex- 
posed on  the  exterior  of  the  building  shall  be  struck  with  a  jointer. 

Face  brick  whether  pressed  or  enameled  shall  be  laid  in  all  cases 
from  an  exterior  scaffold,  in  the  best  possible  manner,  with  full  and 
level  beds,  faces  plumb  and  joints  neatly  pointed;  the  brick  shall  be 
laid  all  stretchers  in  the  face  of  the  wall  except  for  necessary  return 
headers  at  jambs,  reveals  and  returns  and  shall  be  bonded  with  the 
backing  every  seventh  course  by  a  course  of  square  bond  brick  having 
a  depth  into  the  wall  equal  to  the  stretch. 

Metal  ties  or  anchors  will  in  no  case  be  permitted. 

Pointing: 

All  face  brick  shall  be  pointed  up  in  a  neat  and  first-class  manner 
as  the  work  progresses  and  left  with  the  workmanship  perfect  in 
every  respect.  Lime  putty  with  white  Portland  cement  shall  be  used 
for  pointing  enamel  brick. 

Backing  Up  Granite,  Marble  and  Terra  Cotta: 

Except  as  otherwise  shown  by  the  drawings  all  granite,  marble  and 
terra  cotta  shall  be  backed  up  solidly  with  brick  work,  all  anchors  con- 


44 

neeting  same  with  brick  work  being  securely  built  into  tne  racking. 
The  brick  work  shall  be  built  into  all  voids  of  the  terra  cotta,  filling 
same  completely  so  as  to  make  a  solid  and  substantial  piece  of  work. 

Where  so  shown  ornamental  iron  work,  steel  and  other  materials 
shall  be  backed  up  with  brick  work  in  the  manner  indicated  by  the  de- 
tails. 

Column  Enclosures: 

Structural  columns  occurring  in  exterior  walls  and  wherever  so 
shown  shall,  unless  otherwise  specified,  be  enclosed  with  brick  work  as 
the  drawings  indicate,  the  enclosures  carried  up  plumb  and  true  with 
not  less  than  two  inch  space  between  the  brick  and  extreme  edges  of 
the  metal  in  all  cases. 

Cleaning  Down: 

Upon  completion  of  the  building  and  when  so  ordered,  clean  down 
and  repoint  all  brick  work  and  other  masonry  where  so  required  and 
leave  all  surfaces  uniformly  clean  and  in  perfect  condition  to  the  en- 
tire satisfaction  of  the  Architect. 

Unit  Prices: 

Name  one  price  only  for  any  additions  to  or  deductions  from  this 
contract  for  the  respective  materials  and  labor  named  below,  said  price 
to  govern  until  the  completion  of  all  work  called  for  herein  and  its  ac- 
ceptance by  the  Architect: 

General  excavation  to  underside  of  basement  floors, 

per  cubic  yard   $ 

Excavation  below  basement  floor  line,  not  including 

pier  wells,  per  cubic  yard  $ 

Excavating  quicksand  pockets  and  filling  same  with 
concrete  (made  proportions  one  to  two  to  four), 
per  cu.  ft $ 

Concrete  above  basement  floor  line,  per  cubic  foot, 

includings  forms  Class  A  cement $.......... 

Concrete  above  basement  floor  line,  per  cubic  foot, 

including  forms  Class  B  cement $ 

Concrete  below  basement  floor  line,  per  cubic  foot, 

including  forms  Class  A  cement $ 

Concrete  below  basement  floor  line,  per  cubic  foot, 

including  forms  Class  B $ 


45 

Reinforced  concrete  floor  construction,  per  superfi- 
cial foot,  including  forms,  reinforcement  and  the 
cement  floor  finish  $. 

Reinforced  concrete  sidewalk  construction,  per  su- 
perficial foot,  including  forms,  reinforcement  and 
waterproofing .  $. 

Cement  floor,  per  sq.  ft.,  including  concrete  base  and 
cement  finish  $ . 

Cement  floor,  per  sq.  ft.,  including  cinder  concrete 
base,  cement  finish $. 

Granolithic  sidewalk,  per  square  foot,  including  con- 
crete base,  granolithic  finish  but  not  including 
structural  slab ,  $. 

Cinder  concrete  foundations  for  marble,  quarry  and 
ceramic  tile  floors  to  within  2  inches  of  finished 
surface  per  sq.  ft $. 

Cinder  concrete  roof  furring,  per  cu.  ft $. 

Concrete  fireproof  column  enclosures  per  foot  height 
of  column  $. 

Common  brick,  per  M.,  21  brick  per  actual  cubic  foot 
measurement   $. 

Hollow  brick,  per  M.,  21  brick  per  actual  cubic  foot 
measurement   $. 

Pressed  brick,  per  M.,  21  brick  per  actual  cubic  foot 
measurement   $. 

Enameled  brick,  Norman  size,  per  M.,  3  brick  per 
actual  square  foot  measurement $. 

Paving  brick,  20  brick  per  actual  cubic  foot  measure- 
ment   $. 


46 

STRUCTURAL  STEEL. 
In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute  and  install  the  Struc- 
tural Steel  in  accordance  with  the  accompanying  drawings  and  these 
specifications. 

Scope  of  This  Work: 

In  this  work  shall  be  included  all  steel,  cast  iron,  cast  steel,  etc.,  to 
complete  the  building  as  shown  and  specified. 

Shop  Drawings: 

All  details  and  shop  drawings  shall  be  made  by  the  Contractor  at 
his  own  expense  and  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Architect  for  his  written 
approval  before  proceeding  with  the  work. 

This  approval,  however,  shall  not  relieve  the  Contractor  of  re- 
sponsibility for  errors  in  details  and  connections,  as  the  Architect's 
checking  of  the  details  is  only  a  precautionary  measure,  and  it  is  not 
intended  that  this  checking  shall  go  into  every  detail  of  the  shop  work. 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  the  Architect  with  two  complete  sets 
of  detail  drawings  and  shall  also  furnish  the  Architect  with  complete 
mill  orders  made  out  in  such  a  way  that  by  using  the  framing  plans 
and  this  mill  order  together  the  materials  can  be  identified,  in  order 
to  enable  the  Inspector  to  trace  it  through  the  mill  and  keep  the  Archi- 
tect informed  as  to  the  progress  of  the  work  in  the  mill  as  well  as  in 
the  shop. 

Each  shipment  of  drawings  must  be  accompanied  by  a  letter  of 
transmission  giving  list  of  the  number  of  drawings.  Each  drawing 
must  be  marked  with  the  name  of  the  building,  and  each  series  num- 
bered consecutively  for  ready  reference  and  convenience. 

Shop  and  Mill  Markings: 

Beams  on  framing  plans  shall  be  given  a  number  in  connection 
with  the  floor  mark,  and  the  mill  order  shall  show  the  same  marks. 
The  columns  shall  be  given  a  number  in  connection  with  the  story 
mark,  and  all  material  in  mill  order  belonging  to  the  respective  col- 
umns, shall  be  given  the  corresponding  number  and  mark.  See  further 
under  heading  of  "INSPECTION." 


47 

Steel: 

All  materials  shall  be  steel,  except  separators  between  beams, 
which  shall  be  cast  iron,  unless  specifically  shown  otherwise. 
Soft  Steel: 

All  bolts,  tie-rods,  anchors  and  rivets  shall  be  of  soft  steel. 

Cast  Iron: 

All  separators  between  beams  shall  be  of  cast  iron  unless  other- 
wise shown  on  plans. 

Cast  Steel: 

If  cast  steel  is  shown  it  shall  be  Open  Hearth  steel  as  herein  speci- 
fied. Castings  must  be  free  from  blow-holes  and  other  imperfections 
detrimental  to  the  strength  of  the  castings.  All  steel  castings  must  be 
annealed. 

Foundation  Work: 

All  beams  in  foundation  shall  be  of  steel  as  shown  on  foundation 
plan,  and  shall  be  delivered  and  set  by  the  Contractor  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  the  balance  of  the  steel. 

Anchors : 

All  beams  resting  on  masonry  shall  have  lug  anchors  riveted  to 
the  beams. 

"Wall  Plates: 

Bearing  plates  for  beams  will  be  bedded  in  cement  mortar  and  set 
in  place  as  specified  under  masonry. 

For  sizes  of  all  bearing  plates  see  plans. 

Columns : 

All  columns  are  to  be  standard  built-up  columns,  as  shown  on 
plans.  Flanges  shall  be  made  up,  preferably,  of  the  largest  obtainable 
units;  if  built  up  of  units  of  thicknesses  admitting  of  punching,  the 
boles  for  the  rivets  shall  be  punched  smaller  than  required  for  the  size 
of  rivets  and  shall  then  be  reamed  out  to  the  required  size  after  the 
parts  of  the  column  has  been  assembled,  so  as  to  insure  perfect  holes 
without  injuring  the  material  around  it. 

In  case  the  column  is  built  up  of  such  units  as  will  not  allow  of 


48 

any  punching,  all  the  holes  shall  be  drilled  in  one  operation  through 
the  flange  plates  and  the  angles. 

For  a  built-up  column,  two  (2)  web  plates  may  be  used  with  four 
(4)  8x8  angles,  in  which  case  four  rows  of  rivets  will  be  required  in  each 
flange  of  the  column,  and  four  (4)  rows  of  rivets  through  the  web,  mak- 
ing altogether  sixteen  (16)  rows  of  rivets  in  the  full  column  section. 

All  columns  shall  be  made  to  splice  in  two  story  lengths 
as  shown  on  the  column  diagram.  Column  splices  shall  be  made  as 
shown  by  typical  details.  All  column  joints  shall  be  milled  square  to 
axis  of  columns  and  splice  plates  fitted  and  reamed  in  the  shop  to 
insure  perfect  fit  in  the  field. 

In  no  case  shall  rivets  be  spaced  over  six  (6)  inches  center  to 
center  in  any  line  of  rivets,  and  no  rivets  shall  be  closer  together  than 
three  (3)  times  the  diameter  of  the  rivet.  General  details  for  con- 
nection of  girders  and  beams  to  columns  to  be  as  shown  on  diagrams. 
Column  diagram  calls  for  sizes  of  rivets  for  the  columns.  For  beams 
and  girders  §"  or  £"  shall  be  used. 

Girders : 

All  girders,  as  well  as  brackets,  where  such  is  shown  on  the  plans 
for  this  building,  shall  be  made  with  special  care  in  such  manner  as 
to  insure  tbat  the  surface  of  the  ends  of  the  girders  comes  square  with 
the  axis — this  to  insure  a  plumb  column 

Shoes: 

All  column  shoes  are  to  be  special  built,  or  steel  slabs,  as  shown 
on  the  plans. 

Quality  of  Material: 

All  material  for  columns  and  riveted  work  shall  be  made  by  the 
Open  Hearth  process.  All  beams  may  be  made  either  by  the  Open 
Hearth  or  Bessemer  processes.  The  material  must  be  uniform  in  qual- 
ity and  must  not  contain  over  0.08  of  one  (1)  per  cent,  of  phosphor 
for  Bessemer  steel  nor  more  than  0.06  of  one  (1)  per  cent,  of  phos- 
phor for  Open  Hearth  process  steel. 

The  steel  shall  have  an  ultimate  strength  of  65,000  pounds  per 
square  inch  and  shall  not  vary  from  this  more  than  5,000  pounds  per 
square  inch  either  way.    It  shall  have  an  elastic  limit  of  not  less  than 


49 

one-half  of  the  ultimate  strength ;  an  elongation  of  25  per  cent,  in  eight 
(8)  inches  for  test  pieces,  three-quarter  (f )  inch  thick  by  one  and  one- 
half  (H")  inch  wide  with  a  reduction  of  one  (1)  per  cent,  in  the  elong- 
ation for  each  \"  increase  in  thickness  of  test  piece ;  so  that  for  a  2"  thick 
test  piece  the  elongation  shall  be  not  less  than  twenty  (20)  per  cent,  in 
eight  (8)  inches.  Test  pieces  to  be  cut  from  the  rolled  sections  and  full 
thickness  of  the  section,  one  and  one-half  (14")  inch  wide,  and  reduction 
of  area  shall  be  not  less  than  forty-five  (45)  per  cent,  on  a  test  piece  of 
f"xl£".  For  thicker  test  pieces  a  reduction  of  one  (1)  per  cent,  in  the 
reduction  for  each  additional  \"  in  thickness  will  be  allowed,  so  that  for 
a  test  piece  14"xl4"  the  reduction  in  area  will  be  forty  (40)  per  cent, 
and  for  a  test  piece  2"x4£"  the  reduction  will  be  thirty -five  per  cent. 

All  blooms,  billets  or  slabs  shall  be  examined  for  surface  defects, 
flaws,  or  blow-holes  before  rolling  into  finished  section,  and  such  chip- 
pings  and  alterations  made  as  will  insure  perfect  solidity  in  the  rolled 
sections. 

A  test  from  the  finished  material  will  be  required  representing 
each  blow  or  cast. 

A  duplicate  test  piece  from  each  blow  or  cast  will  be  required.  It 
must  stand  cold  bending  180  degrees  over  a  mandrel,  the  diameter 
of  which  is  equal  to  one  and  one-half  {\\)  times  the  original  thickness 
of  the  specimen,  without  showing  sign  of  rupture  on  either  convex  or 
concave  side  of  curve. 

After  being  heated  to  a  dark  cherry  and  quenched  in  water  180 
degrees  Fahrenheit,  it  must  stand  cold  bending  as  before. 

The  original  blow  or  cast  number  must  be  stamped  on  each  ingot 
from  said  blow  or  cast,  and  the  same  number  must  be  stamped  on  each 
piece  of  the  finished  material  from  said  blow  or  cast. 

No  steel  beams  or  angles  shall  be  heated  in  a  forge  or  other  fire 
after  being  rolled,  but  shall  be  worked  cold,  unless  subsequently  an- 
nealed. 

Field  Connections: 

All  field  connections  shall  be  riveted  except  in  cases  where  rivets 
cannot  be  driven,  in  such  cases  turned  bolts  shall  be  used. 

This  Contractor  shall  bill  and  furnish  rivets  for  all  field  connec- 
tions as  well  as  turned  bolts  for  any  such  connection  of  and  to  columns 


50 

and  elsewhere  where  rivets  cannot  be  driven.    In  such  cases  the  Con- 
tractor shall  ream  holes  for  such  connections. 

Punching  and  Riveting : 

For  all  columns,  rivet  spacing  must  be  accurately  laid  out  by  suit- 
able templates,  and  sub-punched,  if  material  is  of  such  thickness  as  to 
allow  punching.  After  the  different  units  have  been  assembled  the 
holes  for  the  rivets  shall  be  reamed  out  to  the  proper  size  for  the  size 
of  the  rivets,  as  shown  on  the  plans,  this  applies  to  heavy  built-up  mem- 
bers (columns  and  girders). 

All  other  rivets  in  this  work  must  be  accurately  spaced  so  that  upon 
assembling  of  adjacent  pieces  a  cold  rivet  of  the  size  intended  for  the 
work  can  be  inserted  in  the  hole. 

Drifting  will  not  be  allowed,  except  as  may  be  required  in  assemb- 
ling. 

Kivets  with  cracked  head  or  heads  not  concentric  with  the  center 
of  shafts,  or  rivets  found  loose  must  be  cut  out. 

All  rivet  holes  must  be  so  accurately  punched  that  when  several 
parts  forming  a  member  are  assembled  a  rivet  1/16  inch  less  in  diame- 
ter than  the  hole  can  enter  without  drawing  or  straining  the  steel  by 
drifts.    If  this  is  not  the  case  the  holes  must  be  reamed. 

The  rivets  when  driven  must  completely  fill  the  holes,  and  heads 
must  be  hemispherical  and  of  uniform  size  for  the  same  size  rivets 
throughout  the  work ;  and  they  must  be  full  and  neatly  formed.  When- 
ever possible  all  rivets  must  be  machine  driven. 

So  far  as  possible  all  shop  rivets  shall  be  driven  by  direct  acting 
power  machines  which  are  capable  of  holding  on  to  the  rivets  after  up- 
setting is  completed.  When  it  is  found  necessary  to  cut  out  rivets  it 
shall  be  done  in  a  way  not  to  injure  the  material. 

No  rivets  shall  be  spaced  closer  than  three  diameters  of  rivet,  and 
this  shall  only  be  done  in  extreme  cases  where  it  is  absolutely  neces- 
sary. 

Bearing  and  Shearing  Values  of  Rivets: 

Shearing  values  of  field  rivets  shall  be  8,000  per  square  inch,  and 
for  shop  rivets  10,000  pounds  per  square  inch.  Bearing  values  for  shop 
and  field  rivets  shall  be  20,000  pounds  per  square  inch.  For  wind 
strains  only  this  value  may  be  increased  by  50  per  cent. 


51 

Spandrels : 

All  girders  in  outside  spandrels  shall  be  connected  to  the  columns 
by  web  angles,  as  well  as  top  and  bottom  angles  or  brackets.  General 
details  for  these  are  shown  on  drawings. 

Smoke  Stack: 

The  smoke  stack  shall  be  11'  0"  inside  diameter  as  shown  on  the 
drawings.  Angle  irons  on  interior  of  the  stack  for  the  support  of  the 
stack  lining  as  shown  and  specified.  Stack  to  be  as  per  drawings  sup- 
ported on  steel  frame  every  second  floor. 

Terra  Cotta  and  Stone  Anchors: 

Wherever  anchors  are  shown  on  the  plans  for  terra  cotta  or  stone 
through  webs  of  beams  or  girders,  holes  shall  be  placed  six  (6)  inches 
on  centers  and  be  of  the  same  diameter  as  other  punching  in  the  re- 
spective members. 

Fainting : 

All  steel  and  cast  iron  before  leaving  the  shop  shall  have  all  scales, 
rust,  etc.,  cleaned  off  and  then  be  thoroughly  painted  with  one  (1)  coat 
composed  of  twenty-five  (25)  pounds  of  pure  thoroughly  oxidized  red 
lead  to  one  (1)  gallon  of  pure  boiled  linseed  oil,  or  other  good  paint 
as  may  be  sleeted  by  the  Architect  or  his  representatives. 

In  all  cases  where  surfaces  are  not  accessible  after  assembling 
they  shall  receive  two  (2)  coats  of  approved  paint  before  assembling. 
All  planed  surfaces  shall  receive  one  (1)  coat  of  white  lead  and  tallow 
before  shipment. 

Inspection  and  Testing: 

APPOINTMENT :  An  Inspector  will  be  appointed  by  the  Archi- 
tect, who  shall,  in  that  case,  inspect  the  making  of  the  steel  at  the  mill, 
as  well  as  the  fabricating  of  same  at  the  Fabricating  shop.  The  Con- 
tractor to  pay  for  this  inspection  at  the  rate  of  40c  per  ton. 

Facilities : 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  without  extra  charge,  ample  facili- 
ties for  the  inspection  and  testing  of  all  rolled,  forged,  or  cast  iron  and 
steel  for  this  building,  and  shall  furnish  all  test  specimens  and  the 
use  of  suitable  testing  machines. 


52 

The  Architect,  or  his  authorized  agents,  shall  have  access  to  all 
portions  of  the  mills  or  shops  where  work  is  being  done  under  this  con- 
tract. 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  to  the  Inspector  complete  copies  of 
all  orders  for  material  (Iron  and  Steel)  which  are  placed  with  the 
mills;  this  shall  be  made  out  as  hereinbefore  specified  under  "General 
Specifications,"  the  object  of  this  requirement  being  to  enable  the  In- 
spector to  keep  close  track  of  all  materials,  and  know  the  relative  posi- 
tion of  the  same  in  the  finished  structure. 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  the  Inspector  a  complete  set  of  all 
detail  drawings  after  the  same  shall  have  been  approved  by  the  Archi- 
tect. 

Copies  of  all  invoices  shall  be  furnished  to  the  Inspector  within 
twenty-four  hours  of  the  time  of  shipment  of  accepted  material. 

Duties  of  Mill  Inspector: 

It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Inspector  to  make  or  witness  all  of  the 
required  physical  tests  and  to  obtain  from  the  manufacturer  certified 
copies  of  all  the  required  chemical  analyses.  He  shall  make  complete 
reports  to  the  Architect  of  all  tests  and  analyses  and  state  if  the 
material  represented  by  the  same  is  accepted  or  rejected. 

He  shall  make  a  surface  inspection  of  all  material  and  identify  the 
mill  or  cast  number  of  same. 

All  material  from  melts  or  casts  not  conforming  with  specifica- 
tions and  all  material  found  defective  shall  be  rejected,  while  all  ma- 
terial from  accepted  melts  and  free  from  defects  will  be  accepted  and 
the  Inspector  will  place  his  stamp  of  acceptance  on  such  materials. 

The  Inspector  will  make  complete  reports  to  the  Architect  of  all 
materials  he  has  inspected.  These  reports  to  include  the  melt  number 
on  all  items.  These  reports  shall  show  what  has  been  accepted  and 
what  has  been  rejected. 

Weekly  reports  shall  be  made  to  the  Architect  by  the  Inspector 
showing  in  condensed  form  the  condition  and  progress  on  all  orders 
at  the  several  mills  and  factories  doing  the  work.  All  reports  to  be 
made  on  forms  approved  by  the  Architect. 


53 

Shop  Inspection: 

All  finished  work  must  be  inspected  and  accepted  by  the  Author- 
ized Inspector  before  it  is  loaded  on  cars  for  shipment,  and  it  shall 
be  the  duty  of  the  Contractor  to  furnish  the  Inspector  every  facility 
for  a  careful  inspection  of  all  material  at  any  stage  of  the  work  he 
may  select. 

Any  defective  material  or  workmanship  wherever  found,  at  the 
shop  or  building  at  any  time  before  the  completion  and  acceptance  of 
this  contract,  shall  be  rejected  regardless  of  all  previous  inspection, 
as  the  inspection  is  not  intended  to  relieve  the  Contractor  of  respon- 
sibility, but  is  a  measure  of  precaution  against  oversights  and  errors. 
Any  defective  material  which  is  rejected  shall  be  removed  and  replaced 
by  the  Contractor  at  his  own  cost,  and  he  shall  be  further  liable  for  all 
expense  due  to  delay,  caused  by  such  rejections. 

If  the  Contractor  fails  or  refuses  to  replace  such  defective  mater- 
ial as  may  be  found  at  any  stage  of  the  work,  or  fails  to  make  good 
mistakes  due  to  workmanship,  the  Owner  or  Architect  may  go  into 
the  open  market  and  purchase  the  necessary  material  and  may  order 
such  work  done  and  charge  the  cost  of  the  material  and  work  to  the 
Contractor. 

Mode  of  Ascertaining  the  Tonnage  of  Steel: 

All  columns,  girders  and  riveted  work  shall  be  weighed  and 
charged  for  by  actual  weight ;  all  beams,  channels  and  single  angles  shall 
be  estimated  at  the  theoretical  weight,  counting  only  the  rivet  heads  and 
disregarding  coping.    The  appointed  inspector  shall  certify  all  weights. 

Patents : 

The  Contractor  hereby  agrees  to  protect  and  save  harmless  the 
Owners  from  loss  or  damage  by  suit  or  otherwise  on  account  of  or  by 
reason  of  any  and  all  infringements  on  patents  for  materials  or  meth- 
ods used  in  the  construction  of  all  work  called  for  in  this  contract. 

Misfits : 

All  misfits  found  during  erection  which  are  due  to  errors  in  the 
shop  shall  be  promptly  reported  to  the  Architect  and  corrected  by  Con- 
tractor. 


54 

Field  Connections: 

All  the  field  connections  shall  be  riveted  throughout  the  entire 
structure,  unless  it  is  impossible  to  reach  connection  with  riveting  tools ; 
in  which  case  turned  bolts  inserted  into  reamed  holes  may  be  used. 

Fainting: 

All  steel  work  shall  receive  one  (1)  coat  of  point  of  a  make  accept- 
able to  the  Architect. 

All  surfaces  which  are  not  accessible  after  erection  shall  receive 
one  (1)  coat  of  paint  before  erection.  No  painting  shall  be  done  in  wet 
or  freezing  weather. 

The  Contractor  shall  figure  on  paint  equal  to  twenty-five  (25) 
pounds  of  best  red  lead  to  one  (1)  gallon  of  pure  Unseed  oil. 

Inspection: 

The  Architect's  inspector  on  the  job  will  inspect  all  of  the  field  con- 
nections, and  the  Contractor  shall  furnish  the  Inspector  all  possible 
facilities  to  enable  him  to  properly  perform  this  work. 

Workmanship : 

All  workmanship  must  be  first-class  in  every  particular. 


59 
CUT  STONE  WORK. 


In  General: 


Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute  and  set  complete  the 
Cut  Stone  Work  in  accordance  with  the  accompanying  drawings  and 
as  required  by  this  specification. 

Cut  Stone: 

All  granite  and  marble  shall  be  of  a  light  and  uniform  color 
throughout,  sound  and  free  from  discoloration,  knots,  sap,  rot,  shakes, 
seams,  flaws  and  other  defects. 

Each  and  every  stone  shall  ring  clear  when  struck  with  a  hammer. 

Finish: 

All  granite  wopk  shall  have  a  highly  polished  finish  on  all  exposed 
surfaces. 

All  exposed  marble  surfaces  except  the  carved  surfaces  shall  have 
a  honed  finish. 

Alternate  Finish: 

The  Contractor  shall  state  what  amount  is  to  be  added  to  Main  Bid 
in  case  the  exposed  stone  work  to  the  top  of  the  pier  cap — a  distance 
approximately  12'0"  above  sidewalk — is  finished  with  a  high  polish. 

Samples : 

Submit  samples  of  granite  and  marble,  6"x6"x6",  with  an  eight  cut 
finish  on  two  faces  a  polished  finish  on  the  third  and  a  honed  finish  on 
the  other  face  in  the  manner  herein  specified  for  the  work. 

The  samples  selected  by  the  Architect  shall  be  kept  on  file  in  his 
office,  and  shall  be  taken  as  the  standard  of  material,  the  Contractor 
guaranteeing  that  no  portion  of  the  work  shall  be  inferior  to  the  sample 
in  quality  and  finish. 

Diagrams : 

Working  drawings  and  diagrams  for  the  cut  stone  work  shall  be 
made  to  show  all  jointing,  bond  and  construction.  Regarding  the  sub- 
mission and  approval  of  drawings,  see  General  Conditions. 


56 

Mouldings,  Ornament  and  Carving: 

All  moulded  work  throughout  shall  he  executed  in  strict  accord- 
ance with  full  size  details.  The  finish  shall  correspond  to  the  general 
surface  finish. 

All  carving  shall  be  executed  by  the  most  skillful  architectural 
carvers,  closely  following  details  in  an  artistic  and  spirited  manner,  to 
the  entire  satisfaction  of  the  Architect.  Mouldings  shall  be  cut  with 
care,  true  to  profile  throughout,  all  arrises  sharp,  carefully  membered, 
so  that  when  the  work  is  set  mouldings  will  be  continuous  and  in  per- 
fect alignment. 

Depth  of  Facing: 

Each  stone  shall  be  of  full  size  and  depth  shown  by  the  drawings 
and  the  backs  shall  be  pitched  at  right  angles  to  the  bed  and  parallel 
to  the  face. 

No  piece  of  ashlar  shall  be  less  than  four  (4)  inches  thick.  Alter- 
nate courses,  wherever  possible,  shall  be  of  sufficient  depth  to  bond  with 
the  brick  backing,  and  projecting  courses  shall  be  of  sufficient  depth 
to  balance  on  the  wall  unless  hung  or  anchored  to  structural  steel. 

Where  the  cut  stone  facing  of  piers  passes  in  front  of  steel  columns 
the  depth  of  the  facing  shall  be  such  as  to  allow  for  not  less,  or  where 
the  drawings  show  no  intervening  brick  an  allowance  shall  be  made  for 
not  less  than  2"  of  masonry. 

Heads  and  Returns: 

All  pilasters,  reveals,  jambs  and  similar  portions  shall  have  full 
heads  or  returns  and  in  no  case  shall  exposed  heads  in  cut  stone  be  less 
than  one  foot  wide  unless  otherwise  detailed. 

Beds: 

All  stone  shall  be  cut  to  rest  on  its  natural  bed ;  the  beds  shall  be 
full  and  point  dressed  to  even  surfaces  and  bearings  throughout; 
vertical  joints  4". 

Joints : 

All  joints  shall  be  located  exactly  where  shown  on  drawings,  unless 
changed  by  written  instructions  of  the  Architect.  Any  uncertainty 
as  to  jointing  is  to  be  referred  in  writing  to  the  Architect  for  decision. 


57 

All  joints  shall  be  even  and  true,  all  arrises  sharp  and  true  to 
line.  Bed  joints  in  ashlar  shall  be  one-quarter  inch  in  thickness  and 
the  butt  joints  shall  be  as  small  as  possible. 

Jambs  and  Reveals: 

All  jambs  and  reveals  shall  be  cut  and  set  square,  plumb  and  true, 
and  shall  have  the  same  finish  as  remainder  of  work,  unless  otherwise 
specified. 

Lintels : 

Wherever  lintels  or  spandrel  stones  are  shown  or  in  the  nature  of 
the  case  require  to  be  self-supporting,  they  shall  be  single  stones  span- 
ning the  full  opening  with  proper  bearing  on  the  piers  at  either  end. 

Drips : 

All  projecting  courses,  sills,  belts,  cornices  and  copings  shall  be  cut 
with  drips  underneath,  so  that  water  will  not  run  down  the  face  of  the 
wall.  In  case  Architect's  details  do  not  show  proper  drips  their  atten- 
tion shall  be  called  to  the  fact  before  the  stone  is  cut. 

Washes : 

All  copings,  cornices,  sills  and  projecting  courses  shall  be  cut  with 
a  wash  on  the  upper  exposed  surface  to  throw  water  away  from  the 
wall. 

Haggles: 

Cut  raggles  for  all  window  frame  water-bars,  and  wherever  shown 
by  drawings  or  required. 

Structural  Steel: 

Where  cut  stone  work  is  to  be  supported  by,  hung  and  anchored 
to  structural  steel  where  so  shown,  for  which  execute  all  cutting,  check- 
ing and  fitting  necessary  to  make  the  cut  stone  work  clear  the  steel 
work  and  to  provide  for  its  proper  support  and  anchorage  thereto. 

Anchors,  Cramps  and  Dowels: 

Furnish  and  .set  all  anchors,  cramps  and  dowels,  and  make  all 
holes  and  sinkages  for  same. 

Anchors  shall  be  at  least  £"xl£"  galvanized  iron.    Each  piece  of 


58 

ashlar  shall  have  at  least  one  (1)  anchor,  and  large  pieces  shall  have  at 
least  two  (2)  anchors  each. 

All  cramps  and  dowels  shall  be  of  copper,  securely  fastened  into 
place. 

All  stone  ashlar  shall  be  anchored  at  least  three  times  in  height  of 
story  to  the  structural  steel  columns. 

Templates,  Centers,  Bracing: 

Furnish  and  place  all  templates,  centers  and  bracing  required  for 
the  proper  execution  of  the  work. 

At  completion,  remove  all  centers  and  false  work  from  the  prem- 
ises. 

Damp  Proof  Coating: 

Before  the  cut  stone  is  set  in  the  walls  each  stone  shall  be  coated  on 
the  ends,  sides  and  back  with  a  heavy  coat  of  hot  asphaltum,  E.  I.  "W., 
Dehydratine,  or  some  other  damp  proofing  medium  approved  by  the 
Architect,  bringing  the  same  within  \"  of  the  exposed  face  of  the  stone. 

The  coating  shall  be  evenly  and  uniformly  applied,  using  care  not 
to  get  coating  on  the  exposed  face  of  the  stone. 

Mortar : 

All  mortar  for  setting  of  the  work  shall  be  composed  of  limoid,  non- 
staining  cement  and  white  clean  sharp  sand,  in  the  proper  proportions. 

Mortar  for  pointing  shall  be  made  of  one  (1)  part  white  non-stain- 
ing cement  and  one  (1)  part  white  sand. 

No  mortar  which  has  commenced  to  set  or  become  hard  in  the  box 
shall  be  used  in  the  work ;  all  such  mortar  shall  be  thrown  out.  Only 
clean,  fresh  water  shall  be  used  in  mixing  mortar 

Setting: 

The  cut  stone  shall  be  delivered  on  the  premises  promptly  and  set 
in  place  as  rapidly  as  the  progress  of  the  work  requires. 

Each  and  every  stone  shall  have  cut  into  it  a  Lewis  hole  or  holes 
for  the  purpose  of  setting. 

Each  stone  shall  be  set  on  a  full  mortar  bed,  the  mortar  furnishing 
a  perfect  and  even  bearing  between  the  stones. 


59 

Each  stone  shall  be  set  with  a  derrick,  dropped  squarely  into  place, 
so  that  as  little  shifting  as  possible  will  be  necessary,  hammered  down 
to  a  solid  bed,  so  that  bearing  cannot  come  on  front  edge  of  stone,  and 
set  perfectly  level,  plumb  and  true  to  line  and  bond.  The  bed  shall  be 
dampened  to  prevent  too  rapid  absorption  of  the  water  in  the  mortar 
and  the  mortar  shall  be  kept  back  one-half  inch  from  the  face  of  the 
stone. 

Sills  shall  be  carefully  bedded  at  the  ends  only,  and  after  the  work 
is  set  and  when  the  Architect  so  directs  the  joints  shall  be  filled  and 
pointed  up  as  hereinafter  specified. 

Vertical  joints  in  sills,  belt  courses,  etc.,  shall  be  grouted  full,  using 
mortar  as  specified  for  pointing. 

The  Contractor  shall  back  up  all  cut  stone  work  with  brick  or  con- 
crete as  fast  as  it  is  set  and  no  portion  of  the  ashlar  shall  be  carried 
up  higher  than  two  courses  ahead  of  the  backing  or  adjoining  ashlar, 
except  by  special  permission  of  the  Architect. 

Boxing: 

Securely  box  and  protect  all  projecting  courses,  jambs,  angles, 
bases,  capitals  and  sills  with  proper  boarding,  to  save  the  same  from 
damage  during  construction. 

The  Contractor  shall  be  solely  responsible  for  any  damage  to  the 
cut  stone  that  may  occur  until  the  building  is  completed  and  accepted. 

At  completion,  or  when  so  ordered  by  the  Architect,  remove  all 
boxing  and  boarding  from  the  premises. 

Defacement : 

Each  piece  of  cut  stone  shall  be  sound  and  perfect  and  no  exposed 
portions  of  the  work  shall  show  mark  of  setting  tool,  spawl,  scratch, 
stain,  mar  or  defacement  of  any  sort. 

No  patching  or  concealing  of  defects  with  composition  of  any  kind 
or  by  pieces  set  in  with  shellac,  will  be  permitted ;  any  piece  of  cut  stone 
showing  defect  or  defacement  shall  be  at  once  removed  by  the  Con- 
tractor and  replaced. 

This  applies  to  any  defacement  that  may  occur  either  before  or 
after  the  work  is  in  place,  it  being  clearly  understood  that  the  Con- 
tractor shall  properly  protect  his  work  as  necessary  and  leave  the 
same  upon  completion  of  the  building  a  first-class  piece  of  work. 


60 

Cleaning  Down  and  Pointing: 

At  completion  and  after  all  danger  from  frost,  the  Contractor 
shall  carefully  clean  down  all  exposed  surfaces  of  the  cut  stone  work, 
removing  all  dirt  and  mortar  stains,  and  shall  rake  out  all  joints  at 
least  one-half  inch  back  from  the  face  of  the  stone,  remov- 
ing all  wedges,  and  then  point  up  the  work  with  cement  mortar,  mixed 
as  above  specified.  The  mortar  shall  be  strongly  driven  in  with  a 
jointer  until  the  raked  out  space  is  entirely  filled  and  moisture  appears 
upon  the  surface.  All  joints  shall  finish  flat,  recessed  back  one-eighth 
inch  from  the  face  of  the  stone,  care  being  taken  that  no  coloring 
remains  on  exposed  surfaces.  Care  shall  be  taken  that  all  joints  are 
of  the  same  shape  and  size  and  made  straight. 

The  cleaning  shall  be  thoroughly  and  carefully  executed  and  the 
work  left  in  perfect  condition,  free  from  mortar  stain  or  other  de- 
facement. The  use  of  acids,  sapolio  or  wire  brushes  in  cleaning  down 
is  positively  forbidden. 


61 
HOLLOW  TILE  FIREPROOFING. 


In  General: 


Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute  and  install  complete  the 
hollow  tile  fireproofing  work  in  accordance  with  the  accompanying 
drawings  and  as  required  by  this  specification. 

Scope  of  Contract: 

Furnish  and  install  all  hollow  tile  work  and  fireproofing,  floors, 
floor  furring  and  blocking,  partitions,  furring  for  walls  and  pipe  en- 
closures and  the  encasing  of  all  columns,  beams,  girders  and  struc- 
tural steel  of  every  sort,  not  shown  enclosed  in  brick  or  concrete, 
throughout  the  building. 

Building  Regulations : 

It  is  understood  that  the  Contractor  shall  comply  with  all  ordi- 
nances and  the  requirements  of  the  Building  Department  of  the  City 
of  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Centers: 

Furnish  and  place  all  centers,  templets  and  temporary  supports 
required  for  the  installation  of  the  burnt  clay  tile  work.  Centers 
shall  be  strongly  constructed  and  properly  braced  and  shall  not  be 
struck  until  the  Architect  approves.  At  completion  remove  all  centers 
and  falsework  from  the  building. 

Structural   Steel: 

Carefully  examine  the  structural  steel  diagrams  and  furnish  in 
place  without  extra  charge  any  tee  irons,  channels,  beams  or  sup- 
ports other  than  those  shown  on  structural  steel  diagrams,  which  may 
be  necessary  in  the  judgment  of  the  Architect  for  the  execution  of 
this  work. 

Anchors: 

Furnish  and  set  any  anchors  in  connection  with  this  work  which 
may  be  necessary  in  the  judgment  of  the  Architect  to  securely  anchor 
the  work  in  place  or  to  comply  with  the  City  Ordinances. 


62 

Tile: 

All  work  colored  or  cross-hatched  a  neutral  tint  on  the  drawings 
and  all  that  is  otherwise  shown  to  be  of  burnt  clay  material,  including 
roofs,  floors,  ceilings,  partitions,  furrings,  backing  of  walls  and  the 
encasing  of  all  steel  and  iron  work,  pipes,  etc.,  in  the  building,  shall  be 
of  first-quality  hard  burned  clay  tile,  free  from  cracks  or  defects. 

All  surfaces  that  are  to  receive  plaster  or  mortar  shall  be  scored 
and  roughly  scratched  before  burning,  to  give  a  key  for  the  mortar. 

Size  of  Tile: 

The  tile  for  the  various  purposes  unless  otherwise  specified  shall 
be  as  shown  or  marked  on  drawings. 

Floor  Arches: 

Floor  arches  shall  be  of  the  various  thicknesses  indicated  by  the 
drawings  and  unless  otherwise  shown  shall  be  side  or  end  construction 
flat  tile  arches.  All  floor  arches  shall  be  set  so  that  the  covering 
underneath  the  flanges  of  beams  will  in  no  ease  be  less  than  two  (2") 
inches  thick,  and  the  arch  skewbacks  shall  be  so  arranged  as  to  closely 
fit  the  profile  of  beams,  and  to  engage  with  the  soffit  protection  of  the 
beam  flanges  and  securely  hold  it  in  place. 

The  form  of  construction  employed  shall  be  subject  to  the  ap- 
proval of  the  Architect,  and  in  all  cases  the  floors,- after  they  are  set 
in  place,  shall  be  capable  of  sustaining  an  equally  distributed  test  load 
of  400  pounds  to  the  square  foot  without  deflecting. 

Contractor  must  carefully  examine  the  plans  and  various  detail 
drawings  to  ascertain  the  arch  thicknesses  where  special  treatments 
are  shown,  necessitating  varying  thicknesses  of  arches,  and  shall  carry 
out  the  work  in  accordance  with  details. 

Roof  Arches: 

Main  and  pent  house  roofs,  unless  otherwise  shown,  shall  be  con- 
structed with  flat  arches,  same  as  floors. 

Partitions : 

Lay  out  all  lines  for  partitions,  the  bucks,  studding,  frames,  etc., 
being  furnished  and  installed  as  herein  specified  under  Carpentry. 


63 

Soft  tile  blocks  for  the  engagement  of  grounds  shall  be  furnished 
and  built  in  wherever  required. 

Corridor  partitions  shall  rest  on  the  fireproof  arches,  all  other 
tile  partitions  on  the  arches  or  on  the  concrete  filling  over  the  arches. 
All  partitions  shall  extend  underside  of  floor  arches  above. 

Where  hollow  tile  partitions  are  shown  to  intersect  or  abut  each 
other  they  shall  be  regularly  bonded  and  all  continuous  perpendicular 
joints  shall  be  avoided. 

Partitions  shall  be  built  plumb  and  true,  to  perfectly  straight  or 
curved  lines,  as  the  drawings  indicate,  the  tile  so  laid  as  to  engage  and 
Slecurely  anchor  to  the  blocks  nailed  on  the  back  of  the  wood  bucks. 
Tile  shall  be  carefully  fitted  around  all  doors,  window  and  other  open- 
ings. 

Slots  and  Chases: 

Where  slots  or  chases  are  shown  in  partitions,  they  shall  be 
formed  with  special  tiles  and  the  Contractor  shall  submit  detail  draw- 
ings to  the  Architect  showing  the  forms  of  dies  it  is  intended  to  use, 
and  obtain  his  approval  before  beginning  the  work. 

Lintels  and  Lintel  Arches: 

Furnish  all  tees  and  angle  iron  lintels  over  doors  in  corridor,  in- 
termediate and  division  partitions,  as  shown  on  drawings,  or  as  re- 
quired for  proper  support  of  the  tile,  or  spring  arches  over  all  window 
and  door  heads,  and  other  openings  where,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Ar- 
chitect, it  is  necessary. 

Eased  Corners: 

All  corners  or  angles  shown  to  be  eased  or  rounded  off  on  draw- 
ings shall  have  special  tile  made  for  same  as  shown  by  full  size  details. 

Furring  and  Tile  Fillings: 

Where  walls,  spandrels,  floors,  gutters,  pipe  spaces  and  the  like 
are  indicated  as  furred  or  enclosed  with  tile,  the  work  shall  be  ex- 
ecuted with  tile  of  the  sizes  shown  or  noted.  Furring  around  pipes  at 
columns  shall  be  bonded  with  the  column  coverings  and  tile  partitions. 


64 

Cutting  for  Pipes: 

Execute  all  cutting,  fitting,  channeling  and  grooving  that  may  be 
required  in  connection  with  the  plumbing,  gas  fitting,  electric  wiring, 
steam  fitting  and  ventilating  work  for  pipes,  ducts  and  conduits  which 
pass  through  the  fireproofing. 

Variation  in  location  or  position  of  pipes  of  any  kind  from  that 
shown  on  general  drawings  should  be  immediately  reported,  before 
enclosing  the  same  with  fireproofing. 

Book  Tile: 

The  floors  over  pipe  expansion  voids  and  the  floor  over  framed 
pipe  spaces,  chases,  or  pockets  in  floor  construction,  and  such  other 
portions  as  are  so  shown  or  noted  on  the  drawings,  shall  be  constructed 
of  book  tile,  the  tile  being  so  made  as  to  thoroughly  fireproof  the  struc- 
tural members. 

The  floors  of  the  water  closet  and  toilet  rooms  shall  be  furred  up  as 
shown  on  plans,  with  book  tile  and  tee  irons  supported  on  tile  parti- 
tions, leaving  proper  runways  for  plumbing  and  ventilating  ducts,  the 
Contractor  furnishing  and  setting  all  tee  irons  where  required. 

Furnish  book  tile  and  tee  iron  construction  over  radiator  pockets 
in  vestibules,  and  wherever  else  shown  or  required. 

Column  Fire-Proofing: 

The  fireproofing  of  the  columns,  unless  otherwise  specified,  shall 
be  executed  with  hollow  tile  as  shown  by  the  drawings,  regularly  bonded 
and  set  plumb,  leaving  a  one-inch  space  between  fireproofing  and  metal. 

All  interior  columns,  fireproofed  with  tile,  shall  have  the  voids 
between  the  steel  and  the  tile  enclosure  completely  filled  with 
concrete.  This  work  must  be  executed  as  the  laying  of  the  tile  pro- 
gresses, and  solidly  tamped;  and  in  no  case  shall  the  tile  be  carried 
more  than  one  (1)  foot  above  the  concrete  before  the  voids  are  again 
filled. 

The  tile  floor  arches  immediately  above  the  column  enclosures  shall 
be  left  out  until  the  column  enclosure  is  in  place  to  facilitate  the  tamp- 
ing of  concrete  and  permit  the  thorough  fireproofing  of  the  columns. 

The  concrete  for  column  filling  shall  be  made  of  Portland  cement, 
clean,  sharp  torpedo  sand  and  broken  tile  or  brick  in  the  proportion 
of  one  (1)  part  cement,  three  (3)  parts  sand  and  five  (5)  parts  crushed 


65 

tile  or  brick  of  a  size  to  pass  a  f"  mesh.  These  materials  shall  be  inti- 
mately mixed,  wet  to  the  proper  consistency,  deposited  between  the  tile 
and  columns,  and  carefully  and  solidly  tamped  in  place,  the  entire  work 
so  executed  as  to  completely  enclose  and  fireproof  the  steel  to  the  en- 
tire satisfaction  of  the  Architect. 

Spandrel  Girder  Protection: 

All  spandrel  girders  throughout  shall  be  most  thoroughly  en- 
closed and  fircproofed  with  hollow  tile  materials,  unless  otherwise  spe- 
cified or  indicated  on  drawings. 

Especial  attention  is  directed  to  the  fireproofing  of  the  girders, 
beams,  etc.,  over  the  exterior  windows  on  the  various  stories,  for  which 
special  tile  forms  must  be  made  fitting  the  flanges  to  which  they  must 
be  securely  anchored,  as  indicated  by  the  sectional  drawings. 

It  is  to  be  clearly  understood  that  a  strict  compliance  with  these 
requirements  will  be  demanded,  the  fireproofing  in  all  cases  to  be  self- 
supporting  or  securely  anchored  to  steel,  completely  fireproofing  the 
beams  and  girders  and  so  set  as  to  be  entirely  free  from  any  support 
from  the  window  frames  below. 

Spandrel  girders  other  than  those  indicated  in  exterior  walls  shall 
be  fireproof ed  as  indicated  in  a  careful  and  secure  manner. 

Wherever  girders  or  beams  are  indicated  as  fireproofed  with  con- 
crete or  brick,  the  work  will  be  executed  as  herein  specified  under  Ma- 
sonry. 

Elevator  Shaft: 

The  framing  around  elevator  shaft  in  all  stories,  also  all  other 
openings  in  floors,  shall  be  fireproofed  clear  around,  it  being  clearly 
understood  that  in  no  case  shall  any  structural  iron  or  steel  be  left  ex- 
posed, except  small  steel  beams  crossing  elevator  shaft  between  cars, 
used  only  for  attaching  of  elevator  guides. 

The  walls  of  the  elevator  shafts  must  be  true  and  square  and  ab- 
solutely plumb  from  top  to  bottom,  and  should  any  cutting  of  walls  be 
found  necessary  to  permit  the  installation  of  elevator  apparatus  owing 
to  wal's  being  crooked  or  out  of  plumb,  the  Contractor  shall  execute 
the  same  and  put  the  walls  in  first  class  order. 


66 

Mortar : 

All  mortar  for  tile  setting  shall  be  composed  of  first  quality  Port- 
land cement  of  an  approved  brand,  and  coarse,  sharp,  clean  sand,  in  the 
proportion  of  one  to  four  thoroughly  mixed  dry  in  a  bos,  wet  to  the 
proper  consistency,  tempered  with  lime  paste  to  make  it  work  smoothly 
and  immediately  used. 

No  more  mortar  shall  be  mixed  at  one  time  than  can  immediately 
be  used.  The  retempering  and  use  of  mortar  which  has  commenced  to 
set  will  not  be  permitted;  all  such  mortar  and  mortar  that  has  frozen 
shall  be  thrown  out  and  not  used  in  the  work. 

Setting: 

All  burnt  clay  material  shall  be  set  in  place  as  rapidly  as  the 
progress  of  the  job  requires. 

All  tile  shall  be  set  to  bond,  breaking  joints  in  all  cases,  all  joints 
shall  be  slushed  full  and  no  joint  shall  exceed  one-half  (£)  inch  in 
thickness.  Joints  in  book  tile  shall  be  struck  and  neatly  pointed,  leav- 
ing the  entire  surface  smooth  and  even. 

Skew  backs  shall  be  set  with  care,  well  bedded  in  mortar  and  with 
an  even  bearing  on  the  beams;  arch  tile  shall  be  shoved  in  place  to 
close  joints  completely  filled  with  mortar,  and  all  keys  shall  fit  tightly 
into  place. 

The  arches  shall  fit  close  against  all  walls  and  around  pipes  and 
openings. 

All  work  throughout  shall  finish  straight  and  true,  level  or  plumb, 
as  the  case  may  be. 

Patching: 

If,  during  the  construction  of  this  building,  tile  arches  or  walls 
become  displaced,  are  damaged,  removed  or  cut  out  the  Contractor 
shall  without  extra  charge  execute  all  patching  and  repairing  necessary, 
and  leave  the  entire  work  ready  to  receive  the  plaster. 

Cleaning  Ont: 

When  the  work  is  completed,  clear  away  and  remove  from  the 
building  all  rubbish  and  debris  resulting  from  the  work  in  this  contract 
and  leave  the  floors  and  premises  clean  as  regards  fire  clay  material. 


67 

Unit  Prices: 

Name  one  price  only  for  any  additions  to  or  deductions  from  this 
contract,  for  the  respective  materials  and  labor  named  below;  said 
price  to  govern  until  the  completion  and  acceptance  of  all  work  called 
for  herein.    All  prices  are  to  be  based  upon  the  actual  measurements : 

16"  tile  arch  in  place,  per  sq.  ft $ 

13"  tile  arch  in  place,  per  sq.  ft $ 

12"  tile  arch  in  place,  per  sq.  ft $ 

10"  tile  arch  in  place,  per  sq.  ft $ 

8"  tile  arch  in  place,  per  sq.  ft $ 

6"  tile  arch  in  place,  per  sq.  ft $ 

3"  book  tile  in  place,  per  sq.  ft $ 

6"  tile  partition  in  place,  per  sq.  ft $ 

5"  tile  partition  in  place,  per  sq.  ft $ 

4"  tile  partition  in  place,  per  sq.  ft $ 

3"  tile  partition  in  place,  per  sq.  ft $ 

3"  furring  tile  in  place,  per  sq.  ft $ 

2"  furring  tile  in  place,  per  sq.  ft $ 

Cindeb  Reinforced  Concrete  Fibepkoofing. 

The  Contractor  has  the  privilege  of  using  a  satisfactory  Rein- 
forced Cinder  Concrete  arch  construction  instead  of  the  hollow  tile 
arch  construction  as  above  specified,  in  which  case  the  following  spec- 
ifiation  must  govern: 

Proportions : 

For  this  purpose  the  Cinder  Concrete  shall  be  made  of  best  Port- 
land Cement  one  (1)  part,  clean  sharp  sand  two  and  one-half  (2^) 
parts  and  clean  cinders  free  from  all  animal  or  vegetable  matter,  five 
(5)  parts,  mixing  of  these  materials  as  herein  specified  under  Masonry. 


68 

The  Concrete  shall  be  deposited  in  place  on  centers  formed  as 
shown,  so  that  all  structural  steel  members  will  be  completely  enclosed, 
the  concrete  extending  no  less  than  two  (2)  inches  beyond  the  extreme 
edge  s  of  the  metal,  and  shall  be  brought  to  proper  heights  to  receive 
the  "top  finish,"  which  in  all  cases  shall  be  made  as  herein  specified 
under  Masonry  Concrete  Work. 

Reinforcement : 

Into  the  Concrete  Construction  there  shall  be  laid  a  steel  rod  or  a 
wire  mesh  reinforcement,  properly  placed  and  installed,  so  that  the 
strength  of  the  reinforced  concrete  construction  shall  conform  to  the 
requirements  of  the  New  York  City  Building  Department  and  shall  in 
every  respect  be  the  equal  of  the  tile  arch  construction  in  strength  and 
bearing  value  above  specified. 


69 

TERRA  COTTA. 

In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute  and  set  complete  the 
Terra  Cotta  work  in  accordance  with  the  accompanying  drawings  and 
as  required  by  this  specification. 

Terra  Cotta: 

All  terra  cotta  shall  be  of  first  class  manufacture,  made  from  care- 
fully selected  clays,  compact  and  homogeneous  in  body,  carefully  fired, 
burned  to  a  proper  degree  of  hardness,  and  made  first  class  in  mate- 
rial, workmanship  and  finish. 

All  surfaces  shall  be  true  and  out  of  wind.  No  warped,  over  or 
under-burned,  discolored,  painted,  spawled,  or  cracked  pieces  will  be 
accepted. 

A  sufficient  number  of  extra  pieces  sball  be  made  to  guard  against 
delay  through  rejection  of  faulty  material. 

Color  and  Finish: 

All  terra  cotta  except  as  otherwise  specified,  shall  have  a  dull 
white  enamel  finish  on  all  exposed  surfaces  unless  otherwise  shown  or 
specified. 

The  terra  cotta  from  the  seventh  story  belt  cornice  down  to  the 
top  of  the  cut  stone  work  shall  have  a  surface  finish  to  match  that  of 
the  cut  stone  below,  both  in  color  and  texture. 

The  exposed  surfaces  of  the  spandrels  and  mullions  on  the  2d, 
3d,  4th,  5th,  32d,  33d  and  34th  stories,  and  as  shown  on  the  drawings, 
shall  have  a  dark  olive  green  color  finish. 

The  terra  cotta  base  and  lintels  in  boiler,  engine  and  pump  rooms 
shall  be  made  to  match  the  brick  work  in  finish,  the  base  shall  have  a 
round  top  edge  and  a  1"  radius  cove  shoe  at  bottom. 

All  enameled  terra  cotta  must  be  guaranteed  to  maintain  its  color 
and  enameled  surface  without  crazing  or  spawling  off,  and  must  cover 
all  exposed  surfaces  perfectly  so  that  every  piece  will  be  absolutely 
non-absorbent  and  may  be  readily  cleaned  with  sponge  and  water. 

Samples : 

Submit  to  Architect  for  approval  samples  of  the  terra  cotta  of 
the  various  finishes  herein  specified. 


70 

The  samples  selected  and  approved  by  the  Architect  shall  be  kept 
on  file  in  their  office  and  taken  as  a  standard  of  the  material  which 
is  to  be  furnished  for  this  work. 

Strength:  ' 

Where  terra  cotta  is  used  constructively,  it  shall  be  webbed  and 
partitioned  and  so  formed  as  to  be  capable  of  sustaining  all  loads  or 
strains  to  which  it  may  be  subjected. 

The  Contractor  shall  assume  entire  responsibility  as  regards  the 
structural  capacity  of  all  terra  cotta  work,  which  shall  have  a  bearing 
capacity  of  at  least  equal  to  that  of  brick  masonry. 

Working  Drawings: 

Working  drawings  shall  be  prepared  for  the  terra  cotta  work 
showing  in  detail  the  jointing,  bond,  construction,  anchorage  and  en- 
gagement with  steel  work.  Regarding  submission  and  approval  of 
drawings  see  General  Conditions. 

Modeling: 

All  ornamental  portions  of  the  terra  cotta  work  shall  be  modeled 
by  experienced  and  skillful  architectural  modelers  and  sculptors,  who 
may  be  selected  by  the  Architect  at  his  option.  All  modeled  work 
will  be  inspected  by  the  Architect  before  it  is  burned  and  shall  be 
changed  and  altered  until  it  is  satisfactory  to  him.  No  work  shall 
be  burned  until  such  inspection  or  approval  has  been  obtained. 

Size  and  Depth: 

Each  piece  of  terra  cotta  shall  be  of  the  full  size  shown  by  the 
drawings,  unless  otherwise  detailed  by  the  Architect,  and  shall  extend 
into  the  wall  the  full  depth  shown.  No  piece  of  terra  cotta  shall  be 
less  than  four  inches  in  depth. 

Joints: 

All  joints  in  terra  cotta  shall  be  located  as  shown  on  detail  draw- 
ings, so  far  as  practicable,  and  in  case  it  becomes  necessary  to  change 
the  position  of  any  joints  the  written  approval  of  the  Architect  must' 
be  obtained  before  the  change  is  made. 

All  work  shall  be  laid  out,  dressed  and  fitted  at  the  factory  to  exact 
sizes  required,  with  proper  allowance  for  joints.    All  joints  shall  bo 


71 

straight  and  true,  shall  finish  not  to  exceed  3/16"  in  thickness  and  shall 
be  as  near  \"  as  possible.  Any  dressing  and  fitting  that  may  be  neces- 
sary on  the  job  shall  be  done  by  skilled  workmen  in  the  best  possible 
manner. 

All  window  sills  and  large  washes  shall  have  raised  or  standing 
joints. 

All  copings  shall  have  roll  cover  joints. 

Drips : 

All  projecting  courses,  such  as  sills,  belts,  cornices,  copings,  shall 
have  drips  cut  underneath  so  that  water  will  not  run  down  the  face  of 
the  wall.  If  Architect's  details  do  not  show  proper  drips  their  atten- 
tion shall  be  called  to  the  fact  before  the  work  is  gotten  out. 

Washes: 

All  copings,  cornices,  sills  and  projecting  courses  shall  be  formed 
with  a  wash  on  the  upper  exposed  surfaces  to  throw  water  away  from 
the  wall. 

Haggles: 

Raggles  shall  be  formed  in  the  terra  cotta  wherever  necessary 
to  receive  sheet  metal  work,  flashings  and  counter  flashings  which  en- 
gage terra  cotta  work. 

All  window  sills  shall  be  raggled  for  hoop  iron  water  bars. 

Structural  Steel: 

The  terra  cotta  will  be  used  in  connection  with  structural  steel 
work  to  which  it  is  to  be  hung  and  anchored.  This  Contractor  shall 
obtain  and  carefully  study  the  structural  steel  diagrams  and  shall 
make  all  necessary  provision  in  the  terra  cotta  for  its  support,  en- 
gagement and  anchorage  to  the  steel  work.  Furnish  and  place  any 
steed  other  than  that  shown  on  the  steel  diagrams  that  may  be  nec- 
essary for  the  proper  construction,  support  and  anchorage  of  the  terra 
cotta  work. 

Anchors : 

Furnish  all  anchors,  clamps  and  hangers  necessary  for  the  proper 
installation  of  the  terra  cotta,  and  prepare  all  holes  and  sinkages  in 
terra  cotta  to  receive  the  same. 


72 

Each  piece  of  terra  cotta  shall  have  at  least  two  anchors. 

Anchors,  clamps  and  hangers  shall  be  wrought  iron,  galvanized  or 
coated  with  asphaltum,  applied  hot,  or  of  proper  sized  copper  wire. 
It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Contractor  to  attach  all  anchors  to  terra 
cotta  and  to  structural  steel  and  to  see  that  they  are  properly  built 
into  the  masonry  work  as  it  is  carried  up. 

Centers : 

Furnish  all  centers  of  every  nature  required  to  install  his  work 
in  the  building. 

Setting : 

Set  the  terra  cotta  in  place  in  the  building  as  fast  as  the  progress 
of  the  work  requires,  working  from  an  exterior  scaffold. 

All  terra  cotta  shall  be  carefully  set  to  proper  lines,  courses  kept 
level  with  a  rod,  joints  kept  close,  each  piece  well  bedded,  all  joints  com- 
pletely filled  with  mortar,  all  anchors,  clamps  and  hangers  placed  and 
securely  attached  to  structural  steel  or  left  ready  to  build  into  masonry 
backing,  and  suspended  pieces  drawn  tight  to  close  joints  and  proper 
alignment. 

Mortar: 

The  mortar  for  the  setting  of  the  terra  cotta  work  shall  be  as  herein 
specified  under  Masonry. 

Backing  of  Terra  Cotta: 

All  terra  cotta  shall  be  well  filled  with  brick  work  or  concrete,  as 
the  drawings  show,  as  fast  as  it  is  set. 

The  Contractor  shall  see  that  all  anchors  are  properly  and  se- 
curely built  into  place  by  the  mason. 

Boxing  and  Protection: 

Securely  box  and  protect  all  projecting  courses,  jambs,  angles, 
sills,  columns,  capitals,  bases,  ornament,  etc.,  with  proper  boarding  to 
save  the  same  from  damage  during  construction  until  the  building  is 
completed. 

At  completion  or  when  directed  by  the  Architect,  remove  all  box- 
ing and  boarding  from  the  premises. 


73 

Defacement: 

Each  piece  of  terra  cotta  shall  be  sound  and  first  class  in  every  re- 
spect, and  no  exposed  portion  shall  show  mark  of  setting  tool,  crack 
craze,  spawl  or  defacement  of  any  sort. 

Any  piece  which  becomes  chipped  or  otherwise  disfigured,  whether 
before  or  after  it  is  set  in  the  work,  will  be  rejected  and  shall  be  re- 
moved and  replaced,  it  being  clearly  understood  that  the  Contractor 
shall  properly  protect  the  work  as  necessary  and  leave  the  same  in 
first  class  condition  at  the  completion  of  the  building. 

Cleaning  Down: 

At  completion  or  when  the  Architect  approves,  clean  down  all 
terra  cotta  work,  repoint  the  joints  and  leave  the  entire  work  in  a 
first-class  and  satisfactory  condition. 

Guaranty : 

This  Contractor  hereby  guarantees  all  work  installed  under  this 
contract  for  a  period  of  ten  (10)  years  from  and  after  the  completion 
and  acceptance  of  the  same  as  evidenced  by  the  final  certificate,  and 
binding  himself  to  repair  and  replace,  at  his  own  expense,  when  or- 
dered so  to  do  by  either  the  Owners  or  the  Architects,  any  and  all 
work  which  may  show  defect  of  material  or  workmanship,  deteriorate 
or  become  unsightly,  through  the  action  of  the  elements  or  otherwise, 
within  said  period. 


74 

ROOFING  AND  SHEET  METAL. 
In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute  and  install  complete 
the  Roofing  and  Sheet  Metal  Work  in  accordance  with  the  accompany- 
ing drawings  and  as  required  by  this  specification. 

Scope  of  Contract: 

This  contract  includes  all  composition,  tile  and  copper  roofing,  all 
copper  flashings  and  counter  flashings,  decks,  gutters,  gutter  linings, 
conductors  and  conductor  heads,  and  connections  to  interior  down 
spouts ;  all  copper  covered  frames  and  sash,  all  hollow  metal  doors  and 
frames,  except  as  otherwise  specified,  and  all  other  work  of  a  sheet 
metal  or  roofing  nature  shown  by  the  drawings  or  hereinafter  specified. 

Structural  Steel: 

Furnish  and  set  without  extra  charge  any  and  all  steel  framing 
and  structural  work  other  than  that  shown  on  the  steel  drawings  which 
may  be  necessary  in  the  judgment  of  the  Architect  for  the  proper  sup- 
port and  installation  of  the  work  under  Roofing  and  Sheet  Metal 
Work. 

Tile  Roofs: 

All  roofing  surfaces  throughout,  except  as  otherwise  specified, 
shall  be  covered  with  an  impervious  vitrified  tile,  with  copper  flashing, 
all  as  shown  by  the  drawings. 

All  tile  roofs  shall  have  an  underlying  composition  roof. 

Roof  Surfaces: 

The  roof  surfaces  on  which  the  roofing  is  to  be  applied  will  be 
formed  of  flat  tile  arches,  which  will  be  furred  up  as  herein  specified 
under  Masonry,  with  concrete  to  form  all  necessary  saddles  and  bring 
the  surface  to  proper  levels,  slopes  and  pitches  to  drain  to  gutters  and 
downspouts,  and  finished  with  a  cement  top  dressing  giving  a  smooth 
surface  on  which  to  lay  the  roofing  materials. 

The  laying  of  the  roofing  shall  commence  as  soon  as  the  roof  suf- 
faces  are  ready  to  receive  the  same,  the  work  being  carried  forward  to 
completion  as  rapidly  as  possible.  If  necessary,  the  roofing  shall  be 
laid  in  sections  at  such  times  as  the  Architect  approves,  the  Contractor 


75 

making  such  preparation  for  future  connections  of  the  roof  sections  as 
will  be  required  to  make  a  first-class  connection  and  a  secure  roof  in 

every  respect. 

f 

Materials: 

The  materials  for  the  composition  and  tile  roofs  shall  conform  to 
the  following  requirements : 

Roofing  Cement: 

All  roofing  cement  for  composition  shall  be  an  asphalt 
roofing  cement  of  a  brand  approved  by  the  Architect.  Not 
less  than  one  hundred  and  twenty  (120)  pounds  shall  be  used 
to  the  square  of  100  square  feet  of  roofing. 

Roofing  Felt: 

All  saturated  Irish  Flax  Felt  shall  weigh  not  less  than 
fifteen  (15)  pounds,  per  single  thickness,  per  square  of  100 
square  feet. 

All  No.  1  Saturated  Wool  Felt  shall  weigh  not  less  than 
fifteen  (15)  pounds,  per  single  thickness,  per  square  of  100 
square  feet  and  shall  be  of  a  brand  approved  by  the  Archi- 
tect. 

Composition  Beneath  Tile  Roof: 

The  finished  cement  surface  of  the  roof  shall  be  thoroughly  and 
uniformly  mopped  with  asphalt  roofing  cement,  into  which  shall  be  laid 
a  single  thickness  of  saturated  Irish  Flax  Felt,  each  sheet  lapping  three 
(3)  inches  on  the  preceding  sheet,  all  laps  thoroughly  mopped  and 
cemented  together  and  the  whole  thoroughly  cemented  to  the  roof,  the 
felt  flashing  up  four  (4)  inches  on  all  walls  and  projections  above  the 
roof. 

The  entire  surface  of  the  felt  shall  then  be  mopped  with  a  heavy 
coating  of  the  roofing  cement  evenly  and  uniformly  applied,  into  which 
shall  be  laid  four  (4)  full  thicknesses  of  No.  1  Saturated  Wool  Felt 
each  32"  sheet  lapping  244"  on  the  preceding  sheet,  all  joints  well 
mopped  the  full  width  of  the  lap,  thoroughly  cementing  the  sheets  to- 
gether and  to  the  first  layer  of  felt.  The  felt  shall  flash  four  inches  on 
all  walls  and  projections  above  the  roof  and  shall  be  cut  off  evenly  at 
the  top. 


76 

The  metal  flashings  shall  then  be  applied  and  securely  fastened  in 
place  as  elsewhere  specified,  the  felt  being  thoroughly  mopped  beneath 
the  metal  before  it  is  applied ;  and  when  flashings  are  in  place  the  en- 
tire surface  of  the  roof,  felt  and  flashings,  shall  be  mopped  as  before 
with  a  heavy  coating  of  the  roofing  cement  into  which  shall  be  laid  the 
cap  sheet  consisting  of  two  full  thicknesses  of  No.  1  Saturated  "Wool 
Felt  each  32"  sheet  lapping  17"  on  the  one  preceding,  laps  well  mopped 
and  the  whole  well  cemented  to  the  underlying  layer  as  before,  the 
cap  sheet  covering  the  entire  surface  of  the  roof  out  to  all  edges  and 
neatly  finishing  against  all  walls  and  projections. 

All  felt  shall  be  evenly  and  smoothly  laid  the  entire  work  executed 
in  a  thorough  and  workmanlike  manner  to  produce  a  waterproof  and 
durable  roof  covering  satisfactory  to  the  Architect. 

Felting  Beneath  Copper: 

The  surface  of  all  roofs,  decks  and  gutters,  which  are  to  be  cov- 
ered or  fined  with  copper,  shall  be  covered  beneath  the  copper  with  a 
single  thickness  of  Saturated  Irish  Flax  Felt  and  three  full  thicknesses 
of  No.  1  Saturated  Wool  Felt,  laid  with  22"  laps,  applied  in  the  man- 
ner above  specified  for  composition  roofing,  thoroughly  mopped 
throughout  and  flashed  up  four  (4)  inches  on  all  walls  and  around  all 
projections  above  roof. 

Laying  Tile: 

For  all  tile  roofs,  after  the  underlying  composition  above  speci- 
fied is  in  place,  the  surface  of  the  felt  shall  be  spread  with  Actinolite 
cement  into  which  the  vitrified  tile  shall  be  set  and  bedded.  The  tile 
shall  be  set  with  joints  not  over  one-fourth  (^)  inch  in  width,  which 
shall  first  be  filled  about  one-third  full  with  asphalt  roofing  cement 
poured  in  hot  and  then  filled  up  flush  with  top  of  tiles  with  Marmolite 
cement  neatly  pointed,  leaving  a  smooth  even  surface. 

The  tile  shall  be  fitted  close  up  to  all  walls,  curbs  and  projections 
above  roof  with  all  jointings  and  fittings  most  carefully  made  so  as  to 
produce  a  waterproof  and  durable  roof  covering  with  perfectly  plane 
and  smooth  surfaces  and  even  slopes. 

Proper  preparation  must  be  made  in  the  laying  of  tile  roofs  for 
expansion  joints,  accomplishing  the  same  in  a  manner  satisfactory  to 
the  Architects. 


77 

Guarantee: 

The  Contractor  hereby  binds  himself  to  repair  and  make  good  at 
its  own  expense  any  and  all  portions  of  this  work  which  may  leak 
within  or  during  a  period  of  ten  (10)  years  from  and  after  the  issuance 
of  the  final  certificate  in  connection  with  this  work. 

Sheet  Metal: 

All  the  sheet  metal  work  herein  specified  shall  be  executed  with 
first-class  materials  in  a  most  workmanlike  manner  to  secure  a  water 
and  weather  proof  and  durable  job. 

All  copper  shall  be  16  oz.  unless  otherwise  specified,  and  hard  or 
soft  rolled  as  specified  hereinafter. 

All  galvanized  iron  shall  be  No.  22  and  No.  24  gauge,  as  hereinafter 
specified,  and  shall  be  of  a  brand  approved  by  the  Architect. 

Expansion  and  Contraction  of  Metal: 

In  the  execution  of  all  sheet  metal  work  due  consideration  shall 
be  given  to  the  expansion  and  contraction  of  the  metal  and  proper  pro- 
vision shall  be  made  to  counteract  the  same,  so  that  there  will  be  no 
buckling  or  tearing  of  the  metal  or  opening  of  joints  from  this  cause. 

After  sheet  metal  work  and  flashings  are  in  place,  calk  all  ragglea 
and  point  them  up  with  elastic  cement  in  a  manner  to  make  the  work 
absolutely  water  tight. 

Flashings : 

Before  the  cap  sheet  or  upper  layer  of  the  composition  for  com- 
position roofs  is  laid,  the  walls  and  other  projections  above  roof  shall 
be  flashed  with  14  oz.  soft  rolled  copper  extending  eight  (8)  inches  up 
on  the  walls  and  seven  (7)  inches  out  on  the  felting,  well  cleated  in 
place. 

The  walls  shall  then  be  counter-flashed  with  twelve  (12)  ounce 
hard  rolled  copper,  beginning  twelve  (12)  inches  above  the  roof  ordi- 
narily, in  the  nearest  brick  joint,  in  tbe  raggle  provided  for  the  pur- 
pose, at  the  under  side  of  the  roof  coping  or  where  indicated  by  the 
drawings,  and  extending  to  and  lapping  over  the  flashings  not  less  than 
three  (3)  incbes,  and  well  secured  with  copper  holdfasts  or  clips  sot 
at  proper  centers,  as  directed  by  the  Architects. 

The  smoke  stack  shall  be  flashed  with  16  oz.  soft  rolled  copper  at 


78 

the  point  where  it  pierces  the  roof,  the  flashing  being  extended  up  on 
the  stack  not  less  than  twelve  inches  and  out  on  the  roof  the  same  dis- 
tance beneath  the  cap  sheets  of  the  composition,  and  then  counter- 
flashed  with  16  oz.  hard  rolled  copper  extended  up  beneath  the  flashing 
angles  on  the  stack,  and  lapping  not  less  than  six  (6)  inches  over  the 
flashings.  On  the  side  of  the  stack  next  the  wall  the  stack  flashings 
shall  be  properly  connected  with  the  wall  flashings.  Execute  the  en- 
tire work  with  especial  care  to  make  a  thoroughly  weather  proof  con- 
nection, proper  provision  being  made  for  expansion  and  contraction 
at  roof  line. 

Gutter  Linings: 

All  "built  in"  gutters  shall  be  lined  with  16  oz.  soft  rolled  copper, 
properly  graded  and  connected  to  down  spouts. 

The  copper  lining  shall  be  laid  on  the  underlying  composition 
hereinbefore  specified  and  well  cleated  in  place,  flashed  upon  all  walls, 
height  as  shown  by  drawings,  and  not  less  than  eight  (8)  inches  and 
counter-flashed  as  specified  for  flashings,  and  properly  connected  to 
copper  work  of  roofs,  decks  and  skylights. 

Where  seams  are  required  lengthwise  of  the  gutter  they  shall  be 
formed  over  polygonal  wood  strips  as  specified  for  expansion  joints 
in  roof  copper.  All  other  joints  in  gutter  linings  and  connections  of 
same  to  copper  roofs  and  decks  shall  be  made  with  flat  locked  seams, 
double  locked  where  possible,  and  well  soldered. 

The  "off-set  gutters"  between  the  exterior  walls  at  the  36th  story 
shall  be  lined  with  copper,  as  above  specified,  properly  graded  to  down- 
spouts and  the  work  installed  in  best  possible  manner  to  secure  a 
water  and  weather  proof  job. 

Down  Spouts  and  Connections: 

Downspouts  carried  down  inside  the  building  will  be  of  wrought 
iron  pipe  furnished  in  place  as  herein  specified  under  .Plumbing,  and 
cast  iron  thimbles  will  be  provided  for  connections  through  the  roof  as 
specified  under  Ornamental  Iron. 

Make  all  proper  connections  through  roof  thimbles  to  the  down- 
spouts by  means  of  conical  water  heads  or  throats  formed  of  16  oz. 
soft  rolled  copper  formed  as  indicated  by  the  details,  properly  con- 
nected to  the  downspouts  and  to  copper  gutter  lining,  or,  where  occur- 


79 

ring  in  composition  or  tile  roofs  turned  out  on  the  roof  not  less  than 
12"  beneath  the  cap  sheet  of  the  composition,  which  shall  lap  upon  and 
be  well  cemented  to  the  copper.  All  throats  shall  be  protected  by  two 
baskets  of  No.  10  copper  wire  to  prevent  clogging  of  the  spouts. 

All  exterior  downspouts  for  main  court  skylights  shall  be  of  16  oz. 
hard  rolled  copper  of  the  square  corrugated  type  of  sizes  called  for 
1)  ythe  drawings,  secured  in  place  by  copper  holdfasts  and  formed 
with  all  necessary  hends,  turns  and  elbows  as  the  drawings  indicate. 

Down  spouts  discharging  on  the  roof  surface  shall  be  curved  at 
bottom  and  provided  with  copper  fan  spreader  on  the  roof  at  point  of 
discharge,  well  secured  in  place. 

At  all  connections  of  waterheads  to  down  spouts  provide  copper 
wire  baskets  as  specified  above  for  connections  to  interior  down  spouts. 

Ventilating  Hoods  and  Louvres: 

Provide  all  ventilating  hoods,  louvres  and  other  sheet  metal  work, 
in  connection  with  the  vent  shafts  and  fan  exhausts  not  included  under 
ventilating. 

All  this  work  shall  be  executed  with  16-oz.  hard  rolled,  copper 
braced  and  strengthened  as  necessary  and  with  all  proper  flashing  and 
counterflashing  to  make  the  work  weather  proof. 

Metal  Clad  Work: 

Furnish  and  install  roof  hatch  covers  made  of  wood,  sizes  and  in 
strict  accordance  with  the  details  as  shown.  All  exposed  surfaces  of 
the  covers  shall  be  completely  metal  clad  with  16-oz.  copper  in  strict 
accordance  with  the  rules  and  requirements  of  the  National  Board  of 
Underwriters  for  metal  clad  doors. 

Provide  the  hatch  covers  with  bronze  or  brass  hinges  and  the 
necessary  locking  devices  to  make  the  work  secure  and  acceptable. 

Skylights: 

The  skylights  as  shewn  by  the  drawings  shall  be  furnished  and  set 
complete,  made  and  constructed  as  the  sectional  details  of  same  in- 
dicate. 

All  metal  work  for  the  skylights  shall  be  of  16-oz.  copper,  with 
glass  supporting  copper  bars,  which  shall  have  condensation  gutters 
connected  into  outlet  hips  and  valleys  in  skylight.    The  metal  support- 


80 

ing  bars  for  the  large  court  skylights  shall  have  wrought  iron  core  re- 
inforcement of  proper  size,  all  rigidly  constructed  and  wholly  framed 
together. 

All  structural  steel  for  skylights  where  not  shown  on  steel  dia- 
grams shall  be  furnished  to  make  the  work  rigid  and  substantial. 

Ventilators  in  large  skylights,  unless  otherwise  specified,  shall  be 
24"  and  for  the  small  ones  shall  be  12"  in  diameter  of  a  type  approved 
by  the  Architect,  made  of  16-ounce  copper  and  provided  with  damper 
and  chain  for  closing  from  the  floor  below. 

The  glass  for  the  skylights  shall  be  f"  ribbed  wire  glass. 

The  entire  exterior  curb  walls  of  the  skylights  shall  be  covered 
with  16-ounce  hard  rolled  copper,  well  cleated  on,  extending  flashing 
to  the  roof  below  and  connecting  with  skylight  work  above,  the  work 
being  executed  to  obtain  a  first-class  waterproof  job.  Make  all  neces- 
sary allowance  for  expansion  and  contraction  of  metal. 

The  hanging  gutters  and  downspouts  for  skylights  shall  be  sizes 
as  shown  by  the  drawings. 

Furnish  in  connection  with  the  skylights  cross  §"  tie  rods  with 
turn-buckles  of  a  number  as  shown  and  required,  placing  same  above 
the  ceiling  lights  below  specified. 

Ceiling  Lights,  Frames,  Sash,  Etc.: 

The  ceiling  light  frames  beneath  the  court  skylights  shall  be  made 
of  No.  24  galvanized  iron,  constructed  on  a  system  of  bar  iron  rein- 
forcements in  accordance  with  scale  details.  For  this  purpose  suspend 
by  means  of  suspension  rods  from  the  structural  steel  work  above  4" 
steel  I-beams,  placing  one  in  each  mullion,  connected  by  angles  as  indi- 
cated by  drawings. 

The  entire  frame  work  to  be  rigidly  connected  and  so  adjusted  as 
to  be  perfectly  level  as  shown  by  drawings.  Upon  this  skeleton  steel 
frame  work  shall  be  built  the  galvanized  iron  frames,  mullions  and 
beams,  as  indicated  by  the  scale  and  full  size  sections. 

The  beams,  bars,  muntins,  etc.,  of  the  ceiling  fight  frame  work 
shall  have  moulded  members  as  indicated  by  scale  sectional  drawings, 
with  all  mitres  neatly  and  accurately  made,  and  well  soldered  together. 

All  necessary  wrought  iron  forms,  lookouts,  etc.,  required  to  pre- 


81 

serve  the  forms  and  hold  the  same  in  position,  shall  be  furnished  in 
place  complete. 

The  sash  for  glass  shall  be  made  of  No.  22  metal  and  shall  be 
made  to  swing  down  and  provided  with  all  necessary  hardware  for 
operation  as  shown. 

All  steel  T's,  bars,  angles,  etc.,  in  connection  with  this  work  shall 
be  painted  one  coat  of  Prince 's  mineral  paint  before  and  one  coat  after 
erection. 

Skylight  Wire  Mesh  Guards: 

All  skylights  shall  be  provided  with  a  galvanized  iron  wire  mesh 
guard,  supported  on  a  frame  work,  placed  a  distance  above  skylights 
as  sectional  drawings  indicate.  The  supporting  members  of  the  guards 
shall  consist  of  a  light  angle  iron  construction  rigidly  anchored  in 
place,  so  constructed  as  to  receive  frames  of  iron  guards  which  shall 
be  securely  anchored  to  the  frame  work.  The  mesh  guard  shall  con- 
sist of  an  interwoven  \"  wire  with  a  \"  mesh  set  in  frames,  secured  to 
the  supporting  frame  work  and  the  entire  work  neatly  installed  and 
treated  to  two  coats  of  red  lead  and  linseed  oil,  color  as  directed. 

The  wire  protecting  guards  shall  be  made  and  installed  to  con- 
form with  the  New  York  City  building  requirements. 

Submit  shop  drawings  of  supporting  frame  work  to  Archiect  for 
approval. 

Copper  Covered  Window  and  Door  Frames,  Etc.: 

All  exterior  window  frames  and  sash  throughout,  including  tho 
pent  house  doors  and  frames,  except  where  otherwise  shown  or  speci- 
fied, shall  be  of  wood,  copper  covered.  The  engaging  interior  finishing 
wood  work  will  be  as  herein  specified  under  Carpentry. 

Frames  shall  be  of  pine  or  cypress,  made  and  constructed  with  the 
various  member  sizes  as  shown.  The  frames,  sashes  and  doors,  in- 
cluding the  stops  and  staff  beads,  shall  be  completely  encased  with 
16-ounce  copper  in  a  manner  to  conform  with  the  requirements  of  the 
New  York  Building  Department  and  the  National  Board  of  Under- 
writers. 

All  frames  shall  be  made  of  clear  material,  kiln  dried,  free  from 
sap,  shakes  or  knots. 

The  frames  shall  be  set  perfectly  plumb,  and  secured  in  place  by 


82 

copper  hold-fasts  which  shall  be  built  firmly  into  the  masonry  and  se- 
curely anchored  to  the  frames. 

All  frames  shall  be  set  as  the  masonry  work  progresses  and  shall 
be  rigidly  braced  across  the  center  so  that  their  proper  shapes  will  be 
preserved.    No  stops  shall  be  set  until  the  sash  are  installed. 

All  stops  shall  be  secured  by  oval-headed  bronze  screws,  which 
shall  be  spaced  18"  centers,  with  washers. 

All  staff  beads  shall  be  attached  to  the  frame  in  a  temporary  man- 
ner until  the  masonry  is  built  up,  after  which  they  shall  be  removed 
and  the  joints  around  the  jambs  and  heads  caulked. 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  put  in  place  all  window  weights 
of  iron  as  required.  All  boxes  of  frames  must  be  of  adequate  size  to 
properly  accommodate  the  proper  size  cast  iron  counter  weights. 

The  attachment  of  chains  and  weights  to  windows  shall  be  such  as 
will  meet  the  approval  of  the  Architect.  Where  weight  pockets  are 
too  small  for  iron  weights,  compressed  lead  weights  shall  be  used. 

All  frames  shall  be  substantially  constructed  and  carefully  built 
into  the  walls  so  as  to  obtain  a  weathertight  job. 

The  exterior  doors  and  frames  in  pent  house  shall  be  copper  cov- 
ered construction  as  above  specified. 

The  glass  for  copper  covered  frames  and  doors  shall  be  as  herein 
specified  under  Glass  and  Glazing. 

Where  heads  of  court  window  frames  are  connected  with  fresh  air 
intakes  the  frames  shall  be  made  as  shown  by  drawings,  the  sash  being 
reduced  in  size  and  the  upper  section  of  frames  shall  be  fitted  with 
louvres  made  of  twenty  ounce  copper,  constructed  as  drawings  indicate. 

Immediately  back  of  the  louvres  and  where  same  connect  with  the 
fresh  air  duct  furnish  and  install  a  wire  screen,  set  in  a  channel  frame. 
Screen  shall  be  made  of  £"  wire,  one  inch  mesh,  diagonal  weave. 

Frames  so  designated  by  drawings  shall  have  fresh  air  ventilators 
fitted  into  sills,  the  ventilators  being  made  of  twenty  ounce  copper,  con- 
structed and  operated  as  shown  by  full  size  details.  Provide  valves 
and  operating  device  as  shown. 

Metal  Weather  Strips: 

Furnish  and  set  in  place  complete  for  all  exterior  copper  covered 
window. and  door  frames  where  the  application  of  same  is  practicable, 


83 

the  Chamberlain,  the  Athey  metal  weather  strip,  or  metal  weather 
strips  by  other  manufacturers  equal  to  the  above  in  the  judgment  of 
the  Architect,  set  and  secured  in  place  in  an  accurate  and  satisfactory 
manner. 

Sills  and  'Water  Bars: 

All  window  sills  shall  be  thoroughly  protected  with  $"  boards, 
left  until  directed  to  be  removed  by  the  Architect.  All  sills  shall  be 
rabbetted  for  and  provided  with  hoop  iron  water  bars,  not  less  than 
3/32"  thick,  depth  as  shown  by  drawings. 

Caulking  of  Frames: 

The  exterior  window  frames  throughout  this  work  shall  be  caulked, 
for  which  purpose  all  staff  beads  shall  be  attached  to  the  frames  in  a 
temporary  manner  until  the  masonry  is  built  up,  after  which  they  shall 
be  removed  and  the  joints  around  the  jambs  and  heads  caulked  with 
oakum. 

The  caulking  shall  be  driven  at  least  one-half  inch  back  from  the 
face  of  the  frames,  and  after  the  joints  are  approved  by  the  Archi- 
tects they  shall  be  pointed  up  with  elastic  cement,  and  the  staff  beads 
neatly  and  accurately  set  in  place  and  secured  in  a  permanent  manner 
to  the  frames.  No  staff  beads  shall  be  permanently  applied  until  both 
caulking  and  cementing  have  been  accepted  by  the  Architect. 

Sash: 

The  sashes  for  exterior  copper  covered  windows  shall  be  of  sound, 
kiln-dried  white  pine,  assembled  and  constructed  in  a  most  rigid  and 
substantial  manner,  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Architect. 

All  check  rail  sash  shall  be  double  hung  in  place.  All  sash  not 
shown  check  rail  sash  shall  be  fixed  or  arranged  to  hinge  or  pivot  as 
the  drawings  indicate. 

All  sash  shall  be  of  the  various  thicknesses  as  shown  by  the  scale 
and  full  size  detail  drawings,  having  extended  stiles  or  bumper  moulded, 
as  per  details. 

All  sashes  shall  be  completely  enclosed  with  16  ounce  copper  as 
above  specified  for  frames,  making  same  to  conform  to  the  require- 
ments of  the  New  York  Building  Department  and  the  National  Board 
of  Underwriters. 


&4 

GIam: 

All  skylights  shall  be  glazed  with  first  quality  §"  ribbed  wire  glass. 

The  glass  for  the  ceiling  lights  beneath  court  skylights  shall  be 
\"  maze  wire  glass  and  shall  be  glazed  in  a  satisfactory  manner. 

The  glass  for  the  copper  covered  windows,  doors,  etc.,  shall  be  as 
herein  specified  under  Glass  and  Glazing. 

Steel  Drawing*: 

Carefully  examine  the  structural  steel  drawings,  and  any  steel 
required  to  properly  erect  and  support  the  sheet  metal  work,  other 
than  those  shown,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Architects,  shall  be  furnished 
in  place  without  additional  cost. 

Breakage: 

Exercise  extraordinary  precautions  for  the  protection  of  the  glass 
after  same  is  put  in  place  in  he  building,  as  all  glass  must  be  in  a  first- 
class  condition  when  the  building  is  turned  over  to  the  owner. 

Cleaning: 

At  completion,  or  when  so  ordered,  clean  the  glass  of  oil  or  other 
defacement,  wash  and  leave  clean  and  ready  for  occupancy,  to  the  sat- 
isfaction of  the  Architect. 

Window  Cleaning  Equipment: 

Equip  all  copper  covered  window  frames  throughout  for  the  H.  K. 
Whitner  window  cleaners  guards  or  guards  or  other  manufacture  equal 
in  the  judgment  of  the  Architect.  All  bolts  and  sockets  shall  be  of 
genuine  bronze,  made,  engaged  and  rigidly  anchored  to  the  jamb  of  the 
frame  as  shown. 

Furnish  and  deliver,  for  use  with  the  above,  twenty  (20)  Whitner 
or  equal  double  rope  safety  window  cleaners'  guards,  complete  with 
all  attachments  ready  for  use. 

Hardware : 

Furnish  in  place  all  rought  and  finish  hardware  required  for  copper 
covered  sash.  All  hardware  shall  be  first  class  in  every  respect  and 
must  be  such  as  will  meet  the  requirements  of  the  Board  of  Fire  Under- 
writers. 


85 

Sash  weights  shall  be  of  lead  or  iron  as  required,  of  proper  size 
aud  weight  to  counter  balance  sash. 

Chains  shall  be  Smith  and  Egge  "Giant  A,"  metal  sash  chains  or 
equal  in  the  judgment  of  the  Architect  and  of  approved  weight.  The 
method  or  device  for  attaching  chains  to  weights  must  receive  the 
Architect's  approval. 

Pulleys  shall  be  Corbin's  2605R,  cast  case,  3"  turned  wheel,  steel 
ball  bearings,  amber  bronzed  face,  or  similar  pulleys  of  Grant  or  Yale 
and  Towne  manufacture  or  equal  in  the  judgment  of  the  Architect. 

Finish  hardware  such  as  lifts,  sockets,  sash  fasts  for  copper  cov- 
ered sash  shall  be  as  herein  specified  under  the  Hardware  Specifica- 
tions. 

Submit  for  the  approval  of  the  Architect  a  complete  line  of  sam- 
ples of  the  hardware  it  is  intended  to  furnish  ,together  with  schedule 
of  the  hardware  equipment  of  all  items  in  this  contract. 

The  Contractor  shall  set  all  hardware  in  place  in  a  very  neat 
and  workmanlike  manner,  employing  for  the  setting  of  hardware  none 
but  the  most  skillful  mechanics  accustomed  to  such  work,  and  all  hard- 
ware shall  be  left  at  the  completion  of  the  building,  absolutely  free 
from  tool  marks,  mars  or  defacements  of  any  kind  and  in  working  order, 
to  the  entire  satisfaction  of  the  Architect. 

Painting: 

Before  the  work  is  set  in  place  in  the  building  the  Contractor  Bhall 
paint  all  galvanized  iron  work  throughout,  including  wrought  iron  and 
steel  in  connection  therewith,  unless  otherwise  specified,  one  coat  red 
lead  ground  in  oil. 

The  paint  shall  be  well  applied  with  the  brush  only,  and  shall  be 
applied  on  all  surfaces  of  the  metal  whether  exposed  or  otherwise. 


Hollow  Metal  Work. 

Hollow  Metal  Doors,  Frames  and  Trim: 

All  doors  to  enclosed  stair  on  the  various  stories,  all  Dumb  "Waiter 
doors,  the  automatic  fire  doors,  and  such  other  doors  as  are 
so  noted  on  the  drawings,  shall  be  hollow  metal  doors,  with  hollow 


86 

metal  frames  set  in  the  tile  openings,  and  with  hollow  metal  trim  on 
stair  side  of  stair  doors,  as  the  drawings  indicate. 

The  passenger  elevator  doors,  except  first  story  elevator  openings, 
shall  also  be  of  hollow  metal  set  in  the  ornamental  iron  openings,  as 
shown  by  drawings. 

Doors: 

Hollow  metal  doors  shall  be  sash  or  panel  doors  as  shown,  with 
moulded  stiles  and  rails  and  moulded  stops  to  secure  the  glass  and, 
unless  special  details  are  shown,  shall  conform  in  profile  and  design  to 
the  details  shown  for  wood  doors  of  a  similar  character. 

All  panels  shall  be  double,  made  of  two  plates  separated  by  an 
asbestos  filler.  Stiles  and.  rails  shall  be  hollow  lined  throughout  with 
asbestos  and  provided  with  cork  fillers  to  deaden  sound.  Outer  edges 
of  stiles  and  rails  shall  be  reinforced  on  the  inside  with  bar  iron  and 
similar  reinforcements  shall  be  provided  at  all  points  where  hardware 
is  to  be  applied.  All  joints  in  doors  shall  be  made  with  lock  seams, 
process  welded  throughout,  so  as  to  obtain  an  invisible  joint  and  in- 
sure a  stiff  and  rigid  door. 

The  fire  doors  being  extra  width  shall  be  constructed  especially 
for  this  purpose,  that  is,  reinforced  and  made  perfectly  rigid  and  sub- 
stantial with  ail  necessary  metal  bars  for  the  attachment  of  the  hangers, 
guides  and  other  hardware.  These  doors  will  be  provided  with  the 
necessary  hardware  and  shall  be  hung  to  fire  door  openings  as  specified 
under  Ornamental  Iron  and  Bronze. 

Sheet  Steel: 

All  hollow  metal  work  shall  be  executed  with  cold  rolled,  patent 
leveled,  open  hearth  sheet  steel  of  the  very  best  grade,  known  as  metal- 
lic furniture  steel,  using  No.  16  U.  S.  standard  gauge  metal  for  all 
work,  except  mouldings,  moulded  cornices,  and  the  like,  which  may  be 
No.  18  gauge  metal. 

All  formed  and  moulded  work  shall  be  cold  drawn  and  no  material 
shall  be  heated  except  for  the  welding  of  joints. 

In  the  construction  of  all  work  in  this  contract  due  allowance  shall 
be  made  for  expansion  and  contraction  of  metal  and  proper  and  effi- 


87 

cient  means  shall  be  employed  to  counteract  its  effects  so  that  there 
may  be  no  warping  or  breaking  of  the  work  or  opening  of  joints. 

Moulding,  Profiles: 

All  mouldings  and  formed  work  shall  be  cold  drawn  and  formed 
to  the  exact  profiles  detailed  true  to  details  in  every  respect  with 
straight  lines  and  sharp  arrises. 

Finish: 

All  hollow  metal  work  for  elevator  shall  have  an  imitation  bower- 
barff  finish.  All  other  hollow  metal  work  shall  be  treated  as  herein 
specified  under  Painters  Finish  in  Carpentry  and  Cabinet  Work. 

Workmanship : 

All  hollow  metal  work  furnished  under  this  contract  shall  be  of 
the  very  best  type,  perfect  in  material,  workmanship  and  finish,  and 
equal  in  appearance  to  cabinet  woodwork  of  the  highest  grade. 

Building  Ordinance  and  Underwriters   Requirements: 

All  hollow  metal  work  furnished  under  this  contract  shall  comply 
in  all  respects  with  the  Building  Ordinance  of  the  City  of  New  York. 
It  shall  further  meet  all  requirements  of  the  Board  of  Fire  Under- 
writers and  shall  bear  the  inspection  label  of  the  Underwriters'  Lab- 
oratories. 

Hardware : 

The  hardware  for  all  elevator  doors  shall  be  as  herein  specified 
undei  Elevator  Service,  and  for  all  other  hollow  metal  doors  as  herein 
specified  under  Hardware. 

All  automatic  fire  doors  shall  be  provided  with  frictionless  hinges, 
tracks,  guides,  cables,  counter  weights,  electric  automatic  releasing  de- 
vice, etc.,  to  make  the  work  complete  and  to  meet  the  New  York  Build- 
ing Requirements. 

Unit  Prices: 

It  is  understood  and  agreed  that  the  following  net  prices  for  labor 
and  materials  erected  complete  in  place  shall  govern  any  and  all  addi- 


88 


tions  to  and  deductions  from  this  contract,  until  the  completion  of  the 
work  called  for  herein  and  its  acceptance  and  the  issuance  of  the  final 
certificate  by  the  Architects: 

Price  per  square  of  100  sq.  ft.,  actual  measurement,  for 
tile  roof  . . . , .,. ... .,  $. 

Price  per  lineal  foot,  actual  measurement,  of  copper  flash- 
ing.  $. 

Price  per  square  foot,  actual  measurement,  of  copper  coun- 
terflasbing '...,..  $. 

Price  per  typical  copper  covered  window  frame  and  sash  set  $. 

place  complete,  with  pulleys,  chains  and  weights $. 


89 


ORNAMENTAL  IRON  AND  BRONZE  WORK. 

In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute  and  install  complete 
the  Ornamental  Iron  and  Bronze  work  in  accordance  with  the  accom- 
panying drawings  and  as  required  by  this  specification. 

Scope  of  Contract: 

This  contract,  except  as  otherwise  expressly  stated,  includes  all 
architectural  metal  work  shown  by  the  drawings  or  hereinafter  speci- 
fied, the  term  ornamental  iron  being  intended  to  include  all  work  of 
bronze,  brass,  wrought  and  cast  iron  and  steel,  other  than  the  structural 
steel  framing  of  the  building  and  work  herein  specifically  excepted, 
that  may  be  required  to  complete  the  building  in  accordance  with  the 
drawings  and  this  specification. 

Structural  Steel  Drawings: 

Carefully  examine  the  structural  steel  diagrams  for  the  build- 
ing and  furnish  all  structural  steel  or  iron,  other  than  shown  by  steel 
diagrams  which  may  be  necessary  to  properly  carry  out  all  work  herein 
specified. 

Drilling,  Cutting,  Punching,  Etc.: 

Execute  all  cutting,  fitting,  punching,  drilling  and  tapping  of  the 
ornamental  iron  work  wherever  other  contractors  deem  it  necessary  and 
require  the  same  in  order  to  properly  secure  their  work,  such  as 
grounds,  finished  woodwork  and  hardware. 

Models : 

Furnish  any  and  all  models  and  costs  thereof  that  may  be  re- 
quired in  the  judgment  of  the  Architect  for  the  execution  of  the  orna- 
mental iron  and  bronze  work,  employing  only  the  best  and  most  skill- 
ful architectural  modelers  and  sculptors,  who  may  be  selected  by  the 
Architect  at  tbeir  option. 

Models  shall  be  submitted  in  place  should  the  Architect  decide  it  to 
be  necessary  for  their  proper  inspection. 


90 

Bronze : 

All  bronze  castings  shall  be  made  from  a  standard  bronze  metal 
particularly  adapted  for  the  finest  quality  of  castings  and  shall  be  of 
a  color  selected  by  the  Architect,  who  may  at  his  option  specify  the 
mixture  formula  for  the  same. 

Sheet  bronze  shall  be  rolled  bronze  plate  3/16  inches  thick  unless 
otherwise  shown  or  specified  and  with  all  bronze  bars  and  other 
wrought  work  shall  perfectly  match  the  cast  bronze  in  color. 

Iron  and  Steel: 

All  iron  castings  shall  be  made  from  the  best  brands  of  soft  Su- 
perior or  Southern  pig  irons. 

Boiler  plate  shall  be  rolled  steel  plate  of  the  several  thicknesses 
shown  and  specified. 

Square,  flat  and  round  bars  and  tubing  for  wrought  work  and 
steel  members  for  structural  work  shall  be  standard  steel  bars,  tubes 
and  structural  shapes. 

Castings: 

All  bronze  castings  shall  be  made  from  electro  plated  metal  pat- 
terns in  moulds  with  special  facings. 

All  fine  iron  castings  shall  be  made  in  stove  plate  moulding  sand, 
all  ornamental  portions  cast  direct  from  a  plaster  reproduction  of  the 
clay  models.  No  ornamental  portions  shall  be  cast  from  wooden  pat- 
terns. 

Cast  metal  shall  be  of  uniform  thickness  throughout  and  free  from 
blow  holes,  sand  holes  and  other  defects  and  from  flaws,  spalls  and 
superficial  imperfections  that  cannot  be  removed.  All  castings  shall  be 
of  thickness  and  strength  to  withstand  all  strains,  weights  and  pres- 
sures that  may  be  brought  to  bear  upon  them,  but  unless  otherwise 
shown  or  required  for  strength  the  thickness  shall  not  exceed  §  inches 
for  iron  and  £  inches  for  bronze. 

The  exposed  surfaces  of  all  ornamental  castings  shall  be  per- 
fectly clean  and  sharp  with  the  ornamental  detail  brought  out  clear 
and  strong,  well  modeled,  in  good  relief  and  undercut  as  necessary 
to  carry  out  the  design,  and  with  all  lines,  arrises,  flutings,  profiles, 
and  ornaments  true,  first-class  and  in  accordance  with  details  and  ap- 


91 

proved  models.    Pierced  work  shall  have  openings  and  outlines  free 
from  irregularities. 

All  castings  shall  be  neatly  filed  and  chased  to  remove  all  super- 
ficial imperfections  and  make  the  work  uniform  throughout;  all  rough 
and  uneven  edges,  lines  and  arrises  shall  be  carefully  retouched  and 
made  first-class,  and  surface  lines,  straight  line  mouldings  and  the  like 
shall  be  ground  and  soft  wheeled. 

All  bronze  castings  shall  be  hand  filed,  chased  and  finished  through- 
out in  a  most  skillful  and  artistic  manner. 

Wrought  Work: 

All  wrought  work  shall  be  executed  in  a  skillful,  workmanlike  and 
artistic  manner  closely  adhering  to  the  details. 

All  welds,  riveting  and  jointings  shall  be  satisfactorily  made  with 
rivet  heads  countersunk  on  all  exposed  surfaces  unless  otherwise  shown. 

No  sheet  metal  ornament  or  stamped  work  of  any  kind  shall  be 
used. 

Assembling : 

All  work  shall  be  carefully  and  accurately  assembled  to  carry  out 
the  design  as  shown;  all  joints  made  in  a  first-class  and  workmanlike 
manner,  filed,  milled,  or  machined  so  as  to  secure  an  absolutely  close 
first-class  connection  that  will  not  be  readily  detected  by  the  eye; 
carefully  membered  so  as  to  preserve  the  forms  of  all  mouldings,  pro- 
files, ornament  and  the  continuity  of  lines;  and  well  secured  together 
with  all  screws  and  rivets  concealed  as  much  as  possible. 

Delivery  and  Setting: 

The  work  shall  be  delivered  complete  ready  to  set  up,  and  shall  be 
brought  to  the  building  as  required,  and  promptly  set  into  place, 
rigidly  and  securely  anchored,  in  a  most  workmanlike  and  substantial 
manner. 

Workmen  shall  exercise  proper  care  in  the  handling  and  erection 
of  all  work,  so  as  not  to  injure  the  finished  surfaces,  and  proper  pre- 
caution shall  be  taken  to  protect  the  work  from  damage  after  it  is  in 
place.  All  work  shall  be  left,  upon  completion  of  the  building,  com- 
pletely finished,  free  from  mar  and  defacement,  and  with  workman- 
ship first-class  in  every  detail,  to  the  entire  satisfaction  of  the  Archi- 
tect. 


92 

Caulking  and  Pointing: 

All  frames  of  ornamental  iron  or  bronze  in  exterior  openings  and 
wherever  exposed  to  the  weather  shall  be  canlked  in  the  openings  with 
oakum  and  then  pointed  with  elastic  cement  in  a  manner  to  make  them 
water  tight  and  weather  proof.  Point  all  joints  in  exterior  iron  work 
as  necessary  to  make  the  work  weather  proof. 

Finish: 

All  bronze  work,  unless  otherwise  specified,  shall  have  a  first-class 
statuary  bronze  finish  as  selected  by  the  Architect. 

Iron  work  shall  have  bower-barff,  imitation  bower-barff,  or  painted 
finish  as  hereinafter  specified.  All  work  specified  bower-barff  shall  be 
finished  by  the  genuine  bower-barff  process,  with  a  first-class  finish, 
unif orcn  throughout ;  work  specified  imitation  bower-barff  shall  receive 
a  first-class  painted  finish  dead  black  in  color  to  resemble  as  closely  as 
possible  genuine  bower-barffing,  and  all  iron  work  not  specified  bower- 
barff,  or  imitation  bower-barff,  shall  receive  one  (1)  coat  of  Princess 
Mineral  paint  in  the  shop  and  two  (2)  coats  pure  white  lead  and  Unseed 
oil  after  erection  in  colors  as  selected  by  the  Architect. 

The  mahogany  handrails  and  the  wood  work  of  the  elevator  cabs 
shall  be  finished  in  the  same  manner  as  specified  for  the  interior  wood 
work  in  the  building  in  the  Carpentry  Specification. 

Samples: 

Submit  to  the  Architect  samples  of  bronze  for  approval  as  to 
workmanship,  color  and  finish  and  of  iron  for  approval  of  workman- 
ship, finish  and  bower-barffing. 

Refinishing: 

All  utilities  or  other  work  in  this  contract  which  it  may  be  neces- 
sary to  use  during  the  construction  of  the  building  so  that  the  same 
become  more  or  less  worn  and  disfigured,  shall  be  thoroughly  re- 
painted, retouched  or  refinished  without  extra  charge  so  as  to  leave 
the  same  in  first-class  condition  at  completion  of  the  buildings. 

Staircases : 

Furnish  the  entire  ornamental  iron  work  for  the  stair  wells  and 
staircases  throughout  the  building,  made  as  indicated  by  the  various 
plans,  elevations  and  details. 


93 

Furnish  all  necessary  strings  and  supports,  carriages,  fascias, 
pilasters,  newels,  balustrades,  panel  and  grille  work  closures,  risers 
and  treads  and  platforms,  except  where  composition  and  marble  treads 
and  platforms  are  shown  on  drawings,  in  which  case  arrange  the  proper 
ornamental  iron  supports  for  marble  treads  and  platforms  and  provide 
metal  sub-treads  and  sub-platforms.  All  sub-treads  shall  be  secured 
with  tap  screws ;  stove  bolts  will  in  no  case  be  permitted. 

Treads  and  risers  shall  be  made  of  3/16-inch  plates  supported  on 
and  secured  to  angles  anchored  to  carriage  with  countersunk  tap 
screws,  the  single  sizes  as  drawings  show. 

Staircases  which  have  all  exposed  surfaces  of  marble  shall  be 
provided  with  all  structural  iron  or  steel  supports  necessary,  such  as 
carriages,  cast  iron  risers,  knees  and  other  metallic  supports  required 
to  install  the  marble  work  as  shown  by  the  drawings. 

Where  staircases  have  no  composition  or  marble  treads,  all  treads 
shall  be  of  cast  iron,  "diamond  roughed." 

Where  stairs  or  platforms  require  suspension  or  strutting  up, 
the  suspension  rods  and  struts  shall  be  located  as  far  as  practicable 
in  tile  partitions  where  they  will  be  concealed  from  view,  or  if  they 
must  be  exposed,  shall  be  of  an  ornamental  character,  of  such  form 
and  so  located  and  arranged  as  not  to  detract  from  the  design. 

Stair  strings  and  fascias  shall  be  built  up  of  ^-inch  steel  plates  and 
cast  moulded  top  and  bottom  section  as  the  details  indicate,  and  where 
shown  shall  member  with  cast  iron  base,  which  shall  be  installed  on 
walls,  on  all  landings  of  enclosed  staircases. 

Newels  shall  be  of  cast  iron  of  ornamental  design  as  detailed. 

Brackets  supporting  the  hand  rails,  wherever  required  or  shown 
on  drawings,  unless  otherwise  shown  or  specified,  shall  be  cast  iron, 
made  in  accordance  with  the  details  and  spaced  as  shown,  well  an- 
chored to  walls  to  make  a  solid  and  firm  support  for  rails. 

The  balustrades  and  grilles  shall  be  made  with  sizes  of  metal  as 
shown,  substantially  and  rigidly  constructed  and  anchored  in  place. 

Gas  pipe  balustrades  are  specified  elsewhere. 

Winding  Staircase: 

As  indicated  by  the  scale  details,  furnish  an  ornamental  iron  con- 
structed winding  staircase  having  diamond  surfaced  treads  and  a  neatly 


94 

constructed  balustrade  extending  from  sub-sub-basement  to  the  mezza- 
nine floor.  Wbere  staircase  pierces  the  floors  the  opening  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  an  ornamental  iron  fascia  finished  on  edge  with  nosing, 
fillet  and  cove. 

Finish  of  Staircases: 

All  open  staircases  in  basement,  first  and  second  stories  shall  have 
all  exposed  ornamental  iron  work  with  genuine  bower-barff  finish. 

All  other  staircases  throughout,  including  enclosed  stairs  in  the 
stories  above  mentioned,  shall  be  painted  imitation  bower-barff. 

Elevator  Enclosures: 

Furnish  and  set  complete  all  ornamental  iron  work  in  connection 
with  the  elevator  enclosures  throughout. 

The  elevator  enclosure  on  the  various  stories  shall  be  in  design, 
character,  etc.,  as  the  drawings  indicate. 

The  enclosure  for  the  first  story  shall  be  of  special  design,  made 
of  cast  iron,  backed  on  interior  with  plate  wire  glass.  The  wire  glass 
shall  be  set  in  hinged  sash,  the  whole  so  constructed  and  installed  as  to 
admit  of  easy  access  to  glass  for  cleaning  purposes. 

Provide  all  necessary  hardware  for  these  swinging  sash,  such  as 
locks,  hinges,  etc. 

All  elevator  screens  in  the  basement,  on  the  second  story,  and  all 
stories  above,  unless  otherwise  shown,  shall  consist  of  channel  iron 
frames  and  hollow  metal  doors,  the  doors  being  made  as  specified  under 
Roofing  and  Sheet  Metal. 

All  screens  shall  be  carefully  and  accurately  assembled,  with  the 
ornamental  parts  neatly  executed,  mitres  and  joints  made  in  a  manner 
to  preserve  the  forms  of  the  mouldings,  profiles,  continuity  of  lines, 
etc.,  and  the  work  installed  in  a  first  class  and  substantial  manner. 

Ornamental  parts  shall  be  executed  in  accordance  with  the  scale 
and  full  size  details,  closely  following  and  adhering  to  the  profiles 
given.  The  enclosure  for  each  elevator  on  the  first  floor  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  ornamental  dials  and  the  necessary  indicators  as  the  details 
show. 

The  elevator  doors  throughout  except  on  1st  floor  shall  be  of  hollow 
metal  construction  as  herein  specified  under  Hollow  Metal  Doors  (See 


95 

Roofing  and  Sheet  Metal)  and  shall  be  hung  on  the  most  approved  Keli- 
ance  Elevator  frietionless  door  hangers,  or  frictionless  door  hang- 
ers by  other  manufacturers  equal  to  the  above  in  the  opinion  of  the 
Architect. 

Each  set  of  doors  shall  be  equipped  with  latches,  locks,  keys  and 
with  an  automatic  elevator  door  device  to  make  doors  open  simultan- 
eously, of  a  type  to  meet  the  approval  of  the  Architect.  Submit  sam- 
ples of  hardware  to  Architect  for  approval.  The  entire  system  of 
doors  shall  be  made  to  operate  freely  and  perfectly. 

Elevator   Screen   Structural   Work: 

A  careful  study  of  the  drawings  for  the  elevator  screens  is  re- 
quired, as  all  supports,  such  as  channels,  frames,  tees,  etc.,  shown  in 
connection  with  the  elevator  enclosures  on  all  floors,  other  than  that 
shown  on  the  Structural  Steel  drawings,  shall  be  furnished  and  in- 
stalled to  make  the  work  complete. 

All  elevator  enclosures  shall  be  extended  at  top  so  as  to  have  main 
supports  fastened  to  the  structural  steel  of  the  building  to  make  the 
work  absolutely  secure  and  rigid. 

The  floor  sills  for  all  elevator  enclosures  shall  be  secured  to  the 
structural  steel  work,  to  which  shall  be  anchored  the  elevator  screens. 

Elevator  Screen  Indicators: 

The  elevator  enclosures  on  the  first  story  shall  be  provided  with 
ornamental  iron  indicators  and  the  necessary  numerals  on  the  face  of 
each  for  each  story,  indicating  the  stories  to  which  the  cars  travel,  to- 
gether with  the  hands  required  to  make  the  work  complete.  The  en- 
circling bands,  the  hands  and  numerals  shall  be  of  polished  bronze,  as 
drawings  indicate. 

The  mechanism  for  operating  hands  of  dials,  etc.,  together  with  all 
connections  to  the  lifting  machinery,  will  be  furnished  as  herein  speci- 
fied under  Elevators. 

The  elevator  enclosures  on  all  floors  shall  be  provided  with1  elec- 
tric flash  light  fixture  seats  as  shown  by  the  drawings.  Execute  all 
drilling,  cutting,  etc.,  in  these  seats  required  to  secure  the  electric  fix- 
tures to  the  screens.  The  light  fixtures,  globes,  all  electric  operating 
devices,  etc.,  shall  be  furnished  as  herein  specified  under  Elevators. 


96 

Finish  of  Elevator  Screens,  Doors,  Etc.: 

All  exposed  surfaces  of  the  elevator  screens,  on  first  and  second 
story  shall  have  a  genuine  bower-barff  finish,  of  the  very  best  quality, 
uniform  in  finish  throughout. 

The  screens  in  all  other  stories  shall  be  painted  imitation  bower- 
barff. 

Facias: 

The  facias  for  stairs  and  well  holes  are  specified  under  "Stairs." 
The  fascias  for  all  elevator  shafts  throughout  shall  be  made  of 
3/16-inch  sheet  steel  secured  to  cast  iron  sills  above  and  the  elevator 
screen  work  below,  made  as  indicated  by  sectional  drawings.  Fascias 
shall  be  rigidly  and  securely  assembled  and  anchored  in  place,  neatly 
fitted  around  the  structural  beams  in  elevator  shafts. 

Where  facias  fit  between  beams  they  shall  be  neatly  and  accurately 
coped  and  the  joint  between  beams  and  facias  covered  with  a  neat 
thimble.    All  iron  facias  shall  have  an  imitation  bower-barff  finish. 

Safety  Treads: 

Each  elevator  opening  throughout  shall  be  provided  and  fitted 
with  a  bronze  safety  tread  having  a  rounded  nosing  on  shaft  side,  the 
tread  threshold  width  as  shown,  and  shall  be  of  the  Mason's  Safety 
Tread  Type  or  others  approved  by  the  Architect. 

Numbers : 

Furnish  in  place  white  enameled  cast  iron  story  numbers  on  facias 
in  front  of  each  elevator  car  from  first  to  top  story.  Numbers  shall  be 
at  least  six  (6")  inches  high,  and  well  secured  to  the  fascias  with  in- 
visible anchors. 

Passenger  Elevator  Cars: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  and  finish  all  elevator  cars  com- 
plete in  accordance  with  the  drawings  as  shown. 

The  platforms  for  the  passenger  elevator  cars  will  be  furnished 
as  herein  specified  under  Elevators,  to  which  rigidly  anchor  in  place 
complete  the  cabs  or  inclosures. 

The  cabs  shall  be  made  of  mahogany  (fireproofed  if  required)  and 
ornamental  iron  in  a  rigid  and  secure  manner.    The  top  and  sides  of 


97 

cars  above  the  wainscot  cap  mouldings  shall  consist  of  a  system  of 
grilles,  made  as  indicated,  which  together  with  all  exposed  ornamental 
iron  work  of  the  cars  shall  be  finished  in  bower-barff. 

The  top  of  each  car  shall  be  provided  with  a  copper  drip  pan, 
made  as  shown  and  as  directed  by  the  Architect.  The  top  of  the  com- 
bination car  shall  be  so  made  as  to  be  removable. 

Light  fixtures  made  of  cast  iron,  all  complete  with  glass  globes, 
socket,  etc.,  for  cars  shall  be  furnished  all  complete  and  ready  for 
lamp  attachment. 

The  wood  work  in  connection  with  the  cars  shall  be  best  grade 
selected  mahogany,  highly  figured  stock,  the  work,  quality  of  material 
and  execution  of  same  shall  be  first  class  in  every  respect  and  in  finish 
shall  correspond  with  the  wood  work  and  finish  of  same  for  the  build- 
ing, for  which  see  Carpentry  and  Carpenters'  Finish  specifications. 

Each  car  shall  be  fitted  at  sides  with  an  exit  door  as  a  means  of 
egress  from  one  car  to  another.  The  doors  shall  be  so  constructed  as 
to  be  practically  invisible  and  shall  be  provided,  for  proper  operation 
of  same,  with  all  necessary  locks,  butts  and  other  hardware,  first  class 
in  make,  quality  and  finish,  of  a  type  acceptable  to  the  Architect. 

The  cars  shall  be  braced  and  strengthened  by  a  frame  work  of 
3x3xf-inch  angles  on  all  exterior  corners  set  flush  into  the  woodwork, 
well  framed  together  and  rigidly  sectioned  at  the  bottom  to  the  car 
platform. 

Elevator  Car  Collapsible  Gates: 

Each  passenger  elevator  car  throughout  shall  be  fitted  with  an 
ornamental  iron  collapsible  gate  of  an  approved  type,  installed  in 
complete  working  order  with  the  necessary  guides,  tracks  and  other 
operating  mechanism  to  make  same  complete  and  comply  with  the  New 
York  Building  Ordinance. 

Cork  Floors: 

All  passenger  and  combination  elevator  cars  shall  have  cork  tile 
floors  \  inch  thick.  The  tile  shall  be  made  of  the  finest  quality  clear 
granulated  cork  compressed  solid  in  closed  moulds  and  thoroughly 
baked. 

The  cork  shall  be  free  from  all  foreign  substances  and  cement  of 
any  kind  other  than  the  natural  gum  of  the  cork. 


98 

The  cork  tile  shall  be  laid  with  a  special  elastic  waterproof  cement, 
so  applied  as  to  hermetically  bind  all  joints. 

The  tile  shall  be  color  and  size  as  selected  by  the  Architect,  shall 
be  laid  perfectly  smooth  and  level  with  the  top  surfaces  in  the  same 
plane.  The  entire  work  shall  be  installed  to  the  entire  satisfaction  of 
the  Architect.    Submit  samples  to  the  Architect  for  approval. 

Entrance  Doorways  and  Vestibules. 

The  entrance  doorways  to  the  building  on  Broadway,  Cedar,  Nas- 
sau and  Pine  streets  shall  be  made  of  cast  or  wrought  bronze,  orna- 
mental in  design,  prepared  for  Revolving  Bronze  Doors  and  Enclos- 
ures. 

The  work  shall  be  carefully  and  accurately  executed  and  worked 
out  in  strict  accordance  with  floor  plans,  elevations  and  scale  details 
of  same. 

The  grille  work  above  the  revolving  door  enclosures  and  the  deco- 
rative parts  shall  be  artistically  executed,  with  all  lines  clean  and  sharp 
throughout,  the  ornamental  portions  carried  out  in  strict  accordance 
with  the  models  approved  by  the  Architect. 

All  joints,  mitres,  etc.,  shall  be  made  in  first-class  manner  with  the 
workmanship  perfect  in  every  respect.  All  mitreing  of  mouldings, 
jointings,  etc.,  shall  be  most  carefully  made  and  membered  to  carry  out 
the  designs  as  shown,  with  the  lines  and  ornamental  parts  unbroken. 

The  work  for  these  entrance  doorways  and  vestibule  shall  be  sol- 
idly and  substantially  erected  and  well  secured  in  position  to  make  a 
rigid  job,  acceptable  to  the  Architect. 

Radiator  grilles  and  frames  adjacent  to  the  entrance  door  enclos- 
ures shall  be  of  cast  iron  with  a  genuine  bower  barff  finish,  and  in  de- 
sign as  shown.  The  grilles  shall  be  made  in  sections  set  in  frames  and 
hinged  so  as  to  give  access  to  radiator  space,  and  shall  be  provided 
with  all  necessary  hardware,  such  as  locks,  hinges,  etc.,  which  shall  be 
made  as  inconspicuous  as  possible.  The  backs,  ends  and  floors  of  ra- 
diator pockets  shall  be  made  of  £-inch  sheet  iron,  all  properly  con- 
nected with  grille  frames. 

The  structural  beams,  channels,  angles,  tees,  etc.,  shown  in  connec- 
tion with  the  main  entrance  doorways  and  vestibules,  radiator  grilles, 
store  fronts,  transom  grilles,  etc.,  other  than  that  shown  by  the  Struc- 


99 

tural  Steel  drawings,  shall  be  furnished  in  place  complete,  sizes  as 
shown,  the  work  securely  anchored  to  the  structural  steel  of  the  build- 
ing, forming  solid  and  substantial  frame  work  to  receive  the  orna- 
mental metal  work. 

Revolving  Doors: 

Furnish  in  place,  complete  in  all  respects,  including  glass,  the 
revolving  doors  and  enclosures  for  the  Broadway,  Pine,  Nassau  and 
Cedar  street  entrances  to  the  building,  as  the  drawings  indicate. 

The  enclosures  shall  be  made  of  cast  bronze  of  ornamental  design, 
carried  out  in  strict  accordance  with  the  details.  The  sides  of  the 
enclosures  shall  be  arranged  to  receive  curved  glass  panels  and  pro- 
vided with  stops  to  secure  the  same,  so  arranged  that  the  face  of  the 
glass  on  the  inside  will  be  flush  with  the  inside  face  of  enclosure  frame. 

The  complete  cylindrical  enclosures,  both  on  inner  and  exterior 
sides,  shall  be  of  bronze. 

The  doors  shall  be  made  of  wrought  bronze  and  shall  be  of  the 
latest  and  most  approved  type  of  revolving  doors,  equipped  with  all 
necessary  hardware,  tracks,  hangers,  pivots,  operating  mechanism, 
etc.,  complete,  and  made  to  operate  to  the  entire  satisfaction  of  the 
Architect  and  to  comply  with  all  requirements  of  the  city  ordinances 
and  the  regulations  of  the  Building  Department. 

Circular  bronze  corrugated  thresholds  shall  be  installed  for  all 
openings  as  shown,  securely  anchored  in  position  in  the  floor. 

All  hardware  and  exposed  parts  of  mechanism,  also  stops  securing 
the  glass  in  the  enclosures,  shall  be  of  bronze  of  same  finish  as  the 
doors  and  enclosures. 

The  revolving  wings  shall  be  hung  independently  of  each  other  on 
a  central  shaft,  held  in  a  radial  position  by  flexible  bronze  cables  and 
so  arranged  that  by  the  application  of  unusual  pressure  on  any  part 
or  parts  of  any  two  of  the  revolving  wings  the  wings  will  automatically 
collapse  and  fold  flat  on  each  other  in  an  outward  position. 

The  revolving  wings  shall  be  hung  from  a  self-oiling  ball  bearing 
located  above  the  ceiling  and  so  arranged  that  they  may  be  released 
from  the  central  position  by  one  operation  and  moved  to  one  side  of 
the  opening. 

The  revolving  doors  and  enclosures  for  the  basement  story,  next  to 


100 

Broadway,  leading  to  the  sub-way,  shall  be  made  of  mahogany  and  plate 
glass,  made  and  installed  in  a  similar  manner  as  above  specified  for 
bronze  revolving  doors  and  enclosures  and  as  shown  by  detail  draw- 
ings for  the  same.  Fit  the  openings  with  bronze  circular  thresholds 
and  the  doors  with  bronze  kick  plates. 

Provide  all  hardware,  such  as  locks,  bolts,  etc.,  necessary  to  make 
the  work  complete. 

Bulletin  Boards: 

Furnish  and  locate  on  the  wall  of  the  first  floor  elevator  hall,  as 
shown  by  the  drawings,  two  (2)  ornamental  iron  bulletin  board  directo- 
ries, and  frames  as  shown  on  drawings,  made  and  arranged  to  accom- 
modate the  names  of  the  tenants  of  the  building,  equal  to  the  arrange- 
ment manufactured  by  the  Tablet  &  Ticket  Company  or  the  United 
States  Tablet  &  Sign  Company  of  New  York.  The  Contractor  shall  pay 
the  rental  for  the  first  year's  use  of  this  system,  the  same  reverting  to 
the  Owner  of  the  building  thereafter. 

The  frames  shall  be  made  for  sectional  iron  minor  frames  to 
accommodate  the  names  of  the  tenants.  Each  minor  frame  shall  be 
rabbetted  to  receive  a  bevel  edged  plate  glass  which  shall  be  in  one 
single  piece  for  each  frame. 

Each  minor  frame  shall  be  provided  with  black  strips  containing 
the  names  of  the  tenants  and  an  adjustable  wood  backing  with  catches, 
clasps,  etc.,  complete,  all  as  the  drawings  indicate. 

The  frame  and  the  minor  sectional  frames  shall  be  finished  a 
genuine  bower-barff.  The  inscription  "Directory"  at  the  head  of  the 
board  shall  be  of  polished  bronze,  raised  not  less  than  3/16",  secured  to 
the  frame  with  invisible  anchors. 

Provide  all  glass  facing  sections,  which  shall  be  best  grade  of  pol- 
ished plate,  beveled  as  shown. 

Bronze  Thresholds: 

The  main  entrance  revolving  doors  to  the  building,  the  revolving 
doors  in  basement,  all  doors  on  first  floor  facing  elevator  halls  and  cor- 
ridors, the  doors  on  the  37th  story  leading  to  roof,  and  such  other  doors 
as  the  plans  and  detail  drawings  so  indicate,  shall  have  cast  bronze 
corrugated  thresholds,  carefully  fitted  and  well  secured  and  anchored 
in  place,  made  in  accordance  with  full  size  detail  drawings  for  same. 


/, 


■i 


101 


Kick  Plates: 

The  kick  plates  for  the  exterior  side  of  all  entrance  store  doors, 
first  floor,  shall  be  of  bronze,  dull  statuary  finish. 

The  kick  plates  on  all  other  doors  where  shown  or  required  shall 
be  cast  iron,  and  shall  have  a  bower-barff  finish.  Kick  plates  shall  be 
provided  for  all  first  floor  corridor  and  store  exterior  and  interior  en- 
trance doors,  and  wherever  indicated  on  drawings. 

Wherever  kick  plates  are  shown  or  required,  they  shall  be  placed 
on  both  sides  of  the  doors. 

Pipe  Shaft  Iron  Doors  and  Frames: 

The  openings  leading  to  the  pipe  shaft  on  floors  where  required  by 
the  drawings  shall  have  3"x3"xf"  angle  frames  made  as  shown  by 
detail  drawings,  the  frame  continuing  around  entire  opening  forming 
frame  and  sill. 

The  frames  shall  be  fitted  with  3/16"  boiler  plate  steel  doors,  stiff- 
ened on  inner  side  by  having  l"xl"x3/16"  angles  riveted  around  en- 
tire outer  edges,  with  two  (2)  intermediate  horizontal  angles  of  same 
size,  spaced  at  equal  intervals  vertically. 

The  doors  shall  be  provided  with  good  and  serviceable  locks,  butts 
and  other  hardware  acceptable  to  the  Architects. 

Cast  Bronze  Door  Sills  and  Fascias: 

The  door  opening  for  pent  house  on  exterior  shall  be  provided 
with  cast  corrugated  bronze  sills. 

Automatic  Fire  Doors  and  Frames: 

Fire  doors  and  frames  shall  be  furnished  and  installed  complete 
throughout  the  building  where  shown  and  required  by  the  drawings. 
The  openings  shall  be  fitted  with  channel  and  angle  iron  frames,  made 
and  installed  as  indicated,  the  frames  being  secured  at  top  and  bot- 
tom to  the  floor  structural  steel  work,  the  entire  work  made  rigid  and 
solid,  preparatory  for  the  installation  of  the  doors. 

The  doors  shall  be  hollow  metal  as  herein  specified  under  Roofing 
and  Sheet  Metal  Work,  and  shall  be  hung  on  iron  tracks  secured  rig- 
idly to  frames  and  equipped  with  tracks,  hangers,  cables,  counter- 
weights, electric  automatic  devices  for  closing  same  in  case  of  fire,  etc. 

Especial  attention  shall  be  given  to  installing  thermostatic  closing 


102 

device,  which  shall  he  perfect  in  operation  and  acceptable  to  the  Archi- 
tect, the  New  York  Fire  Department  and  made  to  comply  with  the  re- 
quirements of  the  New  York  building  code. 

Iron  access  doors  for  each  fire  door  opening  shall  be  provided  for 
access  to  the  weight  boxes  and  overhead  tracks,  guides  and  sheaves 
as  shown  and  required,  for  which  furnish  all  hinges,  catches,  locks,  etc. 

Equip  all  doors  with  grooved  iron  sill,  thresholds  and  furnish  in 
place,  track  and  counter-weight  boxes  and  frames  for  access  to  the 
mechanism  of  doors,  together  with  hardware  for  same. 

Equip  each  track  access  door  with  an  illuminated  opaque  glass 
sign  with  numbers  of  offices  beyond  doors  and  all  necessary  lamps 
and  electrical  connections,  making  the  work  complete. 

Second  Story  Grilles: 

At  each  end  of  coffered  ceiling,  second  floor,  furnish  and  install 
an  ornamental  iron  frame  and  open  grille  as  indicated  by  the  draw- 
ings. The  frame  shall  consist  of  a  system  of  vertical  mullions  secured 
to  sill  and  head  of  frames  at  top  and  bottom  respectively.  Between 
mullions  install  ornamental  irou  grilles  consisting  of  a  system  of  hori- 
zontal, vertical  and  diagonal  moulded  bars,  fabricated  in  a  neat  and 
accurate  manner  so  as  to  make  all  joints  first-class  in  every  respect. 
Grilles  and  frames  shall  be  finished  alike  on  both  sides,  accurately 
fitted  and  securely  anchored  in  place. 

All  exposed  work  of  grille  and  frame  shall  be  finished  imitation 
bower-barff. 

Flag  Pole: 

As  the  scale  plans,  elevations  and  sectional  details  indicate,  fur- 
nish and  locate  flag  poles  in  court  pediment  walls  at  seventh  floor  level, 
over  the  main  entrances  on  the  Broadway  and  Nassau  fronts,  the  poles 
being  made  of  7",  6",  5",  4"  and  3"  wrought  iron  pipes.  These  pipes 
shall  be  connected  by  extending  one  pipe  into  the  next  larger  size  a  dis- 
tance of  not  less  than  two  feet,  the  joints  being  "shrunk"  or  welded 
joints,  no  screwing,  riveting  or  clamping  of  joints  will  be  permitted. 

The  poles  shall  rest  on  cast  iron  shoes  setting  on  and  secured  to 
the  roof  beams,  anchored  to  the  steel  construction. 

Where  the  pole  and  braces  are  secured  to  the  roof  construction, 
they  shall  be  provided  with  a  storm  collar,  to  which  shall  be  secured 


103 

copper  flashing,  extending  same  on  to  roof,  executing  a  water  tight  job 
in  every  respect. 

Poles  shall  be  provided  at  top  with  a  cast  bronze  truck  with  two 
bronze  sheaves,  and  each  pole  surmounted  with  a  12-inch  No.  16  sheet 
bronze  ball,  gilded  with  gold  leaf,  all  as  shown  and  required  by  the 
drawings. 

Cast  iron  base,  where  poles  engage  with  the  terra  cotta,  shall  be 
made  as  shown,  the  engagement  between  the  various  materials  being 
made  in  a  first  class  and  satisfactory  manner. 

Provide  two  \  inch  copper  wire  cable  halyards  for  each  pole,  and  at 
the  base  of  the  staff  grips  or  clamps  well  secured  for  fastening  hal- 
yards, same  to  be  of  a  design  satisfactory  to  Architect. 

Wrought  Iron  Pipe  Balustrades: 

Wrought  iron  pipe  (also  marked  "Gas  Pipe"  on  drawings)  balus- 
trades and  railing  for  staircases,  so  noted  on  drawings,  elevator  shaft 
in  pent  house  and  wherever  so  noted  on  the  drawings,  shall  be  provided 
and  installed  as  shown. 

The  railings  shall  be  made  of  two  parallel  rows  of  pipe,  joined  with 
the  proper  unions  and  connections  to  vertical  flanged  pipe  uprights, 
spaced  approximately  four  feet  centers,  which  shall  be  securely  and 
firmly  anchored  in  place  to  make  a  substantial  job  in  every  respect.  The 
size  of  pipe  for  balustrades  shall  be  as  marked  on  drawings,  and  where 
not  designated  shall  be  made  of  \\"  pipe. 

Where  staircases  have  wrought  iron  pipe  balustrades  they  shall  be 
made  in  a  similar  manner  with  same  size  materials  as  above  specified, 
the  balustrades  being  securely  and  rigidly  anchored  to  the  carriages. 

Pipe  Shaft  Balconies: 

As  indicated  by  the  various  floor  plans,  furnish  in  place  on  each 
floor  iron  balconies  constructed  of  a  system  of  angles,  bars,  etc.,  as 
shown  by  the  details,  which  shall  be  securely  and  firmly  anchored  to 
the  structural  steel  work  to  make  same  secure  in  all  respects. 

The  balcony  construction  shall  at  each  floor  consist  of  parallel 
3"x5"x^"  angles  arranged  as  shown  and  extending  across  pipe  shaft, 
framed  together  and  to  the  structural  steel  work,  forming  a  support 
for  the  floor  construction  which  shall  consist  of  two  parallel  2£"x2-|" 
bars,  into  which  shall  be  set  a  series  of  £"xf"  cross  cars  well  riveted 


104 

and  made  perfectly  rigid.  This  floor  construction  shall  be  so  made 
as  to  be  easily  lifted  out  of  the  angle  iron  frame  work.  As  the  scale 
details  of  same  indicate  a  portion  of  the  balcony  floors  shall  be  hinged. 

Balconies  shall  be  supported  on  channels  and  I  beams,  as  drawings 
indicate,  to  which  they  shall  be  securely  anchored. 

Iron  Ladders: 

Furnish  in  place  in  pipe  shaft,  and  wherever  else  noted,  iron  lad- 
ders the  entire  height  of  the  shaft,  or  lengths  and  runs  as  shown,  made 
of  two  2\"s2\"  bars,  placed  vertically  two  feet  apart  with  £"x§"  square 
iron  rungs  spaced  14"  centers  and  set  diagonally.  Ladders  shall  be 
securely  riveted  and  anchored  to  structural  "I"  beams,  with  iron 
brackets,  or  anchored  to  brick  work  with  expansion  bolts  as  the  case 
may  be.  The  ladder  from  the  main  to  the  pent  house  roof,  also  the 
ladder  escape  from  boiler  room  to  sidewalk  on  Cedar  street,  shall  be 
securely  constructed  and  anchored  in  place. 

Vent  and  Exhaust  Grilles: 

Furnish  vent  and  exhaust  grilles  and  thimbles  for  same,  wherever 
shown  or  required  by  the  drawings. 

All  grilles  shall  be  made  of  cast  iron,  ornamental  in  design  as  the 
drawings  indicate,  and  where  necessary  shall  be  provided  with  a  cast 
or  sheet  steel  thimble  for  setting  in  and  securing  in  position  in  the 
walls. 

All  grilles,  unless  otherwise  specified,  shall  have  imitation  bower- 
barff  finish. 

Vent  and  exhaust  grilles  are  required  for  all  corridor  doors  in  the 
toilet  rooms  and  janitors'  closets  throughout  the  various  stories,  and 
wherever  noted  on  the  drawings. 

A  careful  study  of  the  plans,  scale  and  sectional  drawings  is  re- 
quired for  the  location  of  these  grilles,  as  it  is  to  be  understood  that 
all  grilles  as  shown  and  required  shall  be  furnished  in  place  complete. 

The  ceiling  registers  for  toilets  and  janitors'  closets,  except  where 
sizes  of  same  are  marked  on  the  drawings,  shall  be  8"x8". 

The  vent  grilles  for  entrance  doors  to  janitors'  closets  and  toilet 
rooms  shell  be  made  in  ornamental  pattern  set  in  a  frame  and  secured 
to  the  panels  provided  for  same  in  the  doors. 


105 

Store  Fronts,  First  Story: 

The  exterior  store  fronts,  first  story,  shall  be  of  wood  and  orna- 
mental cast  iron,  constructed  and  securely  anchored  to  jambs,  sills  and 
heads  by  means  of  angles  and  expansion  bolts,  as  indicated  by  scale 
and  full  size  detail  drawings  of  same.  The  wood  work  will  be  mahog- 
any furnished  as  herein  specified  under  Carpentry. 

Frames  shall  be  carefully  fitted  to  openings,  securely  fastened  and 
tightly  caulked  to  make  an  absolutely  tight  job. 

Extraordinary  care  must  be  exercised  in  anchoring  the  frames  to 
the  cut  stone,  terra  cotta  work  and  structural  columns  so  as  to  avoid 
spawling  the  surfaces  of  same. 

It  is  to  be  understood  that  in  case  any  cut  stone  or  terra  cotta  sur- 
faces are  marred  or  damaged  in  executing  the  work,  the  same  must  be 
made  good  and  replaced  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Architect. 

Where  members  of  store  fronts  are  to  be  drilled  for  condensation 
gutters,  the  same  shall  be  executed  as  shown.  All  store  fronts  shall 
be  constructed  with  removable  stops,  so  that  the  glass  can  be  inserted 
from  the  outside. 

Frames  shall  be  so  made  that  transoms,  doors,  etc.,  will  swing  as 
indicated  by  the  detail  drawings. 

All  store  fronts  shall  be  carefully  constructed  with  the  mouldings 
accurately  made,  in  accordance  with  full  size  section,  carefully  mitred 
so  that  all  members  are  made,  assembled  and  worked  out  in  strict  ac- 
cordance with  the  drawings. 

Provide  all  structural  angles,  tees  and  other  steel  members  for 
proper  anchorage  and  support  of  the  store  fronts  as  shown. 

The  interior  store  fronts  shall  be  made  of  wood  and  will  be  fur- 
nished as  specified  under  Carpentry. 

Window  Grilles: 

For  windows  located  in  the  frieze  of  the  Intermediate  Story  (im- 
mediately above  the  third  story),  furnish  and  install  ornamental  iron 
grilles  and  frames  as  indicated  by  the  drawings.  The  guides  shall  be 
made  of  a  system  of  horizontal,  vertical  and  diagonal  cast  bars,  neatly 
fabricated,  assembled  and  fitted  into  a  cast  frame,  which  shall  be  well 
secured  to  the  openings  in  the  terra  cotta  work.  Grilles  shall  be  fin- 
ished alike  on  both  sides. 


106 

Window  Guards: 

Window  guards  for  the  exposed  window  in  the  toilet  rooms  shall 
be  made  as  indicated  by  toilet  room  detail  drawings.  The  guards  are  to 
consist  of  a  system  of  1£  horizontal  round  bars,  two  to  each  window,  and 
to  be  securely  anchored  to  the  window  jambs.  Guards  shall  have  a 
bower-barff  finish. 

Ejector  Pit: 

Provide  and  set  iron  stair  to  bottom  of  ejector  pits,  and  a  two  inch 
double  gas  pipe  hand  rail  around  pits,  the  rails  continuing  down  sides 
of  stair.  The  stair  shall  have  wrought  iron  strings,  cast  threads  (no 
risers)  and  all  work  shall  be  securely  fastened  in  place  and  shall  re- 
ceive three  (3)  coats  of  paint. 

Coal  Bunker  Doors  and  Frames: 

The  coal  bunker  door  frames  in  boiler  room  shall  be  made  of  \" 
sheet  steel,  reinforced  on  corners  with  3x3x5/16  inch  angle,  and  fitted 
on  jambs  with  anchors  which  shall  be  laid  into  the  concrete  work, 
securely  anchoring  the  jambs  to  the  masonry. 

Provide  heavy  corrugated  cast  iron  thresholds  for  each  frame,  as 
shown. 

The  outer  doors  shall  be  made  of  3/16  inch  sheet  steel  stiffened 
around  outer  edges  with  1£xHx3/16  inch  angles,  and  hung  to  the  metal 
jambs  with  heavy  hinges.  Provide  each  door  with  all  necessary  hard- 
ware, such  as  hasps,  catches,  etc.,  all  complete  in  every  respect. 

Inner  sides  of  frames  shall  be  provided  with  angle  guides  and 
2"x8"  planks  for  coal  guards.  Planks  shall  be  bound  on  ends  with 
channel  iron. 

Elevator  Controller  Floors: 

The  controller  floors  shall  be  provided  with  bar  iron  grating  floors, 
supported  on  an  angle  iron  frame  work,  made  of  2xJ  inch  bars,  set  into 
an  angle  iron  frame  work,  all  as  shown  by  drawings.  Openings  for 
cables,  sheaves,  etc.,  shall  be  framed  into  these  gratings  as  shown.  Sub- 
mit shop  drawings  for  this  work,  showing  sizes,  etc.,  to  the  Architect 
for  approval. 


107 

Coal  Hole  Covers  and  Sidewalk  Escape: 

Coal  hole  covers  and  frames  of  a  size  as  shown  on  plans  shall  be 
provided  in  the  Nassau  and  Pine  street  sidewalks  over  the  coal  bunkers. 
The  covers  shall  be  a  bar  grating  construction  fitted  into  rabbeted  cast 
steel  frame  made  in  accordance  with  details. 

The  frames  shall  be  cast  steel  thimbles  securely  anchored  to  the 
concrete  work  and  set  flush  with  surface  of  the  pavement;  the  lower 
edge  of  the  thimbles  discharging  into  and  being  connected  with  f-inch 
boiler  plate  chutes,  which  shall  be  rigidly  and  solidly  constructed  and 
anchored  into  place.  Chutes  shall  be  square  in  section,  riveted  together 
at  angles  by  means  of  continuous  angles  on  exterior  side  entire  length. 
Frames  shall  be  rabbeted  to  receive  covers,  which  shall  be  hinged  to 
same  with  heavy  brass  hinges. 

The  covers  must  be  delivered  and  set  up  so  that  they  can  be  built 
into  the  concrete  work  as  the  same  is  installed. 

The  sidewalk  escape  door  at  the  head  of  ladder  leading  from 
boiler  room  shall  be  made  of  cast  iron  with  "diamond  surface"  top, 
providing  same  with  a  catch  beneath  for  ready  opening  in  case  of  neces- 
sity. 

Main  Arcade  Booths: 

The  booths  in  main  arcade  shall  be  of  ornamental  cast  iron  and 
marble  construction  as  the  drawings  indicate. 

The  ornamental  iron  work  in  connection  with  the  booths  shall  be 
of  the  same  character  and  design  as  the  elevator  enclosures,  of  which 
they  are  practically  a  continuation,  neatly  and  solidly  constructed,  all 
executed  in  a  first  class  manner.  Entrance  gates  to  booths  shall  be 
made  as  details  show,  fitted  with  Rixon  floor  checking,  hinges  and  secret 
locks  and  catches. 

For  the  openings  in  the  booths  there  shall  be  provided  a  system 
of  removable  collapsible  iron  grilles  for  night  installation,  made  for 
ready  removal  and  installation,  and  as  shown  by  the  detail  draw- 
ings. Provide  all  necessary  hardware  such  as  locks,  butts,  etc.,  of  ihe 
most  approved  type. 

Radiator  Register  Faces  and  Enclosures: 

Into  the  vertical  walls  just  above  the  floors  and  beneath  all  exterior 
windows  in  the  fourth,  fifth  and  the  west  half  of  the  sixth,  seventh  and 


108 

eighth  stories,  furnish  and  install  ornamental  iron  register  frames  and 
grilles,  placing  same  immediately  back  of  radiators,  all  made  as  details 
indicate. 

All  radiators  in  executive  office  of  the  Equitable  Company  shall 
be  completely  enclosed,  top,  sides  and  front  with  ornamental  iron 
radiator  enclosures  indicated  by  the  drawings. 

Trench  Cover  and  Frame: 

Provide  frame  and  cover  for  the  pipe  trench  in  boiler  room  in  sub- 
sub-basement  floor.  Frame  shall  be  continuous  of  cast  steel  corrugated 
on  the  face,  rabbeted  to  receive  the  covers  and  well  anchored  in  the 
concrete. 

Cover  shall  be  of  cast  iron,  made  as  sectional  details  indicate  to 
receive  a  vitrified  tile  floor  as  herein  specified  under  Masonry,  in 
lengths  of  about  five  feet,  stiffened  on  the  back  with  ribs,  set  loose  into 
frame  and  provided  with  flush  rings  for  lifting. 

Access  Iron  Doors  and  Frames: 

Furnish  and  install  in  basement  and  sub-basement  iron  doors  and 
frames  to  the  various  voids,  which  give  access  to  valves  and  such  other 
utilities  as  the  drawings  indicate. 

The  frames  shall  be  made  of  angle  irons,  which  shall  be  firmly  an- 
chored to  furred  ceilings  or  tile  walls,  as  the  case  may  be. 

Frames  shall  be  set  flush  with  the  plaster  and  shall  be  rabbeted  to 
receive  the  doors. 

The  doors  shall  be  made  of  3/16"  sheet  steel,  stiffened  on  back  by 
having  l"xl"x3/16"  angles  riveted  to  outer  edge  of  the  steel  sheets. 

The  doors  are  to  be  provided  with  flush  hinges  and  all  necessary 
hardware,  such  as  locks,  catches,  etc.,  for  their  proper  operation. 

Cast  Iron  Bumpers: 

Furnish  and  install  cast  iron  bumpers  for  freight  entrances,  as 
shown  by  the  drawings.  The  bumpers  shall  be  made  form  and  size  as 
shown,  extended  beneath  the  sidewalk  surface  and  securely  anchored  to 
structural  steel  work. 

The  castings  shall  be  one-piece  castings,  not  less  than  one  (1)  inch 
in  thickness  and  uniform  in  finish  throughout  and  so  made  as  to  neatly 
engage  with  the  granite  and  adjacent  masonry  work. 


109 

Dumb  Waiter  Door  Frames: 

The  dumb  waiter  door  frames  on  the  35th  and  36th  stories  shall  be 
made  of  channel  iron,  framed  between  and  connected  to  the  floor  beams, 
all  made  as  shown  by  drawings  for  same.  The  doors  will  be  hollow 
metal,  as  herein  specified  under  Roofing  and  Sheet  Metal,  for  which 
shall  be  provided  all  necessary  cables,  pulleys,  counter  weights,  guides, 
fusible  links,  catches,  etc.,  to  make  the  work  complete. 

The  casings  for  the  openings  shall  be  made  of  wood,  as  specified 
under  Carpentry. 

Coal  Banker  Balconies: 

Furnish  and  install  a  balcony  floor  and  wrought  iron  balustrade  in 
coal  bunker,  as  shown  by  the  drawings. 

The  balcony  floor  construction  shall  be  of  the  fire  escape  type  with 
f"  square  bars  spaced  2-J"  centers  and  riveted  into  §"x3"  horizontal 
bars,  the  grating  being  anchored  to  cantilevered  beams,  which  are  fur- 
nished, as  shown  by  the  Structural  Steel  drawings. 

The  balustrade  shall  be  a  two  (2)  inch  gas  pipe  railing  with  vertical 
uprights  secured  to  each  cantilevel  beam. 

The  whole  work  shall  be  securely  and  solidly  anchored  in  place  and 
connected  with  the  exit  doors  at  ends,  as  shown  on  drawings. 

Access  to  the  balcony  shall  be  had  by  means  of  a  ladder  terminat- 
ing above  on  an  exterior  grating  platform,  as  indicated. 

Machine  Room  Trap  Doors: 

For  the  removal  of  elevator  engines,  armatures,  sheaves,  etc.,  pro- 
vide in  the  floor  of  elevator  machine  rooms  where  so  shown  and  re- 
quired angle  iron  frames  and  Linden  steel  doors  of  a  size  as  indicated. 
Frames  shall  be  made  in  depth  equal  to  the  thickness  of  the  floor  con- 
struction, properly  constructed  to  receive  the  doors. 

The  doors  shall  be  made  of  \"  Linden  steel,  in  two  leaves  each,  stif- 
fened by  having  2"x2"x3/16"  angles  riveted  around  the  entire  outer 
edge  of  doors  with  two  intermediate  angles  placed  at  equal  intervals. 

Provide  doors  with  all  necessary  hardware,  such  as  locks,  hinges, 
lifts,  etc.  "j        '  *'T5] 


110 

Boiler  Plate  Wainscoting: 

The  walls  of  the  freight  vestibules,  first  story,  shall  be  wains- 
coted to  a  height  of  five  feet  above  the  floor  with  \"  sheet  steel,  extend- 
ing all  around  the  room. 

The  work  shall  be  executed  with  plates  of  a  width  equal  to  the 
full  height  of  the  wainscot  and  of  as  great  length  as  possible,  so  that 
there  will  be  no  horizontal  and  but  few  vertical  joints.  Vertical  joints 
where  occurring  shall  be  butt  joints  secured  by  plates  riveted  on  the 
back. 

All  joints  at  corners  shall  be  made  with  3x3x£  inch  angles  placed 
on  the  back  at  re-entrant  angles  and  on  the  front  at  salient  angles,  and 
the  upper  edge  shall  be  stiffened  with  a  2ix3x^  inch  angle  placed  on 
the  front,  set  with  the  3  inch  leg  horizontal  in  position  to  be  built  into 
the  tile  walls  as  they  are  laid  up.  The  plates  shall  be  carefully  fitted 
at  all  openings  and  properly  connected  with  the  frames. 

The  exposed  walls  of  the  freight  lift  shaft  shall  be  lined  its  entire 
height  with  boiler  plate  3/16"  in  thickness  and  installed  as  above  speci- 
fied for  the  boiler  plate  wainscoting. 

The  wainscoting  shall  be  provided  on  the  back  with  proper  an- 
chors to  be  built  into  the  walls  and  shall  be  set  with  great  care  so 
that  the  finished  surfaces  will  be  perfectly  plane  and  free  from  warps, 
twists  or  buckles. 

Conductor  Head  Thimbles: 

Each  down-spout  head  where  same  pierce  the  roofs  there  shall 
be  provided  cast  iron  thimbles  not  less  than  1  foot  1  inch  in  diameter, 
flanged  at  top  and  bottom  to  support  the  tile  arch  of  the  roof  con- 
struction. 

These  thimbles  in  depth  shall  equal  the  depth  of  the  fireproof 
arches  supporting  the  roof  at  the  place  where  the  down-spout  heads 
are  located. 

Meeker  Sliding  Doors: 

Openings  where  so  indicated  by  the  drawings  shall  be  fitted  with 
channel  iron  frames  (depth  of  jamb)  and  Meeker  or  the  Vermaneo 
counterbalanced  iron  doors,  of  a  size  as  indicated  by  the  drawings. 

The  door  frames  in  the  brick  wall  shall  consist  of  a  3/16  inch 


Ill 

boiler  plate  jamb  and  head  stiffened  on  both  sides  with  2£x2£x^  inch 
angles  riveted  to  both  iambs. 

The  opening  shall  be  provided  and  fitted  with  a  heavy  cast  cor- 
rugated angle  threshold  depth  of  wall,  extending  down  the  face  of  the 
elevator  shaft  at  least  six  inches  to  form  a  fascia.  Threshold  shall  be 
securely  and  solidly  anchored  to  the  floor  construction. 

The  counter-balanced  doors  shall  be  made  of  No.  18  galvanized 
corrugated  iron,  secured  to  a  well  constructed  angle  iron  frame  of  a 
size  as  shown  by  the  full  size  sectional  details.  Doors  shall  be  made 
to  slide  in  grooves,  properly  counter-balanced,  and  shall  be  provided 
with  heavy  rubber  cushions  at  abutting  joints  of  doors.  Provide  all 
necessary  and  suitable  hardware,  such  as  cables,  sheaves,  locks,  catches, 
etc.,  for  the  proper  operation  of  the  door.  Contractor  is  to  under- 
stand that  only  doors  which  operate  satisfactorily  will  be  acceptable 
to  the  Architect. 

Where  the  counterbalanced  doors  are  over  six  feet  in  width,  they 
shall  have  extra  horizontal  reinforcement  across  the  middle,  so  as  to 
prevent  doors  being  forced  in  and  interfere  with  the  passage  of  the  cars. 

Rolling  Steel  Shutter  and  Frame: 

Furnish  in  place  rolling  steel  shutter  and  frame  for  the  freight 
elevator  entrance,  first  story. 

The  opening  shall  be  fitted  with  a  boiler  plate  frame,  made  of  \ 
inch  metal  stiffened  on  edges  with  2ix2ix|  inch  angles,  so  arranged 
as  to  form  inner  and  outer  casings.  The  frame  shall  be  set  in  place 
before  masonry  work  is  executed,  so  same  will  be  solidly  bricked  in. 

The  shutter  shall  be  constructed  of  No.  18  galvanized  steel  with 
reinforced  edges,  counterbalanced  by  Helix  wire  springs,  and  shall 
have  an  endless  chain  operating  device,  the  whole  neatly  and  securely 
anchored  in  position,  as  indicated  by  sectional  drawings. 

The  shutter,  owing  to  its  width,  shall  be  heavily  reinforced  and 
solidly  constructed. 

Provide  shutter  with  necessary  guides,  hood,  hardware,  lock,  key, 
etc.,  to  make  same  complete  in  every  respect,  and  shall  be  installed 
and  made  to  operate  to  the  entire  satisfaction  of  the  Architect. 

The  rolling  steel  shutter  and  frame  shall  be  painted  as  herein- 
after specified. 


112 

Iron  Doors  and  Frames: 

Openings  in  the  brick  and  tile  walls  where  so  shown  or  noted  shall 
be  provided  with  iron  doors  and  frames. 

The  frames  shall  be  made  of  steel  channels  or  of  3/16  inch  boiler 
plate  stiffened  on  the  edges  with  3x3xf  inch  angles.  The  frames  shall 
be  secured  to  the  steel  work  both  below  and  above. 

The  doors  shall  be  made  of  3/16  inch  sheet  steel,  stiffened  by  hav- 
ing l|xlfx3/16  inch  angles  riveted  around  entire  outer  edges,  with 
two  horizontal  angles  spaced  equally  vertically. 

The  doors  shall  be  hung  with  heavy  hinges  and  provided  with  all 
necessary  hardware,  locks,  etc. 

All  doors  shall  be  painted  as  herein  specified. 

Booth  Mezzanine  Balconies: 

The  first  floor  booth  mezzanine  balconies  shall  be  provided  with 
an  ornamental  cast  and  wrought  iron  balustrade  with  wood  hand 
rail  constructed  and  rigidly  anchored  to  the  structural  steel  work,  all 
as  indicated  by  the  scale  and  detail  drawings.  From  the  first  to  the 
mezzanine  balconies  install  iron  step  ladders  with  cast  iron  carriages 
and  diamond  surfaced  treads  finished  on  edge  with  a  neat  rounded 
nosing.  Step  ladders  to  be  provided  with  a  2  inch  polished  bronze  rail 
securely  anchored  to  the  carriages  and  newel  posts  above. 

Painted  Work: 

This  Contractor  shall  paint  all  of  the  ornamental  iron  work  not 
bronze,  brass  or  bower-barff,  unless  otherwise  specified,  one  (1)  coat 
of  Prince's  Mineral  Paint  before  delivery  and  two  (2)  coats  of  pure 
white  lead  and  linseed  oil  after  delivery.  The  color  shall  be  selected 
by  the  Architect. 

The  elevator  cars  and  the  wood  handrails  throughout  shall  be 
finished  in  same  manner  as  all  interior  woodwork,  for  which  see  Car- 
pentry Specification. 

Mail  Box: 

The  mail  box  will  be  furnished  as  specified  under  Mail  Chute  and 
Box. 


113 

Hardware: 

Furnish  and  set  in  place  in  a  very  neat  manner  all  finished  hard- 
ware required  to  complete  ornamental  iron  and  bronze  work  in  the 
building.  All  hardware  shall  be  left  at  the  completion  of  the  work 
absolutely  free  from  tool  marks,  mars  of  any  kind,  and  all  shall  be 
made  to  work  to  the  entire  satisfaction  of  the  Architect. 

All  hardware  for  this  purpose,  except  as  above  specified,  shall  be 
first  class  in  every  respect,  of  the  most  modern  and  approved  type, 
acceptable  to  the  Architect. 


114 

PLASTERING. 
In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute  and  install  complete  the 
Plastering  work  in  accordance  with  the  accompanying  drawings  and 
as  required  by  this  specification. 

Plaster  Surfaces: 

The  following  surfaces  shall  be  plastered: 

Sub-Sub  and  Sub-Basement: 

All  exposed  wall  and  ceiling  surfaces,  including  columns, 
shall  be  plastered,  except  the  interior  walls  of  the  coal  bunk- 
ers, which  will  be  left  in  the  rough. 

Basement: 

All  exposed  wall  and  ceiling  surfaces,  including  columns, 
except  otherwise  noted,  shall  be  plastered. 

First  Floor  to  and  Including  Thirty-sixth  Story: 

All  wall  and  ceiling  surfaces,  including  columns,  except  oth- 
erwise noted,  shall  be  plastered. 

Pent  Houses: 

All  exposed  walls  and  ceiling  surfaces  shall  be  plastered. 

Shafts: 

The  elevator  shafts  and  stair  case  enclosures  shall  be  plas- 
tered top  to  bottom;  the  pipe  and  vent  shafts  shall  not  be 
plastered. 

Burnt  Clay  Tile  Material: 

All  partitions,  ceilings  and  furring  will  be  of  hollow  tile  construc- 
tion, unless  otherwise  shown  or  specified.  Where  walls  are  not  furred 
they  shall  be  plastered  directly  on  the  brick  or  concrete  and  as  the  case 
may  be. 

Wetting  Tile: 

All  tile  partitions  and  furring  shall  be  wet  before  plastering  is 
applied  to  prevent  too  rapid  absorption  of  water  from  the  mortar. 


115 

Expanded  Metal  Ceilings,  Partitions  and  Enclosures: 

All  partitions  and  furring  shown  on  drawings  as  "metal  lath  and 
plaster"  shall  be  constructed  of  expanded  metal  or  wire  lath  and  steel 
channels. 

The  enclosures  for  pipes  on  the  interior  columns,  unless  otherwise 
shown,  will  be  of  tile,  furnished  in  place  as  herein  specified  under  Hol- 
low Tile  Fireproofing.  Where  same  are  shown  to  be  of  metal  lath  and 
plaster  they  shall  be  as  specified  for  expanded  metal  partitions. 

All  ventilating  ducts  exposed  in  portions  of  the  building  which  are 
plastered  shall  be  enclosed  with  expanded  metal  lath  and  plaster  work ; 
contractor  must  refer  to  diagrams  to  ascertain  the  extent  of  this  work. 

The  ceilings  of  certain  portions  throughout  the  building  shall  be 
"suspended  ceilings"  furred  down  with  expanded  metal  lath  or  wire 
cloth  upon  framing  of  steel  channels  and  angles,  which  shall  be  hung 
with  suspension  bars  and  rods  from  clips  attached  to  structural  steel 
beams  before  the  tile  fire-proofing  is  applied. 

Other  Furring: 

All  plaster  beams,  cornices,  soffits  and  other  portions  so  indicated 
shall  be  similarly  furred  with  expanded  metal  lath  or  wire  cloth  with 
all  necessary  steel  framing  for  its  support  properly  disposed  and  rig- 
idly secured  in  place.  All  suspended  portions  shall  be  supported  from 
clips  attached  to  steel  beams  as  specified  for  suspended  ceilings. 

Slots  and  Chases: 

All  recesses,  slots  and  chases  cut  or  built  into  the  walls  for  steam 
or  plumbing  pipes,  electric  wiring,  etc.,  shall  be  covered  over  with  strips 
of  expanded  metal  rigidly  secured  to  the  adjacent  walls  to  admit  of 
making  the  plaster  surfaces  continuous. 

Other  Plans: 

Carefully  examine  the  heating  and  ventilating  diagrams  and  struc- 
tural steel  drawings  and  enclose  with  expanded  metal  lath  and  plaster 
any  work  such  as  raggles,  expansion  joints  or  plumbing  pipes  which 
require  such  enclosures. 

Door  and  Window  Openings: 

Around  all  window  or  door  openings  throughout  where  walls  are 
to  be  plastered  install  a  strip  of  expanded  metal  or  wire  lath  ten  (10) 


116 

inches  wide,  properly  and  securely  anchored  to  the  grounds  and  tile 
or  hrick  work,  to  prevent  the  possibility  of  cracks  in  the  plaster  work 
around  openings;  execute  this  work  very  carefully  to  insure  a  1st  class 
job  in  all  respects. 

Studding  and  Framing: 

The  studding  for  expanded  metal  partitions  shall  be  £"  steel  chan- 
nels, 7/10  pound  per  lineal  foot,  spaced  twelve  (12)  inches  on  centers; 
spiked  at  bottom  to  wood  strips  on  a  line  with  the  top  of  floor  strips 
and  wired  at  top  to  channel  irons.  All  openings  shall  be  framed  with 
l"xl"x3/16"  angles.  All  angle  studs  used  in  framing  shall  be  full 
length,  extending  from  floor  to  ceiling. 

All  framing  for  suspended  ceilings,  furring  and  similar  work  shall 
be  of  steel  channels,  angles  or  tees  as  above,  of  proper  size  for  the  pur- 
pose for  which  employed,  suspended,  anchored  and  secured  rigidly  in 
place. 

Structural  Work: 

Provide  any  and  all  supports,  lookout,  furrings,  tee  irons,  etc., 
that  may  be  necessary  for  the  proper  construction  of  all  plain  and  orna- 
mental plaster  work,  dropped  ceilings,  furred  walls,  etc. 

All  such  supports,  furring,  and  grounds  shall  be  of  metal  and  of 
the  size,  shape,  etc.,  approved  by  the  Architect,  same  being  securely 
fastened  into  place.  Carefully  examine  the  structural  steel  diagrams 
and  furnish  all  additional  work  necessary  to  properly  and  safely  sup- 
port the  plaster  work,  other  than  shown  on  same. 

Lath: 

All  lath  shall  be  expanded  metal  lath  of  not  less  than  No.  24  gauge, 
with  ribs  at  least  %"  wide,  or  if  not  less  than  No.  22  gauge  with  ribs 
at  least  3/32"  wide;  or  No.  18  U.  S.  Standard  gauge  wire  cloth  f" 
mesh,  stiffened  every  7"  with  3/16"  diameter  rods,  all  of  which  shall 
be  given  one  (1)  heavy  coat  of  paint  or  linseed  oil.  The  lath  shall 
be  firmly  wired  to  the  furring  with  No.  18  annealed  galvanized  lac- 
ing wire;  each  sheet  of  metal  lath  being  wired  at  least  four  (4) 
times  to  each  stud,  with  ends  and  sides  of  sheets  properly  lapped  not 
less  than  one  (1)  inch  and  laced  together.  One  (1)  side  only  of  stud- 
ding shall  be  lathed.    See  drawings  and  full  size  details. 


117 

Sample  of  expanded  metal  lath  or  wire  cloth  shall  be  submitted 
to  the  Architect  for  his  written  approval. 

Grounds : 

All  necessary  wood  grounds  will  be  furnished  and  set  in  place  as 
herein  specified  under  Carpentry. 

Where  grounds  come  in  expanded  metal  furrings,  the  metal  chan- 
nels shall  be  suitably  punched  to  admit  of  readily  nailed  wood  blocks 
to  which  wood  grounds  are  secured,  all  as  shown  on  drawings. 

Verify  all  grounds  before  the  plastering  is  begun  to  see  that  they 
are  built  perfectly  true  and  straight,  plumb  and  level  as  required,  and 
see  to  it  that  the  same  are  remedied  before  commencing  the  plastering. 

All  grounds  and  furring  for  ornamental  plaster  wall  shall  be  of 
metal  in  all  cases  furnished  in  place  complete,  no  wood  grounds  or 
furring  shall  be  used  for  this  purpose. 

Mortar: 

All  mortar  for  the  plastering,  unless  otherwise  specified,  shall  be 
composed  of  a  patent  mortar,  either  Diamond,  Flint,  Granite,  Imperial, 
Rock,  Kallolite,  Mineral  City,  or  equal  in  the  judgment  of  the  Archi- 
tect, mixed  with  sand  in  the  proportion  specified  by  the  manufacturers. 

All  sand  shall  be  clean,  sharp  and  free  from  loam,  bark,  coal  dust, 
cinders,  charcoal  or  any  vegetable  matter. 

Coats : 

Except  as  otherwise  specified,  all  plastering  on  concrete,  brick  and 
tile  walls  shall  be  what  is  known  as  two-coat  work,  where  on  metal  lath 
surfaces  it  shall  be  three-coat  work.  The  last  coat  in  all  cases,  unless 
otherwise  specified,  shall  be  plaster  of  Paris  finish. 

Applying  Plaster: 

The  first  or  scratch  coat  shall  be  rendered  on  the  metal  lath  sur- 
faces and  scratched  in  both  directions  with  a  lath  scratcher  and  shall 
be  thoroughly  dry  before  applying  the  second  coat.  The  scratch  coat 
shall  be  omitted  on  brick  and  tile  walls. 

The  second  or  brown  coat  shall  be  applied  as  follows :  When  the 
scratch  coat  is  thoroughly  dry,  run  "screeds"  in  all  vertical  angles 
and  at  intermediate  intervals  as  required,  made  absolutely  plumb  and 


118 

true  by  means  of  a  plumb  rule  reaching  from  floor  to  ceiling.  Hori- 
zontal screeds  shall  be  run  at  base  and  ceiling  lines,  and  on  walls  of 
high  stories  intermediate  screeds  between  ceiling  and  floor.  These 
screeds  shall  be  run  Unable  and  true  from  vertical  screeds  and  left  until 
hard.  All  spaces  shall  then  be  filled,  rodded  and  left  absolutely  true 
and  plumb  to  a  line  or  radius  as  called  for  on  the  plans. 

All  ceilings  shall  be  screeded  around  angles  and  intervening 
screeds  shall  be  run  at  intervals  of  about  six  (6)  feet,  made  abso- 
lutely level,  straight  and  true,  and  when  thoroughly  hard  shall  be  filled 
in  and  straightened  by  a  rod  or  darby  as  in  the  case  of  walls.  All 
surfaces,  whether  vertical,  horizontal  or  curved,  shall  be  made  true 
without  waves  or  other  defects  in  every  respect  to  make  a  first-class 
job,  with  the  best  workmanship  first  class  and  acceptable  to  the  Archi- 
tect. 

The  third  or  finishing  coat  shall  be  plaster  of  Paris,  unless  other- 
wise specified,  and  shall  be  applied  after  the  second  coat  is  thoroughly 
dry,  straightened  by  means  of  straight  edges,  ten  feet  long,  troweled 
to  perfectly  true  and  even  surfaces  and  the  entire  work  left  without 
scratches,  ridges,  waves,  chips,  cracks,  voids,  brush  marks,  stains, 
mars  or  defacements  of  any  sort.  All  surfaces  shall  be  straight  so  that 
a  ten-foot  straight  edge  will  fit  the  walls  and  ceilings  at  any  angle  or 
diagonally  on  the  walls  and  ceilings.  All  angles  shall  be  left  absolutely 
sharp,  true  and  clean  cut. 

Special  care  must  be  exercised  in  the  execution  of  the  finishing 
on  the  curved  surfaces  to  make  same  true  surfaces  of  revolution  as  in- 
dicated by  the  drawings. 

The  plastering  shall  extend  close  to  floors  and  to  all  openings, 

flush  with  grounds. 

Cement  Plaster  Wainscot  and  Base: 

The  walls  of  all  janitor  closets  throughout  shall  have  a  Portland 
cement  plaster  wainscot  five  (5)  feet  high. 

Install  cement  base  where  called  for  by  drawings,  heights  as  shown 
and  made  of  best  Portland  cement,  neatly  finished  with  a  1"  radius  cove 
shoe  to  meet  the  floor  surface. 


119 

Plaster  Jambs: 

Jambs  and  soffits  of  window  and  door  openings,  wherever  shown  to 
be  plastered  on  drawings,  shall  be  finished  like  the  walls  and  ceilings, 
with  the  surfaces  perfectly  straight  and  true. 

Drop  Beams: 

Wherever  beams  and  girders  project  below  the  ceilings,  in  rooms 
which  are  plastered,  they  shall  be  plastered  same  as  ceilings. 

Metal  Corner  Beads: 

Except  where  rounded  corners  are  shown  or  specified,  galvanized 
iron  corner  beads  of  a  type  which  shall  meet  the  approval  of  the  Archi- 
tect sball  be  put  on  all  salient  corners  of  piers,  walls,  columns  and  pil- 
asters, and  shall  extend  from  floor  to  ceiling. 

Beads  must  be  put  on  square,  plumb,  true,  and  shall  be  securely/ 
anchored  to  walls. 

Round  Corners: 

Where  rounded  corners  are  shown  by  the  drawings,  the  same  shall 
be  neatly  and  satisfactorily  executed,  and  made  perfect  surface  of  revo- 
lution, true  to  scale  and  full  size  detail. 

All  salient  corners  in  corridors  shall  be  neatly  rounded  3£"  radius 
as  shown  by  the  drawings. 

Plastering  Back  of  Marble: 

There  will  be  no  plaster  back  of  marble  work. 

Ornamental  Plaster: 

Execute  all  ornamental  plaster  work  of  every  kind  required  and 
as  shown  by  the  drawings.  All  work  shall  be  made  in  strict  accord- 
ance with  details  and  approved  models  for  the  work,  in  a  manner  ac- 
ceptable to  the  Architect. 

Plaster  Beams  and  Cornices: 

Run  all  plaster  beams,  cornices,  coves,  panels,  mouldings,  and 
furnish  in  place  all  capitals,  rosettes  and  ornaments  where  indi- 
cated on  the  drawings  or  required  by  the  work.  All  work  shall  be  in 
strict  accordance  with  the  details  and  shall  be  run  perfectly  true, 
straight  or  curved,  as  required. 


120 

Model*: 

All  modeling  shall  be  executed  by  the  best  and  most  artistic  archi- 
tectural modelers  and  sculptors,  who  may  be  selected  by  the  Architect 
at  their  option. 

Changes  in  models,  or  new  models,  shall  be  made,  changing  and  re- 
changing  them  until  they  are  satisfactory  to  the  Architect  in  every 
respect. 

Models  shall  be  submitted  in  place  should  it  be  necessary  for  the 
proper  inspection  of  same. 

Staff: 

All  mouldings,  rosettes  and  other  ornamental  work  that  cannot  be 
lun  in  place,  except  as  otherwise  specified,  shall  be  of  the  best  quality 
staff,  well  secured  in  place,  put  up  perfectly  straight  and  plumb  and 
all  curved  surfaces  absolutely  true. 

All  ornamental  plaster  work  shall  be  cast  in  gelatine  moulds,  under- 
cut as  necessary. 

Only  the  best  quality  of  stucco  shall  be  used  and  all  lines,  surfaces 
and  ornament  shall  be  true  and  clean. 

All  work  shall  be  properly  and  securely  "stuck"  and  anchored, 
being  fastened  into  place  with  copper  wire,  backed  with  jute  cloth  and 
filled  in  with  rattan  pieces  as  necessary,  to  secure  a  substantial  and  se- 
cure job. 

All  fastenings  shall  be  securely  made  and  all  jointings  and  fasten- 
ings neatly  pointed  up  so  as  to  be  invisible. 

Heat: 

Furnish  all  heat  required  to  properly  dry  plaster,  including  sala- 
manders, fuel  and  the  necessary  attendance. 

Mixing  Mortar  on  Upper  Floors: 

In  case  any  mixing  of  mortars  is  required  on  the  upper  floors  it  is 
to  be  distinctly  understood  that  only  water  tight  boxes  are  to  be  used. 

Patching: 

All  patching  of  plaster  work  required  by  the  Architect  after  all 
work  has  been  executed  must  be  done  in  a  very  neat  manner,  leaving 
neither  crack,  mar  nor  stain  at  any  point. 


121 

Cleaning  Ont: 

When  the  plaster  work  is  finished  remove  from  the  building  all 
staging,  tools  and  debris  of  every  sort  arising  from  this  work. 

Unit  Prices: 

The  Contractor  shall  name  one  (1)  price  only  for  all  additions  to 
or  deductions  from  this  contract  for  the  respective  labor  and  materials 
named  below;  said  price  to  govern  until  the  completion  and  acceptance 
of  all  work  called  for  herein : 

Plaster  per  square  yard  actual  measurement  of  plastered 
surfaces  on  walls $. 

Plaster  per  square  yard  actual  measurement  of  plastered 
surfaces  on  ceilings  $ 

Plaster  per  square  yard  on  channel  irons  and  wire  cloth, 
including  channel  irons  and  wire  cloth.  . . ., $ 

Portland  cement  plaster,  per  square  yards,  on  walls $ 

Portland  cement  base,  per  lineal  foot $ 

Plain  Keene  cement  plaster,  per  square  yard $ 

Scagliola,  plain  surfaces,  in  place  complete,  per  square  ft.  $ 

Unit  price  of  salamander,  including  coke,  attendance,  etc., 
complete $ 


122 

■ 
CARPENTRY  AND  CABINET  WORK. 

In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute,  install  and  complete 
the  Carpentry  and  Cabinet  Work  in  accordance  with  the  accompanying 
drawings  and  as  required  by  these  specifications. 

Scope  of  This  Work: 

In  this  work  shall  be  included  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute 
the  rough,  finished  and  cabinet  wood  work,  as  shown  by  the  plans  and 
as  required  by  these  specifications;  together  with  the  Painter's  finish 
of  all  hardwood,  the  priming,  the  painting  and  graining  of  the  inside 
of  all  exterior  frames  and  sashes,  except  as  otherwise  specified. 

In  this  work  shall  also  be  included  the  finishing  of  all  hollow  metal 
doors,  frames  and  trim,  except  the  elevator  hollow  metal  doors,  which 
shall  be  finished  as  herein  specified  under  Ornamental  Iron  Work. 

Fireproofing  of  Wood: 

All  woodwork  of  every  description  throughout  for  the  rough  and 
finished  work  entering  into  the  construction  of  this  building  shall  be 
rendered  fireproof  with  a  treatment  by  some  process  acceptable  to  and 
approved  by  the  Building  Department  of  the  City  of  New  York. 

Bough  Carpentry  and  Miii.  Work. 
Timbers : 

All  timbers,  studding,  furring,  etc.,  shall  be  sound,  weather-sea- 
soned and  perfectly  dry;  unless  otherwise  specified,  it  shall  be  No.  1 
spruce,  cypress,  Washington  fir  or  other  woods  as  approved  by  the 

Architect. 

Temporary  Closing: 

Close  the  first  story  door  and  window  openings  with  temporary 
doors  and  sash;  all  other  openings  in  exterior  walls  shall  be  closed 
with  the  permanent  sash  and  glass. 

Window  and  Door  Frames: 

All  exterior  window  and  door  frames,  also  all  exterior  sashes  and 
doors  for  the  entire  building  shall  be  copper  covered  construction  fur- 
nished as  herein  specified  under  Roofing  and  Sheet  Metal  Work. 


123 

Partitions,  Wood  Bncks,  Blocks,  Etc.: 

Lay  out  all  lines  for  interior  partitions  throughout.  All  parti- 
tions will  be  of  tile  or  expanded  metal  as  shown  by  the  drawings. 
Furnish  all  necessary  wood  blocks,  bucks,  grounds,  etc.,  required 
around  openings  to  receive  the  finish. 

All  necessary  bucks  or  studding  for  grounds  for  openings  shall 
be  furnished  and  set  in  place,  made  as  shown  by  full  size  details,  and 
made  to  extend  in  single  lengths  the  full  height  of  the  opening  with 
proper  wooden  keys  nailed  on  the  back  where  same  engage  with  the 
hollow  tile  work.  Execute  all  necessary  framing  overhead  for  support 
of  tile  and  plaster. 

Where  bucks,  rough  frames,  etc.,  are  shown  or  require  grooving 
for  transmission  of  electric  conduits,  the  same  shall  be  executed  to 
facilitate  the  installation  of  wires,  etc. 

Where  two  or  more  openings  are  adjacent  the  fireproofing  will 
be  omitted  and  the  Contractor  shall  execute  all  the  necessary  furring, 
studding,  etc. 

All  frames  shall  be  set  plumb  and  so  kept.  All  openings  shall  be 
framed  so  as  to  admit  of  full  casings. 

Back  Plans: 

Buck  plans  with  correct  location  of  all  corridor  openings  shall  be 
prepared,  submitting  prints  of  same  to  the  Architect  for  approval. 

Grounds: 

Put  up  dressed  grounds,  securely  anchoring  same  in  place,  for  all 
architraves,  picture  and  wire  mould,  base  and  finish  of  every  sort,  as 
will  be  required  to  install  the  wood  work  for  the  entire  building  in  a 
substantial  and  acceptable  manner. 

The  grounds  shall  be  level  and  straight  or  plumb,  as  the  case  may 
be,  and  should  the  plastering  be  crooked  on  account  of  these  grounds, 
it  shall  be  done  over  at  the  Contractor's  expense. 

Grounds  and  bricks  shall  be  put  up  absolutely  true,  level  and 
plumb  to  receive  the  finished  wood  work. 

In  the  floor  of  opening  for  each  door  having  wood  thresholds,  pro- 
vide and  install  2"x4"  beveled  grounds  for  securing  of  thresholds. 

I 


124 

Finished  Floors: 

All  finished  floors  throughout  will  be  marble,  cement,  etc.,  as  else- 
where specified,  no  wood  floor  obtaining  in  the  building. 

Inside  Finish: 

All  finish  throughout,  unless  otherwise  specified,  shall  be  first 
quality  clear,  thoroughly  seasoned,  kiln-dried,  selected  stock,  highly 
figured  Honduras,  Mexican  or  African  mahogany,  for  which  purpose 
submit  samples  for  approval  of  the  Architect,  and  after  approval  the 
approved  samples  shall  be  filed  with  the  Architect,  and  shall  be  taken 
as  a.  standard  for  all  inside  finish  work  in  this  contract. 

The  finish  for  the  inside  of  elevator  machine  rooms,  the  2d  story 
of  Main  Pent  House,  and  the  interior  trim  in  storage  rooms  in  Sub 
and  Sub-sub-basements  shall  be  red  birch. 

All  work  shall  be  put  together  cabinet  style,  veneered  and  glued; 
nailing  where  necessary,  shall  be  secret  nailing  with  fine  finishing  nails, 
and  it  is  hereby  understood  that  a  first-class  cabinet  job  in  every  de- 
tail will  be  required. 

All  work  shall  be  finished  complete  in  the  shop  of  the  cabinet- 
maker as  hereinafter  specified,  and  the  Contractor  shall  notify  the 
Architect  when  the  materials  are  ready  for  finishing,  so  that  the  work 
may  be  inspected  and  approved. 

Inside  Frames: 

All  exposed  parts  of  inside  window  frames  shall  be  mahogany, 
as  above  specified  for  Inside  Finish,  made  and  installed  as  shown  by  scale 
and  full  size  details  of  same. 

No  interior  trim,  frames,  etc.,  are  to  be  set  until  the  plaster  is  on 
and  dry,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Architect. 

Where  two  or  more  windows  or  doors  and  windows  are  shown  to 
come  together,  full  openings  will  be  left  in  the  tile  partitions,  for  which 
such  additional  furring  as  may  be  necessary  shall  be  furnished  to  make 
the  work  come  right. 

Doors: 

All  doors  throughout  the  building,  except  where  otherwise  shown 
or  specified,  shall  be  If"  thick,  made  in  strict  accordance  with  scale 
and  full  size  details. 


125 

The  fii'e  doors  throughout,  the  entrance  doors  to  stair  enclosures, 
the  dumbwaiter  doors,  the  elevator  machine  room  doors,  the  doors  in 
the  sub-sub  and  the  sub-basement  (unless  otherwise  noted)  and  where- 
ever  so  shown  or  indicated  by  drawings,  will  be  hollow  metal  with  hol- 
low metal  frames,  furnished  as  herein  specified  under  Roofing  and 
Sheet  Metal.  These  doors  will  be  trimmed  with  wood  on  corridor  side 
and  with  metal  on  the  opposite  side,  except  in  the  mechanical  plant 
rooms,  the  trim  will  be  hollow  metal  on  both  sides. 

All  door  stiles  and  rails  shall  be  veneered  with  3/16"  thick  sawed 
veneer  on  staved  cores  of  thoroughly  seasoned  white  wood  or  pine; 
veneered  on  both  faces  and  on  the  edges  of  the  stiles.  The  veneer 
on  edges  of  stiles  shall  be  not  less  than  §"  thick. 

The  panels  for  doors  shall  be  veneered  with  not  less  than  1/20" 
thick  sawed  veneer  on  laminated  cores,  forming  five-ply  panels  when 
finished,  the  two  outer  layers  on  either  face  being  of  hardwood,  the 
under  layer  of  the  two  being  of  birch  and  the  finish  layer  of  mahogany, 
extra  selected  stock,  highly  figured,  of  a  character  satisfactory  to  the 
Architect. 

The  thicknesses  of  veneers  here  specified  are  the  finished  thickness 
of  the  veneer. 

All  panels  shall  receive  the  varnish  finish  hereinafter  specified  be- 
fore they  are  framed  into  place,  and  panel  moulds  shall  be  so  set  as 
not  to  interfere  with  the  shrinking  and  swelling  movements  of  the 
panels. 

The  water  closet  stall  doors,  and  the  toilet  room  fly  doors  shall  be 
IV  thick,  all  veneered  as  above  specified,  and  made  in  accordance  with 
the  details. 

Doors  marked  S.  D.  shall  be  sash  doors  arranged  with  moulded 
wood  stops  to  secure  the  glass  as  detailed. 

Doors  marked  "S.  D.  T."  shall  be  sash  doors,  as  above,  with 
transoms  over. 

Doors  with  Grilles: 

All  janitor  closet  doors  throughout,  and  other  doors  so  shown  by 
the  drawings,  shall  be  fitted  with  an  ornamental  iron  grille  in  lower 
panel.  The  grilles  will  be  furnished  as  herein  specified  under  Orna- 
mental Iron  for  which  prepare  the  panels  to  receive  them  and  provide 
the  wood  stops  to  hold  them  in  place.     Grilles  shall  be  as  shown  by 


126 

the  detail  drawings,  for  the  reception  of  which  execute  all  necessary 
cutting,  fitting,  etc.,  to  make  the  materials  engage  in  a  first  class 
manner. 

Pent  House  Doors: 

The  exterior  doors  and  frames  for  the  pent  house  shall  be  of  cop- 
per covered  construction  as  specified  under  Hoofing  and  Sheet  Metal 
Work. 

Base  and  Plinth  Blocks: 

The  walls  throughout  the  building,  except  where  wainscoted  in 
marble  or  specified  to  have  marble  or  cement  base,  shall  have  plinth 
blocks  and  base  of  wood,  made  in  accordance  with  full  size  details. 

Cutting,  Boring,  Etc.: 

Execute  all  cutting,  fitting,  boring,  etc.,  in  the  wood  finish  neces- 
sary for  the  installation  of  the  switches,  electric  conduits,  etc.,  where 
shown  and  required,  by  the  Electricians  for  installation  of  their  work. 

Wood  Thresholds: 

Each  door  throughout  the  building  shall  be  furnished  with  birch 
thresholds,  moulded  according  to  detail,  except  where  marble  or  metal 
thresholds  are  shown  on  drawings.  Thresholds  shall  be  provided  with 
and  rigidly  anchored  to  wood  grounds  laid  in  the  concrete  floor  con- 
struction as  above  specified. 

Picture  and  "Wire  Mould: 

Furnish  and  set  in  place  picture  moulds  as  indicated,  extending 
same  around  all  rooms  and  offices,  except  in  closets,  the  sub  and  sub- 
sub-basements,  all  of  which  shall  be  properly  secured  to  grounds,  put 
up  perfectly  level  and  true. 

On  the  corridor  sides,  the  picture  mould  shall  become  the  wire 
mould,  made  and  built  out  as  shown  by  detail  of  same.  Mould  shall 
continue  around  all  corridor  walls  for  transmission  of  electric  wires, 
etc. 

Wood  Work  Around  Plumbing: 

Furnish  and  set  all  material  for  grounds  and  temporary  supports 
for  setting  fixtures,  marble,  glass  work,  pipes,  etc. 


127 

The  partitions  between,  behind  and  around  the  water  closets  will 
be  of  marble,  with  hardware  as  herein  specified  under  Hardware. 

Exterior  Shop  Fronts: 

The  first  story  store  fronts,  doors,  transoms,  etc.,  for  same  shall 
be  made  of  steel,  ornamental  iron  (as  specified  under  Ornamental 
Iron)  and  mahogany  wood  work.  Sills  and  transom  bars  shall  be 
grooved  for  condensation  gutters,  which  shall  be  lined  with  16  ounce 
hard  rolled  polished  copper,  fitting  same  with  §"  conductors,  three  (3) 
to  a  window. 

The  rough  ground  for  securing  of  the  finished  wood  work  shall 
be  rigidly  bolted  to  the  structural  steel  or  iron  members,  furnishing 
all  bolts  and  washers  and  executing  all  drilling,  cutting,  fitting,  etc.,  to 
install  the  work  as  shown. 

The  transoms  in  connection  with  the  store  fronts  shall  be  made 
of  mahogany,  thickness  as  indicated,  hinged  at  the  bottom  as  the  draw- 
ings show.  Where  no  sash  are  indicated  the  glass  is  to  be  held  in  place 
with  wood  or  metal  stops. 

Interior  Shop  Fronts: 

The  interior  shop  fronts  on  the  first  and  basement  stories  shall  be 
a  combination  of  wood  and  glass,  with  the  exposed  finish,  such  as  stops, 
casings,  etc.,  made  of  selected,  highly  figured  mahogany,  the  fronts  hav- 
ing a  wood  base  on  shop  and  marble  base  on  the  corridor  side. 

Transoms  for  these  shop  fronts  shall  be  thicknesses  as  indicated, 
made  of  mahogany,  hinged  at  the  bottom ;  the  doors  shall  be  built  up, 
mahogany  veneered,  1$"  thick,  made  for  single  glass  panel. 

Repairing  Woodwork: 

Repair  and  make  good  all  damages  to  woodwork  that  may  be 
done  during  the  execution  of  the  building,  and  leave  the  work  in  this 
contract  in  first  class  condition,  without  exception. 

Cntont  Closet  Doors: 

Doors  to  cutout  closets  shall  be  full  height  of  closet,  except  where 
otherwise  shown  in  which  case  they  shall  be  in  two  tiers,  with  transom 
bar  made  removable  so  as  to  give  a  clear  opening  the  full  height  of  the 
closet,  as  the  details  indicate. 


128 

Architraves : 

All  exterior  and  interior  openings  throughout,  unless  otherwise 
shown  or  specified,  shall  have  moulded  wood  architraves.  Architraves 
on  stair  side  of  doors  for  enclosed  stairs  will  be  of  hollow  metal  as 
herein  specified  under  Ornamental  Iron. 

Details— Setting  Trim: 

Full  size  details  of  all  typical  trim  as  above  mentioned  are  shown 
by  drawings  and  all  work  shall  be  made  and  installed  in  strict  accord- 
ance with  the  same ;  all  frames  and  finish  of  every  sort  shall  be  put  up 
plumb  or  level,  straight  and  true ;  all  trim  shall  be  put  up  with  proper 
grounds  in  every  case,  and  well  secured  to  same.  All  nailing  shall  be 
with  fine  wire  finishing  nails  and  shall  be  concealed  as  much  as  pos- 
sible. 

Hand  Bails: 

All  wood  hand  rails  for  the  staircase  throughout,  unless  otherwise 
shown  or  specified,  shall  be  furnished  in  place  as  herein  specified  under 
Ornamental  Iron  Work. 

Elevator  Cars: 

The  elevator  cars  will  be  furnished  as  herein  specified  under  the 
Ornamental  Iron  Work. 

Mirror  Frames  and  Shelf s: 

Furnish  mahogany  frames  and  shelves  for  all  mirrors  not  shown 
to  have  marble  frames  or  otherwise  specified,  the  frame  to  be  moulded 
and  of  width  as  detailed,  with  the  mirror  stopped  in  from  the  front. 
For  all  mirrors  throughout  having  either  wood  or  marble  frames  fur- 
nish grounds,  wood  backing  and  moulded  stops,  all  in  accordance  with 
the  drawings. 

The  mirror  frames  and  shelves  over  office  lavatories  shall  be  of 
birch,  with  o  white  enamel  finish. 

Painters  Finish  fob  all  Inside  Finish. 
In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  material  required  to  finish  complete  all  in- 
terior wood  work,  all  hollow  metal  and  doors,  frames  and  trim  (except 
the  elevator  doors,  which  will  be  finished  as  herein  specified  under 


129 

Ornamental  Iron,  and  the  interior  side  of  all  hollow  metal  and  copper 
covered  frames  and  sashes  throughout  the  building. 

Samples : 

Six  samples  12"xl2"  in  size  of  the  woods  as  called  for  herein, 
stained  and  finished,  shall  be  submitted  to  and  for  approval  by  the 
Architect.  The  approved  samples  shall  be  filed  with  the  Architect  and 
shall  be  taken  as  the  standard  of  the  work  to  be  executed  for  the  fin- 
ishes herein  called  for. 

Finish  For  Woodwork: 

Finish  complete  all  mahogany  and  birch  throughout  the  building 
with  stain  and  varnish  finish  as  below  specified. 

All  work  shall  be  finished  complete  at  the  shop  before  being 
brought  to  the  building  and  simply  retouched  after  it  is  set  in  place. 
All  panels  shall  be  finished  before  they  are  framed  into  place. 

Notify  the  Architect  when  the  work  is  ready  for  finishing,  so  that 
he  may  inspect  it  before  the  finishing  is  executed. 

Materials : 

All  varnish  for  this  work  shall  be  of  the  very  best  grade,  con- 
taining not  less  than  25  per  cent,  of  imported  vegetable  gum,  and  shall 
be  free  from  resin  or  petroleum  products,  giving  when  dry  a  hard, 
tough  elastic  film. 

All  varnish  shall  be  applied  in  the  consistency  manufactured  and 
shall  not  be  thinned  by  mixing  with  turpentine  or  any  other  ingredi- 
ent. 

All  paint  shall  be  composed  of  pure  white  lead  and  raw  linseed  oil 
with  not  to  exceed  5  per  cent,  of  drier. 

White  lead  shall  contain  not  less  than  70  per  cent,  carbonate  of 
Jead  to  30  per  cent,  lead  hydroxide,  and  not  more  than  75  per  cent, 
carbonate  to  25  per  cent,  hydroxide. 

Oil  shall  be  pure  raw  linseed  oil  free  from  "foots." 

Drier  shall  be  free  from  gums,  resin  or  petroleum  products. 

Shellac  shall  be  composed  of  gum  shellac  cut  in  pure  grain  alcohol. 

All  materials  shall  be  delivered  at  the  building  in  unbroken  pack- 
ages, bearing  brand  and  maker's  name,  materials  requiring  mixing 


130 

shall  be  mixed  on  the  premises.  All  materials  shall  be  subject  to  in- 
spection and  approval  of  the  Architect  and  materials  rejected  shall  at 
once  be  removed  from  the  premises. 

Mahogany  Finish: 

All  mahogany  shall  first  be  treated  with  a  mahogany  stain,  then 
filled  with  a  mahogany  woodpaste  filler,  colored  to  match  the  stain, 
after  which  it  shall  receive  one  coat  of  white  grain  alcohol  shellac,  fol- 
lowed by  three  coats  of  the  piano  varnish  above  specified. 

Sufficient  time  shall  be  allowed  for  each  coat  to  dry  before  the 
following  coat  is  applied. 

The  shellac  and  the  first  coat  of  varnish  shall  be  sandpapered 
smooth  with  No.  0  sandpaper,  and  the  last  two  coats  shall  be  rubbed 
down  with  pumice  stone  and  water  to  a  dull  cabinet  finish.  All  work 
shall  be  finished  clean  and  sharp  without  any  fat  edges  or  other  un- 
even parts. 

Exterior  entrance  doors  shall  be  finished  with  a  durable  "exte- 
rior" or  spar  varnish  that  will  withstand  the  weather. 

Birch  Finish: 

All  birch,  except  as  otherwise  specified,  shall  first  receive  a  coat 
of  oil  stain  to  bring  it  to  a  color  to  match  mahogany  or  walnut  as 
directed,  then  apply  one  coat  of  orange  grain  alcohol  shellac,  sand- 
paper well  and  finish  with  varnish  in  the  same  manner  as  specified  for 
the  mahogany,  rubbed  to  a  dull  cabinet  finish. 

The  birch  frames  for  office  mirrors  shall  receive  a  coat  of  shellac, 
followed  by  a  coat  of  white  lead  and  oil,  lightly  sand  papered,  and 
then  treated  to  four  additional  coats  of  white  enamel  paint,  sand 
papered  between  coats,  the  last  coat  having  an  egg  shell  finish. 

Finish  of  Unexposed  Work: 

All  inside  finish  woodwork  shall  be  given  one  heavy  coat  of  white 
lead  and  linseed  oil  on  the  back  to  protect  it  from  moisture. 

Graining: 

All  exposed  surfaces  of  the  copper  clad  frames  and  sash  on  the 
interior  and  all  exposed  surfaces  of  hollow  metal  doors  (except  elevator 
doors),  frames  and  trim  shall  be  painted  two  (2)  coats  of  pure  white 
lead  and  linseed  oil  in  addition  to  the  priming  coat,  and  then  grained 


131 

in  oil  to  match  the  hard  wood  finish.  When  thoroughly  dry  the  work 
shall  be  given  two  (2)  coats  of  piano  varnish  above  mentioned  and 
lubbed  to  a  dead  finish  as  specified  for  hardwood  finish. 

Repairing  Woodwork: 

Make  good  and  repair  all  damages  to  woodwork  that  may  occur 
during  the  erection  of  the  building,  and  leave  all  work  in  a  first  class 
condition,  without  exception,  at  completion. 

Haedwabe. 
Rough  Hardware: 

All  rough  hardware  in  connection  with  carpentry  work  shall  be 
furnished  and  installed  and  shall  include  all  nails,  spikes,  oval-headed 
bronze  screws  and  patent  washers  for  stops,  and  other  hardware 
required. 

Finish  Hardware: 

All  finish  hardware  required  to  complete  the  building  will  be  fur- 
nished as  herein  specified  under  Hardware. 

Set  all  hardware  in  place  in  a  very  neat  and  workmanlike  manner, 
employing  for  setting  of  hardware  none  but  the  most  skillful  mechanics, 
accustomed  to  such  work,  and  all  hardware  shall  be  left  at  the  comple- 
tion of  the  building  absolutely  free  from  tool  marks,  mars  or  deface- 
ments of  any  kind,  and  in  first  class  working  order,  to  the  entire  satis- 
faction of  the  Architect. 

Unit  Prices: 

Name  one  price  only  for  any  additions  to  or  deductions  from  this  con- 
tract for  the  respective  materials  named  below,  complete  in  place,  said 
price  to  obtain  until  the  completion  and  acceptance  of  all  work  called 
for  herein : 

Corridor  doors  with  transom  and  trim,  including  set- 
ting of  all  hardware  $ 

Inner  office  door  with  transom,  trim  and  threshold,  in- 
cluding setting  of  all  hardware    $ 

Communicating  doors  with  trim  and  thresholds,  includ- 
ing setting  of  all  hardware $ 

Borrowed  lights,  corridor,  per  frame $ 


132 

Borrowed  lights,  intermediate  partition,  per  frame...  $. 

Picture  mould,  per  lineal  foot  $. 

Wire  mould,  per  lineal  foot  $. 

Typical  office  mirror  frame  complete ., $. 

Base,  per  lineal  foot $. 

Water  closet  stall  door  $. 

Typical  interior  store  front,  including  door  and  tran- 
som, each $. 

Birch  threshold  in  place  $. 


133 

MARBLE  AND  TILE  WORK. 

In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  material  to  execute  and  install  complete  the 
Interior  Marble  and  Tile  Work  in  accordance  with  the  accompanying 
drawings  and  as  required  by  this  specification. 
Scope  of  Contract: 

In  this  work  shall  be  included  all  marble  work  of  every  descrip- 
tion for  staircases,  vestibules,  lobbies,  passages,  halls,  corridors,  toilet 
rooms,  water  closet  and  urinal  stalls ;  the  marble  and  tile  floors  and  any 
other  marble,  or  tile  work  shown  by  the  drawings  or  hereinafter  speci- 
fied. 

Marbles : 

The  Vermont  Verde  Antique,  white  Alabama  and  gray  Tennessee 
marbles  herein  specified  shall  be  domestic  stock;  all  other  marble,  un- 
less otherwise  specified,  shall  be  foreign  stock. 

All  marbles  shall  be  selected,  first  quality,  free  from  all  cracks, 
stains,  porous  streaks,  sand  holes  or  flaws  of  any  sort,  and  shall  be 
selected  to  run  in  even  shades.  The  marbles  shall  be  of  the  several 
kinds  herein  specified  or  as  marked  on  drawings. 

Vitrified  Tile  Floors: 

All  vitrified  tile  for  floors  shall  be  2"  hexagonal  tile,  first  quality 
in  every  respect,  free  from  cracks,  craze,  sprawls,  stains  or  flaws  of  any 
sort,  uniform  in  size  with  true  and  plane  surfaces  and  square  edges. 

Scagliola: 

The  scagliola  work  will  be  furnished  as  herein  specified  under 
Plaster  Work. 

Samples: 

Submit  samples  of  the  marbles  for  this  work  to  the  Architect  for 
approval,  which  shall  be  not  less  than  12"x24"xl",  polished  on  one  side, 
and  honed  finish  on  the  other. 

Finish  of  Marble  Surfaces: 

All  exposed  marble  surfaces,  except  flooring  tile,  stair  treads  and 
platforms,  shall  have  a  high  polish.  Floors,  stair  treads  and  platforms 
shall  have  a  honed  finish. 


134 

Joints : 

All  marble  shall  be  jointed  as  indicated  on  the  detail  sheets. 

All  joints  shall  be  honed  and  shall  finish  not  in  excess  of  1/16 
unless  otherwise  specified,  being  V-joints  where  required  by  full  size 
details. 

All  joints  at  salient  angles,  other  than  rounded  corners,  through- 
out shall  be  quirk  mitre  joints,  or  as  shown  by  detail  drawings,  exe- 
cuted in  a  neat  and  first-class  manner,  acceptable  to  the  Architect. 

Size: 

All  marbles  shall  be  of  sizes  and  thicknesses  required  to  execute 
the  work  as  the  drawings  indicate. 

Mouldings: 

All  mouldings  for  marble  work  shall  be  made  with  the  profiles 
true  to  details,  lines  in  perfect  alignment  and  executed  with  the  work- 
manship first  class  in  all  respects.    Exposed  surfaces  shall  be  polished. 

Setting : 

Marble  work  shall  be  set  after  the  fireproof  walls  and  ceilings  are 
in  place.   Where  used  adjacent  to  plaster  it  shall  be  set  after  plastering. 

All  marble  shall  be  set  straight  to  the  lines  indicated  and  the  work 
executed  in  accordance  with  details  and  left  in  a  perfect  state,  free 
from  stain,  mar  or  defacement  of  any  sort. 

Cutting,  Fitting  and  Filling: 

Drill  and  cut  all  holes  in  marble  work  in  accordance  with  direc- 
tions for  work  which  engages  with  the  marble. 

Execute  all  cutting  of  tile,  concrete,  brick  and  other  walls,  and 
wherever  the  same  is  necessary  for  the  proper  installation  of  this  work. 
Execute  all  necessary  furring  and  filling  back  of  marble  to  bring 
the  finished  surfaces  of  this  work  to  the  lines  and  positions  designated 
on  the  drawings. 

Anchors  and  Supports: 

Furnish  all  metal  anchors,  cramps,  dowels,  braces,  hangers,  tee 
irons,  etc.,  for  anchorage  of  work  in  this  contract.  All  marble  shall  be 
secured  in  place  by  concealed  brass  or  copper  anchors. 


135 

Water  Closet  Stalls: 

The  partitions,  backs  and  door  jambs  of  water  closet  and  urinal 
stalls  shall  be  of  blue  veined  Italian  white  marble,  all  made  and  as- 
sembled as  shown  by  typical  details  of  same. 

The  water  closet  and  urinal  stalls  shall  be  put  together  by  a  system 
of  grooves,  dowels,  and  cramps,  and  constructed  in  a  most  rigid  and 
substantial  manner,  without  the  use  of  exposed  metal  work.  All  dowels 
and  anchors  shall  be  of  copper  or  brass.  Submit  for  Architect's  ap- 
proval detail  drawings  showing  the  method  of  construction  proposed. 

Hinges  and  catch  for  stall  doors  will  be  furnished  as  herein  speci- 
fied under  Hardware,  for  which  execute  the  necessary  drilling  and  cut- 
ting of  marble  for  their  installation. 

First  Story  Marble  Work: 

All  marble  through  first  story,  including  the  main  staircase  from 
basement  to  second  floor,  except  marble  for  floors,  shall  be  Botticino. 
Floors  shall  be  light  grey  Tennessee. 

Alternate  Proposition: 

The  Contractor  shall  submit  alternate  proposition  on  using  mar- 
bles for  first  story  and  main  staircase  marble  work,  submitting  a  sep- 
arate proposition  for  each  kind  as  follows:  Tavernelle  Clair,  Haut- 
ville  and  Istrian. 

Second  Story  Marble  Work: 

All  marble  throughout  second  story  shall  be  Basseville,  except  the 
floors,  which  shall  be  light  grey  Tennessee. 

Wainscot  and  Base: 

All  elevator  corridors  throughout,  unless  otherwise  specified,  shall 
be  wainscoted  with  English  veined  Italian  white  marble  with  a  12" 
base  of  same  marble. 

All  oilier  corridors,  except  as  otherwise  specified,  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  12"  English  veined  Italian  white  marble  base. 

Elevator  corridor  wainscots  throughout  shall  be  heights  as  shown 
by  typical  details,  and  shall  butt  the  wood  trim  at  all  openings,  with 
plinth  blocks  provided  to  receive  the  trim  as  shown. 

At  all  salient  angles  in  elevator  halls  and  corridors  and  wherever 


136 

round  corners  are  called  for,  provide  a  marble  quadrant  on  a  radius 
as  shown  by  full  size  detail. 

Toilet  room  wainscots  shall  be  7'0"  high,  including  10"  base  and 
without  cap. 

Marble  base  where  there  is  no  wainscot  shall  be  of  the  several 
heights  shown  by  details. 

Elevator  corridor  wainscots  shall  be  heights  as  shown  by  typical 
details,  and  shall  butt  the  wood  trim  at  all  openings,  with  plinth  blocks 
provided  to  receive  the  trim,  as  shown. 

At  all  salient  angles  in  elevator  halls  and  corridors  and  wherever 
round  corners  are  called  for,  provide  a  marble  quadrant  on  a  radius 
as  shown  by  full  size  detail. 

Toilet  room  wainscots  shall  be  7'-0"  high,  including  10"  base  and 
without  cap. 

Marble  base  where  there  is  no  wainscot  shall  be  of  the  several 
heights  shown  by  details. 

Plinth  Blocks: 

For  all  openings  in  rooms  having  marble  base,  furnish  marble 
plinth  blocks  to  receive  the  trim,  of  same  marble  as  the  base,  made  in 
accordance  with  details. 

Composition  Stairs: 

All  stairs,  except  otherwise  shown  or  specified,  shall  have  treads, 
landings  and  platforms  of  composition. 

The  composition  shall  be  either  Asbestone,  Asbestolith,  Monolith, 
or  composition  equal  in  the  judgment  of  the  Architect,  the  material 
applied  in  accordance  with  the  specifications  of  the  manufacturer  of 
the  material  used. 

Marble  Staircases: 

The  staircases  extending  from  basement  to  the  second  floor  shall 
have  all  exposed  surfaces  made  of  Botticino  marble  (except  where 
otherwise  indicated),  built  upon  the  structural  iron  work  as  specified 
herein  under  Ornamental  Iron  Work.  Other  steel,  iron,  etc.,  required 
and  not  shown,  shall  be  furnished  in  connection  with  the  marble. 

The  treads  and  landing  for  these  staircases  shall  be  If"  in  thick- 


137 

ness,  all  of  grey  Tennessee  marble,  risers  $"  in  thickness,  of  Botticino 
marble. 

Stairs  in  toilet  rooms  shall  have  1{"  treads  and  f"  risers. 

The  marble  newels,  strings,  faseias,  balusters,  rails,  where  of  mar- 
ble, etc.,  shall  be  neatly  and  accurately  made,  carefully  following  the 
scale  and  full  size  details.  Special  care  must  be  exercised  in  the  execu- 
tion of  curved  surfaces  to  preserve  the  continuity  of  lines,  mouldings, 
planes,  etc.,  in  a  manner  satisfactory  to  the  Architects. 

Models,   Carvings,  Etc.: 

Furnish  all  plaster  models  for  the  ornamental  work,  using  such 
modelers  as  the  Architect  may  direct.  Submit  to  the  Architect  photo- 
graphs in  triplicate  of  all  models  for  revision  and  approval. 

All  carved  and  ornamental  work  shall  be  in  strict  accordance  with 
the  models  and  shall  be  executed  by  the  most  skillful  architectural 
carvers.  Any  work  not  in  accordance  with  the  models  will  be  rejected 
and  shall  be  at  once  removed  from  the  premises. 

All  work  shall  be  executed  in  a  first  class  manner  to  the  entire 
satisfaction  of  the  Architect. 

Floors : 

All  marble  floors  throughout  shall  be  of  light  grey  Tennessee  and 
unless  otherwise  shown  or  specified,  shall  be  10  by  20  inch  tile.  All  tile 
shall  be  not  less  than  $  inch  thick. 

Toilet  rooms  throughout  shall  have  white  vitrified  tile  floors. 

The  floor  for  the  engine  and  pump  rooms  shall  be  laid  with  im- 
ported vitrified  impervious  6"x6"  quarry  tile. 

Base: 

The  base  for  all  wainscot,  except  otherwise  specified,  shall  be  12" 
high  and  shall  be  made  of  the  same  marble  as  the  wainscot  above,  ex- 
cept in  first  story  work. 

The  base  for  all  first  story  marble  work  shall  be  Vermont  Verde 
Antique,  heights  as  shown  by  the  drawings,  prepared  to  engage  with 
the  cove  shoe  as  indicated.  All  base  throughout  shall  have  a  highly 
polished  finish  on  exposed  surfaces. 


138 

Thresholds: 

Where  marble,  cement  or  tile  floors  occur  on  both  sides  of  an  open- 
ing, and  where  they  join  one  with  another,  marble  thresholds  shall  be 
provided  unless  metal  thresholds  are  shown  on  the  drawings. 

In  intermediate  or  office  division  partitions  where  cement  floor  ob- 
tains on  both  sides  of  the  openings,  birch  thresholds  will  be  provided 
as  herein  called  for  under  Carpentry. 

The  thresholds  shall  be  of  marble  to  match  adjoining  marble  floor 
or  floor  border,  or  where  not  in  contact  with  marble  floor,  shall  be  of 
light  grey  Tennessee  marble.  All  thresholds  shall  be  If  inches  thick 
with  beveled  edges,  bedded  securely  and  solidly  into  place,  so  that  top 
edge  except  where  otherwise  shown,  will  not  be  less  than  |  inches  above 
the  floor  surface,  all  in  accordance  with  full  size  details. 

Concrete  Foundation  for  Floors: 

For  all  marble  and  quarry  tile  floors  the  concrete  foundation  shall 
be  brought  parallel  to  and  within  two  (2)  inches  of  the  finished  floor 
surface  upon  which  deposit  the  necessary  mortar  and  bedding  for  the 
bedding  of  the  tile. 

Setting  Marble,  Quarry  and  Ceramic  Tile  Floors: 

Deposit  upon  the  concrete  foundation  a  bed  of  cement  mortar  made 
of  two  (2)  parts  of  Portland  cement  with  three  (3)  parts  of  clean 
sharp  white  sand. 

Before  depositing  the  bedding  mortar  on  the  concrete  the  entire 
surface  of  the  concrete  shall  be  well  saturated  with  water  to  prevent 
the  too  rapid  absorption  of  the  water  from  the  bedding  mortar. 

Mortar  shall  be  spread  evenly  over  the  required  surface  to  estab- 
lish the  floor  levels  for  the  tile  so  as  to  avoid  excessive  tamping  of  tile 
to  obtain  proper  level. 

All  floor  tile  shall  be  set  so  as  to  have  joints  reduced  to  a  mini- 
mum, and  in  no  case  are  they  to  exceed  1/16". 

All  floor  tile  shall  be  well  bonded,  matched  in  color,  joints  kept 
true  to  line,  all  upper  surfaces  kept  level  and  in  the  same  plane,  each 
tile  well  and  securely  bedded  in  the  cement  mortar. 

All  marble  floors  shall  be  holy-stoned  upon  completion  and  left  in 
an  absolutely  perfect  condition,  acceptable  to  the  Architect. 


139 

The  joints  between  the  tile  shall  be  grouted  from  the  surface  with 
Portland  cement,  mixed  with  water  to  the  consistency  of  cream,  filling 
all  joints  perfectly.  Wash  off  all  cement  from  the  surface  of  the  tile 
before  it  sets,  making  a  first-class  joint  in  every  detail. 

Cleaning: 

At  completion,  clean  all  marble  and  tile,  leaving  the  entire  work 
in  perfect  condition,  satisfactory  to  the  Architect. 

Marble  Alternates: 

In  place  of  the  marble  above  mentioned  the  following  substitution 
may  be  made: 

For  Floors :    Alabama,  Colorado  Yule,  etc. 

For  Base  and  Wainscot  (first  floor  excepted) :  Light  gray  Ten- 
nessee, Colorado  Yule,  Pentilikon,  Alabama,  Light  Cloud  Vermont, 
etc. 

Unit  Prices: 

Name  one  price  only  for  all  additions  to  or  deductions  from  this 

contract  for  the  respective  materials  and  labor  named  below;  said 

price  to  obtain  until  the  completion  of  all  work  called  for  herein  and 

its  acceptance  by  the  Architect. 

Gray  Tennessee  marble  floors,  including  bedding  under 

same,  per  square  foot $ ,. .,. . 

Vermont  Verde  Antique  marble  base,  per  lineal  foot.  .  $. 

Ceramic  tile  floor,  including  bedding  under  same,  per 

square  foot    $ 

Quarry  tile  floor,  including  bedding  under  same  per 

square  foot , ..,$.. 

Water  closet  partition  slabs,  blue  veined  Italian,  per 

square  foot $ 

Water  closet  and  urinal  backs,  blue  veined  Italian,  per 

square  foot ,. . .  $ ,. ., 

Water  closet  stiles,  blue  veined  Italian,  per  square  foot  $. . . ... .,. . 

Water  closet  partition  slabs,  white  Alabama,  per  square 

foot $.. 

Water  closet  and  urinal  backs,  white  Alabama,  Ver- 
mont or  Pentilikon,  per  square  foot , .$..,. .... .,. . 

Water  closet  stiles,  white  Alabama,  Vermont  or  Pen- 
tilikon, per  square  foot 1 ...,$. . 


140 

English  Veined  Italian  marble  wainscot,  per  square 
foot $. 

"White  Alabama,  Vermont  or  Pentilikon  marble  wains- 
cot, per  square  foot $. 

English  Veined  Italian  marble  base,  per  lineal  foot $. 

"White  Alabama,  Vermont  or  Pentilikon  marble  base 
per  lineal  foot $. 

Vermont  Verde  Antique  marble  base,  per  lineal  foot.  $. 


141 

GLASS  AND  GLAZING. 

In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute  and  install  complete  the 
Glass  and  Glazing  Work  in  accordance  with  the  accompanying  draw- 
ings and  as  required  by  this  specification. 

Scope  of  Contract: 

Furnish  and  set  in  place  all  glass  and  mirrors  throughout.  The 
wire  glass  in  skylights,  the  plate  glass  for  Directory  Boards,  will  be 
furnished  as  herein  specified  under  Roofing  and  Steel  Metal  and  Orna- 
mental Iron  Work. 

Exterior  Glass: 

The  glass  in  all  exterior  openings  on  street  elevations  of  the  build- 
ing, the  entrance  vestibules  and  first  story  corridors,  also  the  light 
courts  of  the  building,  unless  otherwise  shown  or  specified,  shall  be  of 
first  quality  polished  plate  glass,  uniform  in  thickness,  the  glass  for 
all  the  windows,  except  the  store  fronts,  shall  not  exceed  ^  inch  in 
thickness,  and  the  store  front  glass  not  more  than  §  inch. 

The  glass  for  toilet  room  windows  in  exterior  walls  of  the  building 
shall  be  chipped  plate  glass. 

Interior  Glass: 

First  Story: 

All  glass  throughout,  unless  otherwise  shown  or  specified,  shall  be 
polished  plate. 

Second   to   Thirty-seventh   Stories,    Inclusive: 

All  corridor  entrance  doors  shall  have  chipped  plate  glass  panels. 

All  glass  above  transom  bars  shall  be  first  quality  D.  T.  A. 

A.  sheet  glass. 

Hollow  Metal  Doors: 

All  glass  for  hollow  metal  doors  throughout  where  shown  and  re- 
quired shall  be  polished  plate  wire  glass  \"  in  thickness. 

Pent  House: 

All  glass  for  pent  house  doors  and  interior  windows  shall  be  D. 
T.  A.  A.  glass. 


142 

Elevators  and  Stair  Enclosures: 

All  elevator  and  stair  enclosures  throughout,  unless  otherwise 
shown,  shall  have  polished  plate  wire  glass. 

Glass  Sizes: 

All  sizes  for  glass  shall  be  taken  from  the  actual  frames  and  sash. 
This  contract  contemplates  all  glass  set  in  place  and  the  Contractor 
shall  assume  all  responsibility  in  regard  to  correct  sizes.  Sizes  marked 
on  drawings  are  approximate  and  shall  be  used  for  estimate  only. 

Mirrors: 

Furnish  and  set  in  place  all  mirrors  for  toilet  rooms  and  wherever 
indicated  on  drawings.  All  sizes  shall  be  marked  on  drawings.  If 
sizes  of  mirrors  over  lavatories  are  not  indicated  or  marked  on  draw- 
ings the  width  of  mirrors  shall  be  equal  to  the  combined  length  of  the 
lavatories,  and  the  height  as  shown  by  drawings. 

All  mirrors,  unless  otherwise  shown,  shall  be  held  in  place  with 
wooden  stops  furnished  as  herein  specified  in  Carpentry.  Furnish 
and  install  felt  backing  for  all  mirrors  where  shown  or  required. 

All  mirrors  shall  be  first  quality  American  polished  plate,  with  the 
silvering  uniform  and  perfect  over  entire  surface ;  the  surfaces  of  the 
glass  for  the  mirrors  shall  be  absolutely  true  and  perfect  planes. 

Setting: 

"Where  glass  is  set  in  iron  frames  it  shall  have  soft  wood  cushions 
or  bearings,  furnished  and  set  in  place  complete,  and  shall  be  secured 
with  stops  as  shown. 

The  glass  in  corridor  and  other  partitions  will  be  held  in  place  with 
wood  stops,  secured  and  set  in  place  in  a  very  careful  manner,  care 
being  taken  not  to  mar  the  finished  woodwork. 

The  glass  for  all  exterior  frames  and  sash,  unless  otherwise  shown 
or  specified,  shall  be  held  in  place  with  stops  as  details  indicate. 

The  remaining  glass  throughout  the  work,  unless  otherwise  de- 
tailed, shall  be  bedded  in  putty,  secured  in  place  with  glazier's  tacks, 
and  then  neatly  puttied  the  full  section  of  the  rabbet. 

The  putty  shall  be  first-class  pure  Unseed  oil  putty. 


143 

Sash  Bars: 

Where  corridor  openings  are  too  large  for  the  largest  size  of 
D.  T.  A.  A.  glass,  provide  and  set  in  place  a  small  and  neat  heavily 
nickel-plated  brass  sash  bar,  as  the  Architect  may  detail  or  select,  and 
securely  fasten  same  in  position. 

Breakage : 

The  Contractor  shall  take  extraordinary  precaution  for  the  pro- 
tection of  the  glass  in  this  contract  after  same  is  put  in  place  in  the 
building,  and  he  shall  be  held  responsible  for  all  breakages  in  the  glass 
until  the  building  is  completed  and  accepted. 

Cleaning : 

At  completion,  or  when  so  ordered,  clean  the  glass  of  all  oil  or 
other  defacement,  wash  and  leave  perfectly  clean. 

Unit  Prices: 

The  Contractor  shall  name  one  price  only  for  any  additions  to  or 
deductions  from  this  contract  for  the  respective  materials  and  labor 
named  below;  said  price  to  obtain  until  the  completion  and  acceptance 
of  all  work  called  for  herein : 

Discount  on  polished  plate  glass  from  list  dated $ 

Discount  on  D.  T.  A.  A.  glass  from  list  dated.  .1 $ . 

Discount  on  mirrors  from  list  dated $. 

Price  per  square  foot  for  chipping  plate. $. . .  .1 

Price  per  squart  foot  for  3/16"  maze  glass $. 


144 

MAIL  CHUTES. 
In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute  and  install  complete 
the  Mail  Box  and  Mail  Chute  work  in  accordance  with  the  accompany- 
ing drawings  and  as  required  by  this  specification. 

Scope  of  Contract: 

Furnish  and  install  complete  in  working  order  a  Mailing  Equip- 
ment, consisting  of  four  (4)  mail  boxes  located  in  first  story  of  the 
building  and  two  mail  chutes  for  each  box,  serving  all  stories  to  and 
including  the  thirty-six  story. 

Mail  Boxes: 

The  mail  boxes  shall  be  ornamental  cast  bronze,  made  in  accord- 
ance with  the  scale  elevations  and  sectional  details  of  same,  with  doors, 
flaps,  etc.,  complete  in  every  respect. 

The  work  shall  be  executed  and  constructed  in  a  neat,  careful  and 
artistic  manner,  with  the  ornamental  parts  well  modeled,  cast,  hand 
chased  and  the  whole  worked  out  in  accordance  with  scale  and  full 
size  details,  in  a  manner  to  meet  the  approval  of  the  Architect. 

The  boxes  shall  be  securely  and  rigidly  anchored  in  place  with 
secret  anchors.    Height  above  floor  as  shown. 

The  mail  box  metal  shall  have  a  statuary  bronze  finish. 

Chutes : 

The  chutes  shall  start  from  a  point  4'  6"  above  the  thirty-seventh 
story  extending  down  through  the  various  stories  to  and  connecting 
wilh  the  mail  boxes  in  the  first  story. 

The  chutes  shall  be  of  metal  and  plate  glass  carefully  and  sub- 
stantially constructed,  accurately  installed,  absolutely  plumb  through- 
out the  entire  height,  and  rigidly  secured  in  place. 

Letter  drop  openings  in  chutes  shall  be  provided  for  all  stories 
above  the  first  floor. 

Finish: 

All  metal  work  for  the  enclosure  and  the  chute  above  the  1st 
story  shall  be  of  ornamental  iron,  with  a  first-class  and  durable  imita- 


145 

tion  bower-barff  finish,  with  the  finish  and  workmanship  first-class, 
satisfactory  to  the  Architect  in  every  detail. 

All  exposed  work  of  the  chutes  on  first  story,  except  glass  work, 
shall  have  a  statuary  bronze  finish. 

Installation : 

Execute  all  cutting  and  fitting,  and  make  all  connections  in  the 
building,  and  furnish  and  set  in  place  all  angles,  sleeves  and  other 
fittings  necessary  properly  to  support  and  install  this  work. 

Apparatus: 

This  apparatus  shall  be  of  the  United  States  Standard,  without 
change  of  any  kind,  made  and  installed  in  the  building  in  accordance 
with  and  subject  to  all  the  conditions  imposed  by  the  Post  Office  De- 
partment. 


146 


HARDWARE. 
In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute  and  complete  the  Hard- 
ware work  in  accordance  with  the  accompanying  drawings  and  as  re- 
quired by  this  specification. 

Scope  of  Work: 

Furnish  all  finished  hardware  of  every  description  required  to 
complete  the  building,  including  the  hardware  for  all  copper  covered 
work  and  hollow  metal  doors.  Tbe  hardware  in  connection  with  bronze, 
ornamental  iron  work  will  be  furnished  as  herein  specified  under  Orna- 
mental Iron  and  Bronze. 

Rough  hardware  in  connection  with  copper  covered  window  and 
door  frames  and  the  carpenter  work  will  be  furnished  as  herein  speci- 
fied under  Carpentry  and  Roofing  and  Sheet  Metal. 

Workmanship : 

All  work  shall  be  cast ;  no  stamped  or  spun  work  shall  be  used. 

Workmanship  shall  be  first  class  in  every  respect  to  the  entire 
satisfaction  of  the  Architects. 

Design: 

Such  portions  of  the  sub-sub,  sub-basement,  basement  and  pent 
bouses  as  are  used  by  the  building  employes  only  shall  have  hardware 
of  plain  bevel  edge  design ;  all  other  portions  of  the  building  through- 
out shall  have  hardware  of  special  design  as  detailed. 

Plaster  models  of  hardware  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Architect 
for  their  approval. 

Samples : 

It  is  understood  that  it  is  the  intention  of  this  specification  to 
cover  materials  the  best  of  their  respective  kinds.  A  complete  line  of 
samples,  will  be  required  for  the  written  approval  of  the  Architect 
as  a  part  of  this  specification.  These  samples  to  remain  on  file  and  to 
be  used  in  comparison  with  the  material  furnished,  which  must  corre- 
spond in  every  way. 


147 

Templates: 

Furnish  all  necessary  templates  and  samples  of  hardware  for  cop- 
per covered  frames,  sashes  and  doors,  also  the  hollow  metal  doors,  so 
the  same  may  be  prepared  for  the  reception  of  hardware  at  factory 
before  shipment. 

Finish: 

The  hardware  for  first  story  shall  be  of  cast  bronze  metal,  statuary 
bronze  finish. 

The  hardware  for  toilets,  and  wherever  same  abuts  marble,  shall 
be  of  the  best  silver  bronze  or  white  metal. 

The  hardware  for  exterior  side  of  pent  house  doors  shall  be  brass 
or  bronze. 

The  hardware  for  all  other  portions  of  the  building  throughotit 
shall  be  of  the  best  quality,  barff  black  rustless  iron. 

Hollow  Metal  Doors: 

All  hollow  metal  doors,  except  as  otherwise  specified,  shall  have 
typical  hardware,  same  as  the  hardware  for  wood  doors  of  a  similar 
character,  which  shall  in  every  respect  comply  with  the  requirements 
of  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters.  All  hardware  for  these 
doors  shall  be  packed  with  machine  screws. 

The  hardware  for  the  elevators  and  automatic  fire  hollow  metal 
doors  shall  be  as  herein  specified  under  Ornamental  Iron  and  Roofing 
and  Sheet  Metal. 

Locks: 

All  locks  shall  be  first-class  in  make,  with  solid  bronze  bolts,  hav- 
ing exposed  parts  together  with  striking  plates  finished  to  correspond 
with  trimmings.  The  striking  plates  shall  be  of  the  box  type  and  for 
knob  locks  shall  have  lips  made  to  protect  the  woodwork. 

All  cylinder  locks  shall  have  special  keyway  section,  three  (3) 
grooved  keys  to  each  lock,  and  each  cylinder  shall  have  five  (5)  pin 
tumblers. 

Master  Keying : 

The  locks  for  each  story  shall  be  master  keyed  and  the  locks  for 
the  entire  building  grand  master  keyed. 


148 

Knobs: 

All  door  knobs  shall  have  long  shanks,  with  supporting  thimbles 
and  threaded  spindles,  and  shall  be  made  to  attach  rigidly  to  spindles 
by  a  locking  device  without  the  use  of  side  knob  screws. 

Butts: 

All  butts  shall  be  extra  heavy  cast  metal,  self-lubricating,  steel 
bushed  or  anti-friction,  five-knuckled,  loose  in  pin,  with  pin  retaining 
device  and  with  tips  of  proper  size  for  the  door  on  which  they  are 
used. 

Transoms  shall  have  tight  pin  butts. 

There  shall  be  three  (3)  butts  for  each  door,  over  four  feet  in 
height. 

Double  acting  fly  doors  shall  have  jamb  hinges  which  will  not  per- 
mit the  door  to  sag  in  any  portions  of  its  arc. 

Bolts: 

All  top  and  bottom  bolts  for  doors  in  pairs  shall  be  of  the  lever 
eccentric  type,  and  the  bottom  strike  plate  for  pairs  of  doors  to  offices, 
corridors,  passages,  etc.,  shall  be  of  the  self-closing  type. 

Door  Holders: 

All  door  holders  unless  otherwise  specified  shall  be  of  the  plunger 
type. 

Butting  Blocks: 

Butting  blocks  shall  be  iron,  rubber  tipped,  and  are  required  for 
doors  without  spring  and  check  which  do  not  swing  against  marble. 

Checks  and  Springs: 

Door  checks  and  springs  shall  be  of  proper  size  for  the  doors  on 
which  used.  Provide  brackets  for  support  and  installation  of  checks 
where  necessary. 

Schedule: 

The  following  schedule  is  inserted  to  give  an  understanding  of 
what  is  required  for  the  doors  and  windows  named,  but  is  not  intended 
to  include  all  hardware  required  for  the  building.    Carefully  examine 


149 

all  plans,  elevations,  scale  and  full  size  details,  and  shall  furnish  all 
hardware  of  whatever  description  necessary  to  complete  the  building. 
All  hardware  not  particularly  designated  in  the  following  schedule  shall 
correspond  to  that  specified  in  every  way. 

Building  Entrance  and  Vestibule  Doors: 

Hardware   furnished   as   specified   under   Ornamental   Iron  and 
Bronze. 

Doors  From  Streets  to  Stores,  First  Story: 

Doors  banging  to  metal. 

Butts,  three  6"x5"  anti-friction. 

Special  store  door  handles  and  heavy  cylinder  looks. 

Letter  plate  and  hood  special. 

Springs  and  checks  with  brackets. 

Door  holder. 

When  in  pairs  use  flush  bolt,  top  and  bottom. 

Doors  From  Main  Arcade  to  Shops,  Basement  and  First  Story: 

Same  as  next  above,  doors  hanging  to  wood.    Omit  letter  plate  and 
hood. 

Doors  to  Enclosed  Stairs  Openings: 

Butts  5"x5". 

Pull  and  push  plates,  special. 

Checks  and  springs. 

Corridor  side,  first  story,  pull  and  push  plates  without  locks. 

Typical  Corridor  or  Outer  Door  to  Offices  and  Similar  Doors 
in  all  Stories,  from  Basement  to  36th  Story,  Both  Inclusive: 

Butts  5"x5". 

5£"  cylinder  office  latch  with  self-locking  bolt  and  auxiliary  bolt 
to  deadlock  the  main  bolt  and  the  stop  work. 

Knobs  and  escutcheons,  special. 

Letter  plate  and  hood,  special. 

Check  and  spring. 


150 

Door  holder. 

Top  and  bottom  bolts,  where  in  pairs. 

Typical  Inner  Office  Door: 

Butts  5"x5". 

Cylinder  office  latch  5-|",  with  self -locking  bolt  and  thumb  piece  on 
inside  which,  when  thrown,  will  render  keys  inoperative. 

Knobs  and  escutcheons,  special. 

Check  and  spring. 

Door  holder.  » 

Butting  block. 

Typical  Transom: 

Butts  3"x3". 

Lifter  class  No.  4,  f "  diameter  rod,  of  length  adapted. 

Stay  chains  where  required. 

Typical  Communicating  Door  Between  Offices: 

Butts  5"x5". 

Three  bolts  communicating  door  lock,  with  key  mechanism  which 

will  render  thumb  pieces  inoperative. 
Knobs  and  escutcheons,  special. 
Butting  block. 

Typical  Toilet  Room,  Rest  Room  Doors: 

Butts  5"x5". 

Double  cylinder  deadlock,  all  locks  on  one  key. 

Pull  and  push  plate,  special. 

Check  and  spring. 

Typical  Doors  to  Janitor  Closets: 

Butts  5"x5". 

Mortise  latch  without  cylinder. 

Knobs  and  escutcheons,  special. 


151 

Pipe  Shaft  Doors  and  Doors  to  Cut  Outs  and  to  Elevator  Ma- 
chine Rooms: 

Same  as  next  above,  substituting  cylinder  office  latch  5$'-,  all 
latches  on  same  key  as  toilet  room  doors ;  where  in  pairs-  add 
top  and  bottom  bolts. 

For  cut-out  closet  and  machine  room  transom  doors  substitute 
catch  in  place  of  cylinder  latch  and  add  bolts  for  removable 
transom  bar. 

D.  A.  Doors  in  Public  Toilets: 

Double  acting  spring  hinges,  extra  strong. 
Push  plates,  special. 

Water  Closet  Stall  Doors: 

Clamp  hinges  reverse  spring  as  detailed. 

Indicator  bolts,  strike  special  for  marble  with  rubber  buffer. 

Special  hook  and  bumper  as  detailed. 

Hardware  for  marble  to  attach  with  special  head  bolts. 
Plumbing    Space    Doors: 

Hinges  special. 

Cylinder  dead  lock,  all  locks  on  same  key  as  toilet  room  door. 
Typical  Check  Rail  Sash: 

Sash  fasts,  extra  heavy. 

Sash  socket  with  four  screws. 

Bar  lift,  two  for  each  lower  sash,  special. 
First  Story  Corridor  Transom  Windows: 

Pivots  and  sash  fasts,  extra  heavy. 

Sash  sockets  with  four  screws. 

Stay  chains — two  for  each  sash. 
Sub-sub,  Sub-Basement  and  Pent  House: 

Hardware  as  required  and  adapted  to  location. 
Ceiling  Light  Sash  Beneath  Skylights: 

Butts,  two  to  each  sash. 

Catch  for  each  sash  of  proper  size. 


152 


Cabinet  Hardware: 

Furnish  all  necessary  cabinet  hardware  of  kind  adapted  for  cases, 
drawers,  etc.,  and  wherever  required.  Locks  shall  be  cabinet  cylinder 
locks. 

Unit  Prices: 

It  is  understood  and  agreed  that  the  following  net  prices  for  ma- 
terials delivered  at  the  proper  place  in  building  shall  govern  any 
and  all  additions  to  and  deductions  from  this  contract,  until  the  com- 
pletion of  the  work  called  for  herein  and  its  acceptance  and  the  issu- 
ance of  the  final  certificate  by  the  Architects : 

Hardware  for  street  entrance  shop  doors ■,..,.  .$. 

Hardware  for  door  from  main  arcade  to  shops ,  $ 

Hardware  for  door  to  enclosed  stairs,  opening  on 
corridors $ 

Hardware  for  typical  corridor  door  (no  trans.) $ 

Hardware  for  typical  inner  office  door  (no  trans.) ...  $ 

Hardware  for  typical  transom $ 

Hardware  for  typical  communicating  door $ 

Hardware  for  typical  toilet  room  door $ 

Hardware   for   typical  cut-out  door,   double   doors, 

two  tiers   $ 

Hardware  for  typical  machine  room  doors,  double 

doors,  two  tiers —  $ 

Hardware  for  typical  janitors'  closet  door $ 

Hardware  for  typical  door  to  pipe  shaft. $ 

Hardware  for  double  D.  A.  doors  in  toilet  rooms $ 

Hardware  for  typical  W.  C.  stall  door $ 

Hardware  for  plumbing  space  doors $ 

Hardware  for  typical  check  rail  sash $ 

Hardware  for  typical  side  hinged  sash $ 


153 

LIGHTING  FIXTURES. 

In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute  and  install  complete  the 
Lighting  Fixture  work  in  accordance  with  the  accompanying  drawings 
and  as  required  by  this  specification. 

Scope  of  Contract: 

In  this  work  shall  be  included  all  light  fixtures,  except  as  other- 
wise specified,  delivered  at  the  building,  hung  and  connected  to  the 
wiring  system,  with  all  insulating  joints,  wiring,  sockets,  shades  and 
holders  complete  ready  to  receive  electric  lamps. 

Fixtures : 

All  outlets,  unless  otberwise  specified,  shall  be  provided  complete 
with  fixtures  of  types  and  designs  as  shown  by  the  drawings  and  as 
hereinafter  specified.  All  fixtures  shall  be  electric  throughout  except 
where  combination  gas  and  electric  outlets  are  shown  on  plans,  for 
which  combination  fixtures  are  to  be  supplied. 

For  the  number  of  fixtures  and  lights,  see  drawings. 

There  will  be  no  fixtures  in  this  contract  for  floor  outlets,  base- 
board outlets  or  drop  cord  outlets  unless  specifically  stated  to  the 
contrary. 

Special  Fixtures: 

The  special  fixtures  shall  include  all  light  fixtures  for  the  first 
story  entrance  vestibule,  main  arcade,  elevator  and  staircase  lobbies 
and  1st  story  corridors,  for  which  an  amount  of  ten  thousand  dollars 
shall  be  allowed  and  included  in  this  contract. 

The  special  fixtures  shall  be  suspended  from  ceilings  with  chains, 
varying  in  length  with  height  of  ceilings. 

Typical  Fixtures: 

The  typical  fixtures  include  the  following: 

1  light  outlet  corridor  ceiling  fixture. 

2  light  outlet  corridor  ceiling  fixture. 

1  light  outlet  typical  ceiling  fixture. 

2  bight  outlet  typical  ceiling  fixture. 


154 

3  light  outlet  typical  ceiling  fixture. 

4  light  outlet  typical  ceiling  fixture. 

5  light  outlet  typical  ceiling  fixture. 

6  light  outlet  typical  ceiling  fixture. 
1  light  gas  bracket. 

1  and  1  light  combination  bracket  (stairway  light). 

1  and  2  light  combination  bracket  (exit  light). 

2  light  electric  bracket  (floor  sign,  stairways). 

Materials  and  Workmanship: 

All  fixtures,  both  typical  and  special,  unless  otherwise  specified, 
shall  be  made  of  brass  metal. 

All  materials,  tubing,  spun  work,  etc.,  shall  be  straight,  true  and 
of  proper  size  to  execute  the  work  in  a  first-class  manner. 

The  work  shall  be  carefully  and  accurately  made  and  shall  be  as- 
sembled and  executed  in  such  a  manner  as  to  obtain  finished  and  per- 
fect results  in  every  detail. 

All  special  fixtures  shall  be  of  cast  or  wrought  metal  throughout 
with  no  spun  work. 

All  castings  shall  be  clean,  sharp  and  well  modeled,  and  all 
turned  work  regular  in  form  without  flaws.  All  ornamental  portions 
of  the  cast  metal  shall  be  neatly  executed,  hand  chased,  and  finished 
in  an  artistic  and  skillful  manner,  subject  to  the  approval  and  ac- 
ceptance of  the  Architect.  All  work  shall  be  well  and  neatly  fitted 
together. 

No  spelter  work  or  stamped  metal  shall  be  used  in  the  fixtures. 

Models: 

All  modeling  for  the  decoration  and  ornamental  work  of  the 
fixtures  shall  be  executed  by  skillful  and  artistic  modelers,  selected  by 
the  Architect,  and  changes  shall  be  made  in  models,  or  new  models 
made,  changing  and  rechanging  them  until  they  are  satisfactory  to  the 
Architect  in  every  respect. 

Finish: 

All  special  fixtures  throughout  shall  have  a  brushed  brass  finish. 
All  typical  fixtures  throughout  except  as  otherwise  shown  or  here- 


155 

in  specified  shall  be  first  copper  plated  (black)  and  shall  then  have 
a  coating  of  black  finish  baked  on  hard. 

Inspection : 

Furnish  for  all  fixtures  a  certificate  of  inspection  from  the  Board 
of  Underwriters  and  City  Inspection  Departments  controlling  same. 

Measurements : 

Take  all  necessary  measurements  for  this  work  at  the  building  in 
order  that  his  work  may  fit  that  already  in  place. 

Care  must  be  taken  that  the  canopies  will  cover  the  wiring  work 
at  outlets,  this  Contractor  seeing  that  light  wires  are  brought  to  proper 
locations. 

Design: 

The  fixtures  shall  be  of  special  design,  made  in  strict  accord  with 
drawings  and  details  for  same  as  shown. 

Insulation: 

Provide  all  insulating  joints,  the  insulation  must  be  of  such  char- 
acter as  will  comply  with  the  rules  of  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Un- 
derwriters. 

Wiring: 

All  wire  shall  be  of  rubber  covered  Habirshaw  Bed  Core,  Sim- 
plex Couchouc,  or  other  wire  equal  to  the  above,  in  the  judgment  of 
the  Architects,  and  no  wire  shall  be  less  than  No.  18  B  &  S  gauge. 

Sockets: 

All  sockets  for  typical  ceiling  fixtures  shall  be  Benjamin  weather 
proof  sockets  of  the  numbers  and  with  form  of  holders  noted  on  the 
drawing;  sockets  where  so  noted  shall  be  without  bushings. 

All  other  sockets  shall  be  of  the  Edison  screw  base  type,  of  a  make 
approved  by  the  Architects. 

Edison  type  sockets  shall  be  provided  with  keys  where  shown  or 
required. 

Shades,  Globes  and  Reflectors: 

All  fixtures,  unless  otherwise  shown,  shall  be  provided  with  shades 
or  globes  complete,  which  for  typical  fixtures  shall  be  of  Alba  glass, 


156 

Haskins  Lucida  glass  or  similar  glass  or  other  manufacture  equal  in 
the  judgment  of  the  Architect,  and  for  special  fixtures  shall  he  glass  of 
a  size,  character  and  design  as  shown  by  scale  and  full  size  drawings. 
Gas  brackets  have  no  shades.  Exit  and  stairway  lights  shall  have  red 
glass  globes  and  panels  as  shown. 

Unit  Prices: 

The  Contractor  shall  name  one  price  only  for  all  additions  to  or 
deductions  from  this  contract  for  the  respective  labor  and  materials 
named  below;  said  price  to  obtain  until  the  completion  of  all  work 
called  for  herein  and  its  acceptance  by  the  Architect : 

Typical  Fixtures: 

One  light  typical  ceiling  fixture $ 

Two  light  typical  ceiling  fixture. $ 

Three  light  typical  ceiling  fixture $ 

Four  light  typical  ceiling  fixture $ 

250  watt  typical  ceiling  fixture $ 

One  light  gas  bracket $ 

One  and  one  light  combination  bracket $ 

Two  light  exit  light $ 

Two  light  stairway  light  (floor  sign) $ 


157 

PAINTING. 
In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute  and  complete  the  Paint- 
ing Work  in  accordance  with  the  accompanying  drawings  and  as  re- 
quired by  this  specification. 

Colors : 

All  colors  for  the  various  painted  surfaces  6hall  be  as  hereafter 
selected  by  the  Architect. 

Materials: 

All  paint  for  work  in  this  contract  shall  be  composed  of  pure  white 
lead  and  raw  linseed  oil  with  not  more  than  5%  of  drier,  and  coloring 
pigments  to  give  the  desired  tint. 

White  lead  shall  contain  not  less  than  70%  carbonate  of  lead  to 
30%  lead  hydroxide  nor  more  than  75%  carbonate  to  25%  hydroxide. 

Oil  shall  be  pure  raw  linseed  oil  free  from  "foots." 

Drier  shall  be  free  from  gums,  resin  or  petroleum  products. 

Shellac  shall  be  composed  of  gum  shellac  cut  in  pure  grain  alcohol. 
Putty  shall  be  composed  of  white  lead  paste  mixed  with  dry  white 
lead  to  the  proper  consistency  and  colored  to  match  the  paint. 

All  materials  for  painting  shall  be  delivered  in  unbroken  pack- 
ages bearing  brand  and  maker's  name  and  shall  be  subject  to  inspec- 
tion. All  mixing  of  materials  shall  be  done  at  the  building.  Materials 
rejected  shall  at  once  be  removed  from  the  premises. 

Priming: 

All  galvanized  iron  work  will  be  primed  as  herein  specified  under 
Sheet  Metal  Work. 

All  wood  work  requiring  painting  unless  otherwise  herein  speci- 
fied, shall  be  primed  with  white  lead  and  linseed  oil. 

Exterior  and  Interior  Hard  Wood  Work: 

All  exterior  and  interior  hard  wood  work  will  be  finished  as  herein 
specified  under  Carpentry  Work. 


158 

Exterior  and  Interior  Metal  Work: 

All  exterior  copper  work  shall  be  left  in  its  original  condition,  un- 
painted. 

The  hollow  metal  doors  and  frames  shall  he  painted  as  herein  spec- 
ified under  Painter's  Finish  in  Carpentry  Work. 

All  galvanized  iron  work  shall  he  given  three  coats  of  lead  and  oil 
paint,  in  addition  to  the  priming  coat. 

All  exposed  steel  beams  between  elevator  cars  on  the  various  floors, 
and  where  otherwise  exposed  throughout  the  building,  shall  be  painted 
three  (3)  coats  of  white  lead  and  linseed  oil  in  colors  as  directed,  in 
addition  to  coats  as  herein  specified  under  Structural  Steel. 

Priming  of  Plaster: 

All  plaster  surfaces  throughout  which  are  to  be  painted  or  kalso- 
mined  shall  be  treated  to  a  priming  coat  of  an  approved  Stain-Killer 
satisfactory  to  the  Architect. 

Painting  of  Plaster: 

All  plaster  surfaces  of  the  following  rooms  shall  be  painted  with 
two  (2)  coats  of  linseed  oil  and  white  lead  paint  in  not  more  than 
three  tints.  The  last  coat  in  all  cases  shall  be  carefully  stippled  to 
obtain  a  dull  smooth  surface. 

Basement: 

The  elevator  and  staircase  halls,  corridors,  toilet  rooms  and  util- 
ity closets. 

First,  to  and  including  Fifth  Story: 

All  rooms  throughout. 

The  plain  and  ornamental  plaster  surfaces  of  the  Main  Entrances 
and  Vestibules,  the  Main  Arcade,  the  corridors,  the  elevator  and  stair- 
case lobbies  on  the  first  and  second  story  shall  be  painted  with  three 
coats  of  lead  and  oil  in  not  more  than  five  tints. 

Sixth  to  Thirty-Sixth  Stories,  Inclusive: 

The  elevator  and  staircase  halls,  corridors,  toilet  rooms,  freight 
rooms  and  utility  closets. 


159 

Enclosed  Stairs: 

The  interior  walla  of  all  stair  enclosures  shall  be  painted  from  top 
to  bottom. 

Elevator  Shafts: 

All  elevator  shafts  throughout  shall  be  painted  from  top  to  bot- 
tom. 

Tinting  of  Plaster: 

All  surfaces  of  plaster  throughout,  not  otherwise  specified,  after 
priming  as  above  mentioned,  shall  be  tinted  with  best  quality  kalsomine 
in  not  more  than  three  (3)  colors,  tints  to  be  selected  by  the  Architect. 

Unit  Prices: 

The  Contractor  shall  name  one  price  only  for  any  additions  to  or 
deductions  from  this  contract,  for  the  respective  materials  and  labor 
named  below;  said  price  to  obtain  until  the  completion  of  all  work 
called  for  herein  and  issuance  of  final  certificate  by  the  Architect. 

Painting  plastered  walls  (3  tints)  per  square  of  100  ft.  $ 

Tinting  plastered  walls  per  square  of  100  ft $ 


160 


MECHANICAL  EQUIPMENT. 

Boilers,  engines,  generators,  ejectors,  stack  and  ceiling  lining,  re- 
frigeration, heating,  ventilation,  elevators,  wiring,  plumbing,  gas  fit- 
ting and  all  mechanical  equipment  throughout  the  entire  building 
shall  be  provided  and  installed  complete  and  ready  for  operation. 

All  material  and  workmanship  entering  into  this  installation  must 
meet  with  the  approval  of  the  Architect,  who  reserves  the  right  to 
reject  any  material  not  in  accordance  with  these  specifications,  either 
before  or  after  installation. 

All  material  herein  mentioned  shall  be  furnished  and  installed 
complete  and  shall  be  the  best  of  its  kind. 

Dimensions  taken  at  the  building  shall  govern  all  construction. 

Drawings : 

The  Architect  will  furnish  certain  plumbing,  heating  and  venti- 
lating drawings  and  diagrams  which,  with  such  writing,  interlineations, 
figures  and  details  as  may  be  upon  them,  shall  be  considered  as  part  of 
and  illustrating  these  specifications. 

The  Contractor,  however,  shall  furnish  complete  working  draw- 
ings of  each  branch  of  the  mechanical  equipment,  showing  complete 
layouts  and  work  in  detail.  These  drawings  and  details  shall  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  Architect  for  his  written  approval,  which  approval  must 
be  obtained  before  any  work  is  begun. 

Layout  of  Machinery: 

The  general  layout  of  machinery  as  shown  on  drawings  is  not  abso- 
lute, and  is  subject  to  such  changes  as  will  admit  of  better  adaptation 
of  the  machinery  for  the  work  it  is  to  perform,  but  it  is  to  be  confined 
to  its  present  location. 

Installation  of  Work: 

The  Architectural,  Heating,  Ventilating,  Plumbing  and  Structural 
Steel  drawings  shall  be  examined  before  installing  the  work  contem- 
plated in  these  specifications,  and  if  any  discrepancies  occur  between 
them  and  these  specifications,  making  it  impossible  to  install  the  work 
as  shown,  the  same  shall  be  reported  to  the  Architect  and  written  in- 


161 

structions  obtained  for  changes  made  necessary  to  accommodate  the 
work  hereinafter  specified. 

All  changes  in  the  work  covered  by  the  specifications  made  neces- 
sary by  the  neglect  of  the  Contractor  to  report  said  discrepancies  shall 
be  made  by  and  at  its  expense. 

Openings  Through  Walls  and  Floors: 

The  Contractor  shall  provide  all  openings  through  walls  and  floors, 
either  below  or  above  ground,  and  all  cutting  and  fitting  made  neces- 
sary by  neglect  to  make  such  arrangements  shall  be  done  by  it  at  its 
expense. 

Excavation : 

The  Contractor  shall  do  all  the  excavating  necessary  in  the  con- 
struction of  the  work  included  in  these  specifications  and  all  sheathing 
and  bracing  with  proper  material,  which  may,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
Architect,  be  necessary  for  the  protection  of  the  foundations  or  walls 
of  the  building,  and  shall  keep  all  excavation  free  from  water  during 
the  progress  of  the  work. 

Removal  of  Earth: 

After  all  the  underground  work  installed  by  the  Contractor  is  in 
place  he  shall  remove  from  the  building  all  surplus  earth  resulting  from 
his  work,  and  shall  dispose  of  the  same  at  its  expense. 

Foundations : 

Furnish  all  labor  and  material  and  do  all  work  necessary  to  install 
the  foundations  required  by  the  machinery  herein  specified.  No  foun- 
dations shall  go  below  or  come  in  contact  with  the  building  footings, 
and  the  Contractor  shall  furnish  steel  beams  thoroughly  protected  by 
concrete  and  properly  supported  on  piers  to  relieve  building  founda- 
tions of  all  vibration  where  foundations  would  otherwise  rest  on  same. 

Foundations,  excepting  for  machinery  on  framed  floors,  shall  be  of 
best  cement  concrete,  extending  at  least  four  (4)  inches  above  floor 
line,  and  .shall  be  neatly  finished  with  faced  brick  above  floor  line. 

The  Contractor  shall  provide  the  pumps  and  necessary  power  at 
its  own  cost  and  expense  and  keep  excavation  for  foundations  free 
from  water  during  the  installation  of  this  work. 


162 

Painting: 

All  exposed  piping,  ducts,  iron  work,  etc.,  shall  be  painted,  as 
directed  by  the  Architect,  two  (2)  coats  of  asphaltum  paint  or  of  lead 
and  oil,  final  coat  tinted  as  directed. 

All  exposed  covering  shall  be  painted  two  (2)  coats  of  lead  and 
oil,  final  coat  tinted  as  directed  by  the  Architect. 

Finish  coat  on  pipes  and  covering  shall  be  tinted  so  as  to  identify 
the  various  services  and  shall  be  as  directed  by  the  Architect. 

Paint  all  machinery,  after  installation,  two  (2)  coats  of  lead  and 
oil,  final  coat  tinted  as  directed  by  Architect. 

Test: 

All  of  the  machinery  herein  specified  shall  be  tested  as  specified 
or  as  directed  by  the  Architect,  and  it  shall  perform  all  duties  speci- 
fied in  every  respect;  these  tests  shall  be  made  in  the  presence  of  the 
Architect 

Laws  and  Ordinances — Inspection: 

The  Contractor  must  comply  with  all  the  laws  of  the  State  of  New 
York,  the  ordinances  of  the  City  of  New  York,  N.  Y.,  and  the  rules 
and  regulations  of  the  Board  of  Underwriters  in  the  installation  of  the 
equipment  included  in  these  specifications ;  anything  in  these  specifica- 
tions to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. 

All  electrical  work  shall  be  installed  in  accordance  with  the  rules 
and  regulations  of  the  Electrical  Department  of  the  City  of  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  and  the  Board  of  Underwriters,  and  certificates  of  inspection 
and  approval  obtained  at  the  Contractor's  expense. 

When  Plumbing  and  Gas  Fitting  work  herein  specified  is  com- 
pleted the  Contractor  shall  secure  from  the  Sanitary  Engineer  of  the 
Board  of  Health,  or  other  proper  official,  and  shall  furnish  free  of 
cost  to  the  owners,  a  certificate  of  inspection  signed  by  the  Sanitary 
Engineer  certifying  that  all  Plumbing  work  has  been  properly  in- 
stalled. 

He  shall  also  secure  certificate  signed  by  the  Gas  Company's  In- 
spector stating  that  ajl  gas  piping  has  been  made  tight  and  accept- 
able. 

The  Contractor  shall  state  the  make  and  kind  of  apparatus  and 
material  he  proposes  .to  furnish  for  all  parts  of  the  work  covered  by 
these  specifications,  all  of  which  shall  be  approved  by  the  Architect. 


163 


PLUMBING,  SEWERS,  GAS  FITTING,  EJECTORS  AND  RE- 
FRIGERATING PLANT. 

PLUMBING,  SEWERS  AND   GAS  PITTING. 

In  General  i 

Furnish  all  labor  and  material  to  execute,  install  and  complete 
the  plumbing  in  accordance  with  the  accompanying  drawings  and  as 
required  by  these  specifications. 

Scope  of  the  Work: 

Furnish  and  install  in  a  good,  firm  and  substantial  manner,  all 
the  drainage  sewers  and  appurtenances,  piping  for  hot  and  cold  water 
supplies,  waste  and  ventilation  of  waste  and  gas  fitting,  also  plumbing 
fixtures  and  appurtenances,  tanks,  pumps,  etc.,  as  herein  specified, 
making  the  system  of  water  supply,  use  and  waste  and  gas  fitting  com- 
plete and  ready  for  service. 

Old  Pipes  in  Curb  Walls  t 

Remove  all  sewer,  water  and  gas  pipes  passing  through  curb  walls, 
which  will  not  be  used  in  connection  with  the  new  work  and  close  all 
openings  in  the  proper  manner.  This  work  shall  be  done  at  such  times 
as  directed  by  the  Architect  and  in  accordance  with  the  rules  and  reg- 
ulations covering  the  respective  kinds  of  service. 

The  Architectural  drawings  shall  take  precedence  over  the  Plumb- 
ing diagrams,  and  if  there  is  any  difference  in  number  or  location  of 
plumbing  fixtures  or  gas  outlets,  the  maximum  number  shown  shall  be 
installed  under  this  contract,  and  all  fixtures  and  outlets  shall  be  con- 
nected complete. 

All  risers  are  to  be  enclosed  with  tile  or  other  material  and  in 
no  case  will  the  enclosure  be  made  larger  than  is  shown  on  the  Plumb- 
ing and  Architectural  drawings. 

In  every  case  suspended  pipes  must  be  kept  as  close  to  the  ceiling 
as  possible. 

Testing  Material  i 

All  pipe,  fittings,  valves,  etc.,  worked  under  a  pressure  of  100 
pounds  or  less  shall  be  tested  to  250  pounds  hydrostatic  pressure  and 


164 

those  above  100  pounds  to  500  pounds  hydrostatic  pressure  per  square 
inch  at  the  factory. 

Quality  of  Materials: 

All  piping  and  fittings  shall  be  of  the  inside  diameter  designated. 
Soil  and  waste  pipe  in  ground  shall  be  extra  heavy  cast  iron  soil  pipe 
in  lengths  of  five  (5)  feet,  smooth  inside  and  with  outer  and  inner 
surfaces  concentric,  sound,  and  free  from  defects  and  of  iron  that  will 
cut  well.  The  average  weight  of  each  pipe  shall  not  be  less  than  the 
following: 

10  inch  pipe 45    pounds  per  foot 

8  inch  pipe 33f  pounds  per  foot 

7  inch  pipe 27    pounds  per  foot 

6  inch  pipe 20    pounds  per  foot 

5  inch  pipe 17    pounds  per  foot 

4  inch  pipe 13    pounds  per  foot 

3  inch  pipe 9|  pounds  per  foot 

2  inch  pipe 5$  pounds  per  foot 

All  pipe  cracked  in  cutting  or  otherwise  shall  be  at  once  removed 
from  the  building  and  shall  not  be  used  in  any  part  of  the  work. 

Fittings  for  cast  iron  pipe  shall  be  especially  made  for  drainage 
purposes  of  the  same  inside  diameter  as  the  pipe  with  which  they  are 
to  be  used,  and  of  equal  quality  and  weight  in  all  parts.  These  include 
elbows,  bends,  traps,  Y  branches,  etc.,  and  where  shown  shall  have 
proper  hand  holes  with  cast  iron  covers.  Fittings  for  junctions  of 
cast  iron  and  wrought  pipe  shall  be  cut  at  one  end  with  full  threads, 
and  those  supporting  risers  shall  have  proper  shoes  east  on  them. 

All  suspended  soil  and  waste  pipes,  downspouts,  vent  and  cold 
water  supply  pipes  shall  be  wrought  pipe  galvanized,  of  standard 
weights  and  dimensions,  cut  with  full  threads,  and  when  used  for  soil, 
waste  and  vent  pipes  shall  be  cut  to  a  gauge. 

No  pipe  lighter  than  full  weight  will  be  permitted. 

Pipe  for  hot  water  supply  shall  be  of  seamless  brass,  iron  pipe 
si*?. 

Horizontal  runs  of  soil  and  waste  pipes  and  downspouts  in  the 
basement,  pump  discharge  pipes  and  all  water  supply  pipes  in  the 
basement,  sub-basement  and  sub-sub-basement  supplied  from  the  high 


165 

level  house  tanks,  also  all  piping  for  the  fire  protection  shall  be  extra 
heavy. 

Fittings  for  soil  and  waste  pipes  shall  be  especially  made  for 
this  purpose,  of  cast  iron  of  the  same  internal  diameter  as  the  pipe, 
with  which  they  are  used,  cut  with  full  threads  and  to  the  same  gauge 

as  the  pipe  and  shall  be  galvanized.     Graded  fittings  shall  have  the 
grade  cast  on  them. 

Fittings  for  vent  and  cold  water  pipes  shall  be  galvanized,  cut 
with  full  threads. 

All  fittings  1-J-  inches  and  less  in  diameter  shall  be  of  mallea- 
ble iron  and  all  fittings  2  inches  and  larger  in  diameter  shall  be  of 
cast  iron.  All  changes  in  direction  in  water  supply  pipes  around 
filters,  surge  tanks,  pumps  and  in  pump  discharge  pipes,  2  inches  and 
larger  in  diameter,  shall  be  sweep  fittings. 

Fittings  for  hot  water  Bupply  pipe  shall  be  rough  brass. 

Where  pipes  are  extra  heavy,  fittings  shall  also  be  extra  heavy. 

Fittings  for  gas  pipe  shall  be  malleable  iron  and  beaded  where 
possible  to  obtain  same. 

All  exposed  pipes  and  fittings  used  in  connection  with  plumbing 
fixtures  shall  be  white  metal,  iron  pipe  size,  and  all  faucets,  exposed 
traps  and  trimmings  of  all  kinds  shall  be  white  metal,  unless  other- 
wise specified  under  "Fixtures." 

Sheet  lead  for  flashing  shall  weigh  six  (6)  pounds  per  square  foot. 

All  brackets,  clamps  and  hangers  shall  be  of  wrought  iron  and 
constructed  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Architect. 

Drain  tile  shall  be  best  hard  burned. 

Brick  shall  be  hard  burned  sewer  brick,  free  from  lime,  and  shall 
be  thoroughly  wet  before  laying. 

Cement  shall  be  the  best  Portland.  , 

Sand  shall  be  clean,  sharp  and  free  from  loam. 

Cement  mortar  for  pipe  laying  shall  be  made  of  one  (1)  part  ce- 
ment and  one  (1)  part  sand;  for  brick  laying  it  shall  be  made  of  one 
(1)  part  cement  and  three  (3)  parts  sand.  For  all  mortar  the  parts 
shall  be  by  measure  and  the  cement  and  sand  shall  be  first  mixed  dry 
and  then  wet  with  as  little  water  as  will  make  an  easy  working  mortar. 


166 

Mortar  shall  be  mixed  fresh  for  the  work  in  hand,  and  any  mortar 
which  shall  have  become  hard  in  the  box  shall  be  thrown  out  and  shall 
not  be  used  in  any  part  of  the  work. 

Lead  shall  be  soft  pig  and  gaskin  shall  be  picked  oakum. 

Excavation: 

A  line  shall  be  used  to  mark  out  the  trenches  for  sewers,  and  there 
shall  be  no  variation  from  the  diagrams,  except  by  order  of  the  Archi- 
tect. All  sewers  in  ground  shall  be  laid  in  open  trenches  not  less  than 
two  (2)  feet  wide  in  bottom. 

SEWBES. 

All  horizontal  runs  of  soil  and  waste  pipes,  whether  in  ground  or 
suspended,  shall  have  a  grade  of  i-inch  to  the  foot,  unless  otherwise 
ordered  by  the  Architect. 

Sewer  Connections: 

If  a  sewer  of  proper  size  is  laid  in  curb  wall  near  any  of  the 

points  marked  for  sewer  connections,  the  Contractor  shall  locate  it, 
clean  it  out,  and  upon  approval  of  the  Architect  shall  connect  thereto. 

If  no  such  sewer  is  laid  in  the  curb  wall,  connect  with  the  street 
sewer  and  lay  a  sewer  of  the  size  shown  on  diagrams  to  a  point  six 
(6)  feet  outside  the  curb  wall  for  each  connection. 

Each  pipe  shall  be  laid  true  to  line  and  shall  be  bedded  in  dry 
sand.  Each  joint  shall  be  filled  and  properly  caulked  all  around  with 
cement  mortar.  The  joints  shall  be  cleaned  off  inside  and  struck 
smooth  outside  and  mortar  thrown  on  and  struck  off  around  pipe  to 
the  proper  level.  Dry  sand  shall  be  filled  in  and  tamped  solid  to  6 
inches  above  pipe.  Above  this  the  trenches  shall  be  back  filled  as  here- 
inafter specified. 

The  connection  of  iron  sewer  to  clay  sewer  shall  be  made  with  col- 
lar of  brick  laid  in  cement  made  of  two  rings  of  brick  with  not  less 
than  six  (6)  inches  bearing  on  each  side  of  joint. 

Cast  Iron  Pipes: 

All  sewers  in  ground  through  and  inside  curb  walls  to  a  point  six 
(6)  feet  outside  of  said  walls  shall  be  cast  iron  pipe  laid  truly  to  line 


167 

and  grade.    Any  changes  in  line  or  grade  shall  be  made  with  a  proper 
curved  fitting  and  all  junctions  shall  be  made  with  Y  branches. 

Handhole  fittings  shall  be  used  where  shown,  and  where  junctions 
of  sewers  occur,  and  one  (1)  handhole  in  main  sewer  at  least  every 
fifty  (50)  feet.  Fittings  receiving  risers  shall  be  set  with  top  of  fitting 
at  surface  of  finished  floor,  and  the  fittings  seated  upon  or  firmly 
clamped  to  the  adjacent  wall  or  column. 

Each  pipe  shall  be  bedded  its  entire  length  in  packed  dry  earth  or 
sand  with  proper  bell  hole  at  each  joint.  The  joints  shall  be  tightly 
caulked  with  gaskin,  leaving  not  less  than  1£  inches  depth  of  lead  room. 
The  inside  shall  be  examined  and  if  not  smooth  shall  be  made  so.  A 
clay  or  asbestos  roll  shall  be  used  to  make  the  joints  and  shall  be  put  on 
so  that  after  caulking  the  lead  will  finish  flush  with  the  bell.  Each 
joint  shall  be  run  full  of  molten  lead  at  one  pouring,  and  if  it  does  not 
fill  perfectly  shall  be  cut  out  and  repoured;  any  lead  that  has  run 
through  to  the  inside  shall  be  removed  and  the  joint  left  smooth. 

The  joint  shall  be  properly  caulked.  No  lead  shall  be  cut  until 
the  caulking  is  carried  all  around  the  pipe;  the  lead  shall  then  be 
trimmed  and  finished  smooth  with  end  of  bell. 

All  openings  for  connections  shall  be  closed  with  plugs  until  tested, 
and  all  handholes  shall  be  closed  at  once  and  the  sewers  shall  be  kept 
clean ;  any  dirt  which  may  get  in  shall  be  removed. 

Back  Filling: 

As  fast  as  the  pipe  is  laid  dry  earth  shall  be  rammed  into  place  at 
the  sides  of  the  pipe,  leaving  the  joints  and  tops  exposed  until  tested 
as  hereinafter  specified.  After  testing  the  trenches  shall  be  filled  in 
layers  not  more  than  nine  (9)  inches  thick,  each  thoroughly  rammed 
with  an  iron  rammer. 

Testing: 

At  such  times  as  the  Architect  may  direct  stop  all  openings  on  the 
cast  iron  sewers,  set  up  a  standpipe  twenty- five  (25)  feet  long  on  each 
and  fill  same  with  water.  If  any  leak  shows  in  pipe  or  joint,  it  shall 
be  made  good  and  the  test  repeated,  and  the  final  certificate  will  not  be 
issued  until  the  work  is  made  tight  as  contemplated  herein.  After  this 
test  the  back  filling  shall  be  completed  as  hereinbefore  specified. 


168 

Suspended  Sewers: 

All  suspended  sewers  shall  be  of  wrought  pipe,  hung  to  the  beams 
of  the  floor  just  above  same,  and  the  points  of  support  shall  not  be 
more  than  twelve  (12)  feet  apart,  and  there  shall  be  at  least  one  sup- 
port in  each  length. 

As  regards  grade  and  use  of  fittings :  The  joints  and  pipes  shall 
be  as  specified  for  soil  and  waste  pipes. 

Horizontal  runs  of  sewers  in  basement  shall  be  extra  heavy. 

Ejector  Fits: 

Furnish  all  material  and  do  all  excavating  and  set  in  place  in 
sub-sub-basement  floor  two  (2)  ejector  pits  each  nine  feet  in  inside 
diameter  constructed  as  shown  on  diagrams.  Each  pit  shall  be  made 
of  steel  and  must  be  water  tight  when  completed  and  shall  be  sur- 
rounded with  concrete  as  indicated.  Pipes  passing  through  walls  of 
pit  shall  make  water  tight  joints  with  same. 

Provide  concrete  floor  in  bottom  of  each  pit. 

The  ejector  pits  must  be  put  in  place  as  soon  as  building  founda- 
tions are  built  and  must  be  kept  free  from  water  until  they  are  turned 
over  to  the  Owner. 

Discharge  Pipes  from  Ejectors: 

The  discharge  pipes  from  ejectors  shall  be  extra  heavy  wrought 
pipe  galvanized,  connected  to  sewers  in  street  as  shown.  Fittings  used 
in  discharge  pipes  shall  be  extra  heavy  sweep  fittings. 

The  ejectors  will  be  furnished  as  specified  under  "Ejectobs." 
The  inlet  and  outlet  pipes  of  same  will  finish  with  flanges.  Furnish 
flanged  pipe  connections  on  inlets  and  outlets  of  same  diameter,  and 
make  connections  to  the  ejectors  inside  of  pits,  making  requisite  holes 
in  same.    Make  cross-connections  between  ejectors,  properly  valved. 

Surface  Drains:  1  j| 

Surface  drains  shall  be  laid  of  the  sizes  and  on  the  lines  shown  on 
diagrams,  set  in  boxes.  Boxes  and  trenches  shall  be  filled  to  the  bot- 
tom of  the  concrete  floor  with  small  broken  stone.  The  bottom  of  the 
trenches  shall  be  graded  to  the  section  shown  with  a  regular  grade 
between  sections,  and  each  box  shall  be  set  in  a  solid  bed  of  sand  its 


169 

entire  length,  with  the  projecting  sides  resting  upon  the  projecting 
bottom  of  the  preceding  box. 

The  broken  stone  shall  finish  evenly  at  the  specified  level  and  shall 
be  covered  with  boards,  secured  to  stakes  driven  on  each  side  of  trench. 
Maintain  this  protection  until  the  laying  of  the  concrete  floor  and  make 
good  and  repair  or  replace,  as  may  be  necessary,  any  damage  resulting 
from  neglect  to  do  this. 

Where  drains  pass  under  footings  and  foundations  they  shall  be 
of  cast  iron  pipe. 

Surface  Basins: 

Build  where  shown,  surface  basins  of  brick  laid  in  cement  mortar 
with  walls  four  inches  thick,  and  one  (1)  course  in  bottom  (flat).  They 
shall  finish  inside  nineteen  (19)  inches  in  diameter  and  four  (4)  inches 
deeper  than  outlet  drain  and  shall  be  covered  at  floor  level  with  fin- 
ished ring  with  deep  collar  and  counter-sunk  flush  lid  eighteen  (18) 
inches  clear  inside  diameter,  set  level  and  true.  Rings  and  lids  shall 
be  of  cast  iron,  except  in  the  Safety  Deposit  Department  and  in  the 
Engine  Boom,  where  they  shall  be  of  brass. 

Settling  Basin: 

Build,  where  shown,  settling  basin  three  (3)  feet  six  (6)  inches 
inside  diameter  at  bottom  and  drawn  in  to  nineteen  (19)  inches  at  top; 
cover  with  counter-sunk  iron  ring  and  flush  lid  eighteen  (18)  inches 
in  diameter.  The  settling  basin  shall  have  two  (2)  flat  courses  in 
bottom  and  two  (2)  rings  of  bats  in  wall,  plastered  outside  and  cleaned 
and  painted  inside.  Bottom  of  basin  shall  be  two  (2)  feet  below 
outlet 

Cleaning  Surface  Drainage  System: 

The  entire  system  of  surface  drainage  shall  be  kept  clean  during 
the  construction  of  the  building  and  shall  be  delivered  to  the  Owner 
absolutely  free  from  stoppage. 

Manhole : 

Build,  where  shown,  or  where  required,  circular  manhole  not 
less  than  three  (3)  feet  six  (6)  inches  inside  diameter  at  bottom  and 
drawn  in  to  19  inches  at  top.  Cover  with  counter-sunk  iron  ring  and 
flush  lid  18  inches  in  diameter.    The  manhole  shall  have  two  flat  courses 


170 

in  bottom  and  two  rings  of  bats  in  wall,  plastered  outside  and  cleaned 
and  painted  inside. 

Gutter  Drain  in  Front  of  Boilers: 

Furnisb  and  install  where  shown  in  front  of  boilers  graded  gutter 
and  cover,  which  shall  be  coated  inside  and  outside  while  hot  with  coal 
tar  varnish  and  set  in  a  cement  grout.  Do  all  cutting  and  repairing 
required  by  the  installation  of  this  gutter. 

Catch  Basin: 

Build,  where  shown,  a  brick  catch  basin  of  cement  and  hard  burned 
sewer  brick.  Basin  shall  be  three  (3)  feet  six  (6)  inches  in  diameter 
at  the  bottom  and  three  (3)  feet  below  outlet  with  three  (3)  courses 
of  hard  burned  brick  and  eight  (8)  inches  of  cement  concrete  in  bottom 
and  two  (2)  rings  in  wall.  Outside  shall  be  plastered  \  inch  thick  with 
cement  plaster  and  inside  the  same  to  sewer  outlet.  Basin  shall  be 
drawn  in  to  nineteen  (19)  inches  at  top  and  covered  with  a  counter- 
sunk iron  ring  and  flush  lid  eighteen  (18)  inches  in  diameter,  set  flush 
with  the  floor. 

PLUMBING. 

System : 

The  system  of  plumbing  shall  furnish  hot  and  cold  water  to  points 
indicated  on  diagrams. 

Joints: 

Joints  in  and  to  wrought  pipe  and  fittings  shall  be  made  with 
threads  fully  coated  with  white  lead  and  oil  and  properly  screwed 
home. 

Carpentry: 

All  carpentry  work  necessary  for  supports,  etc.,  in  setting  the 
fixtures  included  in  these  specifications  will  be  done  as  specified  under 
"Carpentry  and  Cabinet  Work." 

WASTE  WATER  SYSTEM. 

Risers  and  Branches: 

All  risers  and  branches  for  soil,  waste  and  down-spouts  shall  be 
connected  to  sewers.    Connect  bottom  of  each  vent  pipe  to  nearest  soil 


171 

or  waste  pipe.  All  connections  through  which  water  is  to  run  shall 
be  made  with  Ys,  unless  otherwise  indicated  on  detail  drawings,  and 
these  Ys  and  the  elbows  used  from  vertical  to  horizontal  runs,  or  to  re- 
ceive water  closets,  shall  be  cut  to  the  proper  grade  of  horizontal  pipe. 

All  risers  shall  be  securely  clamped  at  floors  to  beams  or  walls 
and  at  any  deflection  from  the  vertical  a  firm  support  by  bracket  or 
hanger  shall  be  given  the  riser  in  its  new  position.  Branches  for 
water  closets  shall  be  firmly  supported  to  beams  where  necessary. 

Branches  for  ventilation  of  traps  shall  be  run  as  directed,  and  all 
openings  shall  be  left  above  outlet  of  fixture  at  such  height  as  to  give 
continuous  rise  from  the  connection  to  waste  pipe.  Where  a  branch 
vent  crosses  a  room,  corridor  or  doorway  on  any  floor,  it  shall  be  run 
in  the  floor  above  and  dropped  through  to  the  fixture. 

In  all  cases  of  waste  or  vent  pipes  the  iron  used  shall  come  through 
the  floor  or  plaster  line  only,  leaving  the  opening  at  the  finished  floor 
or  plaster  line  ready  for  connection. 

Handholes: 

Handholes  of  same  diameter  as  pipes  shall  be  put  in  on  every 
branch  in  floor  at  the  connection  to  riser  and  on  each  riser  at  its  con- 
nection to  sewer,  and  each  branch  shall  have  one  or  more  handholes 
as  may  be  necessary.  All  openings  shall  be  closed  with  screw  plugs 
with  plumbago.  All  parts  of  this  work  shall  be  made  accessible  so  that 
it  may  be  readily  cleaned  out. 

Screw  plugs,  except  on  exposed  suspended  sewers,  shall  be  of  white 
metal,  set  flush  with  the  finished  floor,  those  on  exposed  suspended 
sewers  shall  be  rough  brass. 

Downspouts: 

Set  downspouts  of  wrought  pipe  as  hereinbefore  specified  for  waste 
risers. 

Traps: 

In  all  cases  where  trap  is  not  in  combination  with  fixture,  it  shall 
be  as  specified  under  "Fixtures,"  or  as  shown  on  diagrams.  Each 
fixture  shall  be  fitted  with  a  trap  set  in  all  cases  as  close  to  the  outlet 
as  practicable. 


172 

Extra  Plugged  Openings: 

In  each  story  where  fixtures  occur  install  in  branch  to  each  riser 
the  following  fittings,  located  where  directed,  in  addition  to  all  con- 
nections that  are  necessary  for  fixtures  shown : 

On  each  water  supply  a  plugged  tee  full  size  of  branch. 

On  each  vent  a  plugged  tee  full  size  of  branch. 

On  each  waste  or  soil  a  graded  fitting  full  size  of  branch,  properly 
stopped  off. 

On  all  risers  having  connections  to  plumbing  fixtures,  install  in  all 
stories,  fittings  for  branch  connections  full  size  of  risers  for  waste  or 
soil,  vent  and  hot  and  cold  water  supply. 

All  extra  openings  shall  be  located  as  directed. 

Ys  shall  be  used  on  all  waste  and  soil  risers  in  all  cases. 

Flashing: 

Ml  pipes  passing  through  the  roof  shall  be  flashed  at  the  roof  fine 
with  a  piece  of  sheet  lead  not  less  than  eight  (8)  inches  in  all  direc- 
tions from  pipe  and  a  piece  of  lead  soil  pipe  ^  inch  thick,  running  from 
sheet  lead  to  top  of  pipe  and  turned  down  inside  of  pipe  one  (1)  inch. 
The  sheet  lead  and  pipe  shall  be  joined  with  a  wiped  joint. 

WATEE  SUPPLY. 

Connect  to  city  mains  in  Broadway  and  Cedar,  Nassau  and  Pine 
streets,  and  lay  in  cast  iron  pipes  to  meters  of  the  sizes  shown.  From* 
the  meters  the  pipe  shall  be  continued  to  the  filters  with  all  connections 
properly  valved. 

Meters: 

There  shall  be  four  meters  located  where  shown  or  where  directed 
by  the  Water  Department  of  the  City  of  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Meters  shall  be  set  on  the  floor,  unless  otherwise  indicated  on  the 
diagrams  and  connected  with  a  fish  strainer  on  each  connection  from 
main,  all  of  a  make  approved  by  the  Water  Department  of  the  City 
of  New  York,  N.  Y.,  and  provided  with  a  gate  valve  on  each  side  of  each 
meter.    Meters  shall  have  flanged  connections. 


173 

Provide  plugged  fittings  on  each  side  of  each  meter  for  the  insertion 
of  test  meter. 

Rules : 

All  work  in  connection  with  the  water  mains  and  meters  and  loca- 
tion of  same  must  be  done  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  Water 
Department,  by  and  at  the  expense  of  the  Contractor,  who  shall  also 
provide  the  meters. 

Surge  Tanks: 

Furnish,  set  up  and  connect  where  shown  two  (2)  open  surge  tanks 
each  of  5,000  gallons  capacity ;  one  tank  shall  be  used  for  building  serv- 
ice and  one  for  fire  pump  service.  Tanks  shall  be  made  of  f  inch  thick 
steel,  water  tight,  and  shall  be  provided  with  necessary  flanges  for 
suction  to  house  pumps  or  fire  pumps,  overflow  to  sewer  with  running 
trap  and  draw  off  at  bottom.  Provide  valve  on  each  connection,  except 
overflow.    Surge  tanks  shall  be  covered  as  hereinafter  specified. 

Provide  each  tank  with  a  heavy  sheet  steel  cover,  having  manhole 
and  cover. 

Each  tank  shall  be  provided  with  a  flange  steel  drip  pan  \  inch 
thick  and  one  (1)  foot  larger  in  diameter  than  the  tank  and  four  (4) 
inches  deep,  riveted  perfectly  tight. 

Surge  tanks  shall  be  set  on  concrete  foundations  four  (4)  inches 
above  floor. 

Make  all  connections  between  filters  and  surge  tank  for  house 
service  also  by-pass  around  surge  tank.  Provide  two  (2)  ball  floats 
in  each  surge  tank,  floats  to  be  arranged  to  operate  at  different  levels. 
The  levels  at  which  floats  operate  will  be  determined  later. 

Filters: 

Furnish,  set  up  and  connect  at  location  shown  five  (5)  pressure 
filters,  each  having  a  capacity  to  filter  ten  thousand  (10,000)  gallons 
of  water  per  hour  taken  from  mains,  based  on  a  maximum  rate  of  fil- 
tration not  exceeding  four  (4)  gallons  of  water  per  square  foot  of  filter 
area  per  minute,  and  at  the  end  of  eight  (8)  hours  run  the  filtrate 
must  be  clear  and  not  contain  any  free  alum  or  other  coagulent  at  any 
time. 


174 

Provide  all  necessary  flanged  openings  for  inlet  and  outlet  and 

washout  to  sewer- 
Filters  shall  be  fully  equipped  for  operating  and  shall  be  set  on 

a  concrete  foundation  four  (4)  inches  above  floor. 

Filters  shall  be  covered  as  hereinafter  specified. 

Filter  Connections: 

Filters  shall  be  arranged  and  so  connected  that  they  can  be  used 
singly  or  together  as  desired;  also  provided  with  a  by-pass  around 
each  filter.    Each  connection  shall  be  properly  valved. 

Install  on  supply  from  filters  a  cross-head  as  shown  on  diagrams 
arranged  for  independent  connection  for  each  supply.  Also  install  on 
this  cross-head  four  (4)  extra  valved  connections  of  the  sizes  directed. 

Each  branch  from  the  cross-head  shall  be  fitted  with  a  valve  and 
with  a  brass  plate  plainly  marked  with  the  destination  of  the  supply. 
Each  supply  delivering  water  above  the  filters  shall  be  fitted  with  a 
lever  handled  drain  cock  connected  with  a  £  inch  pipe  to  nearest  sewer, 
and  each  supply  delivering  below  the  level  of  the  filters  shall  be  fitted 
with  an  air  cock. 

House  Tanks: 

Furnish,  set  in  place  where  shown,  and  connect  six  (6)  house  tanks, 
made  of  flanged  steel ;  sides  and  bottoms  shall  be  §  inch  thick,  riveted 
perfectly  tight;  tops  shall  be  reinforced  with  2|x2^-inch  angle  irons; 
locations  and  capacities  of  tanks  shall  be  as  follows : 

Two  (2)  of  12,500  gallons  each  in  the  38th  story. 
Two  (2)  of  5,000  gallons  each  in  the  26th  story. 
Two  (2)  of  5,000  gallons  each  in  the  16th  story. 
The  capacities  noted  above  shall  be  effective  capacities  between 
equalizers  and  overflows. 

On  each  of  these  tanks  shall  be  riveted  perfectly  tight  pipe  flanges 
of  proper  size  for  overflow,  equalizing  purposes  and  draw-off;  center 
of  overflow  pipe  shall  be  six  (6)  inches  from  top  of  tank.  The  high 
level  house  tanks  shall  be  arranged  to  supply  both  the  interior  stand- 
pipes  and  plumbing  fixtures  above  the  26th  floor;  the  supply  for 
the  standpipes  shall  be  taken  from  an  equalizer,  placed  between  house 
tanks  and  taking  water  from  points  near  the  bottom  of  the  tanks.    The 


175 

supply  for  plumbing  fixtures  shall  be  taken  from  an  equalizer,  placed 
between  house  tanks  at  such  a  height  that  there  will  always  be  a  total 
of  10,000  gallons  reserve  in  the  two  tanks  for  fire  purposes. 

Overflow  from  the  high  level  house  tanks  shall  be  to  the  inter- 
mediate level  house  tanks,  and  overflow  from  the  intermediate  level 
house  tanks  shall  be  to  the  low  level  house  tanks;  overflow  from  the 
low  level  house  tanks  shall  be  to  surge  tank  in  sub-sub-basement. 

Each  pair  of  tanks  shall  be  provided  with  a  flanged  steel  drip  pan 
£  inch  thick,  rectangular  in  shape  and  of  such  size  that  it  will  receive 
the  two  tanks.  It  shall  be  four  (4)  inches  deep,  riveted  perfectly  tight 
and  located  on  supports. 

All  tanks  shall  be  painted  two  (2)  coats  of  red  lead  before  assem- 
bling; after  assembling  they  shall  be  painted  two  (2)  coats  asphaltum 
inside  and  outside,  one  coat  in  the  shop  and  one  coat  after  installation. 

Provide  each  tank  with  heavy  sheet  steel  cover  having  a  manhole 
and  cover.  Make  valved  connections  from  house  tanks  to  main  sup- 
plies, each  fitted  with  a  valve  and  air  cock  at  point  of  connection;  in- 
stall on  supplies  to  risers  two  (2)  plugged  "Ts"  at  points  directed 
by  Architect  and  provide  valve  on  equalizer  connection  at  each  house 
tank. 

Telltale  Pipe: 

Run  telltale  pipe  from  each  pair  of  house  tanks  to  a  convenient 
place  in  the  boiler  room  to  sound  an  alarm  to  warn  the  attendant  in 
case  of  failure  of  the  ball  floats  to  operate  properly. 

Hot  Water  Connections: 

The  hot  water  heaters  will  be  set  in  the  sub-sub-basement  as  speci- 
fied under  "Steam  Fitting,  Steam  Heating  and  Ventilating." 

Arrangements  shall  be  made  so  that  two  (2)  heaters  can  be  used 
to  supply  the  plumbing  fixtures  above  the  26th  story;  two  (2)  heaters 
to  supply  the  plumbing  fixtures  from  the  16th  to  the  25th  stories  in- 
clusive; two  (2)  heaters  to  supply  the  plumbing  fixtures  between  the 
2d  and  15th  stories  inclusive,  and  two  (2)  heaters  to  supply  the  plumb- 
ing fixtures  in  the  sub-sub-basement,  sub-basement,  basement  and  1st 
story. 

Connect  the  main  supplies  from  each  pair  of  house  tanks  in  the 
various  stories  to  supply  the  hot  water  heaters  for  its  respective  sys- 


176 

tern.     Supply  pipes  shall  each  be  fitted  with  an  air  cock  at  top  and 
drain  pipe  with  valve  at  the  bottom,  discharging  into  nearest  sewer. 

Install  on  heaters  cross  heads  with  valved  connections  to  heaters 
and  take  off  main  supply  connections,  each  fitted  with  brass  valve  and 
with  a  lever  handled  drain  cock  and  connected  to  nearest  sewer. 

Provide  two  (2)  extra  plugged  openings  on  each  cross  head.  The 
heaters  shall  also  be  connected  with  drain  pipe  with  valve ;  each  branch 
from  cross  head  shall  be  fitted  with  a  brass  plate,  plainly  marked  with 
the  destination  of  the  supply;  proper  connections  shall  be  made  be- 
tween heaters  complete  with  valves  so  that  any  one  heater  or  any 
combination  of  heaters  may  be  used  in  any  service  while  other  heaters 
are  in  use  on  other  services. 

Risers : 

All  risers  shall  be  located  as  shown  and  securely  clamped  to  the 
walls  or  beams  at  floors.  Each  riser  shall  be  provided  at  the  bottom 
with  a  proper  drain  valve.  Each  hot  water  pipe  shall  be  made  with 
offsets  or  otherwise  arranged  in  a  satisfactory  manner,  so  that  expan- 
sion at  fixture  will  not  exceed  |  inch. 

Cold  water  risers  shall  be  connected  together  at  the  bottom  of 
each  system  and  carried  to  some  convenient  point  for  draining. 

Provide  air  chamber  at  top  of  all  risers  of  as  great  length  as 
possible. 

At  the  bottom  of  each  descending  hot  water  riser  shall  be  set  a 
loosely  swinging  approved  brass  angle  check  valve  standing  open 
when  no  water  is  being  drawn  from  riser;  also  globe  valve. 

Furnish  and  securely  attach  at  bottom  and  top  of  each  hot  and 
cold  water  riser  brass  plate,  plainly  marked  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
identify  the  riser.  Marking  of  these  plates  shall  be  submitted  to  the 
Architect  for  approval. 

Branches : 

Branches  shall  be  run  in  the  manner  before  specified  for  wastes 
and  vents.  All  branches  run  to  a  succession  of  fixtures  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  a  shut-off  valve  at  connection  to  riser  located  conveniently. 

All  hot  water  pipes  shall  be  arranged  so  as  to  allow  for  expansion. 


177 

Connections  and  Trimmings: 

All  exposed  supply  pipe  and  connections  and  trimmings  of  all 
kinds,  including  faucets,  etc.,  for  all  plumbing  fixtures  throughout  the 
building  shall  be  of  white  metal ;  pipe  under  pressure  shall  be  iron  pipe 
size  seamless  white  metal  capable  of  withstanding  a  pressure  of  two 
hundred  (200)  pounds  per  square  inch. 

Each  connection  to  cock  or  bibb  shall  be  provided  with  an  air 
chamber  twelve  (12)  inches  long,  concealed  in  wall,  where  possible, 
and  approved  key  stop  set  conveniently. 

Special  Snpply  Piping: 

Make  connection  to  cross-head  at  filters  and  run  supply  pipe  for 
boiler  feed,  terminating  at  a  point  near  the  feed  water  heaters;  con- 
nection will  be  made  to  this  point  as  specified  under  "Steam  Fitting, 
Steam  Heating  and  Ventilating,"  and  supply  run  to  the  boilers  and 
feed  water  heaters.  Also  make  connection  and  run  supplies  from  the 
cross  head  to  the  elevator  tank,  air  compressors  and  refrigerating 
plant,  terminating  same  at  points  approved  by  the  Architect.  Also 
make  connection  to  cross  head  between  meters  and  filters  and  run 
piping  to  a  point  inside  of  each  compartment  of  the  coal  storage  bin, 
terminating  with  hose  connection  located  where  approved  by  the  Archi- 
tect. 

The  above  connections  shall  be  properly  valved. 

Make  valved  connection  between  supply  to  hot  water  heaters 
from  high  level  house  tanks  to  supply  boilers  in  emergency. 

Run  all  supply  piping  necessary  for  the  kitchen  service,  bars  and 
club.  The  fixtures  in  these  rooms  will  be  furnished  and  installed  by 
the  Owner,  and  piping  shall  be  brought  to  the  rooms,  capped  and  left 
ready  for  future  connections. 

Install  a  sprinkler  system  in  waste  paper  room  in  sub-basement 
complete  with  all  heads,  piping,  etc.,  that  may  be  required  to  sprinkle 
all  portions  of  the  room  and  connected  to  cold  water  supply  to  hot 
water  heaters  from  the  low  level  house  tanks. 

Sprinklers  shall  be  automatic  in  operation  and  the  system  shall 
be  complete  with  all  equipment. 

Provide  sprinkler  system  in  refrigerating  room,  same  to  be  com- 
plete with  all  piping,  sprinkler  heads  and  other  equipment,  and  con- 


178 

nected  to  cold  water  supply  to  hot  water  heaters  from  low  level  house 
tanks.  Heads  in  this  room  are  to  be  open  and  water  is  to  be  admitted 
to  the  system  by  opening  a  valve  placed  outside  of  the  room. 

Also  provide  sprinkler  system  in  paint  shop  and  in  all  other  rooms 
in  which  inflammable  materials  are  stored  and  in  kitchens,  boiler  room, 
engine  room  and  pump  room. 

These  systems  shall  be  automatic  in  operation  and  shall  be  com- 
plete with  equipment. 

Supplies  and  Wastes  in  General: 

All  branches  to  horizontal  pipes  shall  be  laid  to  drain.  All  risers 
shall  be  so  set  as  to  be  conveniently  encased. 

Sill  Cocks: 

Set  and  connect,  where  shown,  polished  brass  sill  cocks  with  loose 
keys  and  furnish  a  key  with  each  sill  cock.  They  shall  be  firmly 
caulked  in  place.  On  each  connection  to  sill  cock  provide  a  hand  valve 
and  drain  stop. 

Where  so  indicated  on  diagrams  they  shall  be  installed  in  con- 
nection with  the  Siamese  connections  and  shall  be  of  the  design  shown 
on  the  drawings. 

Testing: 

All  supply  pipe  shall  be  stopped  off  at  outlet  and  filled  with  cold 
water  at  normal  pressure.  The  sewers  shall  be  stopped  off  at  curb 
walls.  All  openings  on  sewers,  wastes,  soils  and  vents  shall  be  plugged 
and  the  entire  system  filled  with  water  to  roof. 

All  of  the  foregoing  shall  be  carefully  examined  and  if  any  are 
found  to  leak  they  shall  be  made  tight  and  the  test  repeated.  These 
tests  shall  be  made  in  the  presence  of  the  Architect,  and  the  Contractor 
will  not  be  entitled  to  either  final  certificate  or  payment  until  work  is 
made  tight  as  contemplated  herein.  If  required  by  the  Inspector  of 
Plumbing,  an  air,  smoke  or  peppermint  test  shall  be  made,  by  and  at 
the  expense  of  the  Contractor. 

Interior  Standpipes: 

Furnish,  set  up  and  run  from  the  sub-sub-basement  ceiling  to  the 
38th  story,  where  shown,  standpipes  of  extra  heavy  wrought  pipe,  gal- 
vanized.    There  shall  be  one  (1)  standpipe  in  each  main  stair  of  the 


179 

size  required  by  the  City  Fire  Department.  All  of  the  above  shall  be 
complete  with  fittings  and  valves  and  shall  be  securely  fastened  to 
beams  or  walls.  The  main  risers  shall  be  connected  together  in  the 
34th  intermediate  story  and  joined  to  the  standpipe  equalizer  at  the 
high  level  house  tanks.  All  risers  shall  be  connected  at  the  sub-sub- 
basement  ceiling  and  to  fire  pumps  and  Siamese  steamer  connections 
located  where  shown  on  drawings.  Provide  brass  fitted  swinging  check 
valve  at  connection  to  equalizer,  to  each  Siamese  connection  and  to 
each  fire  pump.  Mains  connecting  standpipe  risers  in  the  34th  inter- 
mediate story  shall  be  of  standard  wrought  pipe  galvanized.  All  fit- 
tings throughout  shall  be  long  turn  fittings.  All  pipe,  fittings  and 
valves  used  in  this  connection  shall  he  extra  heavy  and  fittings  shall 
be  flanged  fittings  where  required  by  the  Board  of  Underwriters.  Pro- 
vide an  automatic  brass  or  bronze  drip  ball  connection  hetween  each 
Siamese  coupling  and  check  valve.  Gate  valve  at  connection  to  equal- 
izer shall  be  of  the  outside  stem  and  yoke  type  and  built  in  accordance 
with  the  specifications  of  the  National  Board  of  Underwriters.  Pro- 
vide pressure  regulators  on  each  standpipe  in  height  of  building  com- 
plete with  by-passes  and  valves;  number  shall  be  approved  by  the  City 
Fire  Department. 

Run  24-inch  connections  from  standpipes  to  the  hose  racks,  there 
being  four  (4)  connections  in  each  story  from  the  second  to  the  thirty- 
sixth  inclusive,  and  two  (2)  connections  in  thirty-seventh  and  thirty- 
eighth  stories.  Provide  the  following  additional  2J-inch  hose  connec- 
tions located  where  shown  on  diagrams  or  where  approved  by  the 
Architect: 

Sub-Sub-Basement 2 

Sub-Basement 4 

Basement 6 

Plugged  openings  only  shall  be  provided  in  the  first  story.  Pro- 
vide at  each  connection  a  drain  not  less  than  |  inch  in  diameter  with 
shut-off  cock.  Drains  shall  be  connected  and  run  to  sub-sub-basement 
with  discharge  to  sink  in  boiler  room.  Provide  4-inch  valved  drip  con- 
nection at  bottom  of  each  standpipe  to  nearest  sewer. 

Provide  specially  designed  polished  brass  Siamese  connections  at 
wall  located  where  shown,  and  connected  to  main.  These  Siamese  con- 
nections shall  be  of  the  general  design  shown  on  drawings  and  shall 
be  of  the  size  and  type  required  by  the  City  Fire  Department. 


180 

Racks  and  Hose : 

Furnish,  set  up  and  connect  at  each  hose  connection  throughout 
the  building  an  approved  nickel-plated  brass  swinging  hose  rack  ar- 
ranged so  that  hose  will  hang  in  vertical  lengths,  complete  with  2^-inch 
unlined  linen  fire  hose  bearing  the  label  of  the  Underwriters'  Labora- 
tories and  provided  with  one  nickel-plated  brass  one  (1)  inch  smooth 
bore  play  pipe  not  less  than  twelve  (12)  inches  long,  weighing  not 
less  than  three  (3)  pounds.  Nozzle  shall  be  provided  with  spanner 
lugs.  Hose  on  each  rack  shall  be  of  sufficient  length  to  reach  any  por- 
tion of  the  building  served  from  its  respective  standpipe  or  connec- 
tion and  shall  be  in  25  and  50  foot  lengths,  but  in  no  case  will  more 
than  one  25  foot  length  be  allowed  for  a  rack.  Hose  lengths  shall  be 
figured  to  reach  the  farthest  point  of  the  building  and  to  meet  each 
other.  Couplings  shall  be  Underwriters'  Coupling,  of  nickel- plated 
brass. 

Each  hose  connection  shall  be  provided  with  a  2^-inch  gate  valve 
constructed  in  accordance  with  the  specifications  of  the  National  Board 
of  Underwriters,  except  that  6-inch  handwheels  shall  be  provided. 
Valves  shall  be  of  nickel-plated  brass. 

All  apparatus  in  connection  with  the  fire  protection  equipment 

Bhall  be  of  a  make  and  type  approved  by  the  Underwriters  and  the 

Fire  Department  of  the  City  of  New  York,  N.  T.,  and  all  work  shall 

be  installed  to  meet  their  requirements.    Obtain  the  written  approval 

of  the  Board  of  Underwriters  and  the  City  Fire  Department  on  all 
portions  of  this  work. 

FIXTtTRES. 

Cuts  of  all  fixtures  hereinafter  specified  shall  be  submitted  to  the 
Architect  to  enable  him  to  make  selection  of  same. 

Fixtures  shall  be  set  up  and  connected  complete  to  soil  or  waste 
vent  and  water  supplies. 

Setting: 

The  fixtures  included  in  these  specifications  shall  be  set  and  con- 
nections made  thereto  in  a  neat,  finished  and  uniform  manner,  making 
the  connections  to  all  fixtures  of  each  class  of  equal  height  and  plumb 
or  at  right  angles  to  the  wall,  unless  otherwise  directed  by  the  Archi- 
tect. 


181 

Water  Closets: 

All  water  closets  shall  be  of  the  siphon  jet  pattern,  with  concealed 
siphon  limb,  of  such  diameter  as  to  permit  the  passage  of  a  2^-inch 
hard  rubber  ball. 

Bowl  shall  be  of  a  vitreous  body  throughout  and  shall  weigh  not 
less  than  fifty  (50)  pounds,  without  seat.  It  shall  maintain  a  water 
seal  of  not  less  than  3  inches  in  depth  and  an  area  at  top  of  water  line 
which  shall  not  be  less  than  8x10  inches. 

Closets  shall  be  of  the  floor  type  and  shall  be  set  on  heavy  cast 
brass  floor  flanges  not  less  than  I  inch  in  thickness  with  joints  packed 
with  solid  asbestos  roll  with  lead  mixture  and  covered  with  plumbago 
treatment.  Bowls  shall  be  fastened  to  flanges  with  white  metal  bolts 
having  blank  white  metal  heads.  Connection  to  soil  pipe  shall  be  made 
through  threaded  connections. 

Tanks  where  concealed  shall  be  plain  wood  tanks  concealed  behind 
marble  and  supported  on  angle  iron  or  gas  pipe  frame.  Tanks  shall  be 
lined  with  16  oz.  tinned  and  planished  copper  and  provided  with  link 
rod  operated  by  a  push  button  or  lever  as  approved  by  the  Architect, 
and  set  to  discharge  at  least  five  gallons  at  each  flush.  Tank  shall  be 
connected  to  bowl  with  1^-inch  rough  brass  flush  pipe. 

Tanks  where  exposed  shall  be  cabinet  finished  hardwood  copper 
lined  tanks  set  on  white  metal  brackets  with  chain  and  pull;  flush  pipe 
shall  be  white  metal.  ■■■'■■■  ; 

Each  connection  of  water  supply  tank  shall  be  fitted  with  a  gate 
valve  set  conveniently.  Supply  pipes  shall  be  concealed  where  pos- 
sible. 

Each  water  closet  shall  be  provided  with  seat  without  cover;  seat 
in  each  case  shall  match  the  woodwork  of  the  room. 

The  water  supply  to  each  battery  of  water  closets  shall  also  be 
provided  with  a  gate  valve  to  shut  off  the  supply  to  all  fixtures  in  the 
battery. 

Urinals : 

Urinals  shall  be  vitreous  lipped  urinals,  having  integral  inlets 
and  outlets  and  shall  be  placed  in  stalls  furnished  and  set  in  place  as 
specified  under  "Marble  and  Tile  Work." 

All  tanks  shall  be  automatic  flushing;  where  they  are  concealed 


182 

behind  marble  they  shall  be  plain  wood  tanks  set  up  on  frames  similar 
to  water  closet  tanks.  Where  exposed,  they  shall  be  cabinet  finished 
hardwood  tanks  finished  to  match  the  woodwork  in  the  room  and  set 
on  white  metal  brackets. 

They  shall  be  of  capacity  to  provide  a  flush  of  two  (2)  gallons  per 
urinal. 

The  water  supply  shall  be  conneqted  to  concealed  pipe  with  nickel- 
plated  brass  key  stop  set  conveniently. 

Lavatories: 

Lavatories  shall  be  of  vitreous  china. 

In  offices  they  shall  have  integral  backs  and  return  ends  and  single 
legs  of  china;  they  shall  not  be  less  than  20x24  inches  overall  dimen- 
sions. 

In  toilet  rooms  and  bath  room  they  shall  be  roll  rim  lavatories  not 
less  than  20x24  inches  over  all  dimensions  and  shall  have  single  legs 
of  china.  Where  in  batteries  they  shall  be  installed  with  3-inch  space 
between  end  lavatory  and  wall  and  at  least  2-inch  space  between  lava- 
tories. 

Lavatories  shall  have  splash  rims  and  shall  be  provided  with  ad- 
justable wall  supports. 

Each  lavatory,  except  in  the  Engineers'  and  Firemen's  Toilet 
Rooms,  shall  be  provided  with  two  self-closing  faucets  connected  to 
hot  and  cold  water  supplies  in  wall.  Faucets  shall  close  with  the  pres- 
sure. Faucets  for  the  lavatory  in  the  Engineers'  and  Firemen's  Toilet 
Rooms  shall  be  compression  faucets.  Each  connection  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  an  air  chamber  concealed  in  wall  and  a  loose  key  stop.  Pro- 
vide each  lavatory  with  a  pop-up  waste  outside  of  the  overflow  or  sim- 
ilar waste  approved  by  the  Architect,  and  hooded  overflow.  Outlet 
shall  be  connected  to  "P"  trap  with  waste  to  wall  and  vent  continued 
from  waste  pipe.  All  faucets  shall  be  provided  with  hot  and  cold 
water  indicators.  Provide  soap  dish  for  each  lavatory  integral  with 
the  lavatory. 

All  metal  in  connection  with  lavatories  shall  be  white  metal. 

Slop  Sinks: 

Slop  sinks  shall  be  of  enameled  iron  20x24  inches.  Each  sink  shall 
be  provided  with  one  (1)  combination  hot  and  cold  water  compression 


183 

faucet  connected  to  hot  and  cold  water  supplies  with  air  chambers  and 
loose  key  stops  and  shall  be  equipped  with  white  metal  dome  type 
strainer  with  small  holes  and  white  metal  protecting  rim.  Faucet  shall 
be  provided  with  brace,  and  shall  be  strong  enough  and  arranged  to 
hold  a  pail. 

Sinks  shall  have  "Pv  trap  standards,  enameled  inside  and  out- 
side and  connected  to  waste  with  three  (3)  inch  screw  thread  Dur- 
ham flange. 

Shower  Baths: 

Shower  baths  in  Mechanical  Plant  shall  be  head  showers  with 
six  (6)  inch  removable  faces  connected  to  hot  and  cold  water  sup- 
plies. They  shall  be  provided  with  combination  cast  iron  drum  traps 
with  seven  (7)  inch  white  metal  outlet  grates  and  three  (3)  inch  waste 
connection  and  anti-scalding  valves. 

All  metal  work  shall  be  of  white  metal. 

Install  check  valves  on  water  supplies. 

Bath  Tub: 

Provide  in  bath  room  in  34th  intermediate  story  a  five-foot  six- 
inch  enameled  iron  roll  rim  tub,  provided  with  chain  and  plug  and 
combination  faucet  for  hot  and  cold  water  supplies,  also  combination 
waste  and  overflow.  Provide  drum  trap.  All  trimmings  shall  be  white 
metal. 

Sink  in  Boiler  Room: 

Sink  in  Boiler  Room  shall  be  enameled  iron,  20x36  inches,  with  in- 
tegral back.  Sink  shall  be  enameled  inside  and  outside,  supported  on 
cast  iron  legs  painted  white.  Sink  shall  be  provided  with  compression 
faucets  for  hot  and  cold  water,  also  plug  and  chain  and  "P"  trap,  all 
of  white  metal. 

Earthenware : 

Earthenware  for  all  plumbing  fixtures  shall  be  of  china  and  guar- 
anteed not  to  craze. 

Floor  Drains: 

Furnish,  set  in  floor  and  connect  to  sewer  at  locations  shown 
throughout  the  building  extra  heavy  cast  iron  combination  floor  drains 
and  deep  seal  running  traps  with  water  supply. 


184 

Top  of  floor  drains  shall  have  brass  strainer  set  flush  with  the 
floor. 

Shields: 

All  exposed  pipes  passing  through  floors  or  walls  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  shields  of  same  material  as  pipes  and  neatly  fastened  to 
same. 

Covering: 

All  hot  water  pipes,  except  branches  in  floors,  shall  be  covered 
with  two  (2)  layers  of  wool  felt  covering,  each  |  inch  thick,  lap  jointed 
with  insulating  paper  next  to  the  pipes,  properly  protected  from  water 
with  a  water-proof  paint. 

All  exposed  cold  water  pipes  shall  be  covered  in  a  similar  man- 
ner, except  that  wool  felt  covering  on  piping  2|  inches  and  less  in 
diameter  shall  be  \  inch  thick,  and  on  all  piping  3  inches  and  larger  in 
diameter  shall  be  1  inch  thick,  put  on  in  two  (2)  layers,  similar  to  cov- 
ering for  hot  water  pipes. 

Filters  and  surge  tanks  shall  be  covered  with  hair  felt  covering 
one  (1)  inch  thick  lap  jointed  with  insulating  paper,  properly  pro- 
tected with  a  waterproof  coating.  These  shall  be  covered  with  eight 
(8)  ounce  canvas  and  treated  with  two  (2)  coats  of  waterproof  paint. 

All  the  above  shall  be  covered  with  eight  (8)  ounce  canvas  and 
painted  as  directed  by  the  Architect. 

Cover  all  exposed  down  spouts,  including  vertical  runs,  soil  and 
waste  pipes  similar  to  cold  water  pipes,  except  that  covering  on  all 
downspouts  shall  be  \  inch  thick. 

All  covering  shall  be  neatly  and  thoroughly  applied,  special  care 
being  taken  with  the  fittings  and  joints. 

All  exposed  covering  on  piping  in  the  Sub-sub-basement,  Sub- 
basement,  and  38th  story  shall  be  supplied  with  bright  lacquered 
bands,  put  on  every  eighteen  (18)  inches,  and  with  similar  band  on 
each  side  of  each  fitting. 

The  Contractor  shall  guarantee  that  there  will  be  no  condensation 
on  the  outside  of  covernig  and  that  no  moisture  will  appear  at  any 
time  in  any  part  of  same. 

If,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Contractor,  the  covering  as  above  specified 


185 

will  not  comply  in  every  respect  with  the  intent  of  the  specifications 
and  prove  satisfactory,  he  shall  confer  with  the  Architect  and  obtain 
instructions  as  to  changes  necessary. 

Steam  ends  of  all  pumps  shall  be  covered  with  85  per  cent,  mag- 
nesia blocks  with  Russia  iron  jackets  and  spun  brass  heads. 

Latrines: 

Furnish,  set  up  and  connect  latrines  in  temparary  water  closet 
enclosures  to  be  erected  as  specified  under  "Foundations  and  Ma- 
sonry." In  connection  with  the  latrine  in  all  stories  excepting  base- 
ment, install  wooden  house  tank  and  electrically  driven  house  pumps 
of  sufficient  number  and  capacity  per  hour  to  provide  all  water  neces- 
sary for  latrines.  Install  two  (2)  inch  discharge  to  house  tanks.  House 
tanks  shall  be  complete  with  overflow  and  drawoff ;  drawoffs  shall  be 
valved.    Provide  motors  for  house  pumps. 

Connect  latrines  to  sewer  with  six  (6)  inch  pipe.  Make  all  con- 
nections of  whatever  nature  that  may  be  required  to  install  pumps, 
motors,  house  tanks  and  latrines.    Pumps  shall  be  automatic  in  action. 

Piping  shall  be  boxed  and  packed  in  sawdust  and  all  piping  and 
tanks  shall  be  protected  against  freezing. 

These  latrines  shall  be  kept  free  from  stoppage  during  construc- 
tion of  the  building  and  shall  be  disconnected  and  removed  from  the 
premises  when  directed  by  the  Architect. 

Latrines  shall  be  located  where  directed  by  the  Architect,  and 
shall  be  moved  as  often  as  required. 

House  Pumps: 

Furnish  and  install  on  foundations  where  shown  steam  driven  du- 
plex outside  packed  bronze  plunger  pumps,  of  a  make  approved  by  the 
Architect;  capacity  of  each  pump  shall  be  not  less  than  the  following: 
two  (2)  pumps  delivering  to  high  level  house  tanks,  15,000  U.  S.  gal- 
lons each  per  hour;  two  (2)  pumps  delivering  to  intermediate  level 
house  tanks,  10,000  U.  S.  gallons  per  hour;  two  (2)  pumps  delivering 
to  low  level  house  tanks,  10,000  U.  S.  gallons  per  hour.  Piston  speed 
of  each  pump  shall  be  not  more  than  35  feet  per  minute  when  pumping 
the  amount  of  water  specified. 

Make  all  steam  supply  and  exhaust  connections  to  pumps  from 


186 

piping  installed  as  specified  under  ' '  Steam  Fitting,  Steam  Heating  and 
Ventilating. ' ' 

Install  inside  of  delivery  gate  valve  a  safety  valve  for  each  pump. 

Install  in  discharges  from  each  pair  of  house  pumps  a  200-gallon 
cushion  tank. 

Provide  to  each  cushion  tank  air  connection  to  high  pressure  com- 
pressed air  tank;  all  connections  shall  be  properly  valved. 

Provide  water  glass  on  each  cushion  tank,  also  on  pressure  air 
chamber  on  each  house  pump,  all  with  self-closing  gauge  cocks  and  all 
necessary  tank  trimmings. 

Pump  shall  be  arranged  for  automatic  operation  and  shall  be  com- 
plete with  all  connections  and  equipment. 

Provide  sniffing  valve  on  suction  of  each  pump. 

Fire  Pumps: 

Furnish  and  install  where  shown  two  (2)  steam  driven  fire  pumps 
of  the  Underwriters  '■  Pattern  and  each  having  a  capacity  of  1,000  gal- 
lons per  minute  delivering  against  50  pounds  at  the  highest  outlet. 
Pumps  shall  be  automatic  in  action  and  with  all  equipment  must  meet 
with  the  approval  of  the  Board  of  Underwriters  and  the  City  Fire 
Department. 

Make  all  connections  to  surge  tank  for  fire  pumps,  also  to  mains 
between  standpipes. 

Valves : 

All  valves  shall  be  of  the  gate  pattern.  All  valves  two  (2)  inches 
and  less  in  diameter  shall  be  of  brass;  all  valves  above  two  (2)  inches 
in  diameter  shall  have  iron  bodies  and  brass  working  parts,  except 
where  brass  valves  are  specifically  mentioned.  All  valves  shall  be 
supplied  with  hand  wheels  with  arrow  indicating  "Open",  and  to  each 
shall  be  attached  a  brass  tag  indicating  its  use. 

GAS  FITTING. 

Connections : 

The  Contractor  shall  pay  the  cost  of  bringing  in  connections 
from  mains  to  meters. 

Provide  automatic  shut-off  on  each  service  of  a  make  and  type 
approved  by  the  Board  of  Underwriters  of  the  City  of  New  York,  N.  Y. 


187 

Rules: 

All  gas  fitting  in  connection  with  this  building  shall  be  done  un- 
der the  rules  of  the  company  furnishing  the  gas  to  the  building. 

Working  Plans: 

Working  drawings  shall  be  submitted  by  the  Contractor  which 
will  show  all  lines  of  gas  piping,  together  with  the  risers,  runs  to  me- 
ters, and  outlets. 

Outlets: 

All  outlets  shown  shall  be  piped  for  gas. 

Piping: 

Connect  to  meters  and  run  all  piping  carrying  up  main  risers  and 
branches  on  each  floor,  setting  a  cock  at  each  branch  from  main  riser. 
A  cock  shall  be  set  on  each  side  of  each  meter. 

Each  pipe  shall  be  firmly  secured  in  place.  Care  must  be  taken 
that  no  pipe  shall  be  trapped  and  all  runs  in  floors  shall  be  bedded  so 
that  they  do  not  give  or  spring  under  tread.  The  sizes  of  this  piping 
shall  be  governed  by  the  rules  of  the  gas  company  furnishing  the  gas. 

Tested  pipe  shall  be  furnished  as  required  while  partitions  are 
being  set. 

Each  separate  supply  pipe  shall  be  tested  with  an  air  pump  and 
if  any  leak  is  found  it  shall  not  be  cemented  or  caulked,  but  the  pipe 
taken  out  and  made  over. 

After  the  piping  is  installed  and  made  tight,  it  shall  be  coated 
with  asphaltum. 

Gas  for  Fuel: 

Run  mains,  branches  and  risers  to  supply  ranges  and  othor  gas 
appliances  in  kitchens  in  the  basement  and  in  the  club  in  36th  story. 

Sizes  shall  be  as  required  for  the  services. 

Number  of  Fixtures: 

The  number  of  each  kind  of  fixtures  as  shown  on  diagrams  is 
not  absolute. 


188 

Unit  Prices: 

Name  one  price  only  for  any  additions  to  or  deductions  from  this 
contract  for  the  respective  fixtures  and  materials  named  below;  said 
price  to  obtain  until  the  completion  and  acceptance  by  the  Architects 
of  all  work  called  for  herein. 

Water  closets  of  the  floor  type,  furnished,  set  up  and 

connected,  complete,  to  concealed  pipes,  each $. ., 

Urinals,  furnished,  set  up  and  connected  complete  to 

concealed  pipes,  each $ 1. . ... 

Lavatories,  china,  furnished,  set  up  and  connected,  com- 
plete, to  concealed  pipes,  each $........ 

Slop  sinks,  furnished,  set  up  and  connected  to  concealed 

pipes,  each    ,. . ., , , ,... ... .  $. .,. .,.  .1. . 

Shower  baths  furnished,  set  up  and  connected  to  con- 
cealed pipes,  each $ 

12"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings, 

per  foot  $ 

10"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings, 

per  foot $ 

8"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings, 

per  foot  $ 

6"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings, 

per  foot $ 1.. 

5"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings, 

per  foot  $ 

4"  in  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings, 

per  foot  $ 1. . 

2\"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings, 

per  foot $ ,. . 

2"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings, 

per  foot  $ 

1£"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings, 

per  foot $ 

12"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings 

and  covering,  per  foot $ 

10"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings, 

and  covering,  per  foot $ 

8"     suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings 

and  covering,  per  foot $ 

6"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings 

and  covering,  per  foot $ 

y  suspended  waste  pipe,   installed,   including  fittings 

and  covering,  per  foot $ 


189 

4"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings 

and  covering,  per  foot $ 

3"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings 

and  covering,  per  foot $ 

24"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings 

and  covering,  per  foot $ 

2"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings 

and  covering,  per  foot $ 

1|"  suspended  waste  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings 

and  covering,  per  foot , — $ 

10"  vent  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot $ 

8"  vent  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot $ 

6"  vent  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. ...  $ 

4"  vent  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot $ 

3"  vent  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot $ 

1\"  vent  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot $ 

2"  vent  pipe,  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. ...  % 

\\"  vent  pie,  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot.  ...  % 

8"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot $ 

6"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot % 

5"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot % 

4"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot $ 

3"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot % 

1\  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot $ 

2"  cold  water  pipinc,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot $ 

W  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot •  $ 

\\"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot % 

V  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot $ 


190 

J"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 
foot $. 

\"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 
foot $. 

8"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot  $. 

G"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot  $ . 

5"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot $. 

4"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot  $ . 

3"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot  $. 

IV'  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot $. 

2"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot  $ . 

IV  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot $. 

1\"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot $. 

1"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot  $ . 

f"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot  $. 

\"  cold  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot  $. 

5"  hot  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot  $. 

4"  hot  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot  $. 

3"  hot  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot $. 

2J"  hot  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot  $. 

2"  hot  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot  . $. 

IV  hot  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot $. 

1\"  hot  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot $. 

1"  hot  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 
covering,  per  foot $. 


191 

|"  hot  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 

covering,  per  foot  $ 

\"  hot  water  piping,  installed,  including  fittings  and 

covering,  per  foot $ 

10"  cast  iron  sewer  in  ground,  installed,  complete,  in- 
dueling  fitting,  excavating,  back  filling  and  re- 
moval of  earth,  per  foot $ 

8"  cast  iron  sewer  in  ground,  installed,  complete,  in- 
cluding fitting,  excavating,  back  filling  and  re- 
moval of  earth,  per  foot $ 

6"  cast  iron  sewer  in  ground,  installed,  complete,  in- 
cluding fitting,  excavating,  back  filling  and  re- 
moval of  earth,  per  foot i $ 

5"  cast  iron  sewer  in  ground,  installed,  complete,  in- 
cluding fitting,  excavating,  back  filling  and  re- 
moval of  earth,  per  foot $........ 

4"  cast  iron  sewer  in  ground,  installed,  complete,  in- 
cluding fitting,  excavating,  back  filling  and  re- 
moval of  earth,  per  foot $ 

3"  cast  iron  sewer  in  ground,  installed,  complete,  in- 
cluding fitting,  excavating,  back  filling  and  re- 
moval of  earth,  per  foot $ 

2"  cast  iron  pipe  in  ground,  installed,  complete,  in- 
cluding fitting,  excavating,  back  filling  and  re- 
moval of  earth,  per  foot $....,.    . . 

4"  drain  tile,  installed,  complete,  including  excavating, 
back  filling,  crushed  stone  and  removal  of  earth, 
per  foot .. .  $........ 

6"  drain  tile,  installed,  complete,  including  excavating, 
back  filling,  crushed  stone  and  removal  of  earth, 
per  foot $. ., 

Roughing  in  for  water  closets,  per  lineal  foot,  includ- 
ing soil,  vent  and  water  supply $. . 

Roughing  in  for  urinals,  per    lineal    foot,    including 

waste,  vent  and  water  supply. $ 

Roughing  in  for  lavoratories,  per  lineal  foot,  including 

waste,  vent  and  water  supply $ 

Roughing  in  for  slop  sinks,  per  lineal  foot,  including 

waste,  vent  and  water  supply. $ 

Roughing  in  for  shower  baths,  per  lineal  foot,  including 

waste,  vent  and  water  supply. $ 

4"  gas  pipe,  including  fittings,  installed,  per  lineal  foot  $ 

3"  gas  pipe,  including  fittings,  installed,  per  lineal  foot  $ 


192 
2\"  gas  pipe,  including  fittings,  installed,  per  lineal  foot  $. 
2"  gas  pipe,  including  fittings,  installed,  per  lineal  foot  $. 
\\"  gas  pipe,  including  fittings,  installed,  per  lineal  foot  $. 
1"  gas  pipe,  including  fittings,  installed,  per  lineal  foot  $. 
|"  gas  pipe,  including  fittings,  installed,  per  lineal  foot  $. 
\"  gas  pipe,  including  fittings,  installed,  per  lineal  foot  $. 
|"  gas  pipe,  including  fittings,  installed,  per  lineal  foot  $. 

Excavation,  per  cubic  yard  $. 

Removal  of  earth,  per  cubic  yard $. 

Crushed  stone,  installed,  per  cubic  yard ,. . .  $. 


EJECTOES. 

Scope  of  The  Work: 

Furnish  and  install  the  ejectors,  air  compressors,  motors,  con- 
trollers, receivers,  and  all  appurtenances  and  equipment  necessary  to 
make  the  ejector  plant  complete  and  ready  for  service. 

Description  of  Plant: 

The  plant  shall  consist  of  two  (2)  air  compressors,  two  (2)  air 
receivers  and  four  (4)  ejectors,  located  where  shown. 

The  pits  will  be  built  as  specified  under  "Plumbing,  Sewers  and 
Gas  Fitting"  and  each  pit  will  be  nine  (9)  feet  internal  diameter;  tho 
bottoms  will  finish  3  feet  7  inches  below  the  invert  of  inlet  sewers. 

The  sewage  to  be  ejected  will  be  ordinary  waste,  such  as  drainage 
from  plumbing  fixtures  and  surface  or  floor  water. 

Ejectors: 

Furnish  four  (4)  hydro-pneumatic  ejectors  and  erect  two  (2)  on 
the  floor  of  each  pit.  Provide  inlet  and  outlet  flanges,  to  which  the 
inlet  and  discharge  pipes  will  be  connected  through  flange  connections 
as  specified  under  "Plumbing,  Sewers  and  Gas  Fitting." 

The  capacity  of  each  ejector  shall  be  one  hundred  (100)  U.  S.  gal. 
Ions  per  minute. 


193 

Air  Compressors: 

Furnish,  set  up  on  foundations  and  connect  two  (2)  compound 
crank  and  fly-wheel  compressors,  steam  driven,  and  automatic  in  action. 
Capacity  of  each  compressor  shall  be  two  hundred  (200)  cubic  feet  of 
free  air  per  minute  compressed  to  seventy-five  (75)  pounds,  gauge. 
Compressors  shall  be  water  jacketed  and  shall  be  complete  with  all 
necessary  piping  from  water  jackets  so  arranged  that  all  cooling  water 
can  be  delivered  into  the  sewer  or  surge  tank,  as  desired,  with  all  neces- 
sary valves  and  connections. 

Normal  speed  of  air  compressors  shall  not  exceed  one  hundred 
(100)  R.  P.  M. 

Air  Receivers: 

Where  shown  or  directed,  set  two  (2)  compressed  air  receivers, 
each  not  less  than  four  feet  in  diameter  and  five  feet  high,  built  of 
flanged  steel  and  tested  to  withstand  a  working  pressure  of  150  pounds 
per  square  inch. 

Eeceivers  shall  be  connected  together  by  header  on  which  shall 
be  provided  the  necessary  openings  of  proper  size  for  ejectors,  tem- 
perature regulation  system,  compressed  air  cleaning  system,  barber 
shop,  and  for  supply  to  air  compressors  installed  as  specified  under 
"Elevators."  These  openings  shall  be  of  the  size  required  for  the 
various  services  and  all  connections  shall  be  valved.  Also  provide  on 
header  two  additional  plugged  connections  of  sizes  approved  by  the 
Architect. 

Connecting  Pipes: 

Connect  air  compressors  to  the  receivers,  receivers  to  the  ejectors 
and  ejectors  to  ventilating  shaft,  and  make  all  water  and  waste  con- 
nections required.  Provide  pressure  reducing  valve  on  supply  to 
ejectors. 

Compressors,  receivers  and  ejectors  shall  be  complete  with  all  pipe 
and  fittings,  water  gate  valves,  safety  valves,  nickel-plated  gauges,  etc., 
necessary  for  the  continuous  operation  of  the  plant. 

Operation : 

When  set  and  connected  as  specified,  this  apparatus  shall  be  auto- 
matic in  its  action,  engaging  one  or  both  compressors,  and  one  or  all 
ejectors,  as  may  be  necessary. 


194 

Test  and  Acceptance: 

When  the  apparatus  is  completed  and  ready  for  service  it  shall  be 
tested  as  follows : 

Taking  the  sewage  and  such  additional  water  as  may  be  neces- 
sary, the  whole  apparatus  shall  run  at  its  full  capacity  of  400  U.  S.  gal- 
lons per  minute  for  thirty  (30)  minutes.  The  apparatus  shall  then  be 
delivered  to  the  Architect  and  he  may,  during  the  next  succeeding 
week,  make  such  trials  within  the  specified  capacity  as  may  be  desired. 

Finally: 

As  it  will  be  necessary  to  use  these  ejectors  during  the  erection 
of  the  building,  they  shall  be  installed  as  early  as  possible  after  con- 
struction is  begun  and  at  such  time  as  directed  by  the  Architect.  Pro- 
vide all  necessary  protection  for  the  machinery,  and  before  turning 
this  plant  over  to  the  Owner  put  same  in  first-class  condition. 

KEFKIGEKATING  PLANT. 

Scope  of  the  Work: 

The  work  covered  by  these  specifications  includes  the  generator, 
absorber,  condenser,  pumps,  foundations,  tanks,  piping,  valves,  fittings 
of  all  kinds,  all  insulation  and  all  other  equipment  and  appurtenances 
that  may  be  required  to  maintain  proper  temperature  in  the  refrig- 
erators and  to  make  the  amount  of  ice  required  for  the  water  coolers, 
restaurants,  bars  and  club,  installed  complete  and  ready  for  service. 

All  refrigerating  machinery  shall  be  so  located  that  a  second  unit 
can  be  installed  in  future,  if  desired. 

Testing  Material: 

All  piping,  fittings,  valves,  etc.  (except  for  ammonia),  for  a  work- 
ing pressure  of  100  pounds  or  less  shall  be  tested  to  250  pounds  hydro- 
static pressure  at  the  factory  and  all  those  over  100  pounds  shall  be 
tested  to  500  pounds. 

Ammonia  pipe,  fittings  and  valves  shall  be  tested  to  1,000  pounds 
at  the  factory. 

Test  and  Acceptance: 

After  completion  of  this  installation  and  before  acceptance  of  the 
same,  all  ammonia  work  shall  be  tested  to  500  pounds  hydrostatic  pres- 


195 

sure.  The  plant  must  be  run  for  twenty-four  (24)  hours  at  the  expense 
of  the  Contractor  and  during  that  time  shall  fulfill  all  conditions  herein 
mentioned. 

Capacity  of  Plant: 

Plant  shall  be  of  sufficient  capacity  to  make  twenty  (20)  tons  of 
clear  ice  per  day  and  to  maintain  the  air  in  the  refrigerators  at  the 
proper  temperature  for  this  class  of  work. 

The  above  conditions  must  be  maintained  continuously  for  twenty- 
four  (24)  hours  per  day,  with  the  refrigerating  plant  in  use  fourteen 
(14)  hours,  it  being  shut  down  ten  (10)  hours  during  the  night.  The 
room  temperature  to  be  taken  at  90  degrees  Fahrenheit. 

System : 

The  plant  shall  be  of  the  absorption  type,  refrigeration  being  af- 
fected by  means  of  indirect  expension  of  ammonia,  using  Chloride  of 
Calcium  brine,  of  1.25  specific  gravity,  circulated  through  coils  by  means 
of  brine  circulating  pumps.  Temperature  of  condensing  water  shall 
be  taken  at  60  degrees  Fahrenheit. 

Pumps  shall  be  steam  driven,  the  exhaust  from  same  being  used 
for  the  ammonia  generator  at  two  (2)  pounds  pressure,  supplemented 
when  necessary  with  high  pressure  steam  from  the  boilers.  Live  steam 
will  be  supplied  at  a  pressure  of  one  hundred  and  fifty  (150)  pounds 
at  the  header.  Furnish  necessary  reducing  valve  with  by-pass  prop- 
erly valved. 

Generator: 

Generator  shall  be  of  horizontal  steel  type,  mounted  on  cast  iron 
saddles  and  provided  with  return  bend  steam  coils  of  extra  heavy 
lap  welded  pipe,  and  special  heavy  return  bends;  all  threads  shall  be 
tinned. 

Condenser: 

Condenser  shall  be  of  the  double-pipe  type  supported  on  stand- 
ards and  made  of  special  ammonia  pipe  and  fittings.  Coils  shall  be 
so  arranged  that  the  water  will  travel  in  a  direction  opposite  to  that 
of  the  gas. 

Ends  of  coils  shall  be  connected  at  inlets  and  outlets  with  cast 
iron  or  steel  headers  as  required. 


196 

Absorber: 

Absorber  shall  be  of  the  tubular  type  with  steel  shell  riveted,  sup- 
ported an  cast  iron  saddles  and  provided  with  straight  tubes. 

Brine  Cooler: 

Brine  cooler  shall  have  steel  welded  shell  provided  with  brine  coils 
connected  at  inlet  and  outlet  with  cast  iron  headers  and  supported 
on  iron  standards. 

Otber  Equipment: 

Rectifier  coils  shall  be  of  the  submerged  type,  of  lap  welded  pipe 
with  return  bends  neatly  placed  in  steel  tanks. 

Weak  liquor  cooler  shall  be  of  the  double-pipe  type. 

Exchanger  shall  be  mounted  on  standards. 

Eeceiver  shall  be  welded  and  provided  with  gauge  glasses. 

Pumps: 

Provide  two  (2)  pumps  for  pumping  brine  and  two  (2)  for  pump- 
ing ammonia.  They  shall  be  of  the  direct  acting  type  specially 
designed  for  these  services  and  shall  be  provided  with  cast  iron  bed 
plates  or  drip  pans  and  force  feed  lubricators. 

Each  pump  of  each  class  shall  be  of  ample  capacity  to  operate  the 
entire  plant. 

Provide  snifting  valve  on  suction  of  each  pump. 

Brine  Tank: 

The  brine  tank  shall  be  of  tank  steel  provided  with  angles  at  top 
and  bottom,  and  horizontally  through  center.  All  parts  shall  be  painted 
with  asphaltum  inside  and  outside,  two  (2)  coats  before  assembling 
and  two  (2)  coats  after  testing.    The  tank  shall  be  watertight. 

Tank  shall  be  provided  with  a  wood  cover  of  M.  &  D.  f -inch  yellow 
pine  lumber,  solidly  constructed,  neatly  finished  on  edges,  and  well 
cleated  on  bottom,  the  cleats  being  spaced  not  more  than  two  (2)  feet 
apart.    Provide  a  manhole  in  the  cover. 

All  connections  to  this  tank  shall  be  made  through  cast  iron  flangeB 
riveted  water  tight  to  tank. 


197 

Details  of  Construction: 

All  shells  shall  be  of  steel  or  special  cast  iron. 

All  flanges  shall  be  carefully  faced  and  scored  for  gaskets  and  all 
bolt  holes  shall  be  drilled.  All  bolts  shall  be  of  best  locomotive  stay 
bolt  iron  with  hexagonal  heads  and  U.  S.  standard  nuts.  All  iron 
castings  shall  be  of  soft  gray  iron  presenting  a  smooth  and  even 
surface. 

Equipment : 

Provide  necessary  nickel-plated  brass  rim  gauges  six  (6)  inches 
in  diameter,  one  (1)  for  condenser  and  one  (1)  for  back  pressure. 

Furnish  pink  Tennessee  marble  gauge  board,  not  less  than  1| 
inches  thick,  with  all  connections  behind  the  board.  Gauge  board  shall 
be  properly  supported  on  angle  iron  frame  securely  fastened  in  place. 

Furnish  gauge  cocks  with  guard  rods  and  glasses  for  indicating 
the  liquid  levels  in  all  tanks  in  connection  with  this  plant. 

Furnish  six  (6)  inch  pressure  gauge  similar  to  other  aguges. 

Provide  oil,  ammonia,  etc.,  necessary  for  fully  charging  and  put- 
ting the  plant  in  operation. 

Also  furnish  a  complete  set  of  wrenches  and  other  necessary  tools 
required  for  this  plant. 

Sixes  of  Refrigerators: 

The  approximate  sizes  of  refrigerators  for  the  Restaurants  and 
Club  are  as  follows: 

In  Connection  With  Dining  Room  in  Basement: 

1  Chef's  Box  Wx  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Pantry  Box 16'-0"x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Garde  Mange 12'-0"x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

I  Oyster  Box 10'-0"x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Back  Bar  Box 9'-0"x  3'-0"x3'-G" 

1  Vegetable  Box  8'-0"x  5/-0"x8'-0" 

1  Wine  Box  24'-0"x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Beer  Box  14'-0"xl5'-0"x8'-0" 

1  General  Storage  Box 36/-0"xlO,-0"x8'-0" 

1  Ice  Storage  Box l(y-0"x  6'-0"x8M)" 


198 

1  Baker's  Refrigerator  7'-0"x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Garbage  Box  

In  Connection  With  Restaurant  in  Basement: 

1  Chef's  Box  9M)"x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Pantry  Box .lGMTx  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Garde  Mange .12'-0"x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

I  Oyster  Box  lO^x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Back  Bar  Box ^-CTx  3'-0"x3'-6" 

1  Vegetable  Box S'-fTx  5'-0"x8'-0" 

1  Wine  Box .24'-0"x  3'-e"x7'-0" 

1  Beer  Box 14'-0"xl5'-0"x8'-0" 

1  General  Storage  Box 36'-O"xl(y-0"x8'-O" 

1  Ice  Storage  Box   lV-Crx  6'-0"x8'-0" 

1  Baker's  Refrigerator  7'-0"x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Garbage  Box  

In  Connection  With  Ladies'  Tea  Room: 

1  Chef's  Box  &-0"x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Pantry  Garde  Mange 16'-0"x  y-6"x7'-0" 

1  General  Storage  Box 18M)"x  7'-0"x8'-0" 

1  Oyster  Box  7'-0"x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Garbage  Box  

In  Connection  With  Future  Service  Kitchen: 

1  Chef's  Box 6'-0"x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Pantry  Garde  Mange  lS'-Cx  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  General  Storage  Box 18'-0"x  7'-0"x8'-0" 

1  Ice  Storage  Box &-Q"x  6'-0"x8'-0" 

1  Oyster  Box 7'-0"x  3'6"x7'-0" 

1  Garbage  Box 

In  Connection  With  Club  in  36th  Story: 

1  Chef's  Box &-0"x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Pantry  Box W-W'x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Garde  Mange 12'-0"x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Oyster  Box 10M)"x  3'-6"x7'-0" 

1  Vegetable  Box 8'-0"x  5'-0"x8'-0" 

1  Wine  Box  . . : 24'-0"x  3'-6"x7'-0" 


199 

1  Beer  Box 14'-0"xl5'-O"x8'-0" 

1  General  Storage  Box 36,-0"xl0'-0"x8'-0" 

1  Ice  Storage  Box  KK-0"x  6'-0"x8'-0" 

1  Baker's  Refrigerator 7'-0"x  6/-0"x7'-0" 

1  Garbage  Box  

The  above  sizes  are  approximate  and  are  given  for  the  basis  of 
estimate  only.  Definite  sizes  will  be  determined  later.  Sizes  of  ice 
boxes  in  the  bars  will  also  be  determined  later.  Ice  boxes  and  coils 
in  same  will  be  furnished  and  installed  by  the  Owner,  but  all  piping 
for  same  shall  be  installed  by  the  Contractor  to  a  point  near  each 
refrigerator,  capped,  and  left  ready  for  future  connection  to  coils. 

Ice  Making  Machinery: 

Furnish  and  install  freezing  tank  together  with  coils,  cans,  agita- 
tor, and  other  equipment  necessary  for  making  the  quantity  of  ice 
hereinbefore  specified. 

Cans  shall  be  of  heavy  galvanized  iron  of  proper  size  to  make  ice 
cakes  of  150  pounds  each. 

Furnish  trolley,  dump  and  all  other  equipment  necessary  for  easy 
handling  of  ice. 

Freezing  tank  shall  be  well  insulated  with  wainscoting  made  of 
matched  boards  with  clear  space  of  not  less  than  fifteen  (15)  inches 
on  sides  and  twelve  (12)  inches  under  bottom  between  tank  and  boards 
which  shall  be  filled  with  granulated  cork. 

Provide  storage  box  for  ice,  thoroughly  insulated. 

Make  all  connections  necessary  for  the  ice  making  machinery. 

Brine  Piping: 

The  brine  shall  be  circulated  through  the  brine  cooler  by  means 
of  brine  pumps,  the  cooled  brine  being  pumped  through  the  ice-tank 
and  then  returned  to  the  brine  tank. 

Pipe  Work: 

All  pipe  work,  except  as  noted  above,  shall  be  put  in  place  by 
the  Contractor;  pipes,  unless  otherwise  specified,  shall  be  wrought 
pipe,  galvanized. 

All  pipes  coming  in  contact  with  ammonia  shall  be  extra  heavy 


200 

wrought  iron  pipe.  All  coils  shall  be  made  of  extra  heavy  and  re- 
worked full  weight  iron  pipe  known  as  "coiling  pipe."  All  spiral  coils 
shall  be  continuously  welded  from  end  to  end,  and  joints  scarfed  long. 
All  coils  shall  be  hammered  while  being  tested  to  dislodge  scale  and 
uncover  defects. 

Fittings: 

Fittings  for  brine  piping  shall  be  malleable  iron,  galvanized. 

All  fittings  in  connection  with  ammonia  piping  sball  be  of  cast 
steel  or  malleable  iron  and  protected  at  the  threads  by  glands  or  rub- 
ber rings  and  sweated  joints.  All  unions  shall  be  flanged  male  and  fe- 
male. All  gaskets  shall  be  specially  made  to  withstand  the  action  of 
ammonia. 

Valves: 

All  valves  used  in  this  work  shall  be  of  water  gate  pattern  of  a 
kind  required  for  each  particular  purpose. 

Each  shall  be  provided  with  a  hand  wheel. 

Connections: 

Make  all  necessary  water,  waste,  steam  supply,  exhaust  and  drip 
connections  to  this  apparatus  from  the  piping  installed  as  specified 
under  "Plumbing,  Sewers  and  Gas  Fitting"  and  "Steam  Heating  and 
Ventilating." 

All  pipes  shall  be  wrought  pipe,  fittings  shall  be  malleable  or  cast 
iron. 

Furnish  all  labor  and  material  and  install  all  piping  required  for 
cooling  water,  so  arranged  that  this  water  after  passing  through  the 
condenser,  absorber  and  rectifier  can  be  delivered  to  the  surge  tank 
or  wasted  to  the  nearest  sewer,  as  desired. 

This  piping  shall  be  complete  with  all  necessary  valves,  fittings, 
etc. 

Covering: 

All  tanks,  except  freezing  tank,  installed  in  connection  with  this 
plant  shall  be  properly  insulated  by  the  Contractor  with  granulated 
cork  boards  and  paper  ten  (10)  inches  thick,  properly  secured  in  place, 
finished  with  sectional  hardwood  lagging,  lagging  rings  and  necessary 


201 

brass  bands  and  clips  for  same.  Bodies  of  generator  and  cooler  sball 
be  covered  in  a  similar  manner.  Freezing  tank  shall  be  covered  as 
hereinbefore  specified. 

All  ammonia  and  brine  pipes  shall  be  covered  with  cork  brine 
covering  approximately  two  and  one-half  (2^)  inches  thick  with  min- 
eral rubber  finish;  all  end  joints  shall  be  broken,  and  all  longitudinal 
joints  shall  be  on  the  top  and  bottom  of  pipes.  Covering  shall  be  se- 
curely wired  in  place  and  all  spaces  between  covering  and  pipes,  or  be- 
tween covering  and  fittings  shall  be  filled  with  melted  paraffine  and 
fine  granulated  cork.  Where  pipes  pass  through  insulated  walls  the 
covering  shall  extend  one  inch  beyond  the  walls.  All  screw  fittings 
and  all  flange  fittings  3  inches  and  less  shall  be  covered  with  moulded 
cork  jackets,  installed  in  a  manner  similar  to  pipe  covering.  All  flange 
fittings  larger  than  3  inches  shall  be  covered  with  cork  insulation  lag- 
ging properly  wired  in  place.  All  spaces  shall  be  filled  with  melted 
paraffine  and  fine  granulated  cork.  All  seams  and  broken  edges  shall  be 
filled  with  melted  paraffine  and  cork  dust  so  as  to  leave  a  smooth  sur- 
face, which  shall  be  painted  with  asphaltum  as  directed. 

All  cold  water  pipes  shall  be  covered  with  wool  felt  covering  \  inch 
thick,  covered  with  eight  (8)  ounce  canvas. 

All  covering  shall  be  neatly  and  thoroughly  applied,  special  care 
being  taken  with  fittings  and  joints. 

All  exposed  covering  in  the  sub- sub-basement  shall  be  provided 
with  bright  lacquered  bands,  put  on  every  eighteen  (18)  inches,  and 
there  shall  be  a  similar  band  on  each  side  of  each  fitting. 

The  Contractor  shall  guarantee  that  there  will  be  no  condensation 
on  the  outside  of  covering,  and  also  that  no  water  will  at  any  time  ap- 
pear in  any  part  of  covering.  If  in  his  opinion  any  part  of  the  cover- 
ing above  mentioned  will  not  comply  with  the  intent  of  these  specifica- 
tions and  prove  satisfactory  in  every  particular,  he  shall  confer  with 
the  Architect  before  installing  same  and  obtain  instructions  for  in- 
stallation of  the  work. 

Steam  ends  of  all  pumps  shall  be  covered  with  85  per  cent,  mag- 
nesia blocks  with  Russia  iron  jackets  and  spun  brass  heads. 

Unit  Prices: 

This  Contractor  shall  name  one  price  only  for  additions  to  or 
deductions  from  his  contract  for  the  respective  materials  named  below: 


202 

said  prices  to  obtain  until  the  completion  of  this  work  and  its  accept- 
ance by  the  Architects. 

4"  pipe  for  ammonia,  including  fittings,  installed, 

per  foot    $. 

3"  pipe  for  ammonia,  installed,  including  fittings, 

per  foot  $. 

2i"  pipe  for  ammonia,  including  fittings,  installed, 

per  foot  ;'., $..•... 

2"  pipe  for  ammonia,  including  fittings,  installed, 

per  foot $. 

1£"  pipe  for  ammonia,  including  fittings,  installed, 

per  foot    .  .i — .  $. 

li"  PiPe  f°r  ammonia,  including  fittings,  installed, 

per  foot $ 

1"  pipe  for  ammonia,  including  fittings,  installed, 

per  foot  . ., $ 

f"  pipe  for  ammonia,  including  fittings,  installed, 

per  foot $ 

\"  pipe  for  ammonia,  including  fittings,  installed, 

per  foot $ 

4"  pipe    for   ammonia,   including  fittings,  covering 

and  painting,  installed,  per  foot $ 

3"  pipe   for   ammonia,   including  fittings,  covering 

and  painting,  installed,  per  foot $..,.. 

2£"  pipe   for   ammonia,   including  fittings,  covering 

and  painting,  installed,  per  foot , $. 

2"  pipe    for   ammonia,   including  fittings,  covering 

and  painting,  installed,  per  foot $. 

\\"  pipe   for   ammonia,   including  fittings,  covering 

and  painting,  installed,  per  foot $ 

li"  pipe   f°r   ammonia,   including  fittings,  covering 

and  painting,  installed,  per  foot $ 

1"  pipe   for    ammonia,   including  fittings,  covering 

and  painting,  installed,  per  foot , $. 

5"  pipe   for   ammonia,    including  fittings,  covering 

and  painting,  installed,  per  foot $ 

\"  pipe    for   ammonia,   including  fittings,  covering 

and  painting,  installed,  per  foot $ 

4"  piping  for  brine,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot $ 

3"  piping  for  brine,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot ■.....$ 


203 

2^"  piping  for  brine,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot $• 

2"  piping  for  brine,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot •  $• 

1\"  piping  for  brine,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot $. 

1£"  piping  for  brine,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot $• 

1"  piping  for  brine,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot $• 

J"  piping  for  brine,  installed,  including  fittings,  per 

foot i $• 

4"  piping  for  brine,  installed,  including  fittings,  cov- 
ering and  painting,  per  foot $. 

3"  brine  piping  installed,  including  fittings,  cover- 
ing and  painting,  per  foot $. 

2£"  brine  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  cover- 
ing and  painting,  per  foot $. 

2"  brine  piping,  installed,  including  fitting,  cover- 
ing and  painting,  per  foot $. 

\\"  brine  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  cover- 
ing and  painting,  per  foot $. 

14"  brine  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  cover- 
ing and  painting,  per  foot $. 

1"  brine  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  cover- 
ing and  painting,  per  foot $. 

\"  brine  piping,  installed,  including  fittings,  cover- 
ing and  painting,  per  foot $. 


Valves  on  ammonia  work  of  the  following  sizes,  installed,  each: 

4"  $ IF   $ 

3"  $ 1" i $• 

2£"   $ I"  $ 

2"  $ i"  $ 

vr % 


204 

Valves  except  on  ammonia  work  of  the  following  sizes  installed, 
each: 

4" $ 1£"  $ 

3" $ 1"  $ 

2J"  $ |"  $ 

2" $ i"  $ 

ir $ 

Finally: 

If  approved  by  the  Architect  a  compression  type  of  refrigerating 
plant,  using  ammonia  or  carbonic  anhydride  may  be  substituted  for 
the  absorption  type  specified,  same  to  be  complete  in  every  respect 
and  of  the  capacity  specified. 


205 


STEAM   FITTING,    STEAM   HEATING   AND    VENTILATING, 
STACK  AND  CEILING  LTNING. 

STEAM  FITTING,  STEAM  HEATING  AND  VENTILATING. 

Scope  of  the  Work: 

Furnish  and  install  the  boiler  feed  and  vacuum  pumps,  high  pres- 
sure drip  pumps,  blow-off  pumps,  feed  water  heaters,  blow-off,  receiv- 
ing and  expansion  tanks,  radiators,  coils,  valves,  piping,  fittings  of  all 
kinds,  covering,  fans,  ducts,  temperature  regulation  system,  motors, 
controllers,  trenches,  ash  removal  system,  etc.,  as  hereinafter  specified, 
together  with  the  necessary  auxiliaries  and  appurtenances  to  complete 
the  steam  heating  and  ventilating  plant  and  make  all  live  and  exhaust 
steam  and  drip  connections  required  in  and  around  the  Mechanical 
Plant,  leaving  the  whole  complete  and  ready  for  operation. 

Sizes  of  piping  shall  in  no  case  be  smaller  than  those  shown  on 
drawings  or  specified. 

Installation  of  Work: 

All  suspended  pipes  and  duets  shall  be  kept  as  close  to  the  ceiling 
as  possible. 

Special  care  shall  be  taken  in  the  installation  of  all  concealed 
portions  of  tbis  work. 

All  supports  for  radiators,  coils,  etc.,  that  may  be  required  in  addi- 
tion to  work  shown  on  the  Architectural  and  Structural  Steel  drawings 
shall  be  furnished  in  place. 

Testing  Material: 

All  pipe,  fittings,  valves,  etc.,  for  a  working  pressure  less  than  100 
pounds  shall  be  tested  to  250  pounds  and  those  above  100  pounds  to 
500  pounds  hydrostatic  pressure  at  the  factory.  Extra  heavy  fittings 
will  be  required  for  100  pounds  pressure  and  above. 

Guarantee : 

The  Contractor  shall  guarantee  the  perfect  operation  of  all  ap- 
paratus installed  by  him,  tbat  a  complete  circulation  of  steam  will  be 
established  throughout  the  entire  heating  system  at  atmospheric  pres- 
sure within  thirty  (30)  minutes  after  the  main  valves  are  opened; 
that  the  said  circulation  will  be  accomplished  fully  and  completely 


206 

without  any  part  of  the  apparatus  filling  with  water,  without  ham- 
mering or  surging  in  any  part,  and  also  that  after  the  circulation 
is  established  the  plant  will  maintain  a  temperature  of  70  degrees 
Fahrenheit  in  all  rooms  when  the  temperature  outside  is  zero  (0)  with 
steam  at  atmospheric  pressure. 

Steam  Pressure: 

Steam  pressure  at  boiler  header  will  be  160  pounds  per  square 
inch  gauge.  Exhaust  steam  will  be  used  for  steam  heating  at  atmos- 
pheric pressure  or  vacuum  supplemented  by  live  steam  when  neces- 
sary. 

Auxiliaries  and  Steam  Fitting. 
Pipe   Connections: 

Connect  all  steam,  exhaust  and  drip  connections  from  the  entire 
Mechanical  Plant. 

All  high  pressure  piping  shall  be  blown  out  in  the  presence  of  the 
Architect,  and  shall  be  kept  clean. 

Boiler  Header: 

Furnish,  set  up  and  connect  main  boiler  header  as  shown  on  dia^ 
grams.  This  header  shall  be  made  of  best  quality  wrought  steel  with 
welded  flanges  and  all  joints  shall  be  made  up  with  approved  gaskets. 
The  header  shall  be  subjected  to  a  test  pressure  of  300  pounds  per 
square  inch. 

Each  boiler  shall  have  an  independent  double  valved  connection 
to  the  header  with  valves  at  the  header  and  adjacent  to  boiler.  The 
valve  at  the  boiler  shall  be  an  automatic  stop  and  check  valve  arranged 
for  hand  operation,  of  a  make  and  type  approved  by  the  proper  bureau 
of  the  City  of  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Provide  on  this  header  all  connections  shown  on  diagrams.  Also 
provide  two  (2)  extra  six  (6)  inch  connections  closed  with  valves  and 
blind  flanges.  All  these  connections  shall  be  made  through  extra  heavy 
flanged  fittings. 

Header  shall  be  supported  on  pipe  standards  with  large  size  floor 
flanges  placed  in  such  a  manner  that  no  vibration  will  be  transmitted 
to  the  building  structure.  Tops  of  standards  shall  be  equipped  with 
adjustable  saddle  supports. 

Provide  dividing  valves  in  header  as  shown. 


207 

Circulating  Mains: 

Run  high  pressure  circulating  main  to  supply  engines  and  aux- 
iliary circulating  main  and  provide  valve  at  each  connection  to  main 
header.  Also  run  auxiliary  high  pressure  circulating  main  to  supply 
house  pumps,  fire  pumps,  air  compressors,  refrigerating  plant  and 
other  auxiliary  equipment,  and  provide  valve  at  each  connection  to 
circulating  main  for  engines. 

Mains  shall  be  supported  on  pipe  standards  as  specified  for  high 
pressure  header. 

Bends: 

All  changes  in  direction  in  connections  to  boilers,  engines,  and  in 
circulating  mains  shall  be  made  with  bends,  made  of  extra  heavy 
wrought  pipe,  bent  to  a  radiu?i  of  not  less  tban  5  times  the  diameter  of 
the  pipe,  great  care  being  taken  not  to  burn  the  pipe  nor  crimp  the 
weld,  except  immediate  connections  to  boilers,  which  shall  be  long 
radius  elbows. 

Returns   to  Feed  Water  Heaters: 

All  returns  from  steam  heating  mains  and  low  pressure  apparatus 
shall  be  connected  to  feed  water  heaters  with  necessary  valves  and  by- 
passes to  insure  operation  of  the  plant  when  heaters  are  cut  out. 

Free  Exhaust: 

Exhaust  riser  shall  be  installed  in  pipe  shaft  where  shown,  firmly 
supported  at  bottom  upon  pipe  standard  with  concrete  foundation,  so 
that  expansion  will  be  upward  to  the  thirty- fourth  intermediate  story; 
at  this  point  connection  will  be  taken  to  supply  the  heating  system. 
Install  immediately  below  this  connection  an  expansion  joint  to  take 
up  the  expansion  of  the  vertical  riser.  A  special  fitting  shall  be  pro- 
vided in  this  story  to  take  the  weight  of  riser  above  the  expansion 
joint,  same  to  be  securely  anchored  in  place  and  arranged  so  that 
expansion  in  riser  will  be  upward. 

Riser  shall  be  secured  so  as  to  maintain  a  vertical  alignment. 
Riser  shall  finish  with  cast  iron  exhaust  head  above  roof,  terminating 
an  directed,  and  shall  have  a  two  (2)  inch  drip  to  carry  water  of  con- 
densation to  blow-off  tank  with  two  (2)  inch  branch  to  feed  water  heat- 
ers through  loop  seal,  with  necessary  valves;  drip  pipe  shall  be  prop- 


208 

erly  fastened  with  provision  for  expansion.  Install  back  pressure 
valve  on  main  exhaust  above  point  of  connection  of  distributing  mains 
to  heating  system  in  thirty-fourth  intermediate  story  and  arranged 
for  operation  from  the  sub-sub-basement. 

Safety  Valve  Relief: 

Safety  valves  on  each  boiler  shall  discharge  into  a  heavy  steel 
hood,  connected  into  an  eight  (8)  inch  pipe  connected  with  base  of 
vapor  riser. 

Provide  additional  $-inch  safety  valve  on  each  main  safety  valve 
connection  to  blow  into  Boiler  Booni.  Safety  valve  outlets  must  be  ar- 
ranged to  point  away  from  the  bridge  or  direction  in  which  persons 
would  be  liable  to  stand. 

High  Pressure  Drips: 

All  water  of  condensation  from  high  pressure  piping  free  from 
oil  or  other  matter  shall  be  returned  by  independent  connections  to 
the  boilers  by  means  of  a  gravity  return  system  with  swing  checks 
ready  for  operating  and  provided  with  a  high  water  alarm.  For  this 
purpose  an  opening  shall  be  left  in  each  boiler  of  the  size  required  by 
the  return  system. 

Open  blows  shall  discharge  into  pipes  run  independently  to  a 
tank  placed  in  a  location  approved  by  the  Architect.  This  tank  shall 
be  connected  to  nearest  sewer. 

High  pressure  drips  shall  be  covered  as  hereinafter  specified  for 
other  high  pressure  piping,  except  that  covering  shall  be  one  (1)  inch 
thick. 

(If  approved  by  the  Architect,  a  trap  system  of  high  pressure  re- 
turns may  be  installed,  discharging  to  feed  water  heaters.) 

Blow-Off  Connections: 

Join  the  blow-off  connections  from  each  boiler  with  extra  heavy 
wrought  pipe,  galvanized,  and  connect  to  blow-off  tank.  Each  connec- 
tion shall  be  complete  with  water  gate  valve.  Blow-off  line  shall  be 
run  in  trench. 

Provide  plugged  "T"  in  blow-off  connection  from  each  boiler, 
placed  between  the  blow-off  valve  and  gate  valve. 


209 

Trenches: 

All  water  of  condensation,  including  high  and  low  pressure  drips, 
shall  be  returned  to  their  proper  basins  by  gravity,  pipes  being  run, 
where  required,  in  trenches.  These  trenches  shall  be  of  concrete  eight 
(8)  inches  thick  made  water  tight  on  sides  and  bottom.  Except  in 
the  Engine  Eoom,  the  tops  shall  be  made  of  heavy  cast  iron  or  steel, 
diamond  pattern  floor  plates,  with  lifting  holes  making  lap  joints  with 
each  other  and  sides  of  trenches.  The  tops  of  these  trenches  shall  bo 
level  with  the  finished  floor.  Provide  necessary  angle  iron  frames  to 
receive  floor  plates.  In  the  Engine  Room  covers  will  be  provided  aa 
specified  under  "Marble  and  Tile  Work." 

Oil  Separator: 

Provide  on  exhaust  connection  to  expansion  tank  an  oil  separator 
and  muffler  of  ample  capacity. 

Blow-Off  Tank  and  Pnmps: 

Furnish  and  set  up  in  pit  one  (1)  blow-off  tank  of  1,000  gallons 
capacity,  made  of  one-half  (1)  inch  flange  steel;  tank  shall  have 
bumped  heads,  securely  riveted  and  made  water  tight  under  a  pressure 
of  150  pounds  per  square  inch. 

Equip  this  tank  with  a  manhole  10x16  inches,  with  bolts,  crab  and 
gasket  complete.  Paint  inside  and  outside  of  tank  two  (2)  coats  of 
asphaltum.  Make  all  connections  between  boilers,  tank,  pumps  and 
sewers  of  extra  heavy  wrought  pipe,  galvanized,  with  screwed  joints 
also  run  eight  (8)  inch  vapor  pipe  from  tank  with  free  exhaust,  ter- 
minating in  a  cast  iron  exhaust  head  above  roof. 

Run  2-inch  condensing  water  pipe  from  supply  to  feed  water  heat- 
ers through  coil  in  the  blow-off  tank  with  proper  connections  to  feed 
water  heaters,  so  that  all  water  used  for  condensing  purposes  can  be 
used  as  make-up  water  in  the  boilers.  All  connections  shall  be  prop- 
erly valved. 

Also  furnish  and  install  in  pit  two  (2)  steam  driven  blow-off 
pumps  for  taking  water  from  blow-off  tank  and  discharging  same  to 
sewer  and  provided  with  govei'nor.  Make  all  steam  and  exhaust  con- 
nections; also  connection  to  blow-off  tank. 

Pit  shall  have  walls  and  bottom  of  concrete  not  less  than  eight 
(8)  inches  thick,  and  shall  be  made  water-tight  in  a  manner  approved 


210 

by  the  Architect.    Pit  shall  be  of  proper  size  to  receive  the  blow-off 
tank  and  pumps. 

Provide  gas  pipe  rail  around  pit  with  iron  ladder  for  access  to  pit. 

Receiver  Separators: 

Equip  each  steam  connection  to  engines  with  a  receiver  separator 
of  wrought  steel  installed  in  a  vertical  or  horizontal  position  as 
directed,  complete  with  flanges,  water  glass  and  valved  drip  connec- 
tions. Capacity  of  each  separator  shall  be  not  less  than  three  (3) 
times  the  capacity  of  the  high  pressure  cylinder  of  the  engine  which 
it  supplies.  Details  of  separators  must  be  submitted  to  the  Architect 
for  approval. 

Hot  Water  Heaters: 

Furnish,  set  up  and  connect  eight  (8)  hot  water  heaters  with  all 
connections  complete.  Two  (2)  heaters  will  be  used  on  high  level 
house  tanks;  two  (2)  on  intermediate  level  house  tanks;  two  (2)  on 
lower  level  house  tanks,  and  two  (2)  on  city  pressure.  These  heat- 
ers will  all  be  installed  in  sub- sub-basement.  Heaters  shall  be  sup- 
ported on  wrought  pipe  or  I  beam  stands,  resting  upon  and  securely 
fastened  to  the  floor  with  large  size  floor  plates.  Supports  for  heaters 
shall  be  arranged  in  such  a  manner  as  will  not  interfere  with  passage 
or  access  to  machinery  at  floor  level.  Tanks  shall  be  well  stayed  and 
braced.  Heating  of  water  will  be  done  by  exhaust  steam  from  expan- 
sion tank,  and  water  of  condensation  returned  to  feed  water  heaters, 
but  all  connections  shall  be  valved  and  by-passed  so  that  if  desired 
water  can  be  heated  by  live  steam  with  corresponding  return  of  con- 
densation.   Provide  all  valved  and  flanged  connections  required. 

These  heaters  shall  be  of  the  closed  heater  type,  and  provided 
with  steamless  drawn  brass  tubes  not  less  than  one  and  one-half  (H) 
inches  in  diameter,  and  properly  arranged  for  expansion  and  cleaning. 

Each  heater  shall  have  a  capacity  to  heat  2,000  gallons  of  water 
per  hour  from  fifty  (50)  degrees  to  one  hundred  and  eighty  (180) 
degrees  Fahrenheit  with  steam  at  atmospheric  pressure.  Water  stor- 
age capacity  of  each  heater  shall  be  not  less  than  five  hundred  (500) 
gallons.  Provide  on  each  heater  thermometer  and  automatic  tempera- 
ture regulating  device  of  a  make  and  kind  approved  by  the  Architect 

Provide  a  pressure  reducing  valve  on  high  pressure  connection  to 
hot  water  heaters. 


211 

Low  Pressure  Drip  Tank  and  Pumps: 

Furnish  and  install  in  pit  an  ample  sized  tank  made  of  one-half 
(£)  inch  flange  steel  with  humped  heads,  made  steam  tight  under  a 
pressure  of  one  hundred  and  fifty  (150)  pounds  per  square  inch.  Con- 
nect to  this  receiving  tank  all  drips  containing  oil  and  other  matter 
from  the  plant.  Place  in  this  pit  duplicate  separators,  arranged  to 
separate  oil  from  water  and  complete  with  all  connections  and  equip- 
ment necessary  to  deliver  the  oil  to  the  oil  filters  and  the  water  to  the 
drip  tank.  Provide  two  (2)  steam  driven  high  pressure  drip  pumps, 
each  of  sufficient  capacity  for  the  plant,  and  provided  with  governor. 
Make  all  steam  and  exhaust  connections,  also  make  connection  between 
tank,  pumps  and  sewer.  Connections  to  sewer  shall  be  through  a  four 
(4)  inch  extra  heavy  wrought  pipe,  galvanized,  complete  with  back 
water  valve. 

All  high  and  low  pressure  drips  emptying  into  this  tank  shall  be, 
run  separately  and  connected  into  a  header  at  receiving  tank.  In  ad- 
dition, all  drips  from  exhaust  piping  shall  be  run  in  separate  pipes. 
Equip  each  connection  at  each  engine  and  exhaust  pipe  with  check 
valve  and  hand  valve,  both  of  brass. 

The  receiving  tank  shall  be  painted  inside  and  outside  two  (2) 
coats  of  asphaltum,  and  all  parts  shall  be  heavily  coated  with  red  lead 
before  assembling. 

Construction  of  pit  and  covering  for  same  shall  be  as  specified  for 
blow-off  tank  pit. 

From  the  top  of  this  receiving  tank  take  out  a  four  (4)  inch  pipe 
and  run  to  roof,  terminating  in  cast  iron  exhaust  head,  with  three  (3) 
inch  connection  from  receiving  tank  on  heating  system. 

Boiler  Feed  Pomps: 

Furnish,  set  up  on  foundations  and  connect  two  (2)  duplex  out- 
side end  packed  bronze  plunger  pumps,  of  the  pot  valve  type,  of  a  makp 
approved  by  the  Architect;  each  pump  shall  have  a  capacity  to  de- 
liver 93,000  pounds  of  hot  water  per  hour  taken  from  feed  water  heater 
under  a  back  pressure  of  three  (3)  pounds.  These  pumps  shall  be 
fully  equipped  for  the  pumping  of  water  at  a  temperature  of  210 
degrees  and  shall  have  large  size  air  chambers  on  both  suction  and 
discharge.  The  piston  speed  of  pump  shall  not  exceed  twenty-five  (25) 
feet  per  minute  under  the  above  conditions. 


212 

These  pumps  shall  be  so  connected  as  to  admit  of  their  being  nsed 
singly  or  combined  on  any  one  boiler  and  piping  must  be  so  adapted 
that  one  pump  can  deliver  hot  water  from  heaters  to  any  one  boiler 
and  tbe  other  pump  take  water  from  cross-head  at  filters  for  the  other 
boilers,  or  vice  versa. 

The  pumps  shall  be  also  so  connected  that  there  will  be  a  double 
system  of  piping  to  boilers. 

Make  all  necessary  connections  between  heaters,  cross-head,  boil- 
ers and  pumps,  leaving  the  pumps  complete  and  ready  for  operation. 

Install  all  live  steam,  exhaust  steam,  drip  connections,  traps,  etc.,, 
in  and  around  these  pumps.  All  water  connections  in  and  around 
these  pumps  and  heaters  shall  be  equipped  with  gate  valves,  except 
that  valves  at  the  boilers  shall  be  globe  valves,  with  a  flanged  union  on 
each  side  of  valve. 

Each  boiler  feed  pump  shall  be  equipped  with  an  approved  force- 
feed  cylinder  lubricating  pump  as  also  sight  feed  lubricators,  spanner 
wrenches  and  nickle-plated  pet  cocks  on  air  chambers. 

Provide  snifting  valve  on  suction  to  each  pump.  Also  provide 
pressure  regulating  valve  on  each  pump. 

(If  approved  by  the  Architect,  steam  driven  turbine  pump  may 
be  substituted  for  the  plunger  pump  specified.) 

Thermometer  Wells: 

Provide  the  hot  and  cold  water  headers  at  boilers  with  tubes  so 
that  temperature  of  feed  water  can  be  read  from  same. 

Meters: 

Furnish,  set  up  and  connect  in  .each  boiler  feed  pipe,  making  all 
necessary  valved  connections  and  by-passes,  one  meter  of  a  make  ap- 
proved by  the  Architect;  meter  shall  be  especially  adapted  to  boiler 
feed  work.  They  shall  be  supported  in  a  substantial  manner  and 
located  where  approved  by  the  Architect. 

Feed  Water  Heaters: 

Furnish,  set  up  and  connect  where  shown  two  (2)  open  vertical  feed 
water  heaters,  each  to  have  purifier,  filter,  oil  separator  and  condensa- 
tion receiver  and  having  a  capacity  to  filter  and  heat  in  one  (1)  hour 
200,000  pounds  of  water  from  45  degrees  to  210  degrees  Fahrenheit, 


213 

and  to  remove  all  oil  and  other  matter  from  water  of  condensation 
returning  to  it.  These  heaters  shall  be  fully  equipped  with  trimmings 
to  take  care  of  exhaust,  blow-off  connections  to  catch  basin  of  oil  and 
water,  and  automatic  water  supply.  The  heaters  shall  be  set  so  there 
will  be  at  least  four  (4)  feet  head  from  the  level  of  the  water  to  the 
pump  suction. 

Auxiliary  Boiler  Feed  Piping: 

Cold  water  supply  piping  will  be  brought  to  points  near  the  boiler 
feed  headers  as  specified  under  "Plumbing,  Sewers  and  Gas  Fitting." 
Connect  with  same  and  to  the  boiler  feed  headers,  properly  valved,  in 
such  a  manner  that  any  boiler  can  be  filled  with  water  from  the  high 
level  house  tanks  when  desired,  and  so  that  any  boiler  when  cold  can  be 
filled  with  water  at  city  pressure.  Feed  headers  at  boilers  shall  be 
located  so  that  valves  can  be  operated  easily  from  floor. 

Gauge  Board: 

Furnish,  set  up  and  connect  in  chief  engineer's  office  at  location 
directed  one  (1)  gauge  board  of  pink  Tennessee  marble,  properly 
stopped,  chamfered  and  mounted  on  japanned  angle  iron  frame,  well 
braced  at  top  and  bottom. 

Gauge  board  shall  be  not  less  than  2  inches  thick,  free  from  faults. 

Equip  the  board  with  the  following  apparatus,  all  to  be  dust  proof, 
nickel-plated  brass,  mounted  on  face  of  board.  All  connections  shall 
be  made  at  rear  of  board,  and  each  connection  shall  be  provided  with 
lever  handled  stop  cock,  placed  where  easily  accessible. 

One  (1)  gauge  for  vacuum  and  heating  systems.  This  shall  be  a 
compound  gauge,  with  zero  for  center  line. 

One  (1)  recording  gauge  for  heating  system,  with  zero  as  center 
line,  complete  with  book,  chart  and  ink. 

One  (1)  recording  gauge  for  high  pressure  steam  connected  to 
steam  header  with  high  and  low  alarm  batteries,  chart  book  and  charts. 
One  (1)  recording  thermometer  for  boiler  feed. 

One  (1)  pressure  gauge  for  high  pressure  steam,  connected  to 
steam  header,  and  corrected  for  difference  in  level  below  boilers. 
One  (1)  draft  gauge  graduated  to  1/10  inch. 

One  (1)  recording  vacuum  gauge  for  heating  system,  complete 
with  book,  chart  and  ink. 


214 

One  (1)  air  pressure  gauge  for  air  receivers,  ejector  system. 

One  (1)  air  pressure  gauge  for  temperature  regulation  system. 

One  (1)  Howard  movement  eight-day  clock. 

One  (1)  recording  device  for  recording  C02  in  flue  gases. 

All  gauges  shall  be  8^  inches  in  diameter,  standardized. 

Furnish  all  material  and  labor  and  do  all  work  necessary  to  con- 
nect these  gauges  with  the  machinery  of  which  they  are  a  part.  For 
high  pressure  work  the  range  shall  be  between  0  and  300  pounds,  with 
150  pounds  for  center  line.  All  connections  between  machinery  and 
this  board  shall  be  made  with  extra  heavy  fittings. 

Design  of  board  shall  be  submitted  to  Architect  for  approval. 

Special  Supply  and  Return  Piping: 

Run  high  pressure  supply  and  return  piping  to  kitchens,  bar  and 
club  as  shown  on  diagrams.  Fixtures  in  these  locations  will  be  fur- 
nished by  the  Owner,  but  the  Contractor  shall  cap  pipe  in  floor  or 
walls  and  leave  ready  for  connection  by  the  Owner.  Provide  all  press- 
ure reducing  valves  required.  Returns  shall  be  run  to  feed  water 
heaters. 

Compressed  Air  System: 

Connect  to  the  compound  air  receivers  installed  as  specified  under 
"Ejectors"  and  install  air  filter  and  run  piping  to  supply  compressed 
air  in  proper  location  for  cleaning  all  motors  and  generators,  and  for 
the  Barber  Shops. 

Install  a  2-inch  riser  to  38th  story  with  connections  for  cleaning 
all  motors  in  elevator  machinery  rooms  and  38th  story.  Riser  shall  be 
run  in  pipe  shaft  and  branches  in  floors. 

Piping  for  cleaning  generators  and  all  motors  in  the  basement, 
sub-basement  and  sub-sub-basement  shall  be  run  where  approved  by 
the  Architect  with  the  number  of  outlets  required  for  properly  clean- 
ing the  machines. 

Provide  three  hundred  (300)  feet  of  hose  in  lengths  directed,  com- 
plete with  a  nozzle  for  each  length. 

Piping  shall  also  be  run  to  Boiler  Room  and  connections  made  to 
the  compressed  air  cleaning  apparatus  for  boilers. 

Connections  in  Barber  Shops  shall  be  made  at  each  lavatory  as 


215 

directed.    AH  connections  shall  be  capped  and  be  left  ready  for  hose 
with  all  necessary  valves  and  fittings. 

Horizontal  mains  shall  be  run  at  sub-sub-basement  ceiling,  except 
for  Barber  Shop  in  Basement,  which  shall  be  run  at  sub-basement 
ceiling. 

All  pipes  shall  be  wrought;  pipe  and  fittings  shall  be  galvanized. 

Provide  all  pressure  reducing  valves  necessary. 

Oiling  System: 

Furnish,  set  up  and  connect  complete,  oil  filters,  oil  tanks,  pumps, 
piping,  valves,  etc.,  for  an  oiling  system  for  engines.  All  piping  in 
connection  with  this  system  shall  be  wrought  pipe  and  all  piping  and 
fittings  shall  be  galvanized  except  that  all  piping  and  fittings  in  and 
around  engines  shall  be  nickel-plated  brass;  oil  tanks  adjacent  to  en- 
gines, and  suspended  oil  tank  over  filters,  shall  be  of  flanged  steel  with 
bumped  and  dished  heads,  made  tight  under  100  pounds  pressure  per 
square  inch. 

Oil  filters  and  pumps  shall  be  in  duplicate  and  shall  be  complete 
with  all  connections  to  gravity  tank.  Suspended  and  return  tanks  shall 
be  connected  to  gravity  tank  and  each  connection  shall  be  provided 
with  valve.  Also  provide  drain  pipes  with  valves  on  tanks;  tanks  shall 
be  equipped  with  water  glasses. 

Provide  proper  means  for  supplying  oil  from  barrels  to  the 
system. 

All  tanks  at  engines  shall  be  fastened  to  sub-base  with  wrought 
iron  brackets  and  all  connection  to  tanks,  filters  and  manifolds  shall 
be  provided  with  valves. 

A  complete  layout  of  this  oiling  system  must  be  submitted  to  the 
Architect  for  his  approval. 

Boiler  Compound  Device: 

Furnish  and  install  a  device  for  supplying  compound  to  the  boil- 
ers, through  the  discharge  of  the  boiler  feed  pump. 

Boiler  Tube  Cleaning  Pump: 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install  where  directed  a  steam 
driven  centrifugal  pump  for  circulating  water  through  boiler  tubes, 
taking  suction  from  blow-off  tank.  Make  all  steam  and  exhaust  con- 
nections, also  make  connection  to  nearest  water  supply. 


216 

Expansion  Tank: 

Furnish,  set  up  on  concrete  saddles  and  connect  one  (1)  flange 
steel  expansion  tank  with  bumped  heads,  well  stayed  and  braced,  and 
equipped  with  gauge  glass  and  nickel-plated  combination  vacuum  and 
low  pressure  gauge.  All  exhaust  shall  return  to  this  tank  with  by- 
pass to  atmosphere  and  heating  mains  in  thirty-fourth  intermediate 
Btory.  Make  live  steam  connection  to  this  tank,  provided  with  two  (2) 
pressure  reducing  valves  and  by-passes  to  admit  of  two  (2)  reductions 
in  steam  pressure.  From  this  tank  run  connections  for  first  story  steam 
heating  mains,  fan  coils  and  for  hot  water  heaters.  Equip  tank  with 
5-inch  pop  safety  valve.  Make  necessary  valved  connection  with  drips 
to  vacuum  pumps.  Make  all  connections  to  this  tank,  sizes  to  be  as 
shown  on  diagrams.  Each  connection  shall  be  valved  at  tank,  and 
provided  with  a  brass  tag  showing  what  it  supplies.  Tank  shall  be 
made  steam  tight  under  150  pounds  per  square  inch.  All  connections 
to  this  tank  shall  be  made  through  flanges  securely  riveted  to  tank. 
Provide  manhole  complete  with  crab  and  gasket. 

Tank  shall  be  provided  with  a  baffle  for  separating  water  from 
eteam. 

Provide  runway  around  expansion  tank  and  ladder  for  access  to 
valves  on  same. 

Damper   Regulator: 

Furnish  and  install  an  approved  automatic  damper  regulator  and 
connect  with  damper  in  main  breeching. 

Furnish  all  necessary  shafting,  anti-friction  bearings,  hangers, 
etc.,  to  properly  connect  this  regulator  and  damper  in  order  that  same 
ehall  have  positive  action. 

Ladders  and  Runways: 

Furnish  and  install  ladders  and  runways  for  access  to  valves  on 
main  header  and  boiler  connections,  also  to  manholes  in  boiler  drums. 
Kunways  shall  be  provided  with  two  (2)  inch  pipe  rails  and  ample  size 
pipe  rail  holders  and  pipe  supports.  Floor  of  runways  shall  be  made 
of  ca&t  iron  or  steel  open  work  of  a  neat  pattern,  the  whole  put  up  in  a 
substantial  and  workmanlike  manner. 
Tracks: 

Furnish  and  install  in  boiler  room  where  shown  a  system  of 
cast  iron  tracks,  with  switches,  for  handling  coal  cars  in  boiler  room. 


217 

Tracks  shall  be  of  the  narrow  gauge  type,  and  shall  he  complete 
with  all  necessary  switches,  turntables,  etc. 

Tracks  shall  be  imbedded  in  floor  in  Boiler  Room  while  floor  is 
being  laid. 

Complete  layout  of  track  system  shall  be  submitted  to  Architect 
for  approval. 

Coal  Cars: 

Furnish  six  (6)  coal  cars  for  handling  coal  and  ashes  in  boiler 
room.  They  shall  be  of  one  ton  capacity  and  arranged  for  one  side 
to  let  down  parallel  to  the  floor. 

Cars  shall  be  made  of  sheet  steel,  stiffened  with  angle  irons  and 
with  rounded  corners  and  arranged  to  run  on  tracks  hereinbefore  spec- 
ified. 

Type  of  car  shall  meet  with  the  approval  of  the  Architect. 

Platform  Scale: 

Furnish  and  install  in  Boiler  Room  where  shown  or  directed  a 
platform  scale  of  not  less  than  two  (2)  tons  capacity  complete  with 
platform,  pit,  beam  box,  track,  and  all  necessary  mechanism  in  connec- 
tion with  this  type  of  scale.  Platform  shall  be  of  sufficient  length  to 
accommodate  the  charging  coal  cars  herein  specified.  Graduation  of 
the  beam  shall  be  in  pounds. 

Type  of  scale  shall  meet  with  the  approval  of  the  Architects. 

Boiler  Cleaning  Device: 

Furnish  and  install  in  each  boiler  setting  a  soot  cleaning  system 
of  piping,  so  that  the  boiler  tubes  may  be  cleaned  with  compressed  air 
without  the  use  of  hose.  This  device  shall  be  complete  with  all  piping, 
fittings,  valves,  etc.,  and  with  hose  connection. 

,, 

MOTOBS. 

Motors  and  Accessories: 

Motors  used  in  connection  with  the  ventilating  plant  (except  for 
air  wash  circulating  pumps)  shall  be  variable  speed  and  shall  operate 
their  respective  machines  continuously  over  the  entire  range  of  speed 
from  50  per  cent,  below  normal  speed  by  armature  control  to  10  per 


218 

cent,  above  normal  speed  by  field  control  or  over  the  same  range  of 
speed  by  field  control  only. 

All  other  motors  shall  be  constant  speed. 

Each  motor  shall  be  of  ample  size  to  operate  the  respective  de- 
vice to  which  it  is  connected  at  its  proper  full  load  and  speed  contin- 
uously. 

Under  the  above  conditions  each  motor  shall  operate  without  shift- 
ing of  the  brushes  from  no-load  to  full-load,  without  sparking,  cutting 
or  blackening  of  the  commutator,  and  without  heating  in  any  part  of 
windings  more  than  40  degrees  Centigrade  or  any  part  of  commutator 
more  than  45  degrees  Centigrade  above  the  temperature  of  the  sur- 
rounding atmosphere. 

Motors  must  be  of  high  efficiency  and  must  be  subjected  at  tbe 
factory  to  an  insulation  test  of  1,500  volts  alternating  current  for  a 
period  of  one  (1)  minute. 

Bearings  sball  be  self  oiling  and  equipped  with  oil  gauges. 

Controllers. 

Each  variable  speed  motor  shall  be  equipped  with  a  no-voltage  re- 
lease speed  regulator  designed  to  give  50  per  cent,  reduction  by  arma- 
ture control  and  10  per  cent,  increase  by  field  control  or  above  varia- 
tion by  field  control  only.  The  controller  resistance  shall  have  capac- 
ity for  continuous  operation  over  the  entire  range  of  speed  without 
injurious  heating. 

All  other  motors  shall  be  equipped  with  no- voltage  release  start- 
ing rheostats. 

All  controller  boards  shall  be  of  pink  Tennessee  marble,  not  less 
than  1^  inches  thick,  free  from  faults.  Each  board  shall  be  properly 
secured  to  a  japanned  angle  iron  frame  and  shall  stand  at  least  one 
(1)  foot  from  any  combustible  material,  and  shall  have  a  distance  of 
at  least  three  (3)  feet  between  the  bottom  of  the  board  and  the  floor 
line. 

Starting  rheostats  shall  have  removable  segments  with  binding 
posts  at  rear  with  connections  plainly  stamped  thereon  and  boxes  shall 
be  arranged  for  either  wall  or  floor  connections.  In  place  of  line  switch 
and  fuses  each  controller  board  shall  be  equipped  with  one  double 


219 

pole,  double  arm,  with  independently  operating  arms,  overload  re- 
lease laminated  contact  and  pressure  carbon  break  circuit  breaker  in 
main  line  of  circuit  of  motor. 

Installation  of  Motors  and  Controller  Boards: 

All  motors  and  controllers  shall  be  installed  by  the  Contractor. 

Bases: 

All  motors  shall  be  provided  with  No.  20  B.  &  S.  gauge  planished 
copper  drip  pans  with  beaded  edges  placed  under  bearings  and  se- 
curely attached  to  motors. 

HEATING  SYSTEM. 

All  rooms  above  grade  shall  be  heated  by  direct  radiation. 

Mechanical  ventilatidn  shall  be  installed  where  shown. 

Radiators  and  coils  are  to  be  operated  by  a  two-pipe  vacuum  sys- 
tem with  mains  located  at  points  shown. 

The  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  stoppages  in  return  valves 
and  piping,  and  all  piping  shall  be  blown  out  in  the  presence  of  the 
Architect  and  shall  be  kept  clean. 

Mains: 

Distributing  mains  shall  be  connected  to  main  exhaust  in  thirty- 
fourth  intermediate  story  as  indicated  on  diagrams.  They  shall  be 
run  as  shown  and  shall  be  supported  from  beams  above  by  wrought 
iron  clamp  hangers  set  not  over  twelve  (12)  feet  apart. 

The  supply  mains  shall  deliver  steam  to  the  distributing  risers 
located  around  walls  of  the  building.  One  set  of  pipes  shall  be  run  to 
supply  radiators  and  another  set  to  return  water  of  condensation  to 
the  return  system. 

Connections  of  risers  to  supply  radiators  located  below  the  mains 
shall  be  made  from  the  under  side  of  the  main  and  connections  to 
supply  risers  or  branches  to  radiators  above  the  mains  shall  be  made 
from  top  side  of  main.  Each  riser  shall  be  separately  valved  with  a 
gate  valve  at  the  main. 

An  independent  supply  and  return  shall  be  run  for  direct  radia- 
tion in  the  first  story. 


Steam  heating  mains  shall  be  raised  and  dripped  wherever  nec- 
essary in  the  opinion  of  the  Architect  to  provide  the  maximum  amount 
of  head  room. 

Risers: 

All  supply  and  return  risers  shall  be  located  where  shown  and 
shall  be  of  the  sizes  shown  on  diagrams.  They  shall  be  provided  with 
valves  at  connections  to  mains. 

Each  riser  shall  be  anchored  firmly  in  the  2d,  8th,  16th,  24th  and 
32d  floors  so  that  expansion  will  be  in  both  directions  from  tliese  points 
with  expansion  loops  in  the  4th,  12th,  20th  and  28th  floors.  Sides  of 
loops  shall  be  as  long  as  possible  in  the  space  provided. 

Special  attention  must  be  paid  to  the  offsets  at  all  floors  where 
same  occur.  At  the  other  floors  risers  shall  be  so  anchored  to  beams 
as  to  maintain  perfect  alignment.  All  anchors  at  fastening  point-3 
shall  be  at  least  four  (4)  inches  long  at  points  where  same  are  clamped 
to  risers. 

Eisers  are  to  be  concealed  throughout  the  building  and  special 
care  shall  be  taken  in  the  installation  so  that  they  will  be  located  wholly 
within  the  space  provided  for  them  and  perfect  alignment  vertically 
maintained. 

Provide  in  each  riser  in  each  story  where  same  is  not  shown  con- 
nected to  a  radiator,  at  the  proper  height  above  the  floor  line,  a 
plugged  tee  of  proper  size  for  the  future  installation  of  a  radiator. 

Returns: 

All  returns  of  condensation  shall  be  delivered  to  the  feed  water 
heaters  by  means  of  the  vacuum  system  employed. 

At  the  bottom  of  each  supply  riser  shall  be  placed  a  drip  connec- 
tion to  return  complete  with  a  valve  of  the  kind  used  in  the  vacuum 
system. 

Each  return  riser  shall  be  provided  with  a  valve  at  its  lowest 
point. 

Provide  drip  pockets  at  the  bottom  of  all  risers  located  at  acces- 
sible points.  ,     ,  * 


221 

Sizes  of  Connections: 

All  radiators  and  coils  shall  be  connected  through  a  two-pipe  sys- 
tem and  graded  down  toward  the  return  end.  The  supply  and  return 
connections  shall  be  graded  down  toward  respective  risers. 

These  connections  must  be  so  set  that  they  will  not  be  trapped  by 
the  expansion  of  the  risers.  Where  one  branch  serves  two  radia- 
tors, it  shall  he  not  less  than  1  inch  in  diameter  and  no  connection  shall 
be  less  than  f  inch  in  diameter. 

The  size  of  supply  valves  on  radiators  and  coils  shall  be  as  fol- 
lows: 

f-inch  shall  not  supply  more  than  60  square  feet. 

1-inch  shall  not  supply  more  than  90  square  feet. 
1-^-inch  shall  not  supply  more  than  140  square  feet. 

Branch  connections  to  radiator  valves  shall  be  run  below  the  floor 
and  shall  be  as  follows : 

1-inch  pipe  shall  not  supply  more  than  40  square  feet. 
1^-inch  pipe  shall  not  supply  more  than  75  square  feet. 
l|-inch  pipe  shall  not  supply  more  than  125  square  feet. 

Radiators  and  Coils: 

Radiators  shall  be  located  as  shown,  unless  express  permission  is 
given  for  change.  Special  care  must  be  taken  in  the  location  of  radia- 
tors which  are  to  be  concealed.  Sizes  shall  not  be  less  than  indicated, 
although,  if  in  any  case  the  Contractor  considers  a  larger  radiator  or 
coil  necessary  to  enable  him  to  fulfill  the  guarantee  which  accompanies 
these  specifications,  the  increase  in  size  shall  be  made  by  him.  Top 
of  radiator  shall  in  no  case  come  above  the  sill  of  window. 

All  radiators  shall  be  cast  iron  of  the  steam  pattern  with  plain 
surfaces. 

The  coils  shall  be  of  new  wrought  pipe,  unless  specifically  noted 
to  the  contrary,  and  shall  be  supported  on  iron  supports  neatly  and 
securely  attached  to  iron  work.  Coils  shall  have  spring  pieces  at  inlet 
ends ;  all  shall  be  provided  with  necessary  manifolds. 

Finish  of  Radiators  and  Coils: 

All  radiators,  coils  and  connections  to  same  shall  be  painted  two 
(2)  coats,  final  coat  tinted  as  directed  by  the  Architects. 


222 

Pipe: 

All  pipe  shall  be  new  wrought  pipe,  standard  weights  and  dimen- 
sions, except  where  otherwise  specified.  All  pipe  between  boiler  feed 
pumps  and  boilers  shall  be  of  brass,  iron  pipe  size,  and  extra  heavy. 

Fittings: 

Fittings  shall  be  fine  grained  gray  cast  iron,  except  that  all  fit- 
tings in  connection  with  brass  pipe  for  hot  water  boiler  feed  shall  be 
extra  heavy  brass,  cast  in  same  mold  as  extra  heavy  iron  fittings. 

All  flanges  and  fittings  shall  be  of  uniform  thickness  throughout 
and  concentric,  thoroughly  cleaned,  wire  brushed,  pickled  and  finished 
smooth  inside  and  outside.  All  flanges  shall  be  faced  and  drilled. 
Standard  weights  and  dimensions  to  govern.  All  threads  shall  be 
clean  cut,  smooth  and  tapering.  Blind  flanges  shall  be  heavy  ribbed 
from  center  boss  to  outside  edge  of  flange,  and  all  bolt  holes  shall  have 
bosses.  All  curved  fittings,  except  as  specified  for  bends,  shall  be  of 
the  sweep  or  long  radius  pattern. 

Joints : 

All  flanged  joints  on  low  pressure  work  shall  be  made  with  rubber 
gaskets.  All  flanged  joints  on  high  pressure  work  shall  be  welded 
steel  faced  on  pipe  approved  by  the  Architect,  and  made  with  sheet 
packing  of  a  material  especially  designed  for  this  class  of  service. 

Threaded  joints  may  be  made  with  red  lead,  but  caution  must  be 
taken  that  only  a  thin  coat  of  lead  is  put  on  the  threads. 
All  joints  shall  be  made  tight  under  steam  pressure. 

All  pipes,  fittings  and  valves  three  (3)  inches  and  greater  in  diam- 
eter shall  be  made  up  with  flanged  joints,  except  that  heating  piping 
below  twelve  (12)  inches  in  diameter,  other  than  connections  at  expan- 
sion tank,  shall  be  made  up  with  screwed  joints. 

Securing  Piping: 

All  piping  shall  be  firmly  secured  with  proper  allowance  for  ex- 
pansion and  contraction,  which  shall  be  compensated  for  as  much  as 
possible  by  right  angle  turns.  Wherever  suspended,  expansion  hang- 
ers must  be  used;  all  supports  for  pipes  must  be  arranged  to  prevent 
swaying. 


223 

Pitch: 

In  all  work  the  main  supplies  shall  have  a  pitch  of  not  less  than 
]  inch  in  ten  (10)  feet.  All  small  pipe  shall  have  a  pitch  of  not  less 
than  one  (1)  inch  in  ten  (10)  feet. 

Insulation: 

Where  pipes  pass  through  walls,  floors,  partitions,  pipe  enclos- 
ure walls,  marble  or  wood  trim,  they  shall  be  provided  with  galvanized 
iron  sleeves.  For  vertical  piping  sleeves  shall  be  made  with  top  edges 
turned  over  to  give  good  bearing  surface  and  beaded  edges  at  ceiling; 
on  risers  they  shall  be  adjustable  and  so  made  that  bottom  of  sleeve 
will  project  one  (1)  inch  below  ceiling,  and  shall  be  arranged  to  per- 
mit covering  to  pass  up  in  same.  Where  risers  are  exposed  sleeves 
shall  be  finished  at  floor  line  with  cast  iron  plates.  For  horizontal 
pipes,  sleeves  shall  have  expansion  plates  to  allow  for  expansion  of 
pipes ;  plates  must  not  slide  by  sleeve  flanges. 

Sample  of  sleeve  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Architect  for  approval. 

Steam  Piping  in  Floors: 

Except  branches  to  radiators,  in  every  case  where  steam  supply 
and  return  pipes  must  be  run  concealed  in  the  fill  above  floor  beams 
they  shall  be  installed  in  ducts  of  No.  20  galvanized  iron,  rectangular 
in  section  and  of  a  width  required.  These  ducts  shall  be  provided  with 
covers  of  similar  material  soldered  on  before  floors  are  laid.  Where 
pipes  pass  through  these  covers,  provide  thimbles  with  heavy  cast  iron 
floor  flanges.  Great  care  must  be  taken  in  the  installation  of  these 
boxes  and  proper  provision  must  be  made  for  expansion.  Pipes  shall 
be  covered  as  hereinafter  specified  under  "Covering." 

Place  a  covering  of  rock  concrete  at  the  sides  of  the  galvanized 
iron  boxes  and  provide  all  necessary  protection  of  boxes  until  floors 
are  laid. 

Over  radiator  connections  where  in  floor  provide  an  arched  cover 
of  No.  18  galvanized  iron.  Connections  must  be  covered  same  as  the 
risers. 

Valves : 

For  high  pressure  steam,  valves  shall  be  of  the  globe  or  angle  pat- 
tern, extra  heavy,  except  dividing  valves  in  main  high  pressure  header, 


224 

in  high  pressure  engine  circulating  main  and  engines  fed  from  same, 
high  pressure  pump  circulating  main,  and  high  pressure  supply  from 
circulating  main  to  expansion  tank,  which  shall  be  gate  valves.  All 
these  valves  shall  be  suitable  for  a  working  pressure  of  250  pounds. 
Body  and  bonnet  flanges  shall  be  grooved  to  hold  packing.  Flanges 
shall  be  faced  and  drilled  to  a  template. 

All  gate  valves  6  inches  and  larger  in  diameter  shall  be  provided 
with  by-passes  and  with  wedge  gates  and  rising  stems. 

These  valves  shall  be  of  the  highest  quality  and  shall  contain  not 
more  than  seven-tenths  of  1  per  cent,  phosphorus,  and  not  more  than 
one-tenth  of  1  per  cent,  sulphur ;  tensile  strength  shall  not  be  less  than 
20,000  pounds  per  square  inch.  Valves  shall  be  provided  with  renewa- 
ble seats. 

For  low  pressure  steam,  valves  shall  be  of  the  water  gate  pattern. 

All  gate  valves  on  the  expansion  tank  connections  and  all  other 
gate  valves  3  inches  and  above  in  diameter,  except  on  heating  system, 
shall  be  flanged  and  provided  with  companion  flanges. 

All  check  valves  shall  be  of  brass. 

All  fan  coils  operated  by  thermostats  shall  be  equipped  with  auto- 
matic valves.  All  radiators  and  coils  shall  be  provided  with  packless 
radiator  valves  with  wood  wheels,  nickel-plated  trimmings,  unions  and 
rough  bodies.  Valve  handles  which  control  radiators  behind  grilles 
shall  be  placed  in  easily  accessible  locations  at  points  approved  by  the 
Architect. 

All  radiators  and  coils  and  each  sub-division  of  the  fan  coils  shall 
be  provided  with  automatic  return  valves  of  a  kind  suitable  for  the 
system  operating  the  plant  at  atmospheric  pressure  or  vacuum.  Ex- 
cept on  fan  coils,  return  valves  shall  be  nickel-plated. 

All  main  steam  valves  in  Engine  and  Pump  Rooms  which  are  not 
within  easy  reach  of  the  operator  shall  be  provided  with  chains  or 
other  approved  means  for  closing  same  from  the  floor. 

Vacuum  System: 

It  is  the  intention  to  have  the  steam  throughout  the  entire  system 
circulate  at  one-half  (i)  pound  pressure  or  below  same,  and  the  Con- 
tractor shall  install  a  complete  system  of  piping  to  accomplish  this 
result.    All  piping  shall  terminate  in  the  Pump  Room. 


225 

All  subdivisions  of  the  heating  apparatus,  including  fan  coils, 
Bhall  have  corresponding  subdivisions  in  the  vacuum  system  of  piping 
so  that  a  shutting  down  of  a  portion  of  the  apparatus  will  not  inter- 
fere with  the  successful  operation  of  the  balance. 

The  vacuum  system  shall  be  of  a  type  which  does  not  require  con- 
densing water  and  valves  shall  be  so  constructed  that  no  steam  will 
pass  through  and  shall  be  noiseless  in  operation. 

Provide  a  connection  to  hot  water  heaters. 

Furnish  all  apparatus,  machinery,  valves,  etc.,  for  the  vacuum  sys- 
tem, run  all  return  or  other  pipes  required  to  make  all  connections  to 
radiators,  coils,  heaters,  etc.,  also  to  sewer  and  water  supply,  if  re- 
quired. 

Furnish  and  install,  in  location  approved  by  the  "Architect,  on 
foundations,  and  connect  three  (3)  vacuum  pumps.  Each  pump  shall 
be  of  sufficient  capacity  to  operate  one-half  the  system.  Vacuum  pumps 
shall  be  steam  driven  and  shall  deliver  into  a  receiving  tank  which 
shall  be  provided  with  vent  and  connection  to  feed  water  heaters. 

Gauges  shall  be  mounted  on  a  pink  Tennessee  marble  gauge  board 
not  less  than  1}  inches  thick,  free  from  faults,  and  shall  be  mounted 
on  an  angle  iron  frame  similar  to  frame  hereinbefore  specified  for  con- 
troller board  under  "Motors  and  Accessories." 

All  gauge  board  connections  and  instruments  shall  be  nickel-plated 
brass. 

Test  and  Acceptance: 

When  the  vacuum  system  is  ready  to  be  turned  over,  and  before 
acceptance  same  shall  be  tested  as  directed  by  the  Architect.  This 
plant  must  be  capable  of  producing  and  maintaining  a  vacuum  through- 
out the  entire  return  piping  of  not  less  than  five  (5)  inches  at  all  points 
in  the  system. 

Licenses : 

Furnish  the  Owners  with  the  necessary  licenses  to  operate  the 
vacuum  system,  but  under  no  circumstances  will  any  licenses  be  ac- 
cepted that  demand  of  the  Owners  the  acknowledgment  of  the  validity, 
of  the  patents  covering  the  apparatus  installed. 


226 

Testing: 

The  Contractor  shall  thoroughly  test  his  work,  and  all  risers  and 
other  pipes  to  be  concealed  shall  be  subjected  to  proper  pressure  test 
and  be  made  steam  tight  before  covering  is  put  on.  The  heating  sys- 
tem shall  be  steam  tight  under  a  pressure  of  fifteen  (15)  pounds  per 
square  inch. 

Covering : 

After  all  piping  is  thoroughly  tested  and  accepted,  pipe  and  fit- 
tings shall  be  covered  as  follows: 

All  high  pressure  piping  and  all  exhaust  piping,  including  riser, 
shall  be  covered  with  85  per  cent,  magnesia  1£  inches  thick. 

All  heating  and  low  pressure  piping,  except  distributing  risers  in 
the  heating  system,  shall  be  covered  with  high  pressure  asbestos 
moulded  sectional  covering,  having  walls  not  less  than  one  (1)  inch 
thick. 

All  supply  and  return  risers  shall  be  covered  with  f -inch  thick  wool 
felt  sectional  covering,  asbestos  lined  and  covered  with  asbestos  sheath- 
ing and  covered  with  canvas.  This  covering  shall  be  set  into  cups 
provided  on  risers  and  shall  extend  inside  of  floor  sleeves;  special  care 
shall  be  taken  to  see  that  covering  extends  inside  of  sleeve  not  less 
than  two  (2)  inches. 

All  piping  exposed  in  cold  places  shall  be  provided  with  an  addi- 
tional frost  proof  covering. 

All  cold  water  piping  shall  be  covered  with  wool  felt  covering  one- 
half  (I)  inch  thick,  covered  with  insulating  paper  and  properly  pro- 
tected with  a  waterproof  covering. 

All  piping  between  boiler  feed  pumps  and  boilers  shall  be  coA'ered 
with  wool  felt  covering  in  two  layers  each  §  inch  thick. 

All  tanks  and  heaters  installed  shall  be  covered  with  14-inch  thick 
moulded  asbestos  blocks  wired  on  with  one  (1)  inch  air  space  formed 
of  angles  between  covering  and  shell,  stretching  thereon  wire  netting 
of  one-half  (|)  inch  mesh,  and  covered  with  one-half  (£)  inch  thick 
asbesots  cement  felt. 

Steam  ends  of  all  pumps  shall  be  covered  with  85  per  cent,  mag- 
nesia blocks  with  Russia  iron  jackets  and  spun  brass  heads. 

All  of  the  above  work  shall  be  covered  with  eight  (8)  ounce  can 


227 

vas,  which  shall  be  so  put  on  that  no  frayod  edges  will  be  exposed.  All 
high  pressure  and  exhaust  piping  and  fittings  in  the  sub-sub-basement 
shall  be  neatly  covered  with  sheathing  paper  and  eight  (8)  ounce  can- 
vas, sewed  on  over  the  covering  above  specified.  Flanges  in  above 
shall  be  provided  with  similar  covering  made  removable. 

Asbestos  moulded  sectional  covering  and  blocks  shall  contain  not 
less  than  ten  (10)  per  cent,  of  white  asbestos  fibre  and  shall  not  be 
subjected  to  extreme  heat  in  drying  as  determined  by  finger  impres- 
sions on  finished  material. 

All  covering  on  pipes  in  third  intermediate  and  thirty-fourth  in- 
termediate stories  shall  be  provided  with  bright  lacquered  bands  put 
on  every  eighteen  (18)  inches,  and  with  similar  band  on  each  side  of 
each  fitting. 

All  covering  shall  be  neatly  and  thoroughly  applied,  special  care 
being  taken  with  the  fittings  and  joints. 


VENTILATING  SYSTEM. 
System: 

Fresh  air  is  to  be  introduced  and  foul  air  exhausted  at  points 
indicated  on  diagrams,  and  all  systems  shall  operate  practically  noise- 
lessly. 

Fresh  Air  Intakes: 

Intakes  with  iron  gratings  for  fresh  air  fans  will  be  furnished  and 
installed  as  specified  under  "Ornamental  Iron."  Connect  with  these 
intakes  and  run  No.  18  galvanized  iron  ducts  to  fans,  an  independent 
duct  being  run  to  each  unit  as  shown. 

Tempering  Chambers: 

Build  a  tempering  chamber  for  each  fresh  air  fan,  of  No.  18  gal- 
vanized iron,  well  stayed  and  braced  with  angle  irons,  the  whole  being 
air  tight.  Make  connections  to  fans  and  provide  each  chamber  with  a 
tight  fitting  door  having  lock,  key  and  hardware,  and  set  in  wall  of 
chamber  for  access  from  floor.  Edge  of  door  shall  be  faced  with  felt 
on  the  inside  to  insure  a  tight  fit. 

Exhaust  Chambers: 

Build  exhaust  chambers  where  shown  and  make  connections  to 
exhaust  fans,  all  in  the  manner  specified  for  tempering  chambers. 


228 

Where  two  or  more  ducts  are  connected  to  one  exhaust  chamber 
they  shall  be  so  arranged  that  the  flow  of  air  shall  be  free  through  all 
ducts. 

Fresh  Air  Dampers: 

Furnish  and  put  in  place  in  each  fresh  air  connection  to  tempering 
chambers  a  balanced  sheet  iron  damper  to  close  tight.  The  damper 
shall  be  painted  two  (2)  coats  of  asphaltum.  Provide  this  damper 
with  necessary  operating  device  so  that  it  can  be  operated  easily  from 
the  floor. 

Fan  Discharge  Outlets: 

Equip  each  exhaust  fan  with  discharge  outlet,  protected  with  hood 
and  deflector.  These  outlets  shall  be  made  of  20-ounce  copper  above 
roof  and  shall  be  properly  secured  to  roof  beams;  they  shall  be  de- 
signed so  as  to  present  as  little  obstruction  to  passage  of  air  as  pos- 
sible. In  addition  to  the  exhaust  outlet  specified  each  exhaust  fan  for 
kitchen  service  shall  be  provided  with  a  free  discharge  direct  to  atmos- 
phere with  fusible  link  and  damper,  so  arranged  that  in  case  of  fire 
the  damper  will  close  against  the  fan  inlet  and  allow  the  products  of 
combustion  to  pass  directly  to  the  atmosphere. 

Air  Washing  Devices: 

Furnish,  install  and  connect  between  each  fresh  air  fan  and  its 
tempering  coil3,  an  air  washing  device,  which  shall  be  of  ample  ca- 
pacity for  the  amount  of  air  passing  through,  the  velocity  of  which 
shall  not  exceed  500  feet  per  minute.  All  parts  of  the  washing  device 
coming  in  contact  with  water  shall  be  of  heavy  copper  and  all  parts 
shall  be  made  water  tight.  Spray  heads  shall  be  of  brass  and  shall  bo 
arranged  for  automatic  cleaning. 

This  air  washing  device  shall  be  complete  with  circulating  pump 
and  motor  of  ample  capacity  for  supplying  all  necessary  water  for 
the  spray  pipes. 

All  main  connections  to  air  washers  shall  be  provided  with  valves 
to  regulate  the  flow  of  water,  and  all  branches  to  spray  pipes  must 
be  installed  in  such  a  manner  that  they  can  easily  be  cleaned  or  flushed. 
Make  all  necessary  water  and  sewer  connections,  and  supply  and  rer 
turn  piping.  This  work  shall  be  completed  in  the  same  manner  as 
other  similar  work  installed  in  the  building. 


229 

Complete  details  of  the  air  washing  devices  shall  be  submitted  to 
the  Architect  for  approval. 

All  piping  in  connection  wtih  these  air  washes  shall  be  wrought 
pipe  galvanized,  of  standard  weights  and  dimensions,  except  inside  of 
chambers,  which  shall  be  brass. 

Provide  all  necessary  doors  for  access  to  air  washing  device  with 
window  in  door  between  tempering  coils  and  washer.  Directly  opposite 
this  window  on  the  other  side  of  chamber  provide  a  similar  window. 

Heating  Coils: 

Furnish,  set  up  on  an  angle  iron  frames  and  connect  the  coils  for 
heating  the  air  supplied  to  the  fresh  air  fans.  Each  heating  coil  shall 
be  made  of  one  (1)  inch  wrought  pipes,  staggered  in  a  heavy  cast  iron 
base  and  there  shall  be  four  (4)  rows  of  tubes  in  each  base. 

Heating  coils  shall  be  of  the  capacity  and  free  area  indicated  on 
heating  diagrams. 

Heating  coils  shall  be  of  the  approximate  width  shown  on  dia- 
grams, extra  wide  bases  being  provided  where  necessary.  Where 
shown,  coil3  shall  be  set  end  to  end. 

(If  approved  by  the  Architects  "Vento"  cast  iron  heaters  may 
be  substituted  for  the  pipe  coils  specified,  same  to  be  of  the  same  ca- 
pacities and  having  not  less  than  the  free  area  specified.) 

Tempering  and  re-heating  coils  shall  be  connected  in  batteries, 
each  enclosed  in  a  steel  housing,  provided  with  extension  for  connec- 
tion to  fan  as  shown. 

Sub-divisions  of  the  fan  coils,  except  first  section  of  tempering 
coils  for  each  fan,  shall  be  provided  with  diaphragm  valves  which 
will  automatically  control  the  steam  supply;  the  tempering  coils  shall 
be  arranged  so  as  to  be  controlled  by  two  thermostats  and  the  re- 
heating coils  so  as  to  be  controlled  by  one  thermostat.  Hand  valve 
only  shall  be  installed  on  the  first  section  of  tempering  coils  for  each 
fan. 

Provide  under  each  battery  of  tempering  coils  for  fresh  air  fans 
a  cold  air  by-pass,  at  least  two  (2)  feet  high,  provided  with  a  damper 
controlled  by  a  thermostat.  Provide  under  each  battery  of  re-heating 
coils  a  similar  by-pass,  without  main  damper;  by-pass  shall  be  con- 
nected to  hot  air  ducts  from  tempered  air  chamber,  and  each  hot  air 


230 

duct  and  its  by-pass  shall  be  provided  with  a  pair  of  dampers  con- 
trolled by  a  thermostat  arranged  to  maintain  air  in  the  rooms  at  a 
temperature  to  be  determined  later.  Locations  of  these  thermostats 
shall  be  as  directed. 

These  thermostats  shall  be  operated  with  compressed  air  and  con- 
nection shall  be  made  with  compressed  air  receivers  installed  as  spec- 
ified under  "Ejectors."  Furnish  complete  all  piping,  fittings,  valves, 
etc. 

Make  all  steam  and  return  connections  required,  properly  valved. 

Fans: 

Fans  shall  be  of  the  multivane  type  and  shall  be  properly  pro- 
portioned for  the  requirements  specified.  The  housing  of  each  fan 
shall  be  properly  designed  for  the  conditions  under  which  the  fan 
must  be  installed;  they  shall  be  made  of  steel  with  heavy  stiffeners 
of  channels,  angles  or  tees,  or  if  approved  by  the  Architect,  of  cast 
iron. 

They  shall  be  set  upon  large  angle  iron  bases  and  be  complete 
with  shafting,  adjustable  boxes,  ring  oilers,  etc.,  and  equipped  with 
polished  brass  sight  feed  oil  gauges  on  all  bearings. 

Each  fan  shall  be  provided  with  a  plate  fastened  to  fan  housine 
where  directed,  stating  the  portion  of  the  building  to  which  air  is 
supplied,  or  from  which  air  is  exhausted,  the  quantity  of  air  supplied 
or  exhausted  per  minute,  and  the  revolutions  of  the  fan  under  normal 
load.  Marking  for  each  plate  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Architect  for 
approval. 

Fan  Requirements: 

The  fans  must  operate  practically  noiselessly  under  maximum 
pressure  and  maximum  revolutions. 

The  capacities  of  fans  shall  be  as  noted  on  heating  diagrams. 

Foundations : 

Foundations  for  fans  shall  be  continuous  under  fans  and  motor 
pedestals. 

Fans  shall  be  provided  with  large  size  angle  iron  bases  only,  and 
shall  be  bolted  to  floors  with  insulating  material  consisting  of  two  (2) 
one  (1)  inch  layers  of  cork  between  base  and  floor  to  take  up  any 
vibration.    Furnish  a  wood  frame  on  top  of  each  cork  base. 


231 

Motors: 

Each  fan  shall  be  driven  by  a  direct  connected,  direct  current  240 
volt  electric  motor  of  the  shunt  wound,  open,  multipolar  type,  with  con- 
troller of  ample  size  to  operate  its  respective  machine  at  its  proper 
full  load  and  speed  as  hereinbefore  specified  under  "Motors  and  Ac- 
cessories." 

The  motors,  controllers  and  all  appurtenances  and  equipment  re- 
quired by  same  shall  be  furnished,  the  whole  to  be  as  specified  under 
"Motors  and  Accessories." 

Ducts: 

Ducts  shall  be  made  of  galvanized  iron. 

All  suspended  ducts  shall  be  made  with  double  lock  joints  and 
shall  be  made  air  tight.  Joints  shall  be  soldered  if  necessary  in  ordei 
to  make  them  tight.  They  shall  be  made  with  galvanized  angle  iron 
frames  and  hangers  and  shall  be  firmly  secured  in  place.  If  of  four 
(4)  square  feet  area  or  greater,  they  shall  be  of  No.  22  gauge  iron 
and  if  of  less  than  four  (4)  square  feet  area,  of  No.  24  gauge.  In  ad- 
dition, all  suspended  ducts  of  more  than  256  square  inches  area  shali 
be  thoroughly  stiffened  with  galvanized  one  (1)  inch  angle  irons  placed 
not  more  than  four  (4)  feet  apart. 

All  ducts  in  connection  with  kitchens  shall  be  of  not  less  than  No. 
14  gauge. 

All  changes  in  direction  shall  be  along  easy  curves,  the  radius 
measured  from  center  of  duct  to  be  in  no  case  less  than  twice  the  diam- 
eter of  the  duct,  if  circular,  nor  less  than  twice  the  diameter  of  a  cir- 
cular duct  having  an  equivalent  cross  sectionel  area,  if  rectangular. 
Connections  to  outlets  shall  be  made  through  trumpet  shaped  mouth 
pieces  flared  out  as  much  as  the  construction  will  permit.  All  branches 
shall  be  taken  out  at  an  angle  not  to  exceed  45  degrees  with  line  of  air 
flow. 

Provide  in  each  fresh  air  and  exhaust  duct  an  air  tight  damper 
located  near  fan  so  that  the  fresh  air  to  or  exhaust  from  any  portion 
of  the  building  can  be  shut  off  completely ;  also  mark  each  duct  neatly 
in  a  conspicuous  place  to  or  from  what  portion  of  the  building  it  sup- 
plies or  exhausts  air. 

Ducts  at  entrances  and  at  other  points  delivering  fresh  air  below 
radiators  shall  be  made  of  proper  size  to  deliver  air  directly  beneath 


232 

the  entire  radiators.  Duet  work  shall  terminate  just  below  the  floor 
line  and  all  openings  in  floor  around  duct  work  and  radiator  connec- 
tions shall  be  properly  filled  in  with  tile  or  concrete. 

Hoods  in  Kitchens: 

Furnish  and  install  hoods  in  kitchens  where  so  indicated  on  dia- 
grams. They  shall  be  made  of  heavy  black  iron,  properly  reinforced, 
and  connected  with  exhaust  ducts. 

Ventilation  of  the  Equitable  Company  Space: 

An  exhaust  ventilating  system  shall  be  installed  in  the  Equitable 
Company  space  in  the  entire  4th  and  5th  stories,  the  air  being  taken 
from  points  east  and  west  of  the  elevators  in  each  story,  as  shown  on 
diagrams,  with  the  exhaust  fan  located  in  the  4th  story  and  discharg- 
ing into  the  vent  shaft. 

The  discharge  shall  be  continued  the  full  height  of  the  building 
with  discharge  above  roof,  similar  to  hoods  for  other  exhaust  fans. 

Canvas  Ducts: 

The  connection  of  each  fresh  air  fan  to  main  outlet  shall  be  made 
of  No.  6  duck,  two  (2)  feet  long,  having  substantial  iron  frame  at  each 
end,  bolted  securely  in  place  with  air  tight  gaskets  at  all  joints.  These 
ducts  shall  be  well  sized  and  painted  as  directed. 

Openings  in  Ducts: 

Provide  openings  not  less  than  ten  (10)  inches  square  in  sus- 
pended ducts  larger  than  12x12  inches  with  air-tight  sliding  doors, 
located  as  follows: 

One  (1)  at  every  curve  on  each  main  pressure  and  exhaust  duct, 
and  one  (1)  at  each  junction  of  main  branch  with  main  supply. 

Air  Splits: 

At  every  junction  of  a  fresh  air  branch  duct  to  a  main  or  sub-main, 
an  air  split  hinged  at  junction  shall  be  furnished  in  place  and  at  every 
junction  of  an  exhaust  branch  duct  to  a  main  or  sub-main  a  deflector 
hinged  at  junction  shall  be  furnished.  Where  ducts  are  concealed, 
these  adjusting  splits  and  deflectors  must  be  arranged  in  branches  be- 
hind inlets  and  outlets  in  easily  accessible  locations;  where  exposed, 
they  must  be  provided  with  solid  rod  connections  to  outside  of  duct 
with  handles  and  lock  nuts  to  lock  the  splits  in  place  after  adjustment. 


233 

Air  splits  and  deflectors  shall  be  of  a  design  which,  will  permit 
variation  in  the  amount  of  air  passing  through  the  branch  duct  without 
presenting  an  obstruction  to  the  passage  of  air  in  main  duct.  Design 
of  air  splits  and  deflectors  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Architect  for 
approval. 

All  air  splits  and  deflectors  shall  be  made  of  heavy  galvanized 
iron. 

Inlets  and  Outlets: 

Fresh  air  inlets  and  exhaust  outlets  where  required  in  toilet  rooms 
and  janitors'  closets,  first  story  vestibules,  and  in  certain  portions  of 
the  basement  and  sub-basement  will  be  furnished  and  installed  as  spec- 
ified under  "Ornamental  Iron  and  Bronze  Work."  Furnish  and  in- 
stall all  other  inlets  and  outlets. 

Inlets  in  the  sub-sub-basement,  including  all  portions  of  the  Me- 
chanical Plant,  shall  be  provided  with  beaded  edges  and  all  exhaust 
outlets  in  the  Mechanical  Plant  shall  be  screened  outlets  with  beaded 
edges,  except  where  grilles  are  specifically  mentioned. 

These  shall  be  register  faces  (with  louvres)  of  a  design  approved 
by  the  Architect.  Register  faces  shall  be  finished  to  match  the  hard- 
ware. 

Inlet  and  outlet  connections  shall  be  made  air  tight. 

Each  fresh  air  inlet  shall  be  provided  with  a  diffuser  to  equally 
distribute  the  air  across  the  full  area  of  the  inlet.  Details  shall  be 
submitted  to  the  Architect  for  approval. 

The  quantities  of  air  supplied  or  exhausted  through  inlets  and 
outlets  shall  be  in  accordance  with  a  schedule  provided  at  a  later  date 
by  the  Architect.  Measurements  of  the  air  supplied  or  exhausted 
will  be  made  by  the  Architect  at  the  points  of  entrance  to  and  exit 
from  the  various  rooms,  and  if  the  results  obtained  are  not  in  accord- 
ance with  the  schedule,  such  changes  and  adjustments  must  be  made 
in  the  ventilating  equipment  as  may  be  required. 

Ventilation  of  Vaults: 

The  Safety  Deposit  Vault  and  the  Silver  and  Trunk  Vault  shall 
be  provided  with  ventilation. 

The  duct  work  inside  the  Safety  Deposit  Vault  will  be  provided 
by  the  Owners. 


234 

Duct  shall  enter  this  vault  through  the  emergency  door.  The  sec- 
tion passing  through  the  door  shall  he  made  of  aluminum  and  installed 
in  such  a  manner  that  it  can  easily  he  removed  to  allow  closing  of 
door  and  when  in  place  joints  shall  be  air  tight. 

Confer  with  the  Owners  and  so  arrange  the  work  as  to  make  the 
installation  complete  in  every  respect.  Complete  details  of  the  in- 
stallation shall  be  submitted  to  the  Architect  for  approval. 

Insulation  of  Boiler  Room  and  Pump  Room  Ceilings: 

A  vitrified  asbestos  ceiling  will  be  installed  in  the  Boiler  Room  and 
Pump  Room,  leaving  a  clear  space  of  approximately  eight  (8)  inches 
between  tile  ceiling  and  top  of  asbestos  ceiling.  Air  will  be  admitted 
to  this  space  through  grilles.  Make  connection  from  this  air  space  into 
the  exhaust  systems  from  the  Boiler  Room  and  Pump  Room.  Exercise 
great  care  in  all  work  in  connection  with  the  ceiling  and  see  to  it  that 
all  work  is  made  air  tight.  Lf  it  is  necessary  to  provide  any  sleeves  for 
ducts  or  pipes  through  this  space,  the  sleeves  shall  be  of  sufficient 
length  to  extend  entirely  through  this  space  to  the  ceiling  below. 

Sleeves  Through  Floors  and  Walls: 

In  all  cases  where  ducts  pass  through  floors  and  openings  for  same 
are  not  framed  with  steel  beams  or  channels,  the  Contractor  shall  fur- 
nish and  install  sleeves  made  of  cast  iron  not  less  than  i  inch  thick,  or 
of  3/16-inch  steel  properly  stiffened  with  angle  irons,  and  made  proper 
length  to  extend  through  floor,  but  no  edges  shall  be  exposed. 

Where  ducts  pass  through  main  building  walls  provide  similar 
sleeves. 

Full  details  of  these  sleeves  must  be  submitted  to  the  Architect 
for  approval. 

In  every  case  sleeves  shall  be  installed  at  the  time  the  floor  or 
wall  is  built  and  shall  be  properly  secured  in  place. 

Covering: 

The  fresh  air  intakes  shall  be  covered  with  £-inch  thick  air  cell 
blocks  put  on  single  and  covered  with  8-ounce  canvas.  These  blocks 
shall  be  securely  fastened  to  the  intakes  and  guaranteed  against  con- 
densation. 

In  addition,  that  portion  of  the  fresh  air  ducts  exposed  in  the 


895 

Boiler  and  Engine  Rooms  shall  be  covered  with  two  (2)  layers  of  ^-inch 
thick  air  cell  sheets  put  on  single,  covered  with  8-ounce  canvas.  These 
sheets  shall  be  supported  on  f-inch  angle  irons  attached  to  the  ducts 
spaced  every  twenty-four  (24)  inches.  Angle  irons  shall  have  |  inch 
holes  at  outside  edge  spaced  every  twelve  (12)  inches  for  wiring  sheets 
in  place. 

Special  care  must  be  taken  in  the  construction  of  ducts  and  appli- 
cation of  covering  to  insure  straight  lines  after  covering  is  applied. 

Temperature  Regulation : 

Temperature  regulation  shall  be  installed  for  the  ventilation  sys- 
tem. Compressed  air  shall  be  taken  from  the  air  receivers  specified 
under  "Ejectors,"  connection  being  made  through  pressure  reducing 
valve.  This  system  shall  be  complete  with  all  necessary  parts,  tanks, 
valves,  piping,  etc.,  and  shall  be  erected  in  a  neat  and  workmanlike 
manner.  All  air  pipes  shall  be  wrought  pipe  galvanized,  and  shall  be 
concealed  as  much  as  possible.  Thermostats  shall  be  automatic  in 
uction  and  must  govern  within  a  variation  of  two  (2)  degrees. 

If  it  is  necessary  to  install  additional  filters  in  the  air  supply  to 
this  system,  or  to  provide  cooling  coils  to  remove  moisture  from  the 
air  same  shall  be  furnished  and  installed  complete  in  every  respect 
in  a  manner  approved  by  the  Architect. 

The  finish,  style  and  location  of  thermostats  shall  be  approved  by 
the  Architect. 

Before  this  apparatus  is  installed,  a  layout  of  the  same  shall  be 
submitted  to  the  Architect  for  approval. 

Test  and  Acceptance: 

When  the  ventilating  plant  is  ready  to  be  turned  over,  and  before 
acceptance  of  same,  the  Contractor  (after  all  ducts  are  properly  ad- 
justed for  carrying  capacities)  shall  subject  the  plant,  at  its  own 
expense,  to  a  continuous  run  of  six  (G)  hours  under  full  loads,  and 
it  shall  perform  all  the  duties  hereinbefore  specified,  and  the  quan- 
tities of  air  shall  be  as  hereinbefore  specified. 

This  test  shall  be  made  under  the  direction  of  the  Architect. 
Adjustment: 

Before  acceptance  of  the  plant,  the  Contractor  shall  enter  into  a 
written  agreement  with  the  Owners  to  properly  clean  out,  adjust  and 


236 


put  in  first-class  condition  at  its  own  expense,  all  valves,  thermostats, 
air  splits  and  deflectors  the  winter  next  following  the  acceptance. 

Unit  Prices: 

Name  one  price  only  for  any  additions  to  or  deductions  from  the 
contract  for  the  respective  materials  named  below ;  said  price  to  obtain 
until  tho  completion  of  this  work  and  its  acceptance  by  the  Architects : 

36"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

30"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

24"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

20"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

18"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

16"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

14"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

12"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

10"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

8"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

6"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

5"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

4"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

3"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

2+/'  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

2"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

1$"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

1£"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

1"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 

f"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings,  per  foot. 


by  the  A 
...  $..,. 

rchuects : 

...  $.., 

...  $... 

(•    ■ 

...  $... 

...  $.... 

•    •    •    •    .    •!•    • 

...  $... 



...  $... 

..'••••!•• 

...  $.... 

I.  .  .  .!.  .'.  . 

...  $... 

...  $... 



...$..,. 

la    •   •   ••    •!■    • 

...  $... 



...  $... 

...  $... 



...  $... 

!•' 

...  $... 

i.  • 

...$... 

......  .i.  . 

...$... 



...$.., 



...  $... 

<«•■••••• 

237 

4"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings  and  painting, 

per  foot  $. 

3"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings  and  painting, 

per  foot  $. 

2|"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings  and  painting, 

per  foot  $. 

2"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings  and  painting, 

per  foot  $ . 

1$"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings  and  painting, 

per  foot  $ . 

H"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings  and  painting, 
per  foot  ,  $. 

1"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings  and  painting, 
per  foot  $ . 

|"  pipe  installed,  including  fittings  and  paintings, 
per  foot   $. 

36"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 
foot $. 

30"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 
foot $. 

24"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 
foot $. 

20"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 
foot $. 

18"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
aabestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 
foot $. 

16"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 
foot $. 

14"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 
foot ...,$. 

12"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 
foot $. 

10"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 

foot $. 

8"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 
foot $. 


238 

6"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 
foot $ 

5"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 
foot $ 

4"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 
foot $ 

3"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 

foot $ 

2V  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 
foot $ 

2"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 

foot $ 

IV'  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 

foot $ 

H"  pipe»  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 
foot $ 

1"  pipe,  including  fittings,  magnesia  or  moulded 
asbestos  covering,  and  painting,  installed,  per 
foot $ 

4"  pipe,  including  fittings,  wool  felt  covering  and 

painting,  installed,  per  foot $ 

3"  pipe,  including  fittings,  wool  felt  covering  and 

painting,  installed,  per  foot $ 

1\"  pipe,  including  fittings,  wool  felt  covering  and 

painting,  installed,  per  foot $ 

2"  pipe,  including  fittings,  wool  felt  covering  and 

painting,  installed,  per  foot $. 

\\"  pipe,  including  fittings,  wool  felt  covering  and 

painting,  installed,  per  foot $ 

1"  pipe,  including  fittings,  wool  felt  covering  and 

painting,  installed,  per  foot $ —  . 

\"  pipe,  including  fittings,  wool  felt  covering  and 

painting,  installed,  per  foot $ 

Radiation  as  follows,  including  radiator,  freight,  drayage,  all  han- 
dling necessary  to  set  radiator  in  place  in  the  building,  ready  for  in- 
stallation, and  also  including  painting,  per  square  foot: 


•  •  • 


239 

45"  high $ 20"  high $. 

44"  high $ 18"  high $. 

38"  high $ 16"  high $. 

32"  high $ 14"  high $. 


26"  high $ 13"  high $ 

22"  high $ 

Radiator  connections  of  the  following  sizes,  including  correspond- 
ing return  connections,  painting  connections,  etc.,  each: 

14" $ 

W   $ 

1"  $ 

!" $....'....'.... 

Return  valves,  each $ 

Disconnecting  radiators  after  installation,  each. . .  $ 


Valves  of  the  following  sizes,  each: 
20"   $ 6" 


IS"  $ 5"   $. 

16"  $ 4"   $. 

14"  $ 3"   $. 

12"  $ 2$" $. 

10"  $ 2"   $. 

8"  $ U"   $. 

Breaking  radiators  and  reconnecting  same,  each..  $. 


Radiator  valves  of  the  following  sizes,  each: 

li"  •• 

li" 

1" 


•■• 


if/ 


r 

Installation  and  removal  of  radiators  used  for  tem- 
porary heating  purposes,  each $ 

Radiation  in  coils,  including  coil,  freight,  drayage, 
labor,  all  handling  necessary  to  set  coil  in 
place  in  the  building  ready  for  connection,  and 
also  including  the  necessary  hangers,  painting, 
etc.,  per  square  foot $ 

Suspended  galvanized  iron  ducts,  per  lb.,  includ- 
ing angle  iron  stiff eners,  hangers,  etc $ 

Covering  for  ducts,  per  square  foot,  installed ,  $ 

Excavation,  per  cubic  yard ....$.., . . 

Concrete,  per  cubic  yard,  installed $. 

Removal  of  earth,  per  cubic  yard ...$... 

STACK  AND  CEHJNG  IJNTNG. 

In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute,  install  and  complete 
the  Stack  and  Ceiling  Lining  in  accordance  with  the  accompanying 
drawings  and  as  required  by  these  specifications. 

Scope  of  tlie  Work: 

The  smoke  stack  and  the  necessary  angles  for  supporting  the  lin- 
ing inside  the  stack,  will  be  furnished  and  set  as  specified  under 
"Structural  Steel"  and  "Erection  of  Steel." 

Line  the  entire  inside  of  the  smoke  stack  and  the  entire  ceiling  of 
the  Boiler  Room  and  Pump  Room  with  Vitrified  Asbestos  Lining  not 
less  than  two  (2)  inches  thick. 

Furnish  all  necessary  fastenings  to  secure  the  stack  lining  in  place, 
supported  on  angle  irons ;  all  joints  shall  be  made  perfectly  tight  with 
specially  treated  Asbestos  Cement. 


241 

Also  furnish  all  metal  angles,  strips,  etc.,  for  supporting  the  ceil- 
ing lining.  This  ceiling  lining  shall  be  a  suspended  ceiling  installed 
so  as  to  leave  a  clear  space  of  approximately  eight  (8)  inches  between 
the  tile  ceiling  and  top  of  asbestos  ceiling.  This  space  will  be  used 
for  the  circulation  of  air  and  proper  means  shall  be  provided  for 
supporting  lining  leaving  this  air  space  as  free  as  possible.  Where 
drop  beams  and  girders  extend  below  suspended  ceiling,  the  asbestos 
lining  shall  be  carried  around  the  sides  and  bottom  of  beams  and  gir- 
ders next  to  the  fire  proofing. 

At  certain  points,  pipes,  conduits,  ducts,  etc,  will  extend  from  the 
floor  above  through  the  ceiling  lining ;  at  all  points  where  ceiling  lining 
is  penetrated  the  opening  shall  be  filled  with  asbestos  cement  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  make  a  close  fit  around  all  pipes,  conduits,  ducts,  angles, 
etc.;  all  joints  shall  be  made  perfectly  tight.  Plaster  the  entire  ceil- 
ing of  the  Boiler  Room  and  Pump  Room  one-half  (i)  inch  thick  with 
Asbestos  and  Portland  Cement  Plaster,  and  the  entire  installation 
when  completed  shall  be  air  tight. 

Teat: 

The  vitrified  asbestos  lining  must  show  under  test  that  it  can  be 
heated  to  a  temperature  of  1,000  degrees  Fahrenheit  and  immediately 
immersed  in  cold  water  without  causing  any  change  in  its  construc- 
tion. 

Unit  Prices: 

Name  one  price  only  for  any  additions  to  or  deductions  from  this 
contract  for  the  material  named  below,  said  price  to  obtain  until  the 
completion  and  acceptance  by  the  Architects  of  all  work  included 
herein : 

Vitrified  asbestos  stack  lining,  installed,  per  square 

foot , $ 

Vitrified    asbestos    ceiling    lining,    installed,    per 

square  foot   $ 


242 

ELECTRIC  WIRING. 
In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute,  install  and  complete 
the  Electric  Wiring  and  Switchboard  Work  in  accordance  with  the 
accompanying  drawings  and  as  required  by  this  specification. 

Installation  of  Work: 

The  Contractor  shall  examine  the  Architectural,  Heating,  Plumb- 
ing and  Structural  Steel  drawings  and  if  any  discrepancies  occur  be- 
tween them  which  in  any  way  affect  the  work,  or  if  any  details  of 
construction  interfere  with  the  work,  report  the  same  to  the  Architect 
and  obtain  written  instructions  for  changes  necessary  in  the  work.  In 
all-  cases  where  heat  and  vent  ducts  prevent  locating  of  outlets  in  ceil- 
ingj  the  Contractor  shall  provide  a  special  type  of  approved  strap 
hanger  for  the  proper  support  of  conduit  and  boxes  beneath  the  ducts, 
or  install  pipe  thimble  to  allow  conduits  to  pass  through  the  duct,  as 
approved  by  the  Architect. 

Any  cutting  and  patching  of  floors  or  walls  made  necessary  by 
the  neglect  of  the  Contractor  to  provide  necessary  openings  through 
same  shall  be  done  by  it  at  its  expense. 

Painting: 

Cabinet  and  other  iron  work,  not  including  exposed  conduits,  in- 
stalled under  these  specifications,  shall  be  painted  two  (2)  coats  of 
black  insulating  paint,  one  (1)  coat  before  delivery  at  the  building  and 
one  (1)  coat  after  installation  and  after  all  pipes  and  wires  are  con- 
nected complete.  Exposed  conduits  shall  be  painted  with  two  coats  of 
lead  and  oil,  last  coat  tinted  as  directed. 

Insulation  Resistance: 

After  wiring  is  complete,  it  shall  be  tested  in  sections,  and  all 
defects  shall  be  made  good  before  current  is  turned  on  to  the  building. 
The  Contractor  shall  make  all  tests  in  the  presence  of  the  Architect 
to  show  that  insulation  resistance  meets  Underwriters'  requirements, 
and  shall  provide  all  apparatus  required  to  make  such  tests. 

Inspection: 

All  work  and  material  shall  be  strictly  first-class  in  every  particu- 
lar, and  shall  be  installed  in  accordance  with  the  rules  and  require- 


243 

ments  of  the  Electrical  Inspection  Department  of  the  City  of  New 
York,  and  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Board  of  Underwriters, 
anything  in  these  specifications  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. 

This  shall  not  be  construed  as  relieving  the  Contractor  from  com- 
plying with  any  requirement  of  the  plans  and  specifications,  which 
may  be  in  excess  of  the  requirements  of  the  hereinabove  mentioned 
rules,  and  not  contrary  to  same;  nor  for  any  special  construction  for 
which  the  Architect  obtains  special  permission  from  the  Inspection 
Department,  although  same  may  conflict  with  the  letter  of  the  rules. 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish,  at  his  own  cost  and  expense,  a  per- 
mit and  certificate  of  acceptance  for  all  electrical  work  installed  un- 
der these  specifications,  including  inspection  fee  for  all  motors,  ex- 
cept for  elevators  and  elevator  pumps,  installed  in  the  building,  and 
the  final  inspection  and  certificate  of  the  Architect  will  not  be  made 
or  issued  until  the  Inspection  Department's  certificate  is  delivered  to 
him. 

Guarantee : 

All  material  and  workmanship  shall  be  of  the  best,  and  must  meet 
with  the  approval  of  the  Architect,  who  reserves  the  right  to  reject 
any  material  not  in  accordance  with  these  specifications,  either  be'fore 
or  after  installation. 

The  Contractor  shall  be  responsible  for  all  work  put  in  under 
these  specifications.  He  shall  make  good,  repair  or  replace,  at  his  own 
cost  and  expense,  as  may  be  necessary,  any  defective  work,  material 
or  part  which  may  show  itself  within  one  (1)  year  after  date  of  final 
certificate,  if,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Architects,  said  defect  is  due  to 
imperfection  in  material  or  workmanship,  as  specified,  and  not  to  care- 
lessness or  improper  operation. 

Plans : 

To  accompany  these  specifications  there  will  be  a  set  of  plans, 
showing  the  arrangement  of  the  building,  electric  outlets,  cut-out  cab- 
inets, wire  shifts,  etc.  The  plans,  such  writings,  interlineations,  fig- 
ures and  details  as  may  be  upon  them  shall  be  considered  as  part  of 
and  illustrating  these  specifications. 

The  drawings  and  specifications  are  not  intended  to  show  all  de- 
tails, and  the  Architect  will  not  be  responsible  for  the  absence  of  any 


244 

details  which  the  Contractor  shall  require,  or  any  special  construction 
which  may  he  found  necessary,  as  the  work  progresses.  The  Con- 
tractor must  satisfy  himself  on  all  points  in  regard  to  the  work,  and 
obtain  all  necessary  information  before  submitting  his  proposal,  and 
shall  include  in  his  price  a  sum  sufficient  to  cover  same.  No  extras  will 
be  allowed  for  any  work  or  material,  unless  same  can  be  clearly  shown 
to  be  an  addition  beyond  the  intent  and  contemplation  of  the  drawings 
or  specifications,  and  necessary  to  complete  the  work. 

Scope  of  the  Work: 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install  in  a  good  and  substantial 
manner  the  generator  leads,  main  bus  bars,  all  switchboards,  all  neces- 
sary switches,  fuses,  conduits,  telephone  and  telegraph  conduits,  pull 
boxes,  junction  and  outlet  boxes,  distributing  centers,  cut-out  cabinets, 
complete  with  panel  boards,  all  necessary  feeders,  wire,  drop  cords,  etc., 
complete,  furnishing  all  material  and  labor  necessary  to  install  all 
wiring  for  power  and  lights  complete  from  the  generators  to  all  out- 
lets shown  on  the  plans  or  otherwise  hereinafter  specified. 

Working  Drawings: 

The  Contractor  must  submit  drawings  to  scale,  showing  the  lay- 
out of  generator  leads,  switchboard,  complete  feeder  riser  diagram, 
lines  of  conduit,  cables,  wires  and  sizes  of  same,  junction  and  cut-out 
boxes,  copper  sizes,  the  current  carried  and  the  number  of  feet  in  the 
run;  also  drawings  covering  all  changes  that  may  be  ordered  by  the 
Architect  during  the  progress  of  the  work. 

Riser  diagram  shall  show  main  feeders,  all  cut-out  cabinets  with 
number  of  lights  fed  from  each,  number  of  circuits,  etc.,  pull  boxes,  all 
distributing  centers  with  capacity  of  all  motor  feeders  indicated  com-, 
plete. 

Wiring  Diagrams  Shall  Be  Drawn  Up  at  £"  Scale.  It  is  recom- 
mended that  conduit  runs  be  laid  out  in  pencil  on  these  diagrams,  which 
will  permit  of  readily  changing  locations  of  switches  and  grouping  of 
outlets.  Prints  from  these  preliminary  plans  are  to  be  submitted  for 
examination  by  the  Architect.  After  checking,  one  set  will  be  returned 
with  corrections,  after  which  the  drawings  are  to  be  revised  and  com- 
pleted in  ink  and  four  sets  of  prints  sent  in  for  approval. 

Complete  working  drawings  and  detailed  wiring  diagram  of  the 
switchboard  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Architect  for  approval. 


245 

Complete  working  drawings  showing  method  of  cable  suspension 
in  wire  shaft  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Architect  for  approval. 

Each  drawing  must  be  marked  with  the  name  of  the  building,  with 
a  serial  number,  as  also  with  the  number  of  the  Architect's  drawing 
from  which  it  is  made.  Four  prints  of  each  drawing  must  be  sub- 
mitted. 

Each  drawing  must  be  approved  in  writing  by  the  Architect  be- 
fore any  work  covered  by  same  is  begun  by  the  Contractor.  The 
Architect's  approval,  however,  shall  not  relieve  the  Contractor  of  re- 
sponsibility for  errors,  as  the  Architect's  approval  of  the  drawing  is 
only  general,  and  is  intended  as  an  assistance  to  the  Contractor  and  not 
to  serve  as  a  check,  and  does  not  in  any  way  relieve  the  Contractor 
from  the  necessity  of  furnishing  the  materials  and  performing  the 
work  as  required  by  the  drawings  and  specifications.  The  cost  of  all 
these  drawings  shall  be  included  in  the  contract  price. 

Samples : 

Not  less  than  thirty  days  before  purchasing  such  material,  the 
Contractor  shall  submit  to  the  Architect  for  approval  the  following. 
Material  shall  not  be  ordered  until  approval  of  samples  or  makes. 

1.  Sample  of  200-ampere  knife  switch. 

2.  Rubber  covered  conductor. 

3.  Varnished  cambric  conductor. 

4.  Cut-out  cabinet. 

5.  Ceiling  outlet  box,  with  hanger  and  fixture  stud. 

6.  Receptacle  outlet  box. 

7.  Plug  and  receptacle. 

8.  Wall  switch. 

9.  Grip  for  supporting  riser  cables. 

10.  Floor  box,  complete  with  fittings. 

11.  Cartridge  and  link  fuses. 

Wiring: 

Feeders  for  the  entire  lighting  system  shall  be  run  on  the  three- 
wire  120-240  volt,  direct  current  system.  The  neutral  conductor  shall 
have  the  same  cross-sectional  area  as  either  outside  conductor,  except 


246 

as  specified  under  "Generator  Leads."  All  cut-out  cabinets  shall  be 
arranged  for  three-wire  mains  and  two-wire  branch  circuits.  Three- 
wire  branch  circuits  will  not  be  permitted. 

All  power  circuits  and  wiring  shall  be  arranged  for  the  direct 
current  240-volt  two-wire  system. 

All  lamps  on  switchboard  shall  be  fed  from  the  low  tension  storage 
battery. 

All  wires  of  a  circuit  may  be  run  in  the  same  conduit,  but  the 
wires  of  no  more  than  one  circuit  shall  be  run  in  the  same  conduit,  ex- 
cept for  public  lighting,  where  two  circuits  may  be  run  in  the  same 
conduit.  No  tenant  circuit  conduit  shall  be  less  than  §"  from  cutout 
closet  to  switch  outlet  and  thence  to  the  first  ceiling  outlet  on  each  leg 
of  the  circuit. 

Main  feeder  conduits  passing  through  floor  structure  at  offsets 
shall  not  be  larger  than  two-inch,  and  where  the  feeder  capacity  re- 
quires it,  duplicate  feeders  shall  be  run.  Feeder  cables  shall  not  be 
larger  than  1,000,000  C.  M. 

All  main  feeders  shall  be  without  reduction  in  cross-section  to  the 
farthest  cutout  cabinet  on  that  feeder. 

Elevator  feeder  conduits  shall  be  run  up  in  spaces  back  of  the  ele- 
vators, where  they  will  avoid  counterweights,  etc. 

All  conduits  for  bracket  lights  and  wall  receptacle  outlets  shall 
be  run  from  the  floor  up  to  the  outlet. 

All  circuit  conduits  from  cut-out  cabinets  to  switch  outlets  in  ten- 
ant offices  and  suites  shall  be  run  in  the  floor  of  the  story  in  which 
the  fights  supplied  by  the  respective  circuits  occur,  and  not  in  the  floor 
above. 

Wall  switches  for  the  control  of  ceiling  lights  in  tenant  offices 
and  suites  shall  in  general  be  located  near  corridor  doors  and  on  col- 
umns; all  switches,  however,  to  be  located  subject  to  the  approval  of 
the  Architect. 

Where  office  space  is  divided  into  separate  rooms,  run  the  f-inch 
circuit  conduit  into  the  bottom  of  the  switch  box.  Run  conduit  down 
to  floor  and  across  to  feed  the  various  wall  outlets.  Run  a  f-inch  con- 
duit up  to  first  ceiling  outlet  and  extend  a  £-inch  conduit  to  second 
outlet.  Where  space  is  undivided  the  same  method  is  to  be  followed 
as  closely  as  consistent  with  lack  of  division  partitions. 


247 

Dossert  joints  shall  be  soldered. 

Where  running  threads  would  otherwise  occur,  Erickson  coup- 
lings, or  other  similar  device  approved  by  the  Architect,  shall  be  used. 

Loss  of  Potential: 

It  is  intended  that  the  sizes  of  all  lighting  feeders  shall  be  pro- 
portioned on  the  basis  that  all  lights  shown  on  plans  or  herein  specified 
are  burning,  and  when  thus  loaded  the  wires  shall  be  of  ample  size, 
so  that  the  loss  of  potential  between  the  main  switchboard  and  any 
cut-out  cabinet  will  not  exceed  four  volts,  measured  across  the  outside 
legs  of  the  three-wire  system.  The  loss  of  potential  on  any  branch 
circuit  from  cut-out  cabinet  to  farthest  lamp,  with  circuit  fully  loaded 
(1,320  watts),  shall  not  exceed  1J  volts. 

The  ampere  capacity  of  all  power  feeders  shall  be  based  upon  the 
horse  power  ratings  hereinafter  specified,  but  all  feeders  shall  be  of 
ample  size,  so  that  when  fully  loaded  the  loss  of  potential  shall  in  no 
case  exceed  ten  (10)  volts  from  the  service  to  any  motor. 

Generator  Leads  and  Bus  System: 

All  generators  shall  be  so  connected  as  to  feed  into  a  double  bus 
system,  composed  of  lead  covered  cable  run  in  conduit  laid  under  the 
engine  room  floor.  Generator  leads  shall  run  from  each  generator  to 
a  remote-control  circuit  breaker  panel  located  as  near  to  generator  as 
consistent  with  accessibility.  From  this  two  sets  of  connections  shall 
be  run  to  the  light  and  power  busses,  respectively.  At  each  point 
where  connections  from  contactor  panels  join  main  bus  cables,  junc- 
tion box  shall  be  provided,  set  flush  in  floor  and  provided  with  outer 
and  inner  iron  covers,  the  latter  fitted  with  rubber  gasket  and  bolted 
down.  All  conduit  joints  shall  be  made  up  with  red  or  white  lead  and 
terminals  sealed  with  asphaltuin  or  other  approved  insulating  com- 
pound. The  entire  under-floor  system  shall  be  so  constructed  as  to 
be  absolutely  water-tight  in  a  manner  acceptable  to  the  Architect. 

Generator  leads  shall  be  of  such  size  that  when  generators  are 
operating  at  50  per  cent,  overload,  carrying  capacities  shall  be  in  ac- 
cordance with  Underwriters'  requirements.  Each  set  of  bus  cables 
shall  be  of  a  capacity  equal  to  75  per  cent,  of  total  full-load  rating  of 
the  plant.  Equalizer  legs  shall  each  have  a  carrying  capacity  equal  to 
one-half  that  of  the  corresponding  outer  legs.     Shunt  field  leads  shall 


248 

not  be  less  than  No.  6  B.  &  S.  gauge.  Ammeter  shunt  leads  shall  be  cali- 
brated by  the  instrument  manufacturer  with  the  ammeters  and  their 
respective  shunts.  After  calibration  their  lengths  shall  not  be  altered 
by  cutting  or  splicing,  any  surplus  length  being  coiled  up  back  of  the 
board.  Shunts  shall  be  mounted  in  generator  pits  and  protected  by 
cages  of  galvanized  iron  wire  not  smaller  than  No.  8,  1-inch  mesh. 

Feeder  boards  shall  be  located  where  shown  on  plans,  each  to 
serve  lighting  feeders  running  up  the  adjacent  wire  shaft.  Positive 
and  negative  feeders  for  these  boards  shall  be  connected  to  main  bus 
cables  by  lead  covered  cable  in  the  same  manner  as  previously  de- 
scribed. They  are  to  be  connected  to  the  main  busses  at  the  nearest 
junction  boxes  in  floor.  A  similar  method  is  to  be  followed  in  the 
case  of  feeders  running  to  each  elevator  distributing  center  and  at  the 
sub-basement  distributing  center 

Each  neutral  leg  shall  have  a  carrying  capacity  of  not  less  than 
25  per  cent,  of  its  outer  legs.  All  of  the  neutral  legs  shall  be  brought  to 
a  common  neutral  bus  on  main  switchboard.  Balancer  leads  shall  be 
run  directly  to  the  switchboard. 

Where  necessary  to  place  fuses  in  engine  room  floor  junction 
boxes,  they  shall  be  so  enclosed  that  the  blowing  of  one  fuse  or  set  of 
fuses  will  in  no  way  affect  the  operation  of  other  feeders.  Neutral 
feeder  connections  shall  not  be  fused. 

In  making  connections  between  lead-covered  cables  and  lugs,  tap- 
ing and  cable  insulation  shall  be  kept  back  \  inch  from  lugs. 

Switchboards : 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install,  where  shown  on  plans,  a 
main  switchboard  of  polished  pink  Tennessee  marble  not  less  than  2 
inches  thick  and  free  from  faults.  Panels  shall  stand  approximately 
ninety  (90)  inches  high  and  no  panel  shall  be  wider  than  thirty  (30) 
inches.  Board  shall  be  located  where  shown  on  plans,  not  less  than  six 
feet  from  wall  in  rear,  and  extend  down  to  the  floor  line  resting  on  a 
6  inch,  8  pound  channel  iron  base,  securely  grouted  in  place  with  best 
quality  cement,  and  shall  be  properly  secured  to  a  self-supporting 
frame  of  2  inch  by  3  inch  japanned  angle  iron  with  copper-plated  bolts 
and  countersunk  washers,  or  acorn  nuts.  Frame  shall  have  corners 
properly  braced  with  gusset  plates.  The  space  between  the  ends  of  the 
board  and  the  wall  shall  be  closed  by  an  electro-bronze  basket  work 


249 

grill  of  flat  ribbon  wire  not  less  than  f  inch  by  3/32  inch  crtfss  section 
and  not  more  than  1  inch  mesh.  In  this  grill  shall  be  a  door  not  less 
than  two  feet  by  six  feet,  six  inches,  fitted  with  Yale  lock  and  three 
keys. 

On  this  main  switchboard  shall  be  provided  all  the  required  in- 
struments, switches  and  appliances  for  the  control  of  the  main  gen- 
erators, balancers  and  low  tension  sets. 

Each  of  the  six  generator  panels  shall  be  equipped  with  an  am- 
meter of  full  scale  reading  equal  to  200  per  cent,  of  normal  full  load 
rating  of  its  generator;  a  watthour  meter  of  capacity  equalto  normal 
full  load  rating  of  its  generator;  a  flush  mounting  bullseye  pilot  lamp 
socket  to  receive  standard  16  c.  p.  carbon  filament  lamp;  controlling 
switch  for  motor-operated  rheostat;  controlling  switch  for  each  re- 
mote-control generator  circuit  breaker,  provided  with  red  and  green 
indicator  lamps  connected  so  as  to  show  whether  breaker  is  opened  or 
closed. 

For  each  balancer  set  there  shall  be  provided  a  panel  on  which  is 
to  be  mounted  a  rear-of -board  starting  rheostat  of  a  type  (details  to 
be  submitted  for  approval)  which  will  automatically  limit  acceleration 
current  to  not  more  than  25  per  cent,  more  than  normal;  one  center- 
zero  neutral  ammeter  of  capacity  equal  to  150  per  cent,  of  normal  bal- 
ancer rating;  necessary  single  and  double  pole  knife  switches  of  a 
capacity  equal  to  normal  neutral  rating  of  the  balancer  set;  one  or 
more  field  rheostats  (if  required  by  scheme  of  connections  adopted) ; 
series  relay  in  neutral,  connected  to  bell  and  annunciator  in  engineer's 
office,  to  ring  on  overload. 

There  shall  also  be  provided  on  main  board  a  10-inch  secondary 
clock  with  trim  to  match  meters,  clock  to  be  of  same  type  as  other  sec- 
ondary clocks ;  two  300-volt  voltmeters,  together  with  necessary  connec- 
tions and  approved  voltmeter  switches  or  plugging  scheme  to  read  the 
voltage  on  light  busses,  power  busses,  any  generator  independently, 
between  neutral  and  either  positive  or  negative  leads  to  either  com- 
pensator set,  and  voltage  to  ground  on  positive  and  negative  light  and 
power  busses. 

There  shall  be  provided  a  low-tension  panel  for  each  small  motor- 
generator  set  on  which  shall  be  mounted  a  rear-of-board  starting  rheo- 
stat ;  a  D.  P.  S.  T.  fused  main  motor  switch ;  an  ammeter  for  generator 


250 

of  capacity  equal  to  150  per  cent,  of  rated  capacity  of  same;  switch- 
board mounting  field  rheostat ;  main  fused  generator  switch.  For  both 
panels  and  mounted  on  one,  shall  be  a  30-volt  voltmeter,  connected  with 
voltmeter  plug  and  receptacle  on  each  low-tension  panel. 

On  one  of  the  low  tension  panels  shall  be  provided  battery  charg- 
ing equipment  as  follows :  D.  P.  S.  T.  main  switch ;  rear-of -board  type 
charging  rheostat;  overload  and  reverse  current  single  pole  circuit 
breaker;  center-zero  ammeter  with  full  scale  reading  in  each  direction 
equal  to  125  per  cent,  of  normal  charging  rate;  3-volt  voltmeter,  with 
switch  to  connect  same  to  any  cell  of  battery ;  receptacle  to  connect  30- 
volt  voltmeter  mentioned  above  across  entire  battery ;  D.  P.  S.  T.  fused 
discharge  switch.  Reverse  current  relay  on  circuit  breaker  shall  be 
so  arranged  that  it  may  be  readily  cut  out,  if  desired.  Fuse  connec- 
tion for  switchboard  lights  shall  also  be  provided. 

At  each  main  generator  shall  be  located  where  approved  by  the 
Architect  a  3-inch  pink  Tennessee  marble  panel  on  angle  iron  frame- 
work on  which  shall  be  mounted  two  double-pole,  two-coil,  overload 
and  reverse  current  release,  rigid  arm,  remote  controlled,  solenoid 
operated  circuit-breaker  of  a  capacity  equal  to  150  per  cent,  of  normal 
rating  of  its  generator  and  equipped  with  five-second  definite  time  limit 
tripping  mechanism.  One  is  connected  to  light  bus  and  other  to  power 
bus.  Emergency  means  shall  be  provided  for  hand  operation.  Breaker 
shall  be  so  connected  to  generator  that  all  current  generated  by  the 
machine  shall  pass  through  it.  Contacts  shall  be  provided  for  opening 
the  equalizer  connection  when  the  breaker  trips.  Grill  shall  be  pro- 
vided entirely  to  protect  copper  work  on  back  of  panels. 

At  locations  shown  on  plans,  four  feeder  boards  shall  be  located, 
one  for  the  lighting  feeders  up  each  wire  shaft.  They  shall  be  of  the 
same  form  of  construction  and  material  as  specified  for  main  control 
board  and  be  provided  with  a  3  P.  S.  T.  knife  switch  for  each  feeder 
fed  from  them.  Each  circuit  shall  have  removable  links  in  the  bus  bar 
construction  so  that  shunts  for  portable  meters  may  be  inserted  in 
positive,  negative  and  neutral  leads.  Grill  work  and  doors,  as  pre- 
viously described  shall  be  placed  at  the  sides  or  rear  of  each  board. 

All  distributing  centers  shall  be  built  up  on  oil  finished  Monson, 
Maine,  slate,  \\  inch  thick,  mounted  upon  a  japanned  angle  iron  frame 
of  similar  construction  as  specified  for  main  switchboard. 


251 

All  switches,  bus  bars  and  connections  shall  be  of  a  capacity  and 
construction  as  specified  for  similar  work  on  switchboard.  Each  dis- 
tributing center  controlling  more  than  two  (2)  motors  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  unfused  main  switch  of  the  total  capacity  of  the  power  fed 
from  its  respective  center.  Each  motor  circuit,  except  for  the  elevator 
motors,  shall  be  provided  with  a  switch  and  link  fuses  mounted  on  face 
of  board  and  all  enclosed  in  a  sheet  metal  cabinet  with  doors,  hinges 
and  nickel-plated  vault  handles,  similar  to  those  specified  under 
"Cutout  Cabinets."  The  whole  shall  be  carefully  secured  in  place  on 
a  japanned  angle  iron  frame.  Each  switch  shall  be  provided  with  neat 
fibre  name  plate. 

In  place  of  switch  and  fuses,  each  elevator  motor  circuit  shall  be 
provided  with  one  overload  release,  double  pole,  double  arm,  with  in- 
dependently operating  arms,  laminated  contact,  pressure  carbon  break 
circuit  breaker.  Normal  capacity  of  circuit  breaker  to  be  150  amperes 
with  tripping  range  of  110  to  300  amperes. 

All  bus-bar  work  shall  be  on  rear  of  panel. 

Sub-sub-basement  motors  shall  be  fed  from  sub-basement  center. 
A  600-ampere,  240-volt  watthour  meter  shall  be  furnished  and  in- 
stalled on  each  elevator  distributing  center,  a  700-ampere  meter  on 
sub-basement  distributing  center,  a  350-ampere  meter  on  pent  house 
distributing  center  No.  2  and  a  40-ampere  meter  on  laundry  power 
panel. 

All  circuits,  switches  and  instruments  shall  be  marked  with  neat 
copper  name  plates  of  approved  design.  List  of  names  for  circuits 
and  switches  will  be  furnished  by  the  Architect. 

The  main  switchboard  shall  be  equipped  with  continuous  J-M  Lino- 
lite,  mounted  m  special  switchboard  reflector,  run  the  full  length  of  the 
board.  The  outside  of  the  reflector  trough  shall  be  finished  to  match 
the  equipment  on  the  board,  as  approved  by  the  Architect.  The  re- 
flector shall  be  complete  with  tungsten  Linolite  lamps.  An  approved 
rotary  snap  switch  shall  be  placed  at  the  rear  of  the  board,  near  the 
access  door,  and  connected  so  as  to  control  the  lighting  in  this  reflector. 
Linolite,  switch  indicator  and  other  lamps  essential  to  the  operation 
of  the  switchboard  shall  be  connected  to  the  24-volt  battery  circuit. 

There  shall  be  furnished  and  installed  on  pink  Tennessee  marble 
panel,  where  approved,  in  Chief  Engineer 's  office,  the  following  graphic 
recording  meters : 


252 

Oile  voltmeter,  scaled  180-280. 

Three  ammeters,  scaled  0-3500,  one  connected  to  each  600  K.  W. 
generator. 

Two  ammeters,  scaled  0-1800,  connected  to  300  K.  W.  Generators. 
One  ammeter,  scaled  0-1200,  connected  to  200  K.  W.  generator. 

The  graphic  meters  shall  be  of  a  type  having  a  uniformly  divided 
scale  and  a  pen  motion  perpendicular  to  the  direction  of  paper  travel. 
In  addition  to  the  scale  marking  on  the  paper,  meters  shall  be  provided 
with  a  fixed  scale  and  pointer  on  the  pen  arm.  The  action  shall  be 
dead  beat  and  accurate  within  1  per  cent,  of  full  scale  reading.  Paper 
shall  be  fed  at  2  inches  per  hour.  Extra  paper  shall  be  furnished  for 
six  months'  operation. 

It  is  to  be  understood  that  graphic  meters  are  to  be  manufactured 
by  Westinghouse  Electric  &  Manufacturing  Co.,  General  Electric  Co., 
Esterline  Co.,  or  equal,  as  approved  by  the  Architect. 

The  switchboards  shall  be  built  up  at  the  factory  complete,  and 
when  approved  by  the  Architect  shall  be  taken  to  the  building  and  set 
up.  Final  approval  will  be  given  after  the  boards  are  installed  and 
in  successful  operation. 

Attendant: 

A  competent  attendant  must  be  furnished  by  the  switchboard 
builder  to  take  charge  of  the  switchboard  until  the  plant  is  in  running 
order  and  ready  to  be  turned  over  to  the  owner.  He  shall  remain  in 
charge  and  be  responsible  for  the  switchboard  equipment  until  same 
has  been  accepted.  He  must  be  qualified  and  be  required  to  give  to 
the  Chief  Engineer  all  necessary  and  proper  directions  regarding  the 
operation  of  the  switchboard  and  other  apparatus  furnished  by  his 
company. 

Erection: 

Before  each  switchboard  has  been  unboxed  after  delivery,  the  Con- 
tractor shall  construct  around  its  location  a  substantial  partition  of 
rough  planks  and  joists  at  least  as  high  as  the  board  and  provided 
with  strong  door  with  padlock.  This  space  should  be  sufficiently  large 
to  give  ample  working  space  around  the  switchboard.  Suitable  cover- 
ing shall  be  arranged  over  this  enclosure  to  protect  the  board  from 
dirt  and  other  objects  which  may  be  dropped  in.    This  enclosure  shall 


253 

be  maintained  until  all  construction  work  has  been  completed  in  the 
engine  room  and  there  is  no  further  risk  of  damage  to  the  switchboard. 

Instruments : 

All  instruments  mounted  on  the  front  of  the  board  shall  have 
metal  parts  finished  with  brushed  copper  finish.  Ammeters  and  volt- 
meters shall  be  7-inch,  round  pattern,  glass  face,  uniform  scale  type. 
Wattmeters  shall  be  of  the  shunt  type  (with  separate  shunts),  with 
glass  cases,  three-wire  (or  two  two-wire)  for  light;  two-wire  for  power. 
All  wattmeters  shall  have  test  links  and  fuses. 

After  board  is  installed,  all  instruments  shall  be  installed  and  cali- 
brated. 

Instruments  shall  be  manufactured  by  one  of  the  following  makers : 
Westinghouse  Electric  &  Manufacturing  Co.,  General  Electric  Co., 
"Weston  Electrical  Instrument  Co.,  Keystone  Electrical  Instrument  Co., 
or  other  approved  by  the  Architect. 

Circuit  Breakers: 

Circuit  breakers  shall  be  of  the  laminated  contact,  pressure  carbon 
break  type.  Current  density  and  brush  pressure  shall  be  such  as  to 
warrant  the  breakers  to  operate  at  their  full  rated  capacity  by  con- 
tinuously with  temperature  rise  in  any  part  not  exceeding  20°  C.  above 
the  surrounding  air.  They  shall  be  manufactured  by  General  Electric 
Co.,  Westinghouse  Elec.  &  Mfg.  Co.  or  Cutter  Co. 

Bus-Bars  and  Connections: 

All  bus-bars  and  connections  shall  be  made  from  the  best  quality 
of  hard  drawn  Lake  Superior  copper  of  98%  conductivity,  mounted 
on  rear  of  board.  All  bars  and  connections  shall  be  built  up  of  ^-inch 
laminations  separated  by  copper  ventilating  spacers  and  the  current 
density  shall  not  exceed  800  amperes  per  square  inch  of  cross  section 
of  conductor,  nor  100  amperes  per  square  inch  of  clamped  contact 
surface  for  the  full  connected  load. 

All  connecting  surfaces  and  contacts  shall  be  perfectly  tight  over 
entire  connection,  and  shall  be  machined  down  to  an  absolutely  true 
surface;  all  contact  surfaces  shall  be  carefully  cleaned.  All  switch 
studs  and  fuse  studs  shall  be  long  enough  so  that  bus-bars  run  ver- 
tically. 


254 

Provide  brackets  secured  to  angle  iron  frame,  and  insulated  with 
black  fiber  or  slate  slabs  where  bus-bars  rest  in  such  a  manner  that  no 
portion  of  the  weight  of  bus-bars  comes  on  switch  or  fuse  studs;  size 
of  bars  shall  be  shown  on  wiring  diagram  of  board. 

Vertical  bus  bar  work  for  mains  and  feeders  shall  be  carried  to  the 
bottom  and  top  of  board  and  so  arranged  that  no  cable  work  need  be 
brought  back  of  panels. 

Switches  on  Board  and  Distributing  Centers: 

All  switches  shall  be  made  from  the  very  best  quality  of  cold  rolled 
and  hard  drawn  Lake  Superior  copper.  All  jaws,  clips  and  blades 
shall  be  of  sawed  copper  and  must  be  in  perfect  alignment.  All  parts 
shall  be  machined,  no  cast  parts  to  be  used.  All  jaws,  clips  and  studs 
shall  be  securely  pinned  aiid  sweated  into  the  base  blocks.  Switches 
with  offset  lugs  will  not  be  approved. 

All  switches  shall  have  draw-file  finish. 

All  switches  shall  be  "ground  in"  with  pumice  stone  and  oil  to 
insure  good  contact. 

No  switch  on  board  or  distributing  center  shall  be  of  a  smaller 
capacity  than  one  hundred  (100)  amperes. 

Sample  switch  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Architect  for  approval. 

Carrying  capacity  of  switches  shall  be  based  on  800  amperes  per 
spare  inch  of  cross  section  of  conductor  throughout,  and  fifty  (50) 
amperes  per  square  inch  of  sliding  contact.  Clamping  nuts  on  switch 
studs  shall  lie  of  copper  of  98  per  cent  conductivity. 

Fnses: 

Each  switch  on  switchboards,  unless  otherwise  specified,  shall  be 
provided  with  fuses  on  separate  marble  fuse  panels  extending  across 
the  main  panel  and  supported  on  angle  iron  frame  on  the  rear  of  the 
board. 

All  fuses  throughout  the  building,  unless  specifically  stated  to  the 
contrary,  up  to  and  including  30  amperes  capacity,  shall  be  of  the 
cartridge  type  provided  with  approved  terminals  and  indicators.  Fuses 
of  over  30  ampere  capacity  shall  be  of  the  open  link  type.  Type,  make 
and  sizes  of  fuses  must  be  approved  by  the  Architect.  Suitable  hori- 
zontal barriers  shall  be  provided  to  prevent  vapors  from  any  blowing 
fuses  reaching  other  fuses  above. 


255 

Wire  Shafts: 

There  will  be  provided  throughout  the  building  wire  shafts  at  loca- 
tions shown  on  plans  in  which  the  vertical  mains  and  feeders  supplying 
the  various  distributing  centers  and  cut-out  cabinets  shall  be  run.  All 
mains  and  feeders  shall  be  run  in  conduits  from  the  switchboard  to  all 
the  outlets. 

All  cables  must  be  securely  anchored  with  cable  supports  enclosed 
in  sheet  steel  boxes  at  intervals  of  three  or  four  floors  as  required  by 
the  rules  of  the  National  Board  of  Underwriters,  and  as  directed  by 
the  Architect.  These  cable  supports  shall  be  of  a  make  satisfactory  to 
the  Architect. 

All  supports  not  shown  on  Structural  Steel  diagrams  in  these  wire 
shafts  shall  be  provided  by  the  Contractor.  No  wood  construction  will 
be  permitted.  Detail  drawings  of  this  construction  shall  be  submitted 
to  the  Architect  for  approval. 

Cutout  Cabinets: 

There  shall  be  a  cut-out  cabinet  in  each  shaft  on  every  floor  where 
wire  shaft  opens,  and  additional  cabinets  as  shown  on  plans,  or  as  re- 
quired, of  sufficient  size  to  contain  all  cut-outs  feeding  the  circuits  on 
their  respective  floors  and  as  otherwise  specified. 

These  cabinets  shall  be  made  of  No.  10  U.  S.  gauge  sheet  steel, 
provided  with  suitable  braces  and  having  side,  top  and  bottom  wiring 
compartments  not  less  than  six  inches  wide.  The  slate  shall  be  rubbed 
down  with  boiled  linseed  oil,  giving  a  fine  dull  jet  black  surface  free 
from  blemishes.  Slate  for  panel  shall  be  1  inch  thick.  Double  panels 
shall  be  provided  with  a  removable  strip  in  the  center,  separating  the 
two  sections. 

This  box  shall  be  fitted  with  doors  of  heavy  iron,  complete  with 
nickel-plated  vault  handle  and  piston  bolts,  and  extending  full  height 
of  panel.  Doors  shall  be  fitted  with  approved  Yale  cylinder  locks  and 
keys;  all  locks  keyed  alike. 

Cut-outs  shall  be  of  the  panel  board  type,  connections  being  made 
through  machine  copper  strips;  all  strips  for  circuits  shall  be  continu- 
ous from  one  side  to  the  other. 

All  cut-out  cabinets  in  the  building  shall  each  be  provided  with  an 
even  number  of  circuits;  each  cabinet  with  not  less  than  six  extra 


256 

circuits  over  and  above  those  required  by  lights  shown  on  plans  or 
called  for  in  specifications. 

All  panels  in  building  shall  be  of  the  same  make.  The  main  bus- 
bars and  branch  copper  bars  shall  be  in  no  case  less  than  I  inch  by  \ 
inch,  and  shall  be  figured  on  a  basis  of  800  amperes  per  square  inch  of 
cross-sectional  area  and  12  amperes  at  120  volts  per  branch  circuit, 
counting  the  total  number  of  branches  on  the  panels,  including  spares. 

Double  panels  must  be  used  where  the  top  of  the  cabinet  would 
otherwise  be  over  7  feet  from  floor  when  installed. 

Only  rolled  or  drawn  copper  shall  be  used,  copper  castings  will 
not  be  permitted  in  the  construction. 

Each  branch  circuit  shall  be  plainly  numbered  or  suitably  lettered 
as  approved  by  the  Architect.  For  each  panel  board  there  shall  be 
provided  a  heavy  polished  glass  and  neat  frame  for  holding  same  in 
which  shall  be  placed  a  suitable  typewritten  directory  and  plan  indicat- 
ing the  location  of  lights  fed  over  each  circuit.  All  metal  parts  shall 
be  well  polished  and  lacquered. 

A  Hubbell  flush  wall  receptacle  shall  be  set  into  the  face  of  each 
panel  for  use  in  connection  with  Inspector's  extension  cord.  Circuit 
fuses  shall  be  of  the  cartridge  type. 

Before  beginning  the  manufacture  of  any  of  these  cabinets  or  cut- 
outs, this  Contractor  shall  first  submit  to  the  Architect,  for  his  ap- 
proval, sample  of  switch  and  fuse  terminals,  together  with  all  draw- 
ings or  details  that  may  be  required. 

Conduits : 

All  wires  shall  be  run  in  conduits,  which  shall  be  of  mild  steel 
tube,  sherardized  or  galvanized,  especially  selected  with  reference  to 
uniformity  of  thickness  and  freedom  from  defects.  Conduit  shall  be 
delivered  at  the  building  in  not  less  than  ten-foot  lengths.  The  Con- 
tractor shall  furnish  samples  of  conduit  to  be  used  before  ordering. 
The  decision  as  to  the  quality  of  conduit  furnished  and  the  acceptance 
of  same,  or  the  approval  of  any  standard  make,  shall  be  made  by  the 
Architect. 

Joints  shall  be  made  tight  with  standard  galvanized  couplings  and 
corners  turned  with  elbows  or  long  radius  bend  in  pipe. 

The  ends  of  all  conduits  or  elbows  shall  be  cut  square  and  reamed, 


257 

and  all  joints  shall  be  brought  to  a  shoulder.    All  conduits  shall  be 
put  up  first  and  wires  pulled  through  after  plaster  is  on. 

All  conduits  and  fittings  shall  be  earfully  examined  before  being 
installed  and  all  blistered  and  defective  pieces  shall  be  rejected. 

All  conduits  shall  be  concealed  unless  specified  to  the  contrary,  or 
otherwise  shown  on  drawings. 

All  conduits  installed  underground  or  in  floors  under  which  there 
is  no  excavation  shall  be  put  together  with  joints  made  up  with  white 
lead  and  tested  as  directed  by  the  Architect,  to  show  that  they  are 
airtight. 

Special  care  must  be  taken  to  run  conduits  from  switchboard  to 
ceiling  along  plumb-lines. 

Outlet  Boxes: 

At  each  outlet  an  approved  galvanized  or  sherardized  pressed 
steel  outlet  box  of  the  knockout  type,  of  not  less  than  No.  12  B.  &  S. 
gauge,  shall  be  placed  and  securely  fastened.  Each  box  shall  have 
threaded  stud  in  the  bottom  to  act  as  a  fixture  fastener.  The  conduits 
shall  be  fastened  to  these  boxes  with  lock  nuts  and  bushings,  and  all 
unused  outlets  or  holes  must  be  left  sealed.  There  must  be  sufficient 
room  for  insulating  joints,  wires  and  bushings,  and  deep  boxes  must 
be  installed  where  required  by  the  type  of  fixture  called  for  by  the 
plans. 

All  ceiling  outlet  boxes  shall  have  a  support  independent  of  the 
conduits  to  same,  this  support  to  consist  of  pipe  nipple  fastened  to  the 
outlet  boxes  with  lock  nut  and  bushing  and  extending  through  the  floor 
above  with  a  "T"  and  cross-bar  transmitting  the  weight  to  the  floor 
arching. 

Boxes  where  gas  outlets  are  shown  shall  be  provided  with  a  hole 
to  allow  for  the  reception  of  gas  piping.  All  wall  switches  shall  be 
provided  with  similar  boxes.  Care  must  be  taken  in  placing  these 
boxes  so  that  fixtures  will  stand  at  right  angles  to  the  wall  and  hang 
plumb. 

Such  boxes  as  are  set  in  concrete  slab  shall  be  fitted  with  exten- 
sions to  increase  the  depth  of  the  box,  so  as  to  allow  conduit  to  enter 
the  side  of  the  upper  section,  the  object  being  to  avoid  pockets  in  the 
conduit  in  which  moisture  may  collect. 


258 

Floor  Outlet  Boxes: 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install  water-tight  floor  boxes 
where  shown  on  plans  or  as  herein  specified.  Boxes  shall  be  of  cast 
iron,  not  less  than  £  inch  thick,  4$  inches  outside  diameter  and  3i  inches 
net  inside  opening.  All  joints  shall  be  made  with  white  lead.  Boxes 
shall  have  a  machine  finish  brass  top,  not  less  than  3/16  inch  thick, 
made  watertight  with  rubber  gaskets  and  provided  with  leveling  ad- 
justment. Cover  plates  shall  be  set  in  a  brass  edge  frame  and  floor 
boxes  shall  be  set  flush  in  floor  in  a  neat  and  finished  manner.  Floor 
outlets  for  electric  light  shall  be  provided  with  plug  and  receptacle 
and  bell  nozzle. 

All  floor  boxes  shall  be  of  a  make  approved  by  the  Architect. 

Floor  outlets  for  telephones  and  other  low  tension  service  shall  be 
provided  with  special  elbow  outlets  as  detailed  in  drawings. 

Switches: 

Ceiling  and  wall  outlets  shall  be  controlled  by  wall  switches  as 
herein  specified.  All  wall  switches,  except  as  otherwise  specified,  shall 
be  of  "the  flush  push  ten  (10)  ampere  type,  with  face  plate  to  match 
the  hardware  in  the  various  rooms  in  which  they  are  located,  and  of 
a  make  approved  by  the  Architect.  Switches  shall  be  placed  in 
gang  boxes  where  directed.  Single  pole  switches  shall  not  be  used  to 
control  circuits  which  supply  more  than  330  watts.  All  switches  located 
in  places  accessible  to  the  public  must  be  of  flush  lock  push  type. 
Switches  on  columns  shall  be  so  placed  as  not  to  interfere  with  future 
partitions  on  column  center  or  be  separated  from  the  lights  which  they 
control. 

"Wire: 

No  wire  smaller  than  No.  14  B.  &  S.  gauge  shall  be  used  for  light 
and  power  circuits  and  all  wires  larger  than  No.  10  B.  &  S.  gauge  must 
be  stranded. 

"Wire  shall  be  rubber  covered,  double  braided,  and  shall  conform 
strictly  to  all  the  requirements  of  the  latest  edition  of  the  Electric 
Code  of  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters,  and  the  four  chem- 
ical extractions  and  the  ash  test  specified  shall  show  not  less  than  20 
per  cent,  of  pure  rubber  gum.  This  Contractor  shall  submit  samples 
for  test  upon  request  of  the  Architect,  and  the  Architect  reserves  the 


259 

right  to  make  any  tests  on  samples  of  the  wire  delivered  at  the  build- 
ing. A  complete  coil  of  wire  is  to  be  loaned  for  the  insulation  resist- 
ance test.  All  tests  shall  be  made  by  a  responsible  and  experienced 
laboratory  engineer  selected  by  the  Architect,  and  shall  conform  in 
all  respects  to  the  Underwriters'  Laboratories  Specifications.  All  ex- 
pense incurred  in  making  these  tests  shall  be  borne  by  the  Contractor. 

All  wire  which  is  rejected  by  the  Architect,  on  account  of  tests 
made  during  construction,  shall  be  at  once  removed  from  the  work 
by  the  Contractor. 

For  all  cables  of  No.  6  B.  &  S.  gauge  and  larger  sizes,  double 
braided,  varnished  cambric  covered  cable  may  be  used,  in  place  of  the 
rubber  covered  wire  herein  specified,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the 
local  inspection  departments.  This  varnished  cambric  cable  shall  be 
of  the  General  Electric  Company's  standard  make,  or  equal  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Architect,  and  thickness  of  insulation  shall  not  be  less 
than  called  for  in  General  Electric  Company's  bulletin  No.  4787,  for 
working  pressure  of  1,000  volts.  Carrying  capacities  shall  be  figured 
on  the  same  basis  os  rubber  covered  wire.  Ends  are  to  be  sealed  with 
"PB."  or  other  approved  waterproofing  compound  before  being 
taped. 

All  cables  and  wires  installed  underground  or  in  floors  under  which 
there  is  no  excavation  shall  be  lead  covered. 

The  decision  as  to  the  quality  of  wire  furnished  and  the  accept- 
ance of  same,  or  the  approval  of  any  standard  make  of  wire,  shall  be 
made  by  the  Architect. 

Fixtures : 

At  all  typical  ceiling  outlets  the  Contractor  shall  leave  wire  ter- 
minal extending  not  less  than  eight  inches  below  the  plaster  so  that 
wires  may  be  run  directly  into  socket  without  splice. 

Lamps : 

All  lamps  will  be  furnished  and  installed  by  the  Owner. 

Engine  Room  Lights: 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install  at  each  400-watt  outlet  in 
engine  and  boiler  rooms  an  Adams-Bagnall  G-63  pdfcelain  enamel 
steel  reflector,  with  stem,  canopy  and  insulating  joint  complete,  or 


260  ! 

equal  in  the  opinion  of  the  Architect.    Stem  to  be  of  a  length  approved 
by  the  Architect. 

Drop  Cords: 

All  outlets  where  drop  cords  are  called  for,  as  shown  on  plans  and 
as  otherwise  specified,  shall  be  provided  by  the  Contractor  with  a  drop 
cord  of  sufficient  length  to  bring  socket  within  six  (6)  feet  of  the  floor, 
complete  with  Edison  key  socket  (General  Electric,  Perkins,  Pass  & 
Seymour  or  Hubbell),  rosette  and  cord  adjuster.  Cord  shall  be  extra 
heavy  braided. 

Receptacles  and  Plugs: 

For  each  baseboard  and  wall  outlet  other  than  bracket  and  switch 
outlets,  the  Contractor  sball  furnish  and  install,  unless  otherwise 
specified,  flush  receptacles  and  plugs  complete  with  face  plate  finished 
to  match  the  hardware  of  the  various  rooms  in  which  they  are  located. 
Receptacles  and  plugs  sball  be  of  a  make  and  type  approved  by  the 
Arcbitect.  All  plug  and  receptacle  outlets,  except  for  show  windows, 
shall  be  located  just  above  the  baseboard.  Window  outlets  shall  be 
located  near  the  tops  of  show  windows. 

The  Contractor  shall  locate  outlet  so  there  will  be  no  interference 
with  pipe  work,  outlets  being  readily  accessible.  Receptacles  in  col- 
umn faces  sball  be  placed  at  one  side,  so  as  not  to  interfere  with  future 
partitions,  which  will  be  run  on  column  centers. 

Air  Washer  Lights: 

There  shall  be  provided  a  drop  cord  at  one  side  of  each  air  washer, 
so  placed  that  the  light  from  same  will  be  thrown  through  the  window 
into  the  spray  chamber. 

Elevator  Lights: 

Run  the  necessary  120-volt  lighting  circuits  to  the  top  of  travel 
of  each  bank  of  elevators,  as  approved  by  the  Architect,  to  provide 
four  lights  capacity  per  car  for  the  up  and  down  elevator  signal  lamps 
on  the  various  floors;  also  to  provide  current  for  a  1  H.  P.  elevator 
signal  light  motor  generator  for  each  bank  of  elevators. 

Telephone  and  Telegraph  Conduits: 

Furnish  and  install  a  complete  system  of  telephone  and  telegraph 
conduits  as  hereinafter  specified,  and  provide  a  continuous  race-way 


261 

from  service  entrance  to  outlets  provided  in  every  room  in  the  build- 
ing for  use  of  the  telephone,  telegraph  and  signal  service  wires.  In- 
cluded in  the  drawings  is  a  plan  of  the  basement  showing  location  of 
service  rooms  for  telephone,  telegraph,  etc.,  distributing  frames  and 
boxes.  Also,  the  conduit  runs  from  this  room  to  each  wire  shaft  and 
the  local  distributing  points. 

These  services  will  enter  the  building  on  the  Cedar  street  side 
approximately  125  feet  east  of  the  Broadway  building  line.  There 
shall  be  provided  two  sets  of  3"  conduits,  twelve  per  set,  extending  8" 
beyond  the  Cedar  street  curb  wall  and  2'  6"  below  the  street  level. 
Each  of  these  sets  of  conduits  shall  be  arranged  in  two  tiers  of  six 
each.  Particular  care  must  be  taken  in  installing  these  conduits  that 
the  run  from  the  curb  wall  to  the  north  partitions  of  service  rooms 
shall  be  as  nearly  straight  as  possible.  There  shall  also  be  provided 
through  the  Pine  street  curb  wall  a  sleeve  of  3-inch  inside  diameter  to 
provide  entrance  of  future  cables  at  each  of  the  following  points:  85 
feet  and  179  feet  east  of  east  curb  line  on  Broadway. 

Wire  shafts  will  be  provided  where  shown  on  plans,  same  to  ex- 
tend from  basement  ceiling  through  the  thirty-sixth  floor.  From  the 
telephone  service  room  to  a  pull  box  located  at  the  foot  of  each  shaft 
shall  be  run  three  3"  conduits  for  the  use  of  the  New  York  Telephone 
Company  and  the  same  number  from  the  telegraph  and  signal  room 
to  each  shaft,  for  the  use  of  other  service  companies. 

No  bends  of  radius  smaller  than  36"  shall  be  used  in  these  con- 
duits. All  necessary  pull  boxes,  of  sizes  and  shapes  to  meet  the  re- 
quirements of  the  telephone,  telegraph  and  signal  companies,  shall  be 
furnished  and  installed  by  the  Contractor.  These  boxes  shall  be  not 
less  than  12"  deep  and  placed  so  that  their  lower  faces  are  flush  with 
the  suspended  ceiling.  At  each  offset  in  each  low  tension  wire  shaft, 
provide  six  3"  conduits  running  from  the  ceiling  of  one  closet  through 
the  floor  of  the  closet  above,  in  the  corresponding  location. 

Referring  to  typical  plan  showing  telephone  conduit  arrangement 
on  floors  from  second  to  thirty-sixth,  inclusive,  there  shall  be  run  from 
each  low  tension  closet  to  each  of  five  exterior  columns  as  shown  a  \\" 
telephone  conduit  to  provide  access  to  distributing  box  and  a  1"  con- 
duit for  miscellaneous  low  tension  wires,  the  latter  terminating  in  No. 
14  sheet  steel  box  3  inches  high,  3  inches  wide  and  2  inches  deep,  so 
placed  as  to  provide  ready  access  to  wire  mould.    Both  of  these  outlets 


262 

shall  be  placed  as  close  as  possible  to  the  side  of  the  pier  to  avoid 
future  partition.  From  the  bottom  of  the  telephone  distributing  box 
and  the  above-mentioned  outlet  box,  run  f"  conduits  down  the  column 
and  terminate  in  standard  receptacle  outlet  box  fitted  with  metal  plate 
(finished  to  match  other  hardware  in  the  room)  with  bushed  opening 
in  center  for  wires.  This  box  is  to  be  placed  immediately  above  the 
base.  From  the  bottom  of  it  run  a  §"  conduit  down  to  floor,  bend  at 
right  angles  to  face  of  column  and  extend  four  or  five  inches  in  floor 
fill  and  cap,  so  that  conduit  will  be  concealed  under  finished  floor  and 
ready  for  future  extension. 

Interior  columns,  where  shown,  shall  each  be  provided  with  a  re- 
ceptacle outlet  box  with  cover  (as  described  above  and  similarly 
located)  for  telephone  wires  and  one  for  other  low  tension  wires,  placed 
on  opposite  sides  of  the  same  face  of  the  column.  Similarly  located 
boxes  on  adjacent  columns  shall  be  interconnected  by  two  runs  of  §" 
conduit,  as  shown,  and  each  series  connected  to  low  tension  closet  by 
%"  conduits,  as  shown  on  diagram.  Care  is  to  be  taken  to  place  outlet 
boxes  far  enough  from  center  of  column  face  to  avoid  possible  parti- 
tions. 

Where  low  tension  floor  outlets  are  shown  on  plans,  conduit  from 
nearest  outlet  box  shall  terminate  in  special  floor  elbow  shown  on  plans. 

The  telephone  company  will  furnish  and  install  their  distributing 
boxes,  but  the  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install  No.  12  gauge  sheet 
steel  boxes  set  flush  into  columns  where  shown,  and  of  such  size  as  to 
accommodate  the  telephone  company's  equipment. 

Separate  scale  drawings  shall  be  prepared  showing  the  telephone 
and  telegraph  conduit  work,  locations  of  distributing  and  outlet  boxes, 
etc.,  for  each  floor  from  basement  to  thirty-seventh,  where  any  varia- 
tions occur ;  that  is,  conduit  plans  need  not  be  submitted  for  more  than 
one  floor  where  such  floors  are  exact  duplicates  as  regards  corridors, 
etc.  The  typical  conduit  layout  shown  in  the  drawings  is  intended  as  a 
general  guide  to  the  Contractor  in  laying  out  this  work  and  is  subject 
to  modification  where  required  by  changes  in  the  architectural  features. 

The  Contractor  shall  submit  his  telephone  and  telegraph  conduit 
plans  to  the  various  companies  interested  and  shall  obtain  their  writ- 
ten approval  of  the  layout  before  beginning  this  part  of  the  work. 

The  Contractor  shall  also  furnish  and  install  from  the  second  to 


263 

the  thirty-sixth  floors,  inclusive,  in  each  bay  a  1"  (inside  dimensions) 
porcelain  tube  connecting  corridor  wire  mould  with  picture  mould  in 
office  or  undivided  rentable  area. 

Also  furnish  a  5"  conduit  connection  from  telephone  outlet  on  the 
outside  of  each  vault  running  to  nearest  telephone  distributing  box. 
At  the  vault  ends  of  these  conduits  near  the  doors,  outlet  boxes,  cover 
plates,  etc.,  shall  be  furnished  and  installed  in  accordance  with  the  New 
York  Telephone  Company's  specifications  for  portable  systems. 

All  free  ends  of  all  of  the  above  conduits  shall  terminate  in  bush- 
ings and  conduits  shall  be  fastened  to  outlet  boxes  with  lock  nuts  and 
bushings.  All  conduits  shall  be  reamed  at  both  ends  to  remove  all  burrs. 

Intercommunicating  Telephones: 

Furnish  and  install  complete  an  intercommunicating  telephone 
system  connecting  to  stations  hereinafter  specified  or  shown  on  the 
plans.  The  system  is  to  be  such  that  any  station  can  communicate  with 
any  other  station  by  use  of  a  private  exchange  and  operator,  located 
in  superintendent's  office,  and  it  shall  be  possible  for  as  many  separate 
conversations  to  take  place  at  the  same  time  as  there  are  pairs  of  in- 
struments in  the  system.  At  the  switchboard,  connection  shall  be  made 
to  a  New  York  Telephone  Company  line.  The  system  is  to  be  free 
from  inductive  disturbances  and  cross-talk,  and  is  to  be  operated  by 
two  separate  sets  of  dry  batteries,  one  for  the  ringing  circuit  and  the 
other  for  the  talking  circuit. 

Each  station  shall  be  provided  with  a  wall  mounting,  non-flush 
metal  telephone  set,  the  exact  locations  of  which  shall  be  subject  to 
approval  of  Architect.  The  design  and  workmanship  in  this  equip- 
ment shall  be  of  the  best.  All  circuit  contact  points  on  keys  and  switch- 
hooks  shall  be  of  platinum.  The  sets  shall  be  arranged  for  metallic 
circuit  wiring.  The  operation  of  the  sets  shall  be  such  that  a  connec- 
tion can  be  established  between  any  station  and  the  exchange  by  re- 
moving receiver  from  hook. 

All  wiring  between  stations  shall  be  run  in  standard  telephone 
cable  made  by  the  manufacturer  of  the  telephone  equipment  or  recom- 
mended and  guaranteed  by  him.  All  wires  shall  be  twisted  in  pairs, 
each  pair  being  distinguished  by  different  colored  insulations.  All 
cable  shall  be  run  in  conduit  except  where  use  is  made  of  regular  tele- 
phone wire  shaft.    When  the  wires  are  distributed  to  terminals  in  tele- 


264 

phone  sets  or  telephone  terminals  they  shall  be  neatly  formed  and  laced 
with  heavy  waxed  linen  twine  and  boiled  out  in  bees  wax.  No  acid 
shall  be  used  in  making  soldered  connections.  The  batteries  shall  be 
of  a  make  and  number  as  recommended  by  the  telephone  manufacturer, 
considering  the  length  of  runs  and  number  of  stations  in  the  system. 

Each  elevator  car  will  be  provided  with  a  telephone  instrument. 
It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Contractor  to  complete  the  necessary  con- 
nections from  these  car  telephones  to  the  starters'  stations,  and  ar- 
range the  latter  so  that  the  starter  may  connect  any  car  instrument  in 
that  bank  with  the  private  exchange. 

The  starters'  telephones  will  be  set  behind  ornamental  iron  doors 
provided  in  place  by  the  ornamental  iron  contractor. 

The  locations  of  telephone  stations  shall  be  as  follows: 

One  in  each  Elevator  Controller  Room; 

One  for  each  Elevator  Starter; 

One  in  Janitor's  Headquarters; 

One  in  Superintendent's  Office; 

One  in  Chief  Engineer's  Office; 

One  in  House  Mechanic's  Quarters; 

One  in  Machine  Room; 

One  in  Lounging  Room ; 

One  in  Porter's  Headquarters; 

One  in  Freight  Entrance ; 

One  on  each  floor  in  janitor's  closet,  from  basement  to  37th 
floor. 

In  connection  with  each  of  these  janitor's  closet  telephones,  there 
shall  be  provided  a  120-volt  flash  lamp  outlet  (located  in  corridor, 
where  approved  by  the  Architect),  connected  so  that  lamp  will  light 
when  corresponding  telephone  station  is  called,  and  remain  lighted 
until  call  is  answered,  regardless  of  whether  or  not  the  connection  is 
continued  at  the  switchboard.  Answering  call  shall  cause  flash  lamp  to 
be  extinguished. 

All  intercommunicating  telephone  equipment  shall  be  of  a  make 
and  type  approved  by  the  Architect. 


265 

Clamp  Socket: 

Furnish  and  install  a  porcelain  clamp  screw  socket  at  each  outlet 
where  called  for  on  drawings  or  otherwise  specified.  Sockets  and  cover 
shall  be  of  a  make  approved  by  the  Architect. 

Vault  Wiring: 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install  the  necessary  wiring  for 
lights  in  each  vault  as  follows: 

From  nearest  cut-out  cabinet  run  a  120-volt  sub-feeder  to  a  ^-inch 
sheet-steel  circuit  breaker  box  mounted  where  directed  adjacent  to 
vault  door.  This  box  and  its  contents  shall  be  furnished  and  installed 
by  the  Contractor.  Box  shall  be  of  an  ample  size  to  accommodate  cir- 
cuit breaker,  approximately  8^  inches  deep  by  10^  inches  wide  by  14 
inches  high.  Door  and  trim  will  be  furnished  in  place  by  the  Con- 
tractor. In  it  place  a  20  ampere  ITE  type  EL,  or  equal,  circuit  breaker, 
double  pole,  plain  overload,  front  connection,  with  special  handle  and 
slate  base,  as  shown  on  Cutter  Co.'s  drawing  No.  11954.  All  connec- 
tions on  back  of  circuit  breaker  shall  be  countersunk  and  filled  flush 
with  insulating  compound.  Drill  and  tap  back  of  box  for  four  No. 
14-20  standard  machine  screws  for  supporting  slate  panel  so  that  same 
will  be  removable  from  the  front.  Provide  rubber  washers  between 
slate  panel  and  back  of  box  to  prevent  cracking  of  slate.  Panel  shall 
be  mounted  with  one  inch  clearance  between  bottom  of  panel  and  bot- 
tom of  box. 

Extend  sub-feeder  from  circuit  breaker  to  receptacle  and  plug 
beside  vault  door,  furnishing  necessary  flexible  cable  to  connect  with 
wiring  inside  of  vault  in  a  manner  approved  by  the  Architect. 

All  wiring  within  vaults  will  be  furnished  and  installed  by  the 
Vault  Contractor. 

Burglar  Alarm  Conduits: 

Furnish  and  install  from  telephone  and  telegraph  room  a  f-inch 
conduit  to  an  outlet  box  near  each  door  of  each  vault  in  a  manner  ap- 
proved by  the  Architect.  This  conduit  is  to  be  used  for  installation 
of  burglar  protection  service  wires  to  be  installed  under  future  con- 
tract. 


266 

Motor  Generators: 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install  in  engine  room,  where 
shown  on  plans,  two  500-watt,  230-volt  primary,  30-volt  secondary 
motor  generators  (motor  and  generator  separate,  but  on  common  bed 
plate),  operating  at  speed  of  approximately  1,600  E.  P.  M.  These  shall 
be  set  on  foundations  similar  to  those  provided  for  the  balancer  sets. 
These  shall  be  of  a  make  approved  by  the  Architect  and  able  to  take 
one-minute  pack  loads  amounting  to  150%  of  normal  load  without  un- 
due heating  or  injurious  sparking.  They  shall  be  able  to  carry  normal 
load  continuously  with  temperature  rise  not  exceeding  40°  C.  above  sur- 
rounding air. 

Furnish  and  install  for  use  in  connection  with  them  an  Edison 
storage  battery  of  20  amperes  normal  (8-hour)  discharge  rate  at  24 
volts.  This  battery  is  to  be  so  connected  that  it  may  be  kept  floating 
on  the  24-volt  line  to  serve  as  a  reserve. 

Fire  Alarm  System: 

Furnish  and  install  a  6"  gong  of  approved  make  on  each  floor  from 
the  second  to  the  thirty-seventh,  inclusive,  on  the  north  corridor  wall 
near  the  ceiling  opposite  the  entrance  to  No.  6  bank  of  elevators ;  also 
one  gong  at  the  top  and  bottom  of  each  of  the  No.  6  bank  of  elevators 
(making  a  total  of  42  gongs).  The  system  shall  include  break-glass 
fire  alarms  located  one  on  each  floor  from  basement  to  thirty-seventh, 
inclusive,  at  the  south  corner  of  No.  6  bank  of  elevators.  An  annunci- 
ator which  will  indicate  location  of  alarm  box  which  has  been  rung 
shall  be  placed  in  the  engine  room  and  a  similar  annunciator  in  the  su- 
perintendent's office. 

There  shall  also  be  provided  all  necessary  conduits  for  a  combina- 
tion fire  alarm  and  watchman  service,  as  approved  by  the  Manhattan 
Fire  Alarm  Company,  locations  to  be  where  directed  later. 

Illuminated  Signs: 

Provide  outlets  and  wire  to  all  illuminated  signs  showing  room 
numbers  and  signs  for  directing  to  elevators.  There  will  be  provided 
an  illuminated  sign  at  each  floor  served  by  the  various  banks  of  ele- 
vators at  either  end  of  the  cross  halls  in  east  and  west  corridors  so 
that  it  can  be  read  in  the  corridors,  indicating  the  location  of  the  ele- 
vators to  be  used  by  tenants  on  various  floors.     Similar  sign  will  be 


267 

placed  at  the  end  of  the  north  and  south  halls  serving  the  auxiliary 
group. 

Similar  signs  will  be  placed  in  the  main  hall  indicating  the  number 
of  the  group  of  elevators.  Each  of  these  signs  shall  be  provided  with 
separate  lock  wall  switch  for  its  control. 

Mains  and  Feeders: 

The  Contractor  shall  run  three-wire  feeders  from  each  feeder 
board  up  their  respective  shafts  to  feed  all  tenant  lighting  in  the  build- 
ing, the  runs  of  feeders  to  be  as  follows :  Sub-basement  to  2d,  3d  to 
6th,  7th  to  11th,  12th  to  15th,  16th  to  19th,  20th  to  23d,  24th  to  26th, 
27th  to  29th,  30th  to  32d,  33d  to  34}th,  35th  to  37th. 

For  engine,  boiler,  pump  and  sub-basement  fan  room  lights  run  a 
separate  three-wire  feeder,  tapping  cut-out  cabinets  where  shown  on 
plans. 

Separate  three-wire  feeders  shall  be  run  for  each  of  the  following 
classes  of  service:  Night  lights  (marked  "N"  on  plans),  other  corri- 
dor and  hall  lights,  exit  and  stair  lights,  all  other  public  lights  (ele- 
vators, toilets,  janitors'  closets,  etc.). 

Four  No.  10  two-wire  30-volt  feeders  shall  be  run  up  the  four  low 
tension  wire  shafts,  and  be  provided  with  suitable  junction  boxes  on 
each  floor. 

One  set  of  two-wire  feeders  to  each  motor  shown  on  plans  or  here- 
in specified  and  not  provided  for  in  distributing  centers. 

One  set  of  two-wire  feeders  to  each  distributing  center  shown  on 
plans  or  herein  specified. 

In  addition,  run  one  set  of  two-wire  feeders  from  each  distribut- 
ing center  to  each  motor,  as  hereinafter  specified. 

The  Contractor  shall  do  all  wiring  and  make  all  connections  from 
distributing  switches  on  switchboard  or  distributing  centers  to  all  mo- 
tors and  controllers  shown  on  plans  or  hereinafter  specified. 

Also  install  and  connect  motors  and  controllers,  doing  all  wiring 
for  temporary  latrine  pumps  on  eighth,  sixteenth,  twenty-fourth  and 
thirty-second  floors  with  control  circuits  to  tanks,  all  as  directed  by 
the  Architect,  removing  same  when  directed  by  the  Architect.  Motor 
will  be  of  approximately  10  H.  P.  capacity. 


268 

Sub-Sub-Bas  enie  n  t : 

Machine  shop  (feed  from  sub-basement  center)  .20  H.  P.  Total 

Sub-  Basement: 

Fresh  Air  Fan  for  Boiler  Room 1-35  H.  P. 

Fresh  Air  Fan  for  Engine  Room , 1-25  H.  P. 

Fresh  Air  Fan  for  Pump  Room  1-15  H.  P. 

Fresh  Air  Fan  for  Safety  Deposit  1-25  H.  P. 

Fresh  Air  Fans  for  Basement ,.  .2-20  H.  P. 

Fresh  Air  Fan  for  Entrances 1-20  H.  P. 

Air  Washers 7-5  H.  P. 

Third  Intermediate: 

Laundry 15  H.  P.  Total 

Fourth  Floor: 

Exhaust  Fan   for  Equitable   Space    (feed   from 

laundry  center) 1-30    H.  P. 

Fifteenth  Floor: 

Elevators  (Bank  No.  1)    8-35    H.  P. 

Twenty-Third  Floor: 

Elevators  (Bank  No.  2)    8-35    H.  P. 

Thirtieth  Floor: 

Elevators  (Bank  No.  3) , .8-35    H.  P. 

Thirty-Fourth  Floor: 

Elevators  (Bank  No.  4)    8-35    H.  P. 

Thirty-Sixth  Floor: 

Elevators  (Bank  No.  5)    8-35    H.  P. 

Pent  House  Dist.  Center  No.  1: 

Elevators  (Bank  No.  6) .8-35    H.  P. 

Pent  House  Dist.  Center  No.   2: 

Exhaust  Fan  for  Club  Kitchen .1-15  H.  P. 

Exhaust  Fan  for  Boiler  Room. ., l-£0  H.  P. 

Exhaust  Fan  for  Safety  Deposit 1-25  H.  P. 

Exhaust  Fans  for  Basement .,. . .,.  .2-18  H.  P. 

Exhaust  Fans  for  Toilet  Rooms 2-20  H.  P. 

Note  :  In  above  list,  ' '  total ' '  indicates  the  aggregate  horse-power 
of  two  or  more  motors  fed  from  the  board  over  a  single  feeder,  which 
is  to  be  run  to  each  motor  starter. 


269 

The  above  motor  sizes  are  given  for  estimating  purposes  only,  and 
the  Contractor  shall  confirm  or  correct  them  before  working  draw- 
ings are  submitted.  Wiring  for  motors  of  proper  sizes  shall  be  pro- 
vided without  increased  charge. 

CONTROL.  OF  LIGHTS. 

All  lights  shall  be  controlled  by  wall  switches  as  directed  by  the 
Architect. 

All  wall  switches  in  the  building  to  be  located  subject  to  the  ap- 
proval of  the  Architect. 

Unit  Prices: 

The  Contractor  shall  name  one  price  only  for  any  additions 
to  or  deductions  from  this  contract  for  the  respective  materials  and 
labor  named  below;  said  prices  to  obtain  until  the  completion  and 
acceptance  by  the  Architect  of  all  work  called  for  herein;  these  prices 
shall  include  material  and  appliances  installed  complete  and  ready  for 
service : 

Price  for  receptacle,  plug  and  box  complete,  installed. .  $ 

Price  for  drop  cord,  fifteen  (15)  feet  long,  socket,  rosette 
and  adjuster,  installed  $ 

Price  for  single  pole  flush  push  wall  switch  with  outlet 
box,  installed $ 

Price  for  double  pole  flush  push  wall  switch,  with  out- 
let box,  installed   $ 

Price  for  ceiling  outlet  box,  complete  with  hanger  as 
specified,  installed $ 

Price  for  wall  outlet  box,  installed $ 

Price  for  switch  outlet  box,  installed $ 

Price  for  water-tight  floor  outlet  box,  complete  with 
plug  and  receptacle  as  specified,  installed $ 

Price  for  sectional  water-tight  floor  outlet  box,  com- 
plete with  plug  and  receptacle,  as  specified,  per 
section,  installed $. 

Price  for  water-tight  telephone  floor  outlet  box,  com- 
plete as  specified $. 

One  (1)  clamp  screw  thread  socket,  installed $. 


270 

One  (1)  12-circuit  standard  panel  board  complete  with 

fuses  and  cabinet  as  specified,  installed $. 

Two  (2)  additional  circuits  on  panel  board,  with  fuses 
and  necessary  increase  in  cabinet $. 


Conduit  as  specified  (per  foot),  installed,  including  all  fittings: 

\" $ If $ 

|" $ 2  " $ 

1  " $ 2r $ 

\\" $ 3  " $ 

34" $ 


Wire,  per  foot,  rubber  covered  or  Varnished   Cambric,  double 
braid,  as  specified,  installed : 


No.  14  Duplex $ No.        0  Single $. 

No.  12  Duplex $ No.      00  Single $. 


No.  10  Duplex $ No.    000  Single $. 

No.  14  Single $ No.  0000  Single $. 


No.  12  Single $ 300,000  C.  M.  Single.  .$. 

No.  10  Single $ 400,000  C.  M.  Single.  .$. 


No.    8  Single $ 500,000  CM.  Single.  .$. 

No.    6  Single $ 600,000  CM.  Single.  .$. 


No.    5  Single $ 700,000  CM.  Single.  .$. 

No.    4  Single $ 800,000  CM.  Single.  .$. 


No.    3  Single $ 900,000  CM.  Single.  .$. 

No.    2  Single $ 1,000,000CM.  Single.  .$. 


No.    1  Single .$ 

Bids: 

State  what  amount  will  be  added  to  contract  price  for  substituting 
"Okonite"  wire  for  that  specified. 


271 

ELEVATORS. 

Scope  of  the  Work: 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install  a  complete  elevator  plant, 
consisting  of: 

Forty-six  (46)  passenger  elevators,  one  (1)  combination  passen- 
ger and  freight  elevator  and  one  (1)  freight  elevator,  all  of  the  1  to  1 
electric  gearless  traction  type. 

One  (1)  passenger  elevator  and  one  (1)  freight  elevator  of  the 
direct  lift  plunger  type. 

Working  Drawings: 

Complete  working  drawings  of  the  entire  plant,  showing  location 
and  arrangement  of  all  machinery,  tanks,  piping,  elevator  cars,  and  all 
devices  and  appurtenances  pertaining  thereto,  shall  be  submitted  to 
the  Architect,  and  his  written  approval  must  be  obtained  thereto 
before  beginning  the  work,  and  any  work  performed  without  first 
having  obtained  the  written  approval  of  said  Architect  shall  be  at 
once  removed  when  so  ordered  by  him,  and  shall  be  performed  in 
a  manner  satisfactory  to  said  Architect  and  according  to  his  written 
directions. 

Foundations  and  Supports: 

Furnish  and  install  all  immediate  machine  and  sheave  supporting 
beams  and  channels,  and  for  the  electric  elevators  furnish  and  install 
upon  same  floors  of  f"  Linden  steel.  Openings  in  this  floor  with 
substantial  iron  gratings  for  ventilation  and  access  to  secondary 
sheaves  as  well  as  iron  ladders  from  controlling  floors  to  secondary 
sheave  compartment  and  all  other  necessary  openings  for  ropes,  etc., 
with  proper  curb  around  same,  shall  be  provided. 

Upon  the  Linden  steel  floor  and  beneath  winding  engine  bed 
plates  shall  be  four-inch  thick  strips  of  wood  or  other  sound  and  vibra- 
tion reducing  material. 

All  supports,  additional  steel  work,  excavation,  flooring,  openings, 
gratings,  ladders  or  change  in  construction  in  the  building  in  any  way 
that  may  be  required  in  addition  to  that  shown  or  specified,  or  that 
may  be  required  for  the  complete  installation  of  and  access  to  all  parts 
of  this  elevator  plant  shall  be  provided. 


272 

Foundations  shall  be  of  the  best  cement  concrete,  and  where  they 
extend  above  floor  line  shall  be  neatly  finished  with  cement,  with  the 
top  edges  chamfered. 

Fit  Pans: 

Furnish  and  install  for  the  combination,  the  freight  elevator,  and 
the  direct  lifts,  pit  pans  of  5/16  inch  steel,  all  water  tight  and  painted 
inside  and  outside  with  two  (2)  coats  of  asphaltum.  Those  for  the 
direct  lifts  shall  be  properly  provided  with  and  pitched  to  four  (4) 
inch  flanges. 

The  pans  shall  be  set  in  concrete  pits. 

All  rivet  heads  shall  be  countersunk  and  flush. 

Guide  Lubricators: 

Furnish  and  install  on  all  main  and  counterbalance  guides  auto- 
matic oiling  devices  of  type  and  make  to  be  approved  by  the  Archi- 
tect. 

Painting: 

After  installation  paint  all  machinery  and  other  iron  work  in  con- 
nection with  these  elevators  at  least  two  (2)  coats  of  lead  and  oil,  final 
coat  of  all  shaftway  iron  work  to  be  black  with  varnish  added.  The 
elevator  winding  engines  shall  be  filled,  painted,  striped  and  varnished, 
and  each  shall  have  its  number  at  least  six  inches  in  length  upon  it. 

Testing  and  Acceptance: 

When  complete  and  ready  to  be  turned  over  for  acceptance  and 
payment  of  retained  percentage  the  Contractor  must  subject  the  ele- 
vator plant  to  sixty  (60)  minutes  running,  as  in  service  conditions, 
with  the  speed  loads  and  speeds  as  hereinafter  set  forth,  and  shall 
make  such  other  tests  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  by  the  Architects 
to  show  compliance  with  these  specifications. 

These  tests  shall  be  made  by  and  at  the  expense  of  the  Contractor 
and  under  the  direction  and  supervision  of  the  Architect.  The  Con- 
tractor shall  furnish  all  the  labor,  instruments  and  weights  necessary 
to  make  these  tests. 

Final  Adjustments: 

After  the  elevators  have  been  in  regular  building  service  for  a 
reasonable  length  of  time  should  any  adjustments,  repairs  or  lining 


273 

up  be  required  in  such  installation  in  the  opinion  of  the  Architect,  such 
work  shall  be  done  at  such  times  and  as  directed  by  the  Architect. 

Traction  Elevators. 


Bank 
Number. 

Car 

Numbers. 

Service 

Total 

Rise  of  Car 

From    To 

Normal  Class 
of  Service 

Erpress  Local 
to         to 

Live 
Load 
Lbs. 

Live  Load 
at  Speed 
of  Feet 

Per  Min. 

1 

11.   12,  13,  14, 
15,  16,  17,  18 

Passenger 

1       12 

10 

2500 

550 

2 

21,  22,  23,  24, 
25,  26,  27,  28 

Passenger 

1       20 

11 

18 

2500 

550 

3 

31,  32,  33,  34, 
35,  36,  37,  38 

Passenger 

1       27 

19 

24 

2500 

650 

4 

41,42,43,44. 
45,46,47,48 

Passenger 

1       32 

25 

30 

2500 

650 

5 

51,  52,  53,  54, 
55,  56,  57,  58 

Passenger 

1       35             31 
(Ultimate  rise  to 

35 
36th 

2500 
floor) 

650 

61,  62,  63 
66,  67,  68 

64 
65 

Passenger 
Inter  floor 
and  Special 

Freight 
Combinat 'n 

1       37 

S.S.B.     37 
S.S.B.     37 

37 

37 
37 

2500 

3600 
7000 
3600 

550 

450 

Slow 

450 

Safety  Devices: 

A  complete  description  of  the  safety  devices,  automatic  stops, 
brakes,  etc.,  to  be  used,  must  be  submitted  to  the  Architect. 

Each  car  and  each  counterweight  shall  be  equipped  with  a  speed 
governor,  the  acting  of  governor  to  clamp  car  or  counterweight  to  its 
guides  and  bring  same  to  rest  without  injurious  shock  or  jar.  All 
governors  must  be  constructed  in  such  a  manner  that  the  respective 
machines  will  be  first  slowed  down,  and  the  potential  switch  opened 
before  the  application  of  safety,  the  application  of  the  car  safety  to 
immediately  open  emergency  circuit  as  herein  described. 

Provide  for  the  freight  car  a  device  to  lock  it  at  any  floor  when 
loading  or  unloading  heavy  freight. 

Provide  each  car  with  an  emergency  apparatus  for  applying 
Bafety  device  independent  of  governor. 

Under  each  car  and  counterweight  shall  be  placed  such  an  oil 
buffer  or  retarder  as  should  the  car  under  any  conditions  of  loading 
run  beyond  its  ordinary  limits  of  travel  it  will  be  brought  gradually 


274 

to  rest  without  injurious  shock  or  jar  even  at  a  speed  of  50%  in  ex- 
cess of  contract  speed  previously  specified. 

Each  elevator  in  banks  3,  4,  5  and  6  shall  be  equipped  with  such 
retarding  devices  (independent  of  both  electric  apparatus  and  oil  buf- 
fers) as  will  prevent  the  car  and  counterweights  from  striking  the  top 
of  shaftway,  as  also  a  device  that  should  car  or  counterweight  come 
within  one  foot  of  such  ceiling  in  shaftway  that  such  car  or  counter- 
weight will  be  mechanically  arrested  from  descent  without  injurious 
shock  or  jar,  all  independent  of  other  safety  apparatus. 

Automatic  stops  shall  be  so  located  in  hatchway  that  car  will  be 
gradually  stopped  near  top  and  bottom  of  shaftway  independently  of 
the  operator,  and  shall  be  located  as  far  below  and  above  lower  and 
upper  landings  respectively  as  is  consistent  with  good  practice.  Emer- 
cency  limits  shall  also  be  provided  in  hatchway  at  such  points  as  should 
the  car  by  any  chance  overrun  its  ordinary  limits  of  travel  it  will  be 
brought  quickly  to  rest  in  the  same  manner  as  by  opening  the  separate 
emergency  switch  in  car.  The  directional  and  emergency  limit  switches 
in  hatchway  shall  open  both  the  plus  and  minus  control  circuits. 

Each  elevator  shall  also  be  equipped  with  a  separate  emergency 
switch  in  the  car,  the  opening  of  wbich  will  immediately  interrupt  cur- 
rent and  apply  both  dynamic  and  mechanical  brake  at  the  same  time. 

Controlling  Devices: 

The  elevators  shall  be  furnished  with  switch  in  car  which  shall 
have  an  independent  mechanical  or  electrical  stop  on  both  the  up  and 
the  down  sides  which  can  easily  be  set  by  the  elevator  operator  to  limit 
the  speed  of  car  in  either  or  both  directions  to  about  80%  of  full  speed, 
all  operating  a  magnetic  controller  complete  in  its  connections  and 
attachments. 

Starting  current  shall  not  exceed  150  per  cent,  of  the  maximum 
running  current.  Car  switches  and  controllers  shall  be  arranged  for 
not  less  than  two  (2)  running  speeds.  Ordinary  service  stops  shall 
be  made  dynamically,  the  brake  coming  on  at  the  last  moment  only. 
Only  current  for  safety  devices  shall  be  on  when  elevator  is  not  in  use. 
Controller  contacts  shall  be  of  such  size  as  to  carry  not  more  than 
100  amperes  per  square  inch. 

Each  car  must  attain  specified  speed  in  four  (4)  seconds  from  the 
time  of  starting. 


275 

Each  controller  shall  be  plainly  marked  with  a  number  corre- 
sponding to  its  machine. 

Cars: 

The  ornamental  iron  work  in  connection  with  the  passenger  and 
combination  cars  will  be  as  specified  under  Ornamental  Iron. 

Car  frames  shall  be  of  wrought  iron  or  steel  of  such  strength 
that  they  will  not  be  unduly  stressed  by  eccentric  loading  or  unduly 
strained  by  the  application  of  main  safeties  or  action  of  buffer. 

Each  elevator  shall  have  in  the  floor  an  easily  removable  brass 
plate  of  such  size  that  fire  department  hose  and  couplings  can  be  pulled 
through  same  into  the  car. 

All  platforms  shall  be  of  clear  maple.  Floor  plates,  collars  and 
angles  for  passenger  cars  shall  be  properly  arranged  for  tile  floor  to 
be  laid  on  the  above  mentioned  maple  floor. 

The  freight  elevator  shall  be  enclosed  on  three  (3)  sides  with 
finished  hardwood  wainscoting  six  (6')  feet  high  and  provided  with 
collapsible  gate.  The  sides  above  wainscot  and  the  roof  shall  be  of  dia- 
mond mesh  netting  and  roof  shall  be  of  such  stiffness  as  to  support 
two  men  without  undue  sag,  and  a  section  of  the  roof  shall  be  easily 
removable.  The  floor  shall  be  covered  with  diamond  floor  plate  and 
the  sides,  to  a  height  to  five  (5)  feet  with  \"  sheet  steel. 

The  secondary  cross  head  for  both  the  freight  and  the  combina- 
tion elevators  shall  be  beneath  floor. 

Wiring: 

Direct  current  will  be  furnished  for  power  at  a  pressure  of  230  to 
240  volts.  Provide  and  install  motor  controller  boards  with  all  neces- 
sary fuses  and  minimum  circuit  breaker  of  self-closing  type,  wiring  be- 
tween distributing  center,  controller  boards  and  motors  and  all  neces- 
sary wiring  for  controlling  apparatus. 

All  wires  shall  be  run  in  conduit  of  same  type  as  used  for  work 
of  like  nature  in  building;  all  ends  must  be  lock-nutted  in  place  and 
conduits  shall  be  securely  fastened  to  supports. 

Connection  between  car  switches  and  junction  boxes  in  shaft  shall 
be  made  with  best  grade  rubber  insulated,  taped  and  braided  flexible 
elevator  cable,  and  emergency  circuits  shall  be  run  in  a  separate  swing- 
ing cable. 


276 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  all  labor  and  material,  including  flex- 
ible rubber-covered  cable,  to  install  complete  in  each  elevator  car  a 
three-light  outlet  and  flush  push  controlling  switch.  Under  and  fast- 
ened to  the  floor  of  each  elevator  car  furnish  and  install  a  clamp  screw 
socket  fastened  to  outlet  box  for  inspector 's  use.  A  similar  outlet  shall 
be  provided  on  the  roof  of  the  car. 

Motor  controllers  shall  be  mounted  on  pink  Tennessee  marble  not 
less  than  two  (2)  inches  thick,  free  from  blemishes  and  of  even  color, 
and  mounted  on  angle  iron  frame.  Details  of  controllers  shall  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  Architect. 

Motors : 

Each  motor  shall  be  wound  for  the  requirements  herein  specified, 
provided  with  carbon  brushes  carrying  not  to  exceed  thirty-five  (35) 
amperes  per  square  inch  of  surface  contact  at  full  load ;  motors  shall 
have  self-oiling  bearings.  Motors  must  withstand  under  factory  test 
an  alternating  current  potential  of  1,500  volts  for  one   (1)  minute. 

Each  elevator  shall  be  of  ample  size  to  operate  at  its  proper  full 
load  and  speed,  as  in  service  conditions,  without  shifting  of  the  brushes 
from  no-load  to  full-load,  without  sparking,  cutting  or  blackening  of 
the  commutator  and  without  heating  in  any  part  of  the  windings  more 
than  40  degrees  Centigrade  or  any  part  of  the  commutator  more  than 
45  degrees  Centigrade  above  the  temperature  of  the  surrounding  atmo- 
sphere. 

Proper  provision  shall  be  made  so  that  oil  will  be  prevented  from 
reaching  the  commutators  of  all  motors. 

Sheaves: 

All  main  and  secondary  sheaves  shall  have  machine  turned  grooves 
to  properly  fit  ropes  without  clamping  same.  The  rims  of  the  driving 
sheaves  shall  be  demountable. 

Bed  Plates: 

Each  winding  machine  and  its  motor  shall  be  mounted  on  a  single 
extra  heavy  well  ribbed  cast  iron  base  plate  securely  anchored  to 
foundation  or  supports.  Bed  plates  shall  be  so  ribbed  that  oil  cannot 
drip  on  the  car.  Proper  provisions  with  the  same  object  in  view  shall 
also  be  made  in  connection  with  sheaves  and  governors. 


277 
Insulation: 

Insulation  resistance  between  field  and  armature  wire  and  frames 
of  motors  shall  not  be  less  than  one  (1)  megohm. 

Equipment: 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  a  lifting  bar  for  each  size  of  arma- 
ture and  all  connections  necessary  for  attaching  to  armature  or  shaft, 
as  also  two  demountable  triplex  or  other  suitable  trolley  tackle  to 
travel  on  hitch  beams  provided.  Provide  such  a  frame  or  portable 
structure  as  may  be  necessary  in  connection  with  above  tackle  to  re- 
move armatures  of  bank  No.  5. 

Main  Brake: 

A  spring  actuated  magnet  brake  shall  be  provided  on  each  ma- 
chine of  sufficient  power  to  stop  and  hold  the  car  under  maximum  and 
minimum  load.  The  brake  must  be  applied  when  its  circuit  is  opened 
by  the  service  limit  stops,  emergency  shaftway  limit  stops,  excessive 
speed  of  car,  emergency  switch  in  car,  application  of  main  safties,  and 
by  operator  in  ordinary  service  stops. 

Cables: 

Each  elevator  shall  be  equipped  with  the  necessary  wire  cables, 
which  shall  have  a  factor  of  safety  of  at  least  ten  under  the  speed 
loads  called  for.  The  attachment  of  cables  to  car  and  counterweight 
shall  be  able  to  rotate  freely  and  maintain  practically  an  equal  tension 
on  cables. 

Efficiency: 

Each  machine  when  operating  with  the  loads  and  speeds  herein- 
before mentioned  shall  have  as  a  whole  at  least  a  net  efficiency  of  70 
per  cent,  from  wire  to  load,  electrical  measurements  to  be  taken  at  the 
elevator  control  board. 

Guides  and  Guide  Posts: 

Furnish  and  put  in  place  in  proper  alignment  finished  steel  Tee 
guides  for  all  cars  and  counterweights,  which  shall  be  reinforced 
where  necessary.  The  car  guides  must  withstand  eccentric  loading 
on  platform  without  undue  stress  and  all  guides  the  application  of 
safety,  without  undue  distortion.    All  guides  shall  be  properly  lined 


278 

up  and  securely  clamped  or  fastened  to  the  adjoining  structure  beams 
or  supports,  and  through  bolt  positive  attachments  shall  be  used  about 
every  sixth  floor. 

Counterweights : 

The  counterweights  shall  be  proportioned  to  balance  the  dead 
weight  of  car  plus  a  portion  of  the  live  load,  and  produce  proper 
amount  of  traction  on  the  driving  sheaves  for  the  maximum  loads. 
They  shall  be  so  designed  and  constructed  that  weights  cannot  be 
jarred  out  or  released  by  spread  of  frame. 

Rope  losses  shall  be  compensated  for  in  a  practically  noiseless 
manner  otherwise  than  by  chains. 

Signaling  System. 
Flashlight: 

The  six  banks  of  elevators  are  to  be  considered,  insofar  as  sig- 
naling is  concerned,  as  distinct  groups. 

Equip  each  group  of  elevators  with  a  full  flashlight  signal  system 
complete  with  up  and  down  lamps,  fixtures,  push  button  sets,  swinging 
cables,  all  necessary  wiring  in  conduits  and  connections  complete 
throughout.  The  operation  of  the  system  shall  be  such  that  the  press- 
ing of  a  directional  button  on  any  floor  shall  light  a  white  or  a  red  light 
in  suitable  fixture  in  front  of  the  first  car  on  its  near  approach  to 
such  landing  in  the  desired  direction ;  a  single  light  in  suitable  fixture 
in  car  to  flash  simultaneously  with  the  corridor  light.  A  single  stroke 
bell  shall  sound  at  each  flash  light,  both  in  corridors  and  cars  simul- 
taneously with  the  lighting  of  such  lamp.  The  whole  combination  thus 
indicating  to  intending  passenger  the  car  he  is  to  take  and  to  operator 
that  he  is  to  stop  at  such  floor.  The  response  of  any  car  to  a  call  to 
cancel  automatically  such  call. 

Provide  a  cutout  switch  in  each  car  so  as  to  transfer  the  call  to 
the  next  approaching  car  in  group,  if  desired. 

In  addition  group  No.  6  shall  have  such  a  switch  for  each  car  as  will 
transfer  to  next  approaching  car  all  signals  except  for  1st,  36th  and 
37th  floors. 

There  shall  be  placed  in  each  of  four  of  the  passenger  elevators 
and  in  the  combination  elevator  of  bank  No.  6,  in  addition  to  the 


279 

flash  lamp,  an  annunciator  for  night  service,  so  arranged  that  by  op- 
erating a  double  throw  switch  located  near  the  top  of  the  hatchway 
it  will  throw  off  the  flash  signals  and  throw  the  annunciators  into  serv- 
ice, operating  same  from  the  flash  push  buttons. 

Provide  for  the  elevators  of  each  group  two  sets  of  flash  push 
buttons  on  each  floor  served.  These  push  buttons  shall  be  located  as 
directed  by  the  Architect  and  mounted  on  neat  ornamental  plates  of 
a  design  and  finish  to  match  grille  work,  all  of  which  must  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  Architect  for  written  approval. 

These  plates,  in  addition  to  "UP"  and  "DOWN,"  shall  have  such 
other  descriptive  lettering  as  may  in  the  opinion  of  the  Architects  be 
necessary  to  designate  the  class  and  scope  of  the  service. 

While  it  is  the  intention  at  the  start  to  operate  the  elevators  and 
signal  system  as  called  for  in  column  "Normal  Class  of  Service" 
caption  "Loads,  Rise  and  Speeds,"  all  signal  mechanism  shall  be  ar- 
ranged for  and  wires  run  in  conduit  ready  to  connect  to  fixtures  and 
mecbanism  so  tbat  the  following  additional  floors  in  the  various  groups 
may  be  properly  served : 

Group  No.  1— 11th  and  12th. 

Group  No.  2— 9th,  10th,  19th,  20th. 

Group  No.  3— 17th,  18th,  25th,  26th,  27th. 

Group  No.  4^24th,  31st,  32d. 

Group  No.  5— 30th,  36th. 

Furnish  and  install  complete  for  each  group  of  elevators  one  (1) 
iron-clad  noiseless  motor  generator  set  to  operate  the  flashlights  and 
annunciators,  each  motor  of  a  capacity,  however,  for  two  (2)  groups, 
with  motor  controller  board  on  which  shall  be  mounted  all  necessary 
switches,  fuses,  motor  starting  box,  etc.,  so  connected  tbat  either  set 
will  operate  one  or  two  banks  of  elevator  signals  and  annunciators. 
Furnish  and  install  controller  boards  mounted  on  brackets  near  motors 
and  all  wiring  between  motor  generators  and  controller  boards  and 
signal  apparatus  in  conduit  similar  to  that  used  in  other  portions  of 
work. 

Controller  boards  shall  be  of  pink  Tennessee  marble  similar  to  ele- 
vator controller  boards.  Direct  current  will  be  furnished  at  controller 
boards  at  a  pressure  of  120  volts. 


280 

Each  motor  generator  set  shall  be  mounted  on  a  hard  wood  foun- 
dation, and  efficient  means  provided  to  prevent  oil  from  reaching  such 
foundation,  all  to  be  approved  by  the  Architect. 

There  shall  be  provided  in  each  car,  where  directed,  a  switch  con- 
trolling the  signals  of  its  respective  car  and  so  connected  that  its  sig- 
nals may  be  disconnected  at  that  point. 

Telephones  and  Miscellaneous: 

Furnish  and  install  in  each  car  a  telephone  equipment  for  op- 
erator's use.  All  the  elevators  of  any  bank  to  connect  to  a  telephone 
terminal  box  on  first  floor  near  said  bank.  Make  all  connections  in  a 
proper  manner  between  telephones  in  cars  and  terminal  boxes. 

Near  the  base  of  each  bank  of  elevators  (except  No.  6)  shall  be 
located  a  bell  which  can  be  used  for  night  service,  using  the  up  and 
down  push  buttons,  a  throw  over  switch  being  provided  which  shall 
cut  out  or  in  the  flashlight  signals  or  the  bells. 

Each  elevator  bank  (except  No.  6)  shall  be  provided  with  a  varia- 
ble time  starting  single  stroke  bell  system,  with  regulator  for  changing 
interval  between  strokes  of  bell.  Bells  to  be  located  near  bottom  of 
each  group  of  four  elevators.  The  regular  boxes  for  varying  interval 
between  strokes  to  be  located  in  a  central  position  on  first  floor  for 
ready  adjustment  in  a  location  as  directed  by  the  Architect.  All  con- 
nections, wiring,  etc.,  shall  be  made  to  render  the  system  operative. 

Annunciators : 

Provide  the  freight  and  as  hereinbefore  called  for  the  combination 
elevator  each  with  an  electric  annunciator  provided  with  drops  for 
each  floor  at  which  cars  land,  and  each  with  proper  push  buttons  in  an 
inconspicuous  place  provided  at  such  floors.  The  two  circuits  to  be 
independent  of  each  other. 

Proper  connections  shall  be  made  between  each  push  button  and 
its  annunciator  with  all  necessary  wire  run  in  conduits,  to  connect  to 
motor  generators,  junction  boxes,  etc.,  and  all  materials,  etc.,  to  make 
the  system  operative. 

In  addition  provide  and  install  for  each  group  a  duplicate  system 
of  batteries,  on  which  all  of  its  bells  or  buzzers  (except  flashlight  bells) 
can  be  operated  at  night.  They  shall  be  complete  with  all  wiring  and 
switches  necessary  to  operate  them  on  either  the  motor  generator  sys- 


281 

tern  or  the  battery  system.    The  battery  cells  to  be  in  locked  boxes  or 
cupboards  and  to  rest  on  non-corroding  trays  or  pans. 

Indicators : 

Position  indicators  and  pointers  will  be  installed  for  the  elevators 
in  the  first  story  as  specified  under  Ornamental  Iron,  furnished  with  all 
necessary  material  and  labor  to  connect  each  indicator  with  the  lifting 
machinery  of  its  respective  car.  An  extra  indicator  for  each  the  com- 
bination and  the  freight  shall  be  installed  in  sub-sub-basement,  all  prop- 
erly connected. 

Travel  Recorders: 

Each  elevator  shall  be  equipped  with  an  accurate  mileage  re- 
corder. 

Hydraulic  Direct  Lifts. 

Load,  Rise  and  Speed: 

The  freight  elevator  No.  1  shall  rise  from  sub-sub-basernent  to  six 
feet  above  first  floor  and  shall  have  a  maximum  ordinary  capacity  to  lift 
a  live  load  of  3,300  pounds  on  the  platform  at  a  speed  of  50  feet  per 
minute,  and  to  travel  at  a  speed  of  150  feet  per  minute  with  2,000 
pounds  on  the  platform,  and  shall  be  capable  of  lifting  7,000-pound 
safes  at  a  slow  speed  by  means  of  a  safe  lifting  pump. 

The  safe  deposit  elevator  No.  2  shall  rise  from  sub-basement  to 
first  floor  and  shall  have  a  live  load  lifting  capacity  of  2,500  pounds 
at  a  speed  of  50  feet  per  minute  and  150  feet  per  minute  with  1,500 
pounds  live  load. 

Cars: 

The  floor  of  cars  shall  be  of  hard  wood  and  that  of  No.  1  shall 
be  covered  with  diamond  steel  plate.  The  cage  for  No.  2  will  be 
furnished  by  the  Ornamental  Iron  Contractor. 

Elevator  No.  1  shall  have  locking  device  for  locking  platform  flush 
with  sidewalk  and  at  other  floors  for  loading  safes. 

Operating  Devices: 

The  freight  elevator  shall  be  operated  by  hand  rope,  controlling 
a  balanced  valve  with  graduated  opening,  and  the  passenger  elevator 


282 

by  a  lever  in  car  in  connection  with  pilot  valve.    Arrangements  must 
be  made  to  stop  cars  automatically  at  top  and  bottom  limits  of  travel. 

Guide  Posts  and  Guides: 

Steel  tees  properly  reinforced  where  necessary  shall  be  provided 
for  guides. 

Cylinders,  Casings  and  Plungers: 

The  cylinders  shall  be  enclosed  full  depth  in  steel  casings  not  less 
than  |"  thick,  provided  with  outside  couplings  and  anchored  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  prevent  any  settlement. 

The  cylinders  shall  be  made  of  heavy  wrought  pipe  of  standard 
dimensions,  that  for  the  freight  extra  heavy,  with  long  thread  coup- 
lings and  with  ends  butted  together.  Cylinders  shall  be  put  together 
above  ground  and  made  water  tight  under  double  the  maximum  work- 
ing pressure.  In  case  of  any  leaks  the  joints  shall  be  made  over,  and 
under  no  circumstances  will  any  caulking  of  joints  be  allowed. 

The  plungers  shall  be  made  of  heavy  steel  tubing,  surfaced  and 
polished  in  lathe,  and  put  together  with  inside  couplings. 

Counterweights : 

Each  elevator  shall  be  equipped  with  a  counterweight  similar  to 
those  specified  under  "Traction  Elevators,"  but  without  safety  ap- 
paratus. 

Bumpers: 

Under  each  car  and  counterweight  shall  be  spring  or  rubber  bump- 
ers of  ample  strength  and  compression. 

Pumps : 

Furnish  and  install  two  (2)  Duplex,  Steam  Driven  Pumps,  each 
of  a  capacity  to  allow  each  of  the  two  elevators  to  make  round-trips 
every  two  minutes.    Steam  pressure  at  throttle  will  be  150  pounds. 

The  pumps  shall  be  properly  lagged  and  painted ;  they  shall  be  of 
the  outside  packed  plunger  pot  valve  type  and  shall  perform  the  serv- 
ice called  for  at  not  over  forty  (40)  strokes  per  side  per  minute. 

Provide  each  pump  with  a  steam  regulating  valve  and  force  feed 
lubricator  which  will  deliver  oil  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  strokes 
as  also  with  a  sight  feed  lubricator. 


283 

Provide  a  safe  lifting  pump  of  the  duplex,  steam  driven  type,  of  a 
capacity  to  lift  7,000-pound  safes  at  a  speed  of  fifteen  (15)  feet  per 
minute  of  a  type  and  lagged  similar  to  the  main  elevator  pumps.  This 
pump  shall  be  provided  with  a  sight  feed  lubricator  and  the  plungers 
shall  be  of  bronze. 

Provide  two  (2)  steam  driven,  vertical,  air  compressors  of  the 
locomotive  type,  the  air  cylinders  of  which  to  compress  air  to  250 
pounds  per  square  inch ;  it  being  understood,  of  course,  in  so  pumping 
the  two  pumps  will  be  compounded  on  the  air  ends  or  will  receive  air 
from  the  75-pound  air  system  of  the  building  compressed  air  system. 
Each  pump,  however,  to  be  able  to  deliver  compressed  air  at  100  pounds 
per  square  inch  with  free  air  suction. 

All  steam,  drip  and  exhaust  connections  for  all  the  above  pumps 
shall  be  installed. 

Tanks : 

Furnish  and  install  pressure  and  discharge  tanks  of  such  a  size 
that  both  hydraulic  elevators  will  be  able  to  start  at  the  same  time  and 
fulfill  the  speed  and  load  conditions  as  hereinbefore  outlined. 

Pressure  tank,  or  tanks,  shall  be  equipped  with  all  necessary  tank 
fittings,  safety  valves,  gauges  and  automatic  self-closing  gauge  cocks, 
as  also  all  necessary  nozzles  and  flanges  for  pipe  connections. 

Provide  for  air  pumps  a  receiver  for  intermediate  pressure  of  100 
gallons  capacity,  as  also  a  terminal  pressure  storage  tank  of  100  gal- 
lons capacity. 

Piping: 

Make  all  pipe  connections  between  cylinders,  valves,  automatic 
stops,  pilot  valve,  pumps,  tanks  and  all  piping,  valves,  gauges,  etc.,  to 
make  this  hydraulic  elevator  system  properly  operative. 

Between  each  pump  and  its  delivery  gate  valve  shall  be  placed  an 
adequate  water  relief  valve,  and  all  pumps  shall  have  bye-passes  so 
that  they  may  be  operated  at  moderate  speeds  with  delivery  valve 
closed.    Provide  a  sniffing  valve  on  regular  service  pumps. 

The  safe  lifting  pump  and  its  elevator  shall  be  piped  such  that 
main  valve  shall  not  be  subjected  to  safe  lifting  pressure,  the  manip- 
ulation of  the  machine  to  be  directly  from  the  pump  and  by  bye-passes 
of  small  diameter. 


284 

A  bell,  wire  and  battery  system  shall  be  installed  from  the  safe 
lifting  elevator  to  the  safe  lifting  pnmp  for  the  purpose  of  signals  from 
the  elevator  to  the  pump  operator. 

All  pipe  valves  and  fittings  subjected  to  safe  lifting  pressure  shall 
be  extra  heavy. 

Make  connections  from  compressed  air  house  system  and  connect 
to  intermediate  air  tank  and  make  air  connections  between  air  pumps 
and  air  tanks  so  that  either  or  both  pumps  can  deliver  free  air  to  in- 
termediate tank  or  take  air  from  intermediate  tank  and  deliver  to 
high  pressure  tank.  Make  all  pipe  connections  from  the  high  pressure 
tank  to  the  elevator  pressure  tank  or  tanks  and  the  three  house  service 
cushion  tanks.  All  air  piping,  valves  and  fittings  for  pressures  above 
150  pounds  shall  be  extra  heavy. 

All  necessary  valves,  check  valves,  safety  vales,  gauges,  etc.,  shall 
be  provided  to  make  this  air  system  complete  and  operative. 

Annunciators : 

Equip  each  of  the  two  direct  lifts  with  an  annunciator  and  push 
buttons  at  floors  served  and  connect  same  to  one  of  the  motor  genera- 
tor sets  as  also  to  a  battery  set,  all  in  a  manner  similar  to  annunciators 
in  traction  elevators.  Annunciator  box  and  push  buttons  for  the  pas- 
senger elevator  (No.  2)  to  match  surroundings. 

Each  elevator  shall  be  equipped  with  a  telephone  and  connected  to 
elevator  exchange  as  previously  specified. 

Propositions. 

A  close  approximation  shall  be  submitted  of  the  average  overall 
K.  W.  H.  per  car  mile  of  all  the  elevators  considered  as  one  unit  under 
the  following  conditions: 

Number  of  elevators  in  service  (Nos.  11  to  68,  inclusive),  number 
of  floors  served  as  per  "Normal  Class  of  Service." 

Loads  and  number  of  stops  as  would  obtain  in  this  building  un- 
der normal  service  running  conditions. 

Figures  to  be  based  on  normal  service  between  8  a.  m.  and  6  p.  m. 

Main  Proposition. 

In  accordance  with  the  plans  and  specifications. 


285 

Alternate  "A": 

Substitution  of  2  to  1  rope-geared  traction  winding  engines 
for  the  1  to  1. 

Alternate  "B": 

Substitution  of  double  helical  spur  gear  traction  winding  en- 
gines in  place  of  the  1  to  1.  The  operation  of  same  to  be  prac- 
tically noiseless  and  without  appreciable  vibration  in  car. 

Alternate     'C": 

Substitution  of  worm  gear  winding  engines  specially  de- 
signed for  this  service. 


286 

BOILERS. 

In  General: 

Furnish  all  labor  and  materials  to  execute,  install  and  complete 
the  Boiler  work,  in  accordance  with  the  plans  and  the  following  speci- 
fications. 

Scope  of  the  Work: 

The  work  covered  by  these  specifications  includes  the  boilers  and 
breeching  and  all  work  in  connection  with  same. 

Working  Drawings: 

The  Contractor  shall  submit  complete  working  drawings  for  all 
work  called  for  under  these  specifications,  showing  layout  of  boilers 
and  connections,  with  size  of  piping  and  connections,  for  the  written 
approval  of  the  Architect,  which  approval  must  be  obtained  before 
beginning  the  work. 

Inspection  and  Insurance: 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  a  certificate  of  inspection  from  an 
inspection  and  insurance  company  approved  by  the  Architect,  that 
the  boilers  have  been  properly  tested  and  inspected,  which  work  shall 
be  done  twice  for  each  boiler  as  follows: 

First:    When  it  is  in  the  shop. 

Second:  When  it  has  been  set  up  complete  on  its  foundation;  it 
shall  then  be  made  tight  under  the  pressure  hereinafter  specified. 

He  shall  also  furnish  an  insurance  policy  in  favor  of  the  owner, 
from  the  same  company  in  the  amount  of  $5,000.00,  to  cover  a  period 
from  the  time  the  boilers  are  installed  until  one  (1)  year  after  date  of 
acceptance  by  the  Architect  and  issuance  of  final  certificate. 

Fainting: 

After  installation  all  covering  shall  be  painted  two  (2)  coats  of 
lead  and  oil,  and  all  exposed  iron  work  shall  be  painted  two  (2)  coats 
of  asphaltum  paint;  doors  and  frames  shall  be  relieved  with  a  light 
colored  line  striping  put  on  as  directed  by  the  Architect. 


287 

Units: 

There  shall  be  the  following  water  tube  boilers,  set  and  bricked  up 
in  place: 

2—525  H.  P.  each  (set  in  battery). 

2—525  H.  P.  each  (set  singly). 

1— 450  H.  P.  (set  singly). 

2—350  H.  P.  each  (set  singly). 

They  shall  be  of  a  make  approved  by  the  Architect,  and  dimen- 
sions shall  be  such  as  to  adapt  them  to  the  space  allotted  to  them  as 
shown  on  the  drawings.  The  tubes  shall  be  not  less  than  three  and  one- 
quarter  (3£")  inches  in  diameter. 

All  tubes  shall  be  of  charcoal  iron  and  properly  expanded  into 
their  headers  and  arranged  for  removal  and  cleaning  of  same  through 
proper  openings  protected  in  an  approved  manner.  These  headers 
shall  be  of  forged  steel,  and  all  covering  plates  for  tubes  shall  be  ar- 
ranged so  as  to  make  tight  joints  inside  of  header. 

Heating  Surfaces: 

Boilers  shall  each  have  not  less  than  ten  square  feet  of  effective 
heating  surface  per  horse  power. 

Pressure : 

The  boilers  shall  be  of  a  type  adapted  to  work  under  a  pressure 
of  160  pounds  per  square  inch,  and  must  be  tested  and  made  tight 
under  hydrostatic  pressure  of  300  pounds  per  square  inch. 

Drums: 

Each  boiler  shall  have  two  (2)  or  more  steam  and  water  drums, 
cylindrical  in  form  and  made  of  O.  H.  steel.  Longitudinal  seams  shall 
be  butt  jointed,  having  inside  and  outside  cover  plates  with  two  (2) 
rows  of  rivets  on  each  side  of  joint.  Provide  nozzles  for  safety  valves 
and  steam  connections.  All  connections  shall  be  flanged,  properly  faced 
and  drilled.  Each  drum  shall  be  complete  with  a  forged  steel  manhole 
plate.    All  flanges  shall  be  forged  steel. 

Boiler  Settings: 

Each  boiler  shall  be  set  upon  a  foundation  of  concrete,  made  with 
washed  gravel  or  broken  cobble  stone,  and  shall  be  enclosed  in  brick 


288 

walls  not  less  than  seventeen  inches  thick,  the  outside  of  which  shall 
he  hard  burned  brick. 

All  brick  work  exposed  to  the  fire  and  hot  gases  shall  be  lined  with 
Maurer  No.  1  first  brick  laid  in  fire  clay  mortar  and  well  ground  down, 
with  every  other  course  a  header. 

Provide  a  fire  arch  over  fire  and  use  steel  mixture  cast  clay  door 
jambs  and  wedge  brick  arches  in  cast  iron  frames.  Fire  clay  joints 
between  brickwork  must  be  as  thin  as  possible.  Boilers  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  drop  dead  plates  of  bull  nose  fire  brick  four  inches  deep. 
Front,  rear  and  side  walls  of  boilers  to  be  faced  with  light  gray  vitri- 
fied pressed  brick. 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install  all  brick  work  necessary 
for  side  and  rear  walls,  bridge  wall,  or  any  other  brick  work  necessary 
back  of  bridge  wall  and  for  iron  front  furnished  by  him,  of  height  re- 
quired for  the  future  installation  of  stokers,  which  shall  not  be  less 
than  eight  (8)  feet  from  floor  line  to  bottom  of  front  header.  The 
foundations  shall  be  carried  down  to  a  depth  as  required  by  the  nature 
of  soil  and  the  depth  of  the  ash  pits  as  required. 

Settings  shall  be  arranged  so  that  freed  draft  equipment  may  be 
installed  if  desired. 

Each  boiler  shall  be  supported  on  wrought  iron  beams  resting  on 
wrought  iron  columns  with  cast  iron  bases  or  on  beams  and  brick  work. 
Any  brick  work  which  would  otherwise  rest  on  the  building  footings 
shall  be  carried  over  same  by  steel  beams,  protected  by  concrete  and 
properly  supported  on  piers. 

Each  boiler  shall  be  furnished  with  a  neat  ornamental  iron  front 
provided  with  all  necessary  openings  and  doors  for  access,  and  so  con- 
structed that  a  stoker  can  be  installed  in  the  future  with  the  minimum 
of  change  and  expense.  Each  boiler  shall  be  furnished  with  a  neat 
number  and  name  plate,  of  a  design  approved  by  the  Architect. 

All  portions  of  the  boiler  shall  be  made  accessible,  and  if  any  addi- 
tional doors  or  openings  are  required,  the  Contractor  shall  provide 
same. 

All  parts  shall  be  of  a  substantial  construction,  well  jointed  and 
neatly  finished. 


289 

Valves  and  Fittings: 

On  each  boiler  provide  the  following:  Two  (2)  or  more,  as  re- 
quired, nickel-seated  pop  safety  valves  of  a  make  and  type  approved 
by  the  Architect,  set  to  blow  off  at  a  pressure  as  directed  by  the  Archi- 
tect, and  of  ample  size. 

One  (1)  steam  gauge,  iron  case,  with  12-inch  dial  face  with  nickel- 
plated  frame.  Gauge  shall  be  graduated  to  read  from  0  to  300  pounds, 
with  150  pounds  at  center  line. 

One  (1)  safety  water  column  complete  with  standpipe  and  large 
size  glass  water  gauge  fitted  with  independent  cleaning  pipes  and 
valves.  Try  cocks  shall  be  provided  with  lifting  handles  arranged 
to  be  operated  from  the  boiler  room  floor;  the  column  sLall  be  pro- 
vided witb  a  high  and  low  water  alarm.  It  shall  be  provided  with  cop- 
per funnel  with  drip  pipe  carried  to  the  ash  pit.  Provide  guard  rods 
for  the  water  glasses  and  shut-offs  for  renewal  under  pressure,  ar- 
ranged to  be  operated  from  boiler  room  floor.  All  metal  work  in  con- 
nection with  these  water  columns  shall  be  brass. 

One  (1)  globe  valve  and  one  (1)  flanged  check  valve  for  boiler  feed. 

One  (1)  approved  blow-off  valve  for  each  blow-off  connection,  so 
arranged  as  to  be  easily  accessible. 

One  (1)  valve  for  tube  cleaning  connection. 

One  connection  of  such  size  as  required  and  provided  with  check 
and  globe  valves  for  connections  for  discharge  from  the  high  pressure 
drip  system. 

The  Contractor  shall  provide  and  install  all  necessary  pipe  and 
fittings  for  attaching  the  above  mentioned  fixtures  to  the  boilers  in 
order  to  make  a  complete  working  plant. 

All  valves  on  above  mentioned  connections,  except  blow-off  valves, 
shall  be  of  extra  heavy  polished  brass;  pipe  and  fittings  used  in  mak- 
ing up  the  above  mentioned  connections,  except  for  blow-off,  shall  be 
brass,  and  all  changes  in  direction  shall  be  made  with  crosses  and  tees, 
and  not  ells. 

Breeching  and  Smoke  Connections: 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install  the  main  breeching  to 
the  stack,  the  smoke  connection  from  each  boiler  to  the  main  breeching 
made  of  sheet  steel,  No.  10  U.  S.  gauge,  thoroughly  bolted  and  riveted 


290 

at  connections.  Smoke  connections  shall  enter  breeching  on  a  curved 
line  with  adjustable  deflectors  inside  of  main  breeching.  Breeching 
and  smoke  connections  shall  be  provided  with  ample  sized  cast  iron 
cleaning  doors,  with  frames,  made  to  close  air  tight. 

Main  breeching  and  each  smoke  connection  to  same  shall  be  fur- 
nished with  a  heavy  damper,  arranged  to  be  operated  from  boiler  room 
floor  and  provided  with  quadrant  and  chained  pin.  A  second  main 
damper  shall  be  installed  in  the  breeching  and  arranged  to  be  operated 
by  a  damper  regulator. 

Fixtures : 

Each  boiler  shall  be  equipped  with  flame  bridge  plates,  bridge  wall, 
ignition  arch,  girders  and  bars,  all  the  necessary  bolts  and  pipes,  all 
the  requisite  openings  in  the  walls  and  bars  for  same,  buck  stays  and 
anchor  bolts.  There  shall  be  furnished  and  installed  in  front  of  each 
boiler  a  steel  ash  pit  plate  set  in  iron  frame. 

Furnaces : 

Provide  all  labor  and  do  all  work  necessary  to  equip  each  boiler 
with  a  hand-fired  furnace  complete  with  dumping  grates  arranged  for 
No.  3  buckwheat  coal  and  not  less  than  ten  (10)  feet  in  depth.  Grates 
shall  be  sloped  to  rear,  J  inch  to  a  foot,  and  have  3/16-inch  air  space. 
Pins  connecting  dumping  bars  with  dumping  rods  shall  be  cold  rolled 
steel  with  bronze  cotter  pins. 

Tools: 

Provide  all  necessary  tools  for  the  regular  operation  of  boilers 
and  tube  scrapers  with  gas  pipe  handles,  also  scale  cutting  machine 
of  approved  make,  with  necessary  hose. 
Flanges : 

All  flanges  shall  be  of  the  thickness  and  drilled  according  to  the 
pipe  fitters'  standards  as  specified  in  Steam  Fitting  specifications. 

Coverings: 

All  steam  drums  and  connections  thereto  shall  be  covered  with  85 
per  cent,  magnesia  blocks  two  (2)  inches  thick,  so  applied  as  to  be 
easily  removed.  Cover  all  blocks  with  4-inch  thick  asbestos  cement. 
All  connections  up  to  the  flanges  shall  be  covered  in  a  similar  manner. 


291 

On  top  of  drums  the  magnesia  blocks  and  cement  are  to  be  covered 
with  a  rowlock  course  of  brick. 

Lining: 

This  Contractor  shall  line  the  entire  inside  of  the  breeching  and 
smoke  connections  with  vitrified  asbestos  stack  lining  not  less  than 
two  (2)  inches  thick,  furnishing  all  the  necessary  fastenings  to  secure 
the  lining  in  place,  supported  upon  angle  irons,  and  all  joints  made 
perfectly  tight  with  specially  treated  asbestos  cement. 


292 

ENGINES. 

Scope  of  the  Work: 

The  work  covered  by  these  specifications  includes  the  engines  fur- 
nished and  installed  complete  and  the  placing  of  same  in  successful 
operation. 

Foundations : 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  all  labor  and  material  and  do  all 
work  necessary  to  install  the  foundations  required  by  the  machinery 
furnished  by  him.  Foundations  shall  be  of  such  a  character  that  no 
jarring  or  vibration  will  be  perceptible  when  the  entire  plant  is  run- 
ning under  full  load  conditions.  No  foundations  shall  go  below  or 
come  in  contact  with  the  building  footings,  and  the  Contractor  shall 
furnish  steel  beams  thoroughly  protected  by  concrete  and  properly 
supported  on  piers  to  relieve  building  foundations  of  all  vibration 
where  engine  foundations  would  otherwise  rest  on  same. 

Foundations  shall  be  of  best  cement  concrete  and  shall  extend  not 
less  than  four  (4)  inches  above  floor  line,  and  shall  be  neatly  finished 
with  white  enameled  brick  above  floor  line  and  in  wheel  pits.  A  4x4- 
inch  curb  shall  be  provided  all  around  generator  pit,  beveled  on  side 
away  from  pit,  to  prevent  surface  water  running  into  pit  from  floor; 
the  curb  to  be  neatly  finished  with  white  enameled  brick. 

After  the  engine  and  generator  sub-bases  are  set  upon  founda- 
tions the  Contractor  shall  grout  them  in  position  with  the  best  ce- 
ment concrete. 

Painting: 

Before  shipment  all  engines  and  accessories  shall  have  all  ex- 
posed surfaces  which  are  not  machined,  filled  and  rubbed  down  to  a 
smooth  finish.  The  generators  will  be  furnished  filled  and  rubbed 
down  to  a  smooth  finish. 

After  installation  is  complete  the  Contractor  shall  paint  all  en- 
gines, generators,  balancer  sets  and  accessories  two  (2)  coats  of  pure 
linseed  oil  and  white  lead,  tinted  as  directed  by  the  Architect,  then 
striped  and  finished  with  two  (2)  coats  of  best  grade  varnish.  Each 
unit  shall  be  properly  numbered. 


293 

Submitting;  Bid: 

The  Contractor  shall  submit  specifications  in  triplicate,  stating 
the  kind  and  make  of  apparatus  and  material  he  proposes  to  furnish 
for  all  parts  of  the  work  covered  by  these  specifications,  all  of  which 
shall  be  approved  by  the  Architect  in  writing. 

Proposal  shall  give  a  detailed  description  of  lubricating  system 
and  the  means  of  adjusting  the  various  moving  parts.  Also  the  fol- 
lowing detailed  information  for  each  size  of  engine: 

Size  of  steam  pipe. 

Size  of  exhaust  pipe. 

Size  of  receiver. 

Diameter  of  each  cylinder. 

Length  of  stroke. 

Length  of  main  bearing. 

Diameter  of  main  bearing. 

Diameter  of  shaft  at  generator  fit. 

Diameter  of  crank  pins. 

Length  of  crank  pins. 

Diameter  of  cross  head  pins. 

Length  of  cross  head  pins. 

Width  of  cross  head  shoes. 

Length  of  cross  head  shoes. 

Diameter  of  piston  rods. 

Diameter  and  width  of  face  of  fly  wheel. 

Net  weight  of  fly  wheel. 

Net  weight  of  engine  complete. 

Units: 

There  will  be  installed  six  generating  units,  three  of  GOO  K.  W.  at 
110  R.  P.  M.,  two  of  300  K.  W.  at  110  R.  P.  M.  and  one  of  200  K.  W. 
at  110  R.  P.  M. 

The  engines  furnished  and  installed  under  this  specification  shall 
be  of  ample  capacity  for  this  work  when  operating  as  hereinafter 
specified. 


294 

Type  of  Engines; 

The  600  K.  W.  and  300  K.  W.  engines  shall  be  of  the  horizontal, 
cross  compound,  Corliss  releasing  valve  gear  type,  non-condensing. 

The  200  K.  W.  engine  shall  be  of  the  horizontal,  simple,  non-con- 
densing, Corliss  releasing  valve  gear  type. 

Generator  field  frames  will  be  horizontally  divided  and  engine 
sub-bases  shall  be  so  arranged  as  to  permit  of  sliding  the  generator  field 
frames  sideways  in  the  direction  of  the  axis  of  the  shaft  a  sufficient 
distance  to  clear  the  armature  for  the  purpose  of  repair. 

After  each  engine  is  placed  upon  its  foundation  the  space  between 
the  cylinder  and  outside  casings  shall  be  packed  with  a  high  pressure 
moulded  asbestos  non-conducting  covering. 

Bodies  of  cylinders  shall  be  thick  enough  to  allow  reboring  and 
operation  under  the  same  steam  pressure. 

Each  engine  shall  be  equipped  with  a  soft  packing  of  a  make  ap- 
proved by  the  Architect,  but  shall  be  so  designed  that  a  metallic  pack- 
ing may  be  substituted  later. 

Main  bearings  shall  be  provided  with  chain  oilers. 

Regulation  and  Load: 

All  engines  will  operate  on  a  combined  power,  electric  elevator, 
and  lighting  load  and  shall  be  provided  with  fly  wheels  of  sufficient 
weight  to  insure  successful  operation. 

Each  engine  must  regulate  within  one  and  one-half  (1£%)  Per 
cent,  from  no  load  to  full  load  and  two  (2%)  per  cent,  from  no  load  to 
125%  of  full  load;  also  the  percentage  of  momentary  change  in  speed 
due  to  100%  change  in  load  during  two  seconds  shall  not  exceed  3%. 

Each  engine  must  be  capable  of  carrying  full  load  for  twenty-four 
(24)  hours  continuously,  and  then  carry  25%  overload  for  two  (2) 
hours  and  50%  overload  for  one  (1)  hour  additional  and  100%  over- 
load momentarily  without  undue  heating  in  any  of  the  bearings  and 
without  undue  straining  of  parts  or  any  sign  of  distress. 

Steam  Consumption: 

Steam  consumption  shall  not  exceed  27  pounds  per  I.  H.  P.-hour 
at  full  load  nor  30  pounds  per  I.  H.  P.-hour  at  half  load  for  the  200 
K.  W.  unit. 


295 

Steam  consumption  shall  not  exceed  22  pounds  per  T.  H.  P.-hour 
at  full  load  nor  30  pounds  per  I.  H.  P.-hour  at  half  load  for  the  300 
K.  W.  unit. 

Steam  consumption  shall  not  exceed  20  pounds  per  I.  H.  P.-hour 
at  full  load  nor  27  pounds  per  I.  H.  P.-hour  at  half  load  for  each  600 
K.  W.  unit. 

Engines  will  be  operated  non-condensing,  exhaust  steam  to  be 
used  for  heating;  back  pressure  3  lbs.  gauge. 

Fly  Wheel: 

The  flywheel  of  each  engine  shall  be  cast  in  halves  and  shall  be 
bolted  together  at  the  hub  with  reamed  bolts  carefully  fitted  in  holes 
drilled  from  the  solid,  and  the  parts  shall  be  planed  true  where  they 
join.  The  wheel  shall  be  carefully  designed  throughout  in  order  to 
have  a  large  factor  of  safety,  and  both  edges  and  face  of  rim  shall  be 
turned  true.  Provide  bar  holes  and  apparatus  for  conveniently  turn- 
ing engine. 

Materials  Used  in  Construction : 

All  steel  castings  used  must  be  thoroughly  annealed.  All  cast 
iron  must  be  hard,  close  grained,  sound,  tough  and  of  uniform  quality 
throughout.  All  castings  shall  be  sound,  free  from  sand  and  blow- 
holes, cold  shorts  and  mill  cinder,  shrinkage  cracks  and  all  other  im- 
perfections, and  shall  be  carefully  inspected  to  insure  uniform  density 
throughout  the  piece.  No  plugging  or  filling  of  holes  or  cracks  will 
be  allowed. 

All  castings  shall  be  true  to  form  and  dimensions,  smooth  and 
thoroughly  cleaned  on  the  outside  and  inside  surfaces  and  all  cores 
removed  with  wire  brushes  and  scrapers  and  shall  be  free  from  loam, 
sand,  dirt  and  rust,  all  scabs  and  other  surface  imperfections;  and 
shall  be  neatly  chipped  and  filed  off  to  the  proper  line  of  surface  of 
the  casting. 

All  brass,  bronze  and  composition  metal  must  be  made  of  new 
material  only,  to  comply  in  proportions  with  the  standard  alloys  and 
especially  adapted  to  the  work  which  will  be  required  in  each  instance 
where  brass  or  other  composition  will  be  used  in  the  construction  of 
the  engine. 


296 

All  babbitt  metal  must  be  well  hammered  in  all  boxes  and  sleeves 
before  boring. 

Steam  Pressure: 

All  guarantees  shall  be  based  upon  steam  pressure  at  the  throttle 
of  one  hundred  and  fifty  (150)  pounds  per  square  inch,  and  containing 
two  (2)  per  cent,  of  moisture. 

Covering : 

The  receiver  and  all  pipe  work  in  and  around  these  engines  and 
connections,  including  throttle  valve,  which  are  installed  by  the  Con- 
tractor, shall  be  encased  with  an  85%  magnesia  covering  having  walls 
34  inches  thick,  heavily  covered  with  canvas.  Paint  this  covering  two 
(2)  coats  of  lead  and  oil,  final  coat  tinted  as  directed  by  the  Architect. 

All  coverings  shall  be  neatly  and  thoroughly  applied,  special  care 
being  taken  with  fittings  and  joints.  All  covering  shall  be  of  a  make 
approved  by  the  Architect. 

Tools  and  Equipment: 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  for  each  engine  a  full  equipment  of 
all  necessary  wrenches,  tool  board,  studs,  dowel  pins  and  special  appli- 
ances, a  set  of  polished  brass  oilers,  including  trays  and  stands,  #20 
planished  copper  drip  pans  for  all  bearings,  approved  automatic  nickel- 
plated  cylinder  lubricating  pumps  of  a  make  approved  by  the  Archi- 
tect, as  also  nickel-plated  sight  feed  lubricators  of  ample  size,  and 
approved  throttle,  exhaust  and  drip  valves. 

Each  engine  shall  be  provided  with  a  complete  system  of  nickel- 
plated  brass  oil  piping,  terminating  in  a  sight  feed  tip  at  each  point 
on  engine  needing  lubrication.  These  pipes  to  be  brought  together  at 
one  point  on  the  engine.  Each  engine  frame  to  have  a  drain  connec- 
tion for  oil. 

Each  engine  shall  be  provided  with  a  type  of  automatic  engine 
stop  which  will  insure  stopping  any  unit  the  speed  of  which  exceeds 
normal  by  10%. 

Each  engine  shall  be  provided  with  nickel-plated  indicator  cocks. 
Furnish  also  two  approved  indicators  with  accurate  reducing  motions. 


297 

Railing: 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install  for  each  engine  a  railing 
which  shall  run  around  the  accessible  sides  of  the  fly  wheel  and  gen- 
erator pit  and  terminate  in  an  approved  manner.  All  pipe  stanchions 
and  fittings  shall  he  of  polished  steel.  The  stanchions  to  be  screwed 
into  polished  iron  floor  flanges. 

Bids: 

Alternate  "A":  The  installation  of  a  steam  turbine  plant,  with 
generators  and  all  appurtenances,  with  or  without  condensers,  which 
will  fulfill  the  load  conditions  specified  for  engines  and  generators. 

Alternate  "B":  The  substitution  of  simple  for  compound  en- 
gines in  the  600  K.  W.  and  300  K.  W.  units. 


298 

GENERATORS. 

Shop  Drawings: 

Supplementing  section  headed  "Shop  Drawings,"  page  9,  it  is 
intended  that  drawings  submitted  by  the  Contractor  shall  show  de- 
tails of  generators,  connections  and  sizes  of  leads  necessary  to  con- 
nect generators  to  the  switchboard.  He  shall  exchange  the  necessary 
drawings  and  data  with  the  Engine  Contractor  without  delay. 

Scope  of  the  Work: 

The  work  covered  by  these  specifications  includes  generators,  bal- 
ancer sets,  etc.,  furnished  and  installed  complete,  and  the  placing  of 
same  in  successful  operation. 

Painting: 

Before  shipment  all  generators  and  balancer  sets  shall  have  all 
exposed  surfaces  which  are  not  machined,  filled  and  rubbed  down  to  a 
smooth  finish  ready  for  final  painting  after  installation. 

Submitting  Bid: 

The  Contractor  shall  submit  specification  in  triplicate  stating 
the  efficiencies  of  the  different  sized  generators  at  full  load,  three- 
quarter  load,  half  load  and  25  per  cent,  overload,  number  of  poles,  net 
weights  of  yokes  and  armatures,  diameter  and  width  of  face  of  com- 
mutator, guaranteed  wearing  depth  of  commutator  bars,  and  give  a 
complete  description  of  all  apparatus  together  with  all  guarantees. 
Efficiencies  shall  take  into  account  all  losses  except  bearing  friction 
and  windage. 

Tests: 

Each  generator  and  balancer  shall  be  subjected  at  the  shop  to  a 
continuous  heat  run  of  eight  (8)  hours  at  full  load,  followed  by  con- 
tinuous run  of  two  (2)  hours  at  25  per  cent,  overload. 

Machines  shall  be  in  good  mechanical  balance  and  shall  operate 
practically  noiselessly  and  without  jar  or  vibration. 

Regulation,  heating  and  sparking  limits,  efficiencies,  etc.,  shall  be 
as  herein  specified. 

All  tests  are  to  be  made  in  accordance  with  tbe  rules  of  the  Amer- 
ican Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers. 


299 

Notify  the  Architect  when  generators  and  balancers  are  ready  for 
factory  test,  so  that  he  may  be  represented  at  the  test  if  he  so  desires, 
and  furnish  the  Architect  with  a  complete  copy  of  the  shop  tests  be- 
fore shipment. 

Units: 

There  shall  be  installed  six  generating  units  of  the  two-wire, 
direct  current,  direct  connected  type,  one  of  200  K.  W.  normal  capacity 
at  110  K.  P.  M.,  two  of  300  K.  W.  normal  capacity  at  110  R.  P.  M.  and 
three  of  600  K.  W.  normal  capacity  at  110  R.  P.  M. 

The  normal  full  load  ampere  capacities  shall  be  based  upon  a 
nominal  rating  of  two  hundred  and  fifty  (250)  volts,  although  nor- 
mally operated  at  240-244  volts. 

Generators : 

All  generators  shall  be  compound  wound,  with  series  and  shunt 
field  windings  wound  and  insulated  separately. 

Frames  shall  be  horizontally  split,  of  high  magnetic  permeability 
and  of  ample  proportions  to  insure  mechanical  stability. 

Provide  connection  boards  for  each  generator,  equipped  with  suit- 
able lugs  to  receive  generator  leads  and  cables.  The  Contractor  shall 
properly  mount  on  each  generator  frame  slate  terminal  block,  carrying 
ammeter  shunt,  connecting  it  to  the  proper  machine  leads.  Generator 
terminal  connections  shall  be  so  arranged  as  to  permit  of  location  of 
circuit  breaker  panel  adjacent  to  each  generator. 

All  generators  shall  be  provided  with  detached  sole  plates  of  suf- 
ficient length  to  allow  field  frames  to  be  slid  sideways  so  as  to  expose 
the  armature  and  field  coils  for  inspection  and  repair. 

Armature  shall  have  laminated  core  built  up  of  carefully  annealed 
sheet  steel  discs,  securely  keyed  to  the  spider,  which  shall  be  so  de- 
signed as  to  possess  great  strength  and  rigidity  with  a  minimum  of 
shrinkage  strains.  Armature  discs  shall  be  thoroughly  japanned  to 
prevent  eddy  currents. 

Coils  shall  be  continuous  without  joints  from  segment  to  segment 
of  commutator,  and  shall  be  thoroughly  insulated  and  held  in  the  slots 
by  wedges. 

The  commutators  shall  be  of  a  construction  enabling  them  to  with- 


300 

stand  strains  due  to  expansion,  contraction  and  centrifugal  force.  Seg- 
ments shall  be  of  the  best  hard  drawn  copper  and  of  sufficient  depth  to 
allow  ample  wearing  surface,  and  shall  be  insulated  from  each  other 
and  the  cast  iron  center  by  the  best  grade  of  mica  suitable  for  the 
purpose.  Mica  and  copper  shall  present  a  uniform  wearing  surface 
to  the  brushes. 

The  commutators  shall  be  turned  so  as  to  run  perfectly  true  and 
have  a  smooth  surface  and,  if  necessary  in  the  opinion  of  the  Archi- 
tect, shall  be  turned  after  the  installation  without  extra  charge. 

Brush  rigging  shall  be  so  constructed  that  all  brushes  may  be 
skifted  simultaneously.  Brush  holders  shall  be  so  constructed  that 
tension  springs  and  sliding  contacts  are  not  depended  upon  to  carry 
the  current  from  the  holders.  Brushes  shall  be  set  so  as  not  to  get 
out  of  alignment  as  they  wear  down.  Brush  tension  shall  be  individ- 
ually adjustable  without  the  use  of  tools. 

Brushes  shall  be  of  carbon  and  the  current  density  shall  not  ex- 
ceed thirty  (30)  amperes  per  square  inch  of  surface  contact  at  full 
load. 

All  generators  shall  operate  successfully  in  parallel,  dividing  the 
load  between  them  in  proportion  to  their  normal  ratings. 

Heating  and  Sparking: 

Each  generator  shall  carry  its  full  rated  load  continuously  for  a 
period  of  eight  (8)  hours  without  heating  in  any  part  more  than  35 
degrees  C.  above  the  temperature  of  the  surrounding  atmosphere. 

Immediately  following  the  above  mentioned  full  load  run  each 
generator  shall  carry  125%  of  its  full  rated  load  for  two  (2)  hours 
without  heating  in  any  part  more  than  50  degrees  C.  above  the  tem- 
perature of  the  surrounding  atmosphere. 

Each  generator  shall  operate  without  sparking  and  without  cut- 
ting or  blackening  of  the  commutator  at  all  loads  from  no  load  to  125% 
of  full  load  without  shifting  of  the  brushes,  and  shall  carry  150%  of 
full  load  for  a  period  of  one  (1)  hour  immediately  following  full  load 
run  and  200%  of  full  load  momentarily  without  injury,  and  without 
shifting  the  brushes. 


301 

Regulation : 

The  machines  shall  operate  successfully  on  a  combined  power, 
electric  elevator  and  lighting  load.  They  shall  have  good  inherent  reg- 
ulation and  shall  show  on  actual  factory  test  a  smooth  compounding 
voltage  curve  between  no  load  and  full  load,  which  shall  not  vary  at 
any  point  more  than  two  (2)  per  cent,  from  a  straight  line  drawn  be- 
tween the  no  load  and  full  load  voltage  points. 

The  field  windings  shall  be  so  proportioned  as  to  give  240  volts 
across  the  terminals  of  the  machine  at  no  load  and  244  volts  at  full 
load  with  constant  setting  of  the  field  rheostat  and  at  the  rated  speeds, 
allowing  2%  drop  in  engine  speed  from  no  load  to  full  load. 

The  machines  preferably  shall  be  so  designed  as  to  give  the  above 
specified  over-compounding  without  the  use  of  a  shunt  across  the  se- 
ries windings,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  machines  show  a  greater  rise  in 
voltage  than  ten  (10)  volts  from  no  load  to  full  load  without  the  use  of 
a  shunt  on  the  series,  as  it  is  desired  to  keep  the  amount  of  shunted 
series  current  down  to  a  minimum,  to  improve  the  voltage  regulation 
on  fluctuating  loads.  Tf  this  condition  is  not  met  when  the  generators 
are  tested,  they  must  be  provided  with  different  and  suitably  designed 
field  coils  before  they  will  be  accepted. 

Efficiency: 

The  efficiencies,  including  brush  friction,  shall  not  be  less  than 
92%  between  one-half  and  full  load  for  any  generator. 

Insulation : 

The  generators  and  balancers  must  withstand  a  factory  insulation 
test  of  an  alternating  current  of  at  least  fifteen  hundred  (1,500)  volts 
continuously  applied  for  one  (1)  minute  after  the  final  heat  runs  have 
been  made. 

Materials  Used  in  Construction: 

All  castings  shall  be  of  the  first  quality,  with  smooth  surfaces, 
free  from  blow-holes,  scabs,  chipping  marks  or  other  defects;  all  pieces 
at  joints  shall  be  dressed  fair  with  each  other,  making  well  finished 
joints.  Nuts  and  bolt  heads  shall  be  hexagonal,  finished  and  case 
hardened. 

All  polished  work  shall  be  free  from  tool  marks.  No  plugging  or 
filling  of  holes  and  cracks  allowed. 


302 

Field  Rheostats: 

There  shall  he  furnished  and  installed  under  this  contract  motor 
operated  field  rheostats  with  all  necessary  accessories  required  for  the 
parallel  operation  of  the  generators.  The  control  switches,  indicators, 
etc.,  shall  be  mounted  directly  upon  the  switchboard  panels,  as  des- 
cribed under  "Switchboard."  Emergency  means  for  hand  operation 
shall  be  provided  for  rheostats. 

Balancer  Sets: 

The  Contractor  shall  furnish  and  install  on  foundations  finished 
similarly  to  the  engine  foundations  and  provided  by  him,  two  balancer 

sets.  Each  set  shall  be  of  sufficient  capacity  to  take  care  of  200  amperes 
flowing  in  the  neutral.  Balancer  sets  shall  be  built  by  the  same  firm 
that  manufactures  the  generators  supplied  under  this  contract.  Each 
6et  shall  consist  of  two  separate  machines  with  three  bearings  mounted 
on  single  cast  iron  bed  plate.  Each  set  shall  be  compound  wound 
with  adjustable  German  silver  field  shunts  which  shall  be  mounted  on 
the  frame.  The  sets  shall  be  so  designed  that  they  will  maintain 
equality  of  voltage  on  the  two  sides  of  the  three-wire  system  within 
1^  per  cent,  without  hand  regulation  or  adjujstment.  That  is,  with 
200  amperes  unbalanced  current,  the  voltage  on  one  side  shall  not  ex- 
ceed 122  and  on  the  other  118,  with  240  volts  between  positive  and 
negative.  It  is  desired  that  the  design  of  the  sets  he  such  that  they 
may  be  operated  to  secure  the  above  conditions  without  the  use  of  field 
rheostats.  However,  if  required  by  the  system  contemplated,  all  neces- 
sary field  rheostats  shall  be  provided. 

Rise  in  temperature  in  balancer  sets  after  8  hours  run  at  full  load 
in  the  neutral  (200  amperes)  shall  not  exceed  40°  C.  in  any  part  except 
the  commutator  which  may  rise  45°  above  the  surrounding  air.  The 
speed  of  these  sets  shall  not  exceed  approximately  1300  R.  P.  M.  They 
shall  operate  sparklessly  at  all  loads  from  no  load  to  125  per  cent.  load. 


m  Efri  iwj  ukj  I®, 

*smmm&    ^sm\miw       *otmm&     yoxmm^ 


ra 


% 


^UBRARVfe 


^•UBRARYQ^ 


<^EUNIVER%. 


^OFCAIIFOI?^ 


£~    ** 


^Aavaani^ 


^EUNIVER% 


<TiHOWS01^ 


^EUNIVEW/^ 


%133NVSOV^ 


<tfH!BRARY0/^ 


acunwio^ 


^OFCAIIFOR^ 


^lOSANCEL^ 


^tfTJDNVSOV^ 


^EUBRARYQ^ 
§  1  \C*  £ 


~^ismm?v0 


.^HIBRARYQ^ 


ttOJUVDJO^ 


.•5j\EUNIVERy/A.       ^lOSANGElftx         ^OF-CAUFOfyv       ^OFCAIIFO% 


^(MITCHO^ 


.^0FCAIIFC% 
c=  n 


^Ayvaain^ 


AWE-UNIVntf/A. 


University  of  California 

SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 

305  De  Neve  Drive  -  Parking  Lot  17  •  Box  951388 

LOS  ANGELES,  CALIFORNIA  90095-1388 

Return  this  material  to  the  library  from  which  it  was  borrowed. 


OCT  0  8  2002 
RECEIVED 

AUG  2  1  Z002 
ARTS  LIBRARY 


§ 


^lOSANCElf^K 


f 

JNVSOV^ 
!NIVER%. 


-I 


^IflSANCELfj^. 


f 
QNV-SOV^ 


^saBMNnawv' 


IBRARYQf 


^EUBRARYQ^ 


$ 


CALIFOR^      ^OFCAUFOfy^ 


m 


Hvaani^ 


^Aavaani^ 


UNIVERS/A       ^lOSANCElfjv. 


^BONVSOV^       "%HAINIHr\V 


n\ 


m 


«AWEUNIVERr/A 

ft- -a 


"ftUDNVSOV^ 


^10SANCEI% 
o 


^HQAINlHft^ 


^OFCALIFOfy*       ^OFCAIIFOR^ 


5\\E  UNIVERSE       ^AOS-AHCELftv 


*%umutoj$'     ^AHvaan^ 


=3 


<fJUDNVSO#      ^/iJUAINnJrW^ 


<?>      t" 


^Aavaam^ 


v/SJHAIN(l-J«^ 


^lOSANCEl^x. 


5g<- 


'jflaAinu'in*' 


<$HIBRARY0/.       <$U!BRARY0/. 


"SiSHMNiHtf^       y0Aavaam^      ^AavaarB^ 


VS    %  JJ 


J\EUNIVER% 

=£1  if 


D     000  569  550     7 


UftV* 


PJ 


a>suii 

gJL 


CAL!F(%.       *$H 


#        y0)& 


e.       ^tUBRABYO/. 

ES 


%jnvojo^ 


V\WUNIVER%.       ^lOSANGElfr*. 


I   i^o<r 


^■UBRARYOa       ^iUBRARY^.         <5tfEUNIVER%.       ^101 

i^  irrl  £i  irri   Jh<xrl  l/r 


«ii^~>«^ 


UUjtlfJ  JV 


J- I  I VJ  JV 


*       ^OFCAUFOfy* 


^Aavaam^ 


'JUJlVfUll  ***' 


^OFCALIFORfc 


v/vj  vuun  a* 


^MEUNIVERT/^ 


^umngei^ 


\ 


"^MHAINMI^ 


■%JAINIH¥^ 


^t-UBRAF 


y0Aavaan^ 


^EtlNIVERS^ 


^0FCAIIFC%  ^V\EUNIVER% 


o<r 


a  vl*— — i  * 


^C)l  %>^\ 


"ftlJDKVSCn^ 


%83AIN(HV8^ 


^E-UBRARVO? 


\w\m^    ^0: 


-tOF-CALIFQBfc 


f.       ^UBRARYQ* 


%unv>jo^ 


AWEUNIVERJ/a 


^iJHMW-Sffl^ 


*       ^OFCALIFOfy*  <^EUNIVERty$ 


y<?Aavaan^ 


^lOSANCEl^. 


"^bainmiS? 


^lOSANCEiar^. 


<ttl3DNVS0V^ 


^/SJUMN(l-3ftVN 


^tUBRARYQ^       ^t-UBRARYO/C 


^WEUNIVER%       ^105 


%0jnVDJO^      %0JHVDJO^         ^BWSDl5^       "^MJ 


^OFCAUFORfe 


^OFCAllFOfi^ 


k\tiEUNIVER%.      ^10S 


^ahvmih^      y<?AavaarB^       'ftiwso^      %ai 


